Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2013.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8071   27-1316416

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Kendall Square, Suite B3501

Cambridge MA, 02139

(617) 418-2200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

One Kendall Square, Suite B3501

Cambridge, MA 02139

(617) 418-2200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Kingsley A. Taft, Esq.

Arthur R. McGivern, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

(617) 570-1000

 

Robert W. Hesslein, Esq.

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

One Kendall Square, Suite B3501

Cambridge, MA 02139

(617) 418-2200

 

Patrick O’Brien, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600 (617) 951-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement .

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $86,250,000   $11,765

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes the offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion. Dated July 29, 2013.

Prospectus

                    Shares

 

LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Foundation Medicine, Inc.

We are offering                 shares to be sold in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “FMI.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 9 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                    $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $     

 

(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 144 for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on             , 2013.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    J.P. Morgan
Leerink Swann    Sanford C. Bernstein

Prospectus dated             , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     9   

Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Financial Data

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52   

Business

     76   

Management

     115   

Executive Compensation

     123   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     133   

Principal Stockholders

     136   

Description of Capital Stock

     138   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     143   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     145   

Underwriting

     150   

Legal Matters

     154   

Experts

     154   

Where You Can Find More Information

     154   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representation, other than those contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only in circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to so do. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, all references to “us,” “our,” “Foundation,” “we,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage company focused on fundamentally changing the way patients with cancer are treated. Our proprietary molecular information platform generates actionable genomic information about a patient’s individual cancer, enabling physicians to optimize treatments in clinical practice and enabling biopharmaceutical companies to develop targeted oncology therapies more effectively. We believe we have a significant first mover advantage in providing comprehensive molecular information products on a commercial scale.

FoundationOne, our first clinical product, is, to our knowledge, the only commercially available comprehensive molecular information product designed for use in the routine care of patients with cancer. We commenced our formal commercial launch of FoundationOne for solid tumors in June 2012 and expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for blood-based cancers, or hematologic malignancies, by early 2014. We believe the annual U.S. market opportunity for a comprehensive molecular diagnostic product like FoundationOne is approximately $4.0 billion today and will grow to exceed $7.5 billion over the next several years as medical practice further incorporates the growing understanding of molecular information and the use of targeted oncology therapies.

We have experienced rapid adoption of FoundationOne. More than 1,500 physicians from large academic centers and community-based practices across more than 25 countries have ordered FoundationOne since its formal commercial launch in June 2012. We believe this rapid adoption of FoundationOne, accomplished with a nascent sales team, demonstrates the demand for and utility of a single, comprehensive product that helps oncologists effectively implement the promise of precision medicine. To further accelerate our growth and extend our competitive advantage, we are expanding our sales force, publishing scientific and medical advances, fostering relationships throughout the oncology community, and developing new products.

Key thought leaders at premier cancer centers have embraced our approach, as evidenced by their routine use of FoundationOne for their patients, as well as by our collaborations on clinical studies, peer-reviewed publications, and presentations at scientific and medical conferences. We believe that this validation of our approach by key thought leaders will also help drive adoption in the community oncology setting, where 85% of the approximately 10,000 oncologists in the United States practice. We believe the increasing use of our products, especially among thought leaders, along with the demonstration of the economic and clinical value of FoundationOne, will also help facilitate favorable reimbursement decisions.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We believe FoundationOne has a sustainable competitive advantage because it:

 

  Ÿ  

Comprehensively identifies clinically actionable information FoundationOne currently assesses 236 biologically relevant cancer genes for all classes of genomic alterations with high sensitivity and specificity, and has identified actionable alterations in 82% of the 3,936 clinical specimens we received and analyzed with FoundationOne following its formal commercial launch in June 2012 through May 17, 2013. FoundationOne identifies genomic alterations that other diagnostic tests cannot. Based on our quantitative analysis, FoundationOne finds more than three times the combined number of actionable genomic alterations identifiable using a collection of six other commercially available and commonly used diagnostic tests;

 

  Ÿ  

Incorporates the latest scientific and medical advances — We have extensive relationships across the scientific and medical oncology communities, including with key thought leaders and biopharmaceutical companies. These relationships help us incorporate new cancer genes, the latest scientific findings, newly available targeted therapeutics, and relevant clinical trials into FoundationOne;

 

  Ÿ  

Readily integrates into routine clinical practice — Our proprietary sample preparation processes and computational biology algorithms allow us to utilize small amounts of routinely collected tumor tissue from a wide variety of sample types, including tissue with low tumor purity. We detect and report the clinically relevant genomic alterations, generally within 14 to 17 days. We are dedicated to providing high-quality support to our customers, from order initiation and sample acquisition through report delivery and follow-up with our medical affairs team;

 

  Ÿ  

Provides actionable information that physicians can use — In a concise report, FoundationOne communicates the actionable genomic alterations in a patient’s cancer and matches these alterations with targeted therapies and relevant clinical trials. Through our online portal, Interactive Cancer Explorer, physicians can access this report and links to peer-reviewed literature; and

 

  Ÿ  

Promotes physician interaction to create a powerful network effect — We are continually augmenting our cancer knowledgebase, and we are expanding the functionality of our Interactive Cancer Explorer to allow for sharing of genomic and treatment data. Together, we believe these efforts will create a network effect of more users and ultimately more actionable information.

Our molecular information platform is currently used by 18 pharmaceutical partners to enhance the development of targeted oncology therapeutics. We use our core proprietary molecular information platform, computational biology, and information technology capabilities to analyze patient samples from both retrospective and prospective clinical trials. We provide our biopharmaceutical partners comprehensive genomic analysis and information relevant to precision medicine strategies. In addition to generating revenue, these relationships enable us to identify new cancer genes under investigation that can be incorporated into our platform at an early stage, as well as to participate in the newest oncology therapeutics and practice.

We are dedicated to ongoing innovation in our molecular information platform and new product pipeline. For example, we are incorporating RNA-based sequencing technology to analyze the additional gene fusions commonly found in hematologic malignancies and expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies incorporating this technology by early 2014. We are also exploring and developing new products that are scientifically advanced and clinically-relevant including, for example, products utilizing circulating tumor cells and cell-free plasma DNA, which is DNA that circulates in blood plasma outside of cells, and products that expand our offerings into additional areas such as epigenetics, which examines changes in gene expression that occur without changes in the underlying DNA, methylation, which is a chemical signaling mechanism that plays a role in regulation of gene expression, and immune response.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Over time, we will expand our ability to capture, aggregate, analyze, and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community. If we, in conjunction with oncologists, pathologists, biopharmaceutical companies, and academic researchers, can successfully capture and utilize this data, we believe we will play an even more integral role in transforming care for the millions of patients suffering from cancer.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to transform the care of patients with cancer by leading the development and commercialization of proprietary molecular information products that guide the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, and that enhance the development of cancer therapies. To achieve this objective our strategy is to:

 

  Ÿ  

Drive awareness and adoption of FoundationOne and our future clinical products .

 

  Ÿ  

Demonstrate the value of our products to patients, physicians, and payors .

 

  Ÿ  

Enable biopharmaceutical companies to more effectively develop new cancer therapies.

 

  Ÿ  

Invest in product enhancements and new product innovations .

 

  Ÿ  

Empower the broader cancer community with molecular information .

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue from FoundationOne or our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

If commercial third-party payors or government payors fail to provide coverage or adequate reimbursement, or if there is a decrease in the amount of reimbursement for FoundationOne, our revenue and prospects for profitability would be harmed.

 

  Ÿ  

If we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue or achieve and sustain profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

If our sole laboratory facility becomes damaged or inoperable or our new laboratory facility fails to be certified under federal and state licensing requirements, our ability to conduct our business may be jeopardized.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on a limited number of suppliers or, in some cases, a sole supplier, for some of our laboratory instruments and materials and may not be able to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers.

 

  Ÿ  

If we are unable to scale our operations to support increased demand for FoundationOne, our business could suffer.

 

  Ÿ  

We depend on our information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

Company and Other Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in November 2009. Our principal executive office is located at One Kendall Square, Suite B3501, Cambridge MA 02139, and our telephone number is (617) 418-2200. Our website address is www.foundationmedicine.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

We own various U.S. federal trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks and servicemarks, including Foundation Medicine ® , FoundationOne™, and Interactive Cancer Explorer™. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                    shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares (             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of             additional shares of common stock.

 

Use of proceeds by us

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $               million based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the expansion of our commercial and laboratory operations, ongoing and new clinical trials, continue building our technology infrastructure and capabilities, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including funding the costs of operating as a public company. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

“FMI”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 16,612,097 shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2013, including 4,813,667 shares of common stock subject to repurchase by us, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

8,725,817 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.76 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant prior to the closing of this offering is exercisable to purchase preferred stock and will be exercisable for common stock following this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,934,621 shares available for issuance under the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2013 Plan.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

a 1-for-             reverse split of our common stock effected on                     ;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of all of our outstanding 68,512,134 shares of preferred stock into 68,512,134 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of the warrant exercisable into 200,000 shares of preferred stock into a warrant exercisable for 200,000 shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

no issuance or exercise of stock options or warrants on or after May 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock in this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial data. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our operating results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

  

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 10,645      $ 612      $ 5,200   

Costs and expenses

        

Cost of revenue

     258        5,681        709        2,378   

Sales and marketing

     1,555        3,454        503        1,811   

General and administrative

     6,992        8,644        1,675        3,150   

Research and development

     9,023        14,777        3,013        4,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     17,828        32,556        5,900        12,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,771     (21,911     (5,288     (7,121

Interest expense, net

     (421     (421     (118     (76

Other expense, net

     (845     (61     (35     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (296     (286     (80     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (17,333   $ (22,679   $ (5,521   $ (7,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (3.52   $ (2.62   $ (0.80   $ (0.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,930,634        8,667,326        6,871,487        11,339,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     $ (0.41     $ (0.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

       55,642,878          80,051,460   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 within the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,832      $ 45,832      $     

Working capital

     40,904        40,904     

Total assets

     60,180        60,180     

Notes payable, excluding current portion

     1,012        1,012     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     232            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,700            

Accumulated deficit

     (54,022     (53,953  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (49,952   $ 48,980      $     

 

(1) Pro forma to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase our Series A preferred stock into a warrant to purchase our common stock, upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(2) Pro forma as adjusted to reflect the pro forma adjustments described in (1) above, and to further reflect the sale of shares of our common stock offered in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A                 share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a                 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Before you invest in our common stock, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. The following risks may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy

We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue from FoundationOne or our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners to achieve and maintain profitability.

We believe our commercial success is dependent upon our ability to successfully market and sell our first molecular information product, FoundationOne for solid tumors, to physicians in clinical practice, to launch and commercialize FoundationOne for blood-based cancers, or hematologic malignancies, to continue to expand our current relationships and develop new relationships with biopharmaceutical partners, and to develop and commercialize new molecular information products. The demand for FoundationOne may decrease or may not continue to increase at historical rates for a number of reasons. In addition, FoundationOne does not yet have coverage contracts with or coverage decisions from commercial third-party payors and government payors, including Medicare. We have experienced early revenue growth from the sale of FoundationOne to physicians, principally since its formal commercial launch in June 2012. We may not be able to continue revenue growth or maintain existing revenue levels.

Our biopharmaceutical partners may decide to decrease or discontinue their use of our molecular information platform due to changes in research and product development plans, failures in their clinical trials, financial constraints, or utilization of internal molecular testing resources or molecular tests performed by other parties, which are circumstances outside of our control. In addition to reducing our revenue, this may reduce our exposure to early stage research that facilitates the incorporation of newly developed information about cancer into our molecular information platform and FoundationOne.

We are currently not profitable. Even if we succeed in increasing adoption of FoundationOne by physicians, maintaining and creating relationships with our existing and new biopharmaceutical partners and developing and commercializing additional molecular information products, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability.

FoundationOne may never achieve significant commercial market acceptance.

FoundationOne may never gain significant acceptance in the marketplace and, therefore, may never generate substantial revenue or profits for us. Our ability to achieve commercial market acceptance for FoundationOne will depend on several factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to convince the medical community of the clinical utility of our products and their potential advantages over existing molecular tests;

 

  Ÿ  

the willingness of physicians and patients to utilize our products; and

 

  Ÿ  

the agreement by commercial third-party payors and government payors to reimburse our products, the scope and amount of which will affect patients’ willingness or ability to pay for our products and likely heavily influence physicians’ decisions to recommend our products.

 

9


Table of Contents

In addition, physicians may rely on guidelines issued by industry groups, such as the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, medical societies, such as the College of American Pathologists, or other key oncology-related organizations before utilizing any diagnostic test. Although we have a number of company-sponsored clinical trials and clinical trials sponsored by individual physicians, or investigator-initiated clinical trials, underway to demonstrate the clinical utility of FoundationOne, it is not yet, and may never be, listed in any such guidelines.

We believe that the successful completion of clinical trials, publication of scientific and medical results in peer-reviewed journals, and presentations at leading conferences are critical to the broad adoption of FoundationOne. Publication in leading medical journals is subject to a peer-review process, and peer reviewers may not consider the results of studies involving FoundationOne sufficiently novel or worthy of publication.

The failure to be listed in physician guidelines or of our trials to produce favorable results or to be published in peer-reviewed journals could limit the adoption of our products. Failure to achieve widespread market acceptance of FoundationOne would materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers or, in some cases, sole suppliers, for some of our laboratory instruments and materials and may not be able to find replacements or immediately transition to alternative suppliers.

We rely on several sole suppliers, including Illumina, Inc., or Illumina, for certain laboratory substances used in the chemical reactions incorporated into our processes, or reagents, sequencers, equipment and other materials which we use in our laboratory operations. An interruption in our laboratory operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these reagents, sequencers, or other laboratory materials, and if we cannot then obtain an acceptable substitute. Any such interruption could significantly affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation. We rely on Illumina as the sole supplier of the sequencers and various associated reagents, and as the sole provider of maintenance and repair services for these sequencers. Any disruption in Illumina’s operations could impact our supply chain and laboratory operations of our molecular information platform and our ability to conduct our business and generate revenue.

We believe that there are only a few other equipment manufacturers that are currently capable of supplying and servicing the equipment necessary for our laboratory operations, including sequencers and various associated reagents. The use of equipment or materials furnished by these replacement suppliers would require us to alter our laboratory operations. Transitioning to a new supplier would be time consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our laboratory operations, could affect the performance specifications of our laboratory operations or could require that we revalidate FoundationOne. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure alternative equipment, reagents, and other materials, and bring such equipment, reagents, and materials on line and revalidate them without experiencing interruptions in our workflow. In the case of an alternative supplier for Illumina, there can be no assurance that replacement sequencers and various associated reagents will be available or will meet our quality control and performance requirements for our laboratory operations. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing, reconfiguring or revalidating the equipment and reagents we require for our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

 

10


Table of Contents

If our sole laboratory facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our existing facility, and our new laboratory facility has not yet been, or fails to be, certified under federal and state licensing requirements, our ability to conduct our genomic analyses and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We currently derive all of our revenue from tests conducted at a single laboratory facility located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Our facility and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including war, fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure, or terrorism, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our molecular information platform for some period of time. The inability to perform our molecular tests or to reduce the backlog of analyses that could develop if our facility is inoperable, for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facility and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive to rebuild our facility or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third-party, particularly in light of the licensure and accreditation requirements for a commercial laboratory like ours. Even in the unlikely event we are able to find a third party with such qualifications to enable us to conduct our molecular tests, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms.

We intend to move our laboratory into a new facility at our new corporate headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts in September 2013. This relocation could disrupt laboratory operations, resulting in an inability to meet customer turnaround time expectations, and could be delayed, resulting in slower realization of laboratory efficiencies anticipated from the use of the new facilities. We might also encounter delays in completing the transfer or issuance of new licenses or other approvals necessary to allow our clinical laboratory operations to commence at the new facility. Adverse consequences resulting from a delay in the laboratory relocation or resulting from an interruption of laboratory operations, including as a result of a failure to be certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, the College of American Pathologists, or CAP, and state licensing requirements, could harm our relationships with our customers and our reputation, and could affect our ability to generate revenue.

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses, and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

If we are unable to support demand for FoundationOne and our future products, including ensuring that we have adequate capacity to meet increased demand, or we are unable to successfully manage the evolution of our molecular information platform, our business could suffer.

As our volume grows, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for sample intake, customer service, billing and general process improvements, expand our internal quality assurance program, and extend our platform to support comprehensive genomic analyses at a larger scale within expected turnaround times. We will need additional certified laboratory scientists and other scientific and technical personnel to process higher volumes of our molecular information products. Portions of our process are not automated and will require additional personnel to scale. We will also need to purchase additional equipment, some of which can take several months or more to procure, setup, and validate, and increase our software and computing capacity to meet increased demand. There is no assurance that any of these increases in scale, expansion of personnel, equipment, software and computing capacities, or process enhancements will be successfully implemented, or that we will have adequate space in our laboratory facility to accommodate such required expansion.

 

11


Table of Contents

As additional products are commercialized, such as FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies, we will need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems and laboratory processes, and hire new personnel with different qualifications. For example, we are now scaling up our RNA sequencing capabilities and we believe we will be the first company to perform RNA sequencing for clinical testing at our clinical scale. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher product costs, declining product quality, deteriorating customer service, and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products, and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.

New product development involves a lengthy and complex process and we may be unable to commercialize FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies or any other products we may develop on a timely basis, or at all.

FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies, for which we expect to commence our commercial launch by early 2014, will take time to commercialize, and its launch may be delayed or may not be successful. There can be no assurance that FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies will be successful in the evaluation of blood-based cancers for a variety of technical and market reasons. Our other new molecular information products, which are in various stages of early development, will take time to develop and commercialize, if we are able to commercialize them at all. There can be no assurance that our new products will be capable of reliably identifying relevant genomic alterations in forms of cancer other than cancers found in solid tumors. Before we can commercialize any new products, we will need to expend significant funds in order to:

 

  Ÿ  

conduct substantial research and development, including validation studies and potentially clinical trials;

 

  Ÿ  

further develop and scale our laboratory processes to accommodate different products; and

 

  Ÿ  

further develop and scale our infrastructure to be able to analyze increasingly large amounts of data.

Our product development process involves a high degree of risk, and product development efforts may fail for many reasons, including:

 

  Ÿ  

failure of the product to perform as expected at the research or development stage;

 

  Ÿ  

lack of validation data; or

 

  Ÿ  

failure to demonstrate the clinical utility of the product.

As we develop products, we will have to make significant investments in product development, marketing and selling resources. In addition, competitors may develop and commercialize competing products faster than we are able to do so.

If we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue or achieve and sustain profitability.

Personalized genomic diagnostics is a new area of science, and we face competition from companies that offer products or have conducted research to profile genes and gene expression in various cancers. Our principal competition comes from diagnostic companies that offer molecular diagnostic tests that capture only a single-marker or test panels that capture a limited number of the most well-known gene alterations, which are also known as hotspot panel tests. In addition, academic research centers, diagnostic companies and next generation sequencing, or NGS, platform developers are offering or developing NGS-based testing.

Our competitors include laboratory companies such as Bio-Reference Laboratories, Inc., Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, as well as companies

 

12


Table of Contents

such as Abbott Laboratories, Qiagen N.V., Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. and Sequenom, Inc. that manufacture or may manufacture diagnostic testing kits. In addition, companies such as Genomic Health, Inc. and Myriad Genetics, Inc. have well-established commercial organizations that sell molecular diagnostic tests for cancer to physicians and may develop tests which compete with FoundationOne.

Many hospitals and academic medical centers may also seek to perform the type of molecular testing we perform at their own facilities. As such, our competition may include entities such as the University of Michigan, Baylor Medical Genetics Laboratories, Washington University in St. Louis and other academic hospitals and research centers.

In addition to developing kits, certain diagnostic companies also provide NGS platforms. Illumina, Life Technologies Corporation, and other companies develop NGS platforms that are being sold directly to research centers, biopharmaceutical companies and clinical laboratories. While many of the applications for these platforms are focused on the research and development markets and others are focused on testing for non-cancer conditions, each of these companies has launched and will continue to commercialize products focused on the clinical oncology market. We believe diagnostic platform providers will seek to place sequencing machines in laboratories to develop NGS-based laboratory-developed tests, or LDTs. In addition, we believe these companies will also develop their own FDA-approved diagnostic kits, which can be sold to the clients who have purchased their platforms. Also, many private companies are developing information technology-based tools to support the integration of NGS testing into the clinical setting. These companies may also use their patent portfolios, developed in connection with developing their tests, to allege that FoundationOne infringes their patents, and we could face litigation with respect to such allegations and the validity of such patents.

In addition, because our proprietary molecular information platform consists largely of trade-secret protected technology and know-how and has only limited patent protection, new and existing companies could seek to develop molecular tests that compete with ours. These competitors could have technological, financial and market access advantages that are not currently available to us.

The molecular diagnostic industry is subject to rapidly changing technology which could make our molecular information platform, FoundationOne, and other products we develop obsolete.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving industry standards, all of which could make our molecular information platform, FoundationOne, and the other molecular information products we are developing obsolete. Our future success will depend on our ability to keep pace with the evolving needs of our customers on a timely and cost-effective basis and to pursue new market opportunities that develop as a result of technological and scientific advances. In recent years, there have been numerous advances in technologies relating to the diagnosis and treatment of cancer. There have also been advances in methods used to analyze very large amounts of genomic information. We must continuously enhance our molecular information platform and develop new products to keep pace with evolving standards of care. If we do not update our molecular information platform to reflect new scientific knowledge about cancer biology, information about new cancer therapies, or relevant clinical trials, our molecular information platform could become obsolete and sales of FoundationOne and any new products could decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our products do not perform as expected, our operating results, reputation, and business will suffer.

Our success depends on the market’s confidence that we can provide reliable, high-quality molecular information products. There is no guarantee that the accuracy and reproducibility we have

 

13


Table of Contents

demonstrated to date will continue, particularly for clinical samples, as our test volume increases. We believe that our customers are likely to be particularly sensitive to product defects and errors, including if our products fail to detect genomic alterations with high accuracy from clinical specimens or if we fail to list or inaccurately include certain treatment options and available clinical trials in our test report. As a result, the failure of our products to perform as expected would significantly impair our operating results and our reputation. We may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

We refer to the efficiency of our sequencing process as its yield. The sequencing process yields that we achieve depend on the design and operation of our sequencing process, which uses a number of complex and sophisticated biochemical, informatics, optical, and mechanical processes, many of which are highly sensitive to external factors. An operational or technology failure in one of these complex processes or fluctuations in external variables may result in sequencing processing yields that are lower than we anticipate or that vary between sequencing runs. In addition, we are regularly evaluating and refining our sequencing process. These refinements may initially result in unanticipated issues that further reduce our sequencing process yields or increase the variability of our sequencing yields. Low sequencing yields, or higher than anticipated variability, increases total sequencing costs and reduces the number of samples we can sequence in a given time period, which can cause variability in our operating results and damage our reputation.

If we lose the support of key thought leaders, it may be difficult to establish products enabled by our molecular information platform as a standard of care for cancer patients, which may limit our revenue growth and ability to achieve profitability.

We have established relationships with leading oncology thought leaders at premier cancer institutions, such as the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Vanderbilt-Ingram Cancer Center and The US Oncology Network. If these key thought leaders determine that our molecular information platform, FoundationOne or other products that we develop are not clinically effective or that alternative technologies are more effective, or if they elect to use internally developed products, we would encounter significant difficulty validating our testing platform, driving adoption, or establishing our molecular information platform and FoundationOne as a standard of care, which would limit our revenue growth and our ability to achieve profitability.

If we cannot maintain our current relationships, or enter into new relationships, with biopharmaceutical companies, our product development could be delayed.

We deploy our molecular information platform to analyze tissue samples provided by biopharmaceutical partners from their clinical trials. We have entered into agreements with biopharmaceutical companies in the cancer field including, for example, Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Array BioPharma Inc., AstraZeneca UK Limited, Celgene Corporation, Clovis Oncology, Inc., Eisai Co., Ltd., Johnson & Johnson, Novartis, and Sanofi, among others. In each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our alliance with Novartis accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. The revenue attributable to Novartis may also fluctuate in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the termination of this relationship could result in a temporary or permanent loss of revenue.

Our success in the future depends in part on our ability to maintain these relationships and to enter into new relationships. This can be difficult due to several factors, including internal and external constraints placed on these organizations, including Novartis, that can limit the number and type of relationships with companies like us that can be considered and consummated; the agreements governing our relationships are generally terminable at will by the our biopharmaceutical customers; our biopharmaceutical customers, including Novartis, may be dissatisfied with our products; and

 

14


Table of Contents

continued usage of our products among particular biopharmaceutical customers, including Novartis, may depend on whether the partner obtains positive data in its clinical trials or other administrative factors that are outside our control. Additionally, certain of our biopharmaceutical partners have contracted with us to provide testing for large numbers of samples, which could strain our testing capacity and restrict our ability to perform additional tests for other customers. If we fail to maintain these relationships, or enter into new ones, our business could suffer.

From time to time we expect to engage in discussions with biopharmaceutical companies regarding commercial opportunities. There is no assurance that any of these discussions will result in a commercial agreement, or if an agreement is reached, that the resulting engagement will be successful or that clinical studies conducted as part of the engagement will produce successful outcomes. Speculation in the industry about our existing or potential engagements with biopharmaceutical companies can be a catalyst for adverse speculation about us, our products, and our technology, which can result in harm to our reputation and our business.

We may be unable to manage our future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.

We anticipate growth in our business operations. This future growth could create strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including laboratory operations, quality control, customer service, and sales force management. We may not be able to maintain the quality or expected turnaround times of our products, or satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We plan to implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to expand our direct sales and marketing force to adequately address our customers’ needs, our business may be adversely affected.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling FoundationOne, which had its formal commercial launch in June 2012. We may not be able to market, sell, or distribute FoundationOne or other products we may develop effectively enough to support our planned growth. We sell FoundationOne in the United States through our own sales force and outside the United States with the assistance of distribution partners.

Our future sales in the United States will depend in large part on our ability to develop and substantially expand our sales force and to increase the scope of our marketing efforts. Our target market of physicians is a large and diverse market. As a result, we believe it is necessary to develop a sales force that includes sales representatives with specific technical backgrounds. We will also need to attract and develop marketing personnel with industry expertise. Competition for such employees is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel or be able to build an efficient and effective sales and marketing force, which could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products and limit our revenue growth and potential profitability.

Our expected future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, and integrate additional employees. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our products and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage this potential future growth effectively, without compromising quality.

 

15


Table of Contents

Outside the United States we enlist distribution partners, and we may potentially enlist local laboratories, to assist with sales, distribution, and customer support. Locating, qualifying, and engaging distribution partners and local laboratories with local industry experience and knowledge will be necessary to effectively market and sell our products outside the United States. We may not be successful in finding, attracting, and retaining distribution partners or laboratories, or we may not be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Sales practices utilized by our distribution parties that are locally acceptable may not comply with sales practices standards required under United States laws that apply to us, which could create additional compliance risk. If our sales and marketing efforts are not successful outside the United States, we may not achieve significant market acceptance for our products outside the United States, which would materially and adversely impact our business operations.

The loss of any member of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, clinicians and salespeople could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our senior management team, including Michael J. Pellini, M.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer. The individual and collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our molecular information platform and additional products, and as we expand our commercial activities. The loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations if we experience difficulties in hiring qualified successors. Our executive officers have employment agreements; however, the existence of an employment agreement does not guarantee the retention of the executive officer for any period of time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our employees.

Our research and development programs and laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and technicians. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and technicians in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly in Cambridge, Massachusetts. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified sales people. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our research and development and sales programs. All of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time.

If we were sued for product liability or professional liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.

The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our products identified inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the genomic alterations of the tumor or malignancy analyzed, reported inaccurate or incomplete information concerning the available therapies for a certain type of cancer, or otherwise failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in, a misunderstanding of, or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide in the ordinary course of our business activities. A product liability or professional liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend.

We maintain product and professional liability insurance, but this insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability or professional liability claims. Any product liability or professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could damage our reputation, or cause current clinical partners to terminate existing agreements and potential clinical partners to seek other partners, any of which could impact our results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may acquire other businesses or form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that could negatively affect our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

We may pursue acquisitions of businesses and assets. We also may pursue strategic alliances and joint ventures that leverage our proprietary molecular information platform and industry experience to expand our offerings or distribution. We have no experience with acquiring other companies and limited experience with forming strategic partnerships. We may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions also could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Integration of an acquired company also may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that we would otherwise focus on developing our existing business. We may experience losses related to investments in other companies, which could have a material negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance, or joint venture.

To finance any acquisitions or joint ventures, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other companies or fund a joint venture project using our stock as consideration.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial, and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

We currently have limited international operations, but our business strategy incorporates potentially significant international expansion. We plan to maintain sales representatives and distributor relationships, to conduct physician and patient association outreach activities, to extend laboratory capabilities and to expand payor relationships outside of the United States. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

  Ÿ  

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements, and other governmental approvals, permits, and licenses;

 

  Ÿ  

failure by us or our distributors to obtain regulatory approvals for the use of our products in various countries;

 

  Ÿ  

additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

 

  Ÿ  

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  Ÿ  

complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors, or patient self-pay systems;

 

  Ÿ  

logistics and regulations associated with shipping tissue samples, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;

 

  Ÿ  

limits in our ability to penetrate international markets if we are not able to conduct our molecular tests locally;

 

  Ÿ  

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products, and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade, and other business restrictions; and

 

  Ÿ  

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenue and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and other worldwide anti-bribery laws.

International customers may currently order FoundationOne and we are subject to the FCPA, which prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. Our reliance on independent distributors to sell FoundationOne internationally demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in corrupt activity, because these distributors could be deemed to be our agents, and we could be held responsible for their actions. Other U.S. companies in the medical device and pharmaceutical field have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with these individuals. We are also subject to similar anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom’s Bribery Act of 2010, which went into effect in the third quarter of 2011, which also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for companies to fail to prevent bribery. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees, and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, and other remedial measures.

Our employees, principal investigators, consultants, and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, principal investigators, consultants, and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the regulations of the FDA and non-U.S. regulators, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately, or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing, and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing, and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical studies, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We currently have a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and our code of conduct and the other precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, which could have a significant impact on our business. Whether or

 

18


Table of Contents

not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

We depend on our information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems for significant elements of our operations, including our laboratory information management system, our computational biology system, our knowledge management system, our customer reporting, and our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal. We have installed, and expect to expand, a number of enterprise software systems that affect a broad range of business processes and functional areas, including for example, systems handling human resources, financial controls and reporting, contract management, regulatory compliance, and other infrastructure operations. In addition to the aforementioned business systems, we intend to extend the capabilities of both our preventative and detective security controls by augmenting the monitoring and alerting functions, the network design, and the automatic countermeasure operations of our technical systems. These information technology and telecommunications systems support a variety of functions, including laboratory operations, test validation, sample tracking, quality control, customer service support, billing and reimbursement, research and development activities, scientific and medical curation, and general administrative activities. In addition, our third-party billing and collections provider depends upon technology and telecommunications systems provided by outside vendors.

Information technology and telecommunications systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our information technology and telecommunications systems, failures or significant downtime of our information technology or telecommunications systems or those used by our third-party service providers could prevent us from conducting our comprehensive genomic analyses, preparing and providing reports to pathologists and oncologists, billing payors, processing reimbursement appeals, handling patient or physician inquiries, conducting research and development activities, and managing the administrative aspects of our business. Any disruption or loss of information technology or telecommunications systems on which critical aspects of our operations depend could have an adverse effect on our business.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our third-party billing and collections provider collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected health information, personally identifiable information, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, payors, and biopharmaceutical partners. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data center systems, and cloud-based data center systems. We also communicate, and soon will facilitate the exchange of, sensitive patient data to customers through Interactive Cancer Explorer. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information including research and development information, commercial information, and business and financial information. We face four primary risks relative to protecting this critical information, including: loss of access risk; inappropriate disclosure risk; inappropriate modification risk; and the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor our controls over the first three risks.

 

19


Table of Contents

The secure processing, storage, maintenance, and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure, and that of our third-party billing and collections provider, may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. Although we have implemented security measures and a formal, dedicated enterprise security program to prevent unauthorized access to patient data, Interactive Cancer Explorer, through our online portal and soon our mobile application, gives broad access to physicians, where we lose ability to control access, and there is no guarantee we can continue to protect our online portal and mobile application from breach. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to conduct our analyses, provide test results, bill payors or patients, process claims and appeals, provide customer assistance services, conduct research and development activities, collect, process, and prepare company financial information, provide information about our products and other patient and physician education and outreach efforts through our website, manage the administrative aspects of our business, and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

The U.S. Office of Civil Rights may impose penalties on a covered entity for a failure to comply with a requirement of HIPAA. Penalties will vary significantly depending on factors such as the date of the violation, whether the covered entity knew or should have known of the failure to comply, or whether the covered entity’s failure to comply was due to willful neglect. These penalties include civil monetary penalties of $100 to $50,000 per violation, up to an annual cap of $1,500,000. A person who knowingly obtains or discloses individually identifiable health information in violation of HIPAA may face a criminal penalty of up to $50,000 and up to one-year imprisonment. The criminal penalties increase to $100,000 and up to five years imprisonment if the wrongful conduct involves false pretenses, and to $250,000 and up to 10 years imprisonment if the wrongful conduct involves the intent to sell, transfer, or use identifiable health information for commercial advantage, personal gain, or malicious harm. The U.S. Department of Justice is responsible for criminal prosecutions under HIPAA. Furthermore, in the event of a breach as defined by HIPAA, the covered entity has specific reporting requirements under the HIPAA regulations. In the event of a significant breach, the reporting requirements could include notification to the general public.

In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer, health-related, and data protection laws in the United States, Europe and elsewhere are often uncertain, contradictory, and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, these privacy regulations may differ from country to country, and may vary based on whether testing is performed in the United States or in the local country. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.

Economic or business instability may have a negative impact on our business.

Continuing concerns over United States health care reform legislation, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, and government stimulus programs in the United States and other countries have contributed to volatility for the global economy. If the economic climate does not improve, our business, including our access to patient samples and the addressable market for

 

20


Table of Contents

molecular information products that we may successfully develop, as well as the financial condition of our suppliers and our commercial third-party payors, could be adversely affected, resulting in a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, the instability has resulted in diminished liquidity and credit availability in the market, which could impair our ability to access capital if required or adversely affect our operations. In the event of further economic slowdown, investment in biopharmaceutical research and development may also experience a corresponding slowdown.

If we use hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we could be liable for damages.

Our activities currently require the use of hazardous chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling, or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. Additionally, we are subject on an ongoing basis to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling, and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations may become significant and could negatively affect our operating results.

Our term loan contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

In November 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Lighthouse Capital Partners, or Lighthouse, secured by a lien on equipment, fixtures or personal property financed pursuant to any agreements with Lighthouse. This loan contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

sell, transfer, lease or dispose of certain assets;

 

  Ÿ  

encumber or permit liens on certain assets;

 

  Ÿ  

make certain restricted payments, including paying dividends on, or repurchasing or making distributions with respect to, our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

A breach of any of the covenants under the loan and security agreement could result in a default under the loan. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the loan, the lender could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we are unable to repay those amounts, the lender could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness.

Reimbursement and Regulatory Risks Relating to Our Business

If commercial third-party payors or government payors fail to provide coverage or adequate reimbursement, or if there is a decrease in the amount of reimbursement for FoundationOne or future products we develop, if any, our revenue and prospects for profitability would be harmed.

In both domestic and foreign markets, sales of FoundationOne or any future molecular information products we develop will depend, in large part, upon the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors. These third-party payors include government healthcare programs such as Medicare, managed care providers, private health insurers, and other organizations. In particular, we believe that obtaining a positive national coverage decision and favorable reimbursement rate from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid, or CMS, for FoundationOne will be a necessary element in

 

21


Table of Contents

achieving material commercial success. Physicians and patients may not order FoundationOne unless commercial third-party payors and government payors pay for all, or a substantial portion, of the list price, and certain commercial third-party payors may not agree to reimburse FoundationOne if CMS does not issue a positive coverage decision.

There is currently no national coverage decision that determines whether and how our test is covered by Medicare. In the absence of a national coverage decision, local Medicare contractors that administer the Medicare program in various regions have some discretion in determining coverage and therefore payment for tests. Our local Medicare contractor, who would process our claims on behalf of Medicare, requested that we not submit claims for services provided to Medicare patients while the contractor assessed the appropriate coverage and payment for FoundationOne as a whole. Pending the response, no claims have been billed to either Medicare or Medicare patients. Accordingly, we do not currently receive any payment for FoundationOne provided to patients covered by Medicare. If CMS does not issue a positive national coverage decision with respect to FoundationOne, or if CMS denies reimbursement of FoundationOne, withdraws its coverage policies after reimbursement is obtained, reviews and adjusts the rate of reimbursement, or stops paying for FoundationOne altogether, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely effected.

We intend, before the end of 2013, to commence submitting claims to CMS for future FoundationOne tests provided to Medicare patients. We will inform our Medicare contractor prior to submitting these claims for services provided to Medicare patients. The response of the Medicare contractor to the submission of such a claim is uncertain and the claim may be denied or paid, in whole or in part. If a claim is denied or paid in part, we may decide to appeal the denied claim or any denied portion of the claim. Alternatively, CMS may defer processing a claim pending a coverage or payment determination. Even if we do receive payments from CMS, the reimbursement rate may be lower than we expect, and if such rate is then adopted by commercial third-party payors, it would have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. In addition, CMS may issue a negative coverage determination for FoundationOne that would apply to future claims. Although we would have the opportunity to submit additional materials to CMS in support of a positive coverage determination for FoundationOne, there is no guarantee that CMS would provide us with a positive coverage decision or reverse a negative coverage decision that it already issued.

Commercial third-party payors and government payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by demanding price discounts or rebates and limiting both coverage on which diagnostic products they will pay for and the amounts that they will pay for new molecular diagnostic products. Because of the cost-containment trends, commercial third-party payors and government payors that currently provide reimbursement for, or in the future cover, FoundationOne may reduce, suspend, revoke, or discontinue payments or coverage at any time.

As a result, there is significant uncertainty surrounding whether the use of products that incorporate new technology, such as FoundationOne, will be eligible for coverage by commercial third-party payors and government payors or, if eligible for coverage, what the reimbursement rates will be for those products. The fact that a diagnostic product has been approved for reimbursement in the past, for any particular indication or in any particular jurisdiction, does not guarantee that such a diagnostic product will remain approved for reimbursement or that similar or additional diagnostic products will be approved in the future. Reimbursement of NGS-based cancer products by commercial third-party payors and government payors may depend on a number of factors, including a payor’s determination that products enabled by our molecular information platform are:

 

  Ÿ  

not experimental or investigational;

 

  Ÿ  

medically necessary;

 

  Ÿ  

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

  Ÿ  

cost-effective;

 

22


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

supported by peer-reviewed publications;

 

  Ÿ  

included in clinical practice guidelines; and

 

  Ÿ  

supported by clinical utility studies.

As a result, our efforts to receive reimbursement on behalf of patients will take a substantial amount of time, and commercial third-party payors and government payors may never cover or provide adequate payment for FoundationOne or future molecular information products we develop. Our strategy to achieve broad reimbursement coverage is focused on demonstrating the clinical utility and economic benefits of FoundationOne, engaging with key members of the oncology community and increasing physician demand, but there is no assurance that we will succeed in any of these areas or that, even if we do succeed, we will receive favorable reimbursement decisions. If adequate third-party reimbursement is unavailable we may not be able to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development. Furthermore, if a commercial third-party payor or government payor denies coverage, it may be difficult for us to collect from the patient, and we may not be successful.

In addition, we are currently considered a “non-contracting provider” by commercial third-party payors because we have not entered into specific contracts to provide FoundationOne to their insured patients, and as a result we take on primary responsibility for obtaining reimbursement on behalf of patients. If we were to become a contracting provider in the future, the amount of overall reimbursement we receive may decrease if we were to be reimbursed less money per product performed at a contracted rate than at a non-contracted rate, which could have a negative impact on our revenue. Further, we may be unable to collect payments from patients beyond that which is paid by their insurance and will experience lost revenue as a result.

The United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass legislation designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. For example, in some foreign markets, the government controls the pricing of many healthcare products. We expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals to implement governmental controls or impose healthcare requirements. In addition, the Medicare program and increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States will continue to put pressure on product pricing. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we would receive for any products in the future, which would limit our revenue and profitability.

Changes in the way that the FDA regulates products developed, manufactured, validated and performed by laboratories like ours could result in delay or additional expense in offering our products and products that we may develop in the future.

While the FDA currently exercises its enforcement discretion for LDTs by not enforcing its regulations, the FDA has stated that it has a mandate to regulate in this field and that it may address LDT regulation using a risk-based, phased-in approach similar to the existing in vitro diagnostic framework. In particular, as recently as June 2013, the Commissioner of the FDA has stated that “the FDA is working to make sure that the accuracy and clinical validity of high-risks tests are established before they come to market.” Thus, the FDA may seek to more actively regulate, including requiring clearance or approval of, our molecular information products in the future. Moreover, the FDA could disagree with our assessment that FoundationOne is a LDT, including FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies that we are developing with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, and could require us to seek clearance or approval to offer FoundationOne for clinical use. If the FDA requires us to seek clearance or approval to offer FoundationOne or any of our future products for clinical use, we may not be able to obtain such approvals on a timely basis, or at all. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil or criminal penalties; recall or seizure of current or future products; operating restrictions; partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

23


Table of Contents

denial of applications; or challenges to clearances or approvals. In July 2010, the FDA’s Office of In-Vitro Diagnostic Device Evaluation and Safety held a public meeting to discuss oversight of LDTs. The FDA highlighted the lack of standardized clinical validation at the test level under current CLIA regulatory guidelines and noted that CLIA does not require post-market surveillance or monitoring of LDTs. The comment period for providing the FDA with written comments expired on August 15, 2010, but the FDA has not yet published additional guidance on the oversight of LDTs. We cannot provide any assurance that FDA regulation, including premarket review, will not be required for our molecular information products. If premarket review is required, our business could be negatively impacted if we are required to stop selling molecular information products pending their clearance or approval or the launch of any new products that we develop could be delayed by new requirements.

In addition, in June 2011, the FDA issued draft guidance regarding the sale and use of products labeled for research use only. Among other things, the draft guidance advises manufacturers to cease the sale of research use only products to customers that the manufacturer knows use the product for clinical diagnostic purposes. Certain of the reagents and other products we use in FoundationOne are labeled as research use only products. If the FDA were to enforce this June 2011 draft guidance, certain of our suppliers may cease selling research use only products to us and any failure to obtain an acceptable substitute could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. health care system, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial changes in the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:

 

  Ÿ  

requires each medical device manufacturer to pay a sales tax equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices, beginning in 2013. This tax may apply to FoundationOne and some or all of our products which are in development.

 

  Ÿ  

mandates a reduction in payments for clinical laboratory services paid under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule of 1.75% for the years 2011 through 2015. In addition, a productivity adjustment is made to the fee schedule payment amount.

 

  Ÿ  

establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. The Independent Payment Advisory Board has broad discretion to propose policies, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for our products beginning in 2016.

The Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rates for diagnostic tests are updated annually under the current statutory formula. For the past several years, the application of the statutory formula would have resulted in substantial payment reductions if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, Congress passed interim legislation to prevent the decreases. On November 1, 2012, CMS issued its 2013 Physician Fee Schedule Final Rule, or the Final Rule. In the Final Rule, CMS called for a reduction of approximately 26.5% in the 2013 conversion factor that is used to calculate physician reimbursement. However, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which was signed into law on January 2, 2013, prevented this proposed cut and keeps the current reimbursement rate in effect until December 31, 2013. If similar proposed reductions are not offset in future years, the resulting decrease in payment could adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

In addition, many of the Current Procedure Terminology, or CPT, procedure codes that we use to bill our products were recently revised by the American Medical Association, effective January 1, 2013.

 

24


Table of Contents

In the Final Rule, CMS announced that it has decided to keep the new molecular codes on the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, rather than move them to the Physician Fee Schedule as some stakeholders had urged. CMS has also announced that for 2013 it will price the new codes using a “gapfilling” process by which it will refer the codes to the Medicare contractors to allow them to determine an appropriate price. In addition, it has also stated that it will not recognize certain of the new codes for Multi-analyte Assays with Algorithmic Analyses, or MAAAs, because it does not believe they qualify as clinical laboratory tests. Our reimbursement could be adversely affected by CMS’ action in this area. If it reduces reimbursement for the new test codes or does not pay for our new MAAA codes, then our revenue will be adversely affected. There can be no guarantees that Medicare and other payors will establish positive or adequate coverage policies or reimbursement rates.

We cannot predict whether future health care initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level, or how any future legislation or regulation may affect us. The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion of government’s role in the U.S. health care industry as well as changes to the reimbursement amounts paid by payors for our product and future products or our medical procedure volumes may reduce our profits and have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Moreover, Congress has proposed on several occasions to impose a 20% coinsurance on patients for clinical laboratory tests reimbursed under the clinical laboratory fee schedule, which would require us to bill patients for these amounts. Because of the relatively low reimbursement for many clinical laboratory tests, in the event that Congress were to ever enact such legislation, the cost of billing and collecting for these tests would often exceed the amount actually received from the patient and effectively increase our costs of billing and collecting.

If we fail to comply with the complex federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that apply to our business, we could suffer severe consequences that could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to the CLIA, a federal law that regulates clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of disease. CLIA regulations mandate specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration, and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality control, quality assurance, and inspections. We have a current certificate of accreditation under CLIA to conduct our genomic analyses through our accreditation by CAP. To renew this certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years. Moreover, CLIA inspectors may make random inspections of our clinical reference laboratory.

We are also required to maintain a license to conduct testing in Massachusetts. Massachusetts laws establish standards for day-to-day operation of our clinical reference laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. We also maintain a license to conduct testing in California, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Florida, and Rhode Island. In addition, our clinical reference laboratory is required to be licensed on a product-specific basis by New York State. New York law also mandates proficiency testing for laboratories licensed under New York state law, regardless of whether or not such laboratories are located in New York. Our application for such a license from New York State is currently pending and we operate based on a waiver by New York State of the obligations to have the license. If we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals or if New York State does not extend our waiver, our business could suffer. Moreover, several other states require that we hold licenses to test specimens from patients in those states. Other states may have similar requirements or may adopt similar requirements in the future. Finally, we may be subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions as we seek to expand international distribution of our products, which may require review of our products in order to offer our services or may have other limitations such as prohibitions on the export of tissue necessary for us to perform our tests that may limit our ability to distribute outside of the United States.

 

25


Table of Contents

Any sanction imposed under CLIA, its implementing regulations, or state or foreign laws or regulations governing licensure, or our failure to renew a CLIA certificate, a state or foreign license, or accreditation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Most CLIA deficiencies are not classified as “condition-level” deficiencies, and there are no adverse effects upon the laboratory operations as long as the deficiencies are corrected. Remediation of these deficiencies are routine matters, with corrections occurring within several hours or weeks. More serious CLIA deficiencies could rise to the level of “condition-level” deficiencies, and CMS has the authority to impose a wide range of sanctions, including revocation of the CLIA certification along with a bar on the ownership or operation of a CLIA certified laboratory by any owners or operators of the deficient laboratory. There is an administrative hearing procedure that can be pursued by the laboratory in the event of imposition of such sanctions, during which the sanctions are stayed, but the process can take a number of years to complete. If we were to lose our CLIA certification or CAP accreditation, we would not be able to operate our clinical reference laboratory and conduct our molecular tests, which would result in material harm to our business and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to other extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, all of which are subject to change. These laws and regulations currently include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

HIPAA, which established comprehensive federal standards with respect to the privacy and security of protected health information and requirements for the use of certain standardized electronic transactions, particularly with respect to our online portal, Interactive Cancer Explorer;

 

  Ÿ  

amendments to HIPAA under the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which strengthen and expand HIPAA privacy and security compliance requirements, increase penalties for violators, extend enforcement authority to state attorneys general, and impose requirements for breach notification;

 

  Ÿ  

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for, or recommending of an item or service that is reimbursable, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program;

 

  Ÿ  

the federal Stark physician self-referral law, which prohibits a physician from making a referral for certain designated health services covered by the Medicare program, including laboratory and pathology services, if the physician or an immediate family member has a financial relationship with the entity providing the designated health services, unless the financial relationship falls within an applicable exception to the prohibition;

 

  Ÿ  

the federal False Claims Act, which imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to the federal government;

 

  Ÿ  

the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other things, the offering or transfer of remuneration to a Medicare or state health care program beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state health care program, unless an exception applies;

 

  Ÿ  

other federal and state fraud and abuse laws, such as anti-kickback laws, prohibitions on self-referral, fee-splitting restrictions, prohibitions on the provision of products at no or discounted cost to induce physician or patient adoption, and false claims acts, which may extend to services reimbursable by any third-party payor, including private insurers;

 

26


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the prohibition on reassignment of Medicare claims, which, subject to certain exceptions, precludes the reassignment of Medicare claims to any other party;

 

  Ÿ  

the rules regarding billing for diagnostic tests reimbursable by the Medicare program, which prohibit a physician or other supplier from marking up the price of the technical component or professional component of a diagnostic test ordered by the physician or other supplier and supervised or performed by a physician who does not “share a practice” with the billing physician or supplier;

 

  Ÿ  

state laws that prohibit other specified practices, such as billing physicians for testing that they order; waiving coinsurance, copayments, deductibles, and other amounts owed by patients; billing a state Medicaid program at a price that is higher than what is charged to one or more other payors; and

 

  Ÿ  

similar foreign laws and regulations that apply to us in the countries in which we operate.

Our failure to comply could lead to civil or criminal penalties, exclusion from participation in government health care programs, or prohibitions or restrictions on our laboratory’s ability to conduct commercial activities. We believe that we are in material compliance with all statutory and regulatory requirements, but there is a risk that one or more government agencies could take a contrary position. These laws and regulations are complex and are subject to interpretation by the courts and by government agencies. If one or more such agencies alleges that we may be in violation of any of these requirements, regardless of the outcome, it could damage our reputation and adversely affect important business relationships with third parties, including managed care organizations and other commercial third-party payors.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant fines and other liability.

FoundationOne delivers to physicians a report that describes a tumor’s genomic alterations and matches them with FDA-approved therapies or open clinical trials for therapies targeting cancers driven by those alterations. In some cases, the therapies identified in our report are not approved for the patient’s tumor type or disease state. The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription drug and device products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses or indications beyond those contained in such product’s approved labeling. The U.S. government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If the FDA determines that we have engaged in off-label promotion in our FoundationOne report by providing information regarding approved therapies, we may be subject to civil or criminal fines.

In addition, incentives exist under applicable laws that encourage competitors, employees, and physicians to report violations of rules governing promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. These incentives could lead to so-called whistleblower lawsuits as part of which such persons seek to collect a portion of monies allegedly overbilled to government agencies due to, for example, promotion of pharmaceutical products beyond labeled claims. These incentives could also lead to suits that we have mischaracterized a competitor’s product in the marketplace and, as a result, we could be sued for alleged damages to our competitors. Such lawsuits, whether with or without merit, are typically time-consuming and costly to defend. Such suits may also result in related shareholder lawsuits, which are also costly to defend.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may be subject to fines, penalties, licensure requirements, or legal liability, if it is determined that through our FoundationOne reports we are practicing medicine without a license.

Our FoundationOne reports delivered to physicians provide information regarding FDA-approved therapies and clinical trials that oncologists may use in making treatment decisions for their patients. We make members of our organization available to discuss the information provided in the report. State laws prohibit the practice of medicine without a license. Our customer service representatives provide support to our customers, including assistance in interpreting the FoundationOne report results. A governmental authority or individual actor could allege that the identification of available therapies and clinical trials in our reports and the related customer service we provide constitute the practice of medicine. A state may seek to have us discontinue the inclusion of certain aspects of our reports or the related services we provide or subject us to fine, penalties, or licensure requirements. Any determination that we are practicing medicine without a license may result in significant liability to us.

If the validity of an informed consent from a patient enrolled in a clinical trial with one of our biopharmaceutical partners was challenged, we could be forced to stop using some of our resources, which would hinder our molecular information product development efforts.

We have implemented measures to ensure that all clinical data and genetic and other biological samples that we receive from our biopharmaceutical partners have been collected from subjects who have provided appropriate informed consent for purposes which extend to our product development activities. We seek to ensure these data and samples are provided to us on a subject de-identified manner. We also have measures in place to ensure that the subjects from whom the data and samples are collected do not retain or have conferred on them any proprietary or commercial rights to the data or any discoveries derived from them. Our biopharmaceutical partners conduct clinical trials in a number of different countries, and, to a large extent, we rely upon them to comply with the subject’s informed consent and with local law and international regulation. The collection of data and samples in many different countries results in complex legal questions regarding the adequacy of informed consent and the status of genetic material under a large number of different legal systems. The subject’s informed consent obtained in any particular country could be challenged in the future, and those informed consents could prove invalid, unlawful, or otherwise inadequate for our purposes. Any findings against us, or our biopharmaceutical partners, could deny us access to or force us to stop using some of our clinical samples, which would hinder our molecular information product development efforts. We could become involved in legal challenges, which could consume our management and financial resources.

Ethical, legal and social concerns related to the use of genomic information could reduce demand for our molecular information products.

Genomic testing, like that conducted using our molecular information platform and FoundationOne, has raised ethical, legal, and social issues regarding privacy and the appropriate uses of the resulting information. Governmental authorities could, for social or other purposes, limit or regulate the use of genomic information or genomic testing or prohibit testing for genetic predisposition to certain conditions, particularly for those that have no known cure. Similarly, these concerns may lead patients to refuse to use genomic tests even if permissible.

Ethical and social concerns may also influence U.S. and foreign patent offices and courts with regard to patent protection for technology relevant to our business. These and other ethical, legal and social concerns may limit market acceptance of our products or reduce the potential markets for products enabled by our molecular information platform, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Risks Related to Our Business

Litigation or other proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to spend significant time and money and could prevent us from selling our products or impact our stock price.

Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. As we continue to commercialize FoundationOne in its current or an updated form, launch new products, and enter new markets, we expect that competitors will claim that our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of business strategies designed to impede our successful commercialization and entry into new markets. We occasionally receive letters from third parties inviting us to take licenses under, or alleging that we infringe, their patents. Third parties may have obtained, and may in the future obtain, patents under which such third parties may claim that the use of our technologies constitutes patent infringement.

We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending ourselves against any of these claims. Any adverse ruling or perception of an adverse ruling in defending ourselves against these claims could have a material adverse impact on our cash position and stock price. Furthermore, parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize, and sell products, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a successful claim of infringement or misappropriation against us, we may be required to pay damages and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our cash position and business and financial condition.

In addition, we may be unable to obtain these licenses at a reasonable cost, if at all. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. Moreover, we could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products would materially affect our ability to grow and maintain profitability and have a material adverse impact on our business.

Developments in patent law could have a negative impact on our business.

From time to time, the United States Supreme Court, or the Supreme Court, other federal courts, the United States Congress or the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, may change the standards of patentability and any such changes could have a negative impact on our business.

Two cases involving diagnostic method claims and “gene patents” have recently been decided by the Supreme Court. On March 20, 2012, the Supreme Court issued a decision in  Mayo Collaborative v. Prometheus Laboratories , or Prometheus , a case involving patent claims directed to optimizing the amount of drug administered to a specific patient. According to that decision, Prometheus’ claims failed to incorporate sufficient inventive content above and beyond mere underlying natural correlations to allow the claimed processes to qualify as patent-eligible processes that apply natural laws. On June 13, 2013, the Supreme Court subsequently decided Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics , or Myriad , a case brought by multiple plaintiffs challenging the validity of patent claims held by Myriad Genetics, Inc. relating to the breast cancer susceptibility genes BRCA1 and BRCA2, holding that isolated genomic DNA that exists in nature, such as the DNA constituting the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, is not patentable subject matter, but that cDNA, which is an artificial construct created from RNA transcripts of genes, may be patent eligible.

On July 3, 2012, the USPTO issued a memorandum to patent examiners providing interim guidelines for examining process claims for patent eligibility in view of the Supreme Court decision in

 

29


Table of Contents

Prometheus . The guidance indicates that claims directed to a law of nature, a natural phenomenon, or an abstract idea that do not meet the eligibility requirements should be rejected as non-statutory subject matter. We cannot assure you that our efforts to seek patent protection for our technology and products will not be negatively impacted by the decisions described above, rulings in other cases or changes in guidance or procedures issued by the USPTO.

We cannot fully predict what impact the Supreme Court’s decisions in Prometheus and Myriad may have on the ability of biopharmaceutical companies or other entities to obtain or enforce patents relating to genes or genomic discoveries in the future. Despite the USPTO memorandum described above, the Prometheus decision is new and the contours of when certain method claims allegedly directed to laws of nature or natural phenomenon meet the patent eligibility requirements are not clear and may take many years to develop via interpretation in the courts. There are many patents claiming diagnostic methods based on similar or related correlations that issued before Prometheus , and although some of these patents may be invalid under the standard set forth in Prometheus , until successfully challenged, these patents are presumed valid and enforceable, and certain third parties could allege that we infringe, or request that we obtain a license to, these patents. Whether based on patents issued prior to or after Prometheus , we could have to defend ourselves against claims of patent infringement, or choose to license rights, if available, under patents claiming such methods. Moreover, although the Supreme Court has held in Myriad that isolated genomic DNA is not patent eligible subject matter, certain third parties could allege that activities that we may undertake infringe other classes of gene-related patent claims, and we could have to defend ourselves against these claims by asserting non-infringement and/or invalidity positions, or pay to obtain a license to these claims. In any of the foregoing or in other situations involving third-party intellectual property rights, if we are unsuccessful in defending against claims of patent infringement, we could be forced to pay damages or be subjected to an injunction that would prevent us from utilizing the patented subject matter in question if a we are unable to obtain a license on reasonable terms. Such outcomes could materially affect our ability to offer our products and have a material adverse impact on our business. Even if we are able to obtain a license or successfully defend against claims of patent infringement, the cost and distraction associated with the defense or settlement of these claims could have a material adverse impact on our business.

In addition, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, which was signed into law in 2011, includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These changes include a transition from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system, changes to the way issued patents are challenged, and changes to the way patent applications are disputed during the examination process. These changes may favor larger and more established companies that have greater resources to devote to patent application filing and prosecution. The USPTO has developed new and untested regulations and procedures to govern the full implementation of the America Invents Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the America Invents Act, and, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, became effective on March 16, 2013. Substantive changes to patent law associated with the America Invents Act may affect our ability to obtain patents, and if obtained, to enforce or defend them. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the America Invents Act will ultimately have on the cost of prosecuting our patent applications, our ability to obtain patents based on our discoveries and our ability to enforce or defend any patents that may issue from our patent applications, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be unable to protect or enforce our intellectual property effectively, which could harm our competitive position.

Obtaining and maintaining a strong patent position is important to our business. Our patent applications are in the early stages of prosecution and none have yet issued as patents. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the technology fields in which we operate is complex and uncertain, so we cannot be assured that we will be able to obtain or maintain patent rights, or that the patent

 

30


Table of Contents

rights we may obtain will be valuable, provide an effective barrier to competitors or otherwise provide competitive advantages. Others have filed, and in the future are likely to file, patent applications that are similar or identical to ours or those of our licensors. To determine the priority of inventions, or demonstrate that we did not derive our invention from another, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO or in court that could result in substantial costs in legal fees and could substantially affect the scope of our patent protection. We cannot be assured our patent applications will prevail over those filed by others. Also, our intellectual property rights may be subject to other challenges by third parties. Patents we obtain could be challenged in litigation or in administrative proceedings such as ex parte reexam, inter partes review, or post grant review in the United States or opposition proceedings in Europe or other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining a patent portfolio entails significant expense and resources. Part of the expense includes periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications due in several stages over the lifetime of patents and/or applications, as well as the cost associated with complying with numerous procedural provisions during the patent application process. We may or may not choose to pursue or maintain protection for particular inventions. In addition, there are situations in which failure to make certain payments or noncompliance with certain requirements in the patent process can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we choose to forgo patent protection or allow a patent application or patent to lapse purposefully or inadvertently, our competitive position could suffer.

Legal actions to enforce our patent rights can be expensive and may involve the diversion of significant management time. In addition, these legal actions could be unsuccessful and could also result in the invalidation of our patents or a finding that they are unenforceable. We may or may not choose to pursue litigation or interferences against those that have infringed on our patents, or used them without authorization, due to the associated expense and time commitment of monitoring these activities. If we fail to protect or to enforce our intellectual property rights successfully, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely upon copyright and trade secret protection, as well as non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third-parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information. For example, significant elements of FoundationOne, including aspects of sample preparation, computational-biological algorithms, and related processes and software, are based on unpatented trade secrets and know-how that are not publicly disclosed. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, especially those relating to biotechnology. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of intellectual property.

Third parties may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop.

Third parties may in the future make claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property. For example, we rely on certain third parties to provide us with tissue samples and biological materials that we use to conduct our genomic analyses. We have written agreements with collaborators that provide for the ownership of intellectual property arising from our collaborations. These agreements provide that we must negotiate certain commercial rights with collaborators with respect to joint inventions or inventions made by our collaborators that arise from the results of the collaboration. In some instances, there may not be adequate written provisions to address clearly the resolution of intellectual property rights that may arise from a collaboration. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership and commercial rights to the inventions that result from our use of a third-party collaborator’s materials where required, or if disputes otherwise arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborator’s samples, we may be limited in our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions. In addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees, contractors, or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective, or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such inventions. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property, or may lose our exclusive rights in that intellectual property. Either outcome could have an adverse impact on our business.

Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other diagnostic or biopharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property,

 

32


Table of Contents

including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We are an early, commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future performance.

We are an early, commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history. We were incorporated in Delaware and began operations in November 2009. Our limited operating history, particularly in light of our business model based upon sales of novel products enabled by our molecular information platform and the rapidly evolving genomic analysis industry, may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future performance. Any assessment of our profitability or prediction about our future success or viability is subject to significant uncertainty. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early, commercial-stage companies in rapidly evolving industries. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business will suffer.

We have a history of net losses. We expect to incur net losses in the future and we may never achieve sustained profitability.

We have historically incurred substantial net losses, including a net loss of $22.4 million in 2012. From our inception in 2009 through March 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $54.0 million. We expect our losses to continue as a result of ongoing research and development expenses and increased sales and marketing costs. These losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our working capital, total assets, and stockholders’ equity. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our research, development, and commercialization efforts, we are unable to predict when we will become profitable, and we may never become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our inability to achieve and then maintain profitability would negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, develop our molecular information platform, commercialize new products and expand our operations.

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering, and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products as a result of lower than currently expected rates of reimbursement from commercial third-party payors and government payors or other risks described in this prospectus, we may seek to sell common or preferred equity or convertible debt securities, enter into an additional credit facility or another form of third-party funding, or seek other debt financing.

We may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities, or for other reasons, including to:

 

  Ÿ  

increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive market adoption of FoundationOne and address competitive developments;

 

  Ÿ  

fund development and marketing efforts of any future products;

 

33


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

further expand our clinical laboratory operations;

 

  Ÿ  

expand our technologies into other types of cancers;

 

  Ÿ  

acquire, license or invest in technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

 

  Ÿ  

finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our rate of progress in establishing reimbursement arrangements with domestic and international commercial third-party payors and government payors;

 

  Ÿ  

the cost of expanding our laboratory operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

our rate of progress in, and cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with, establishing adoption of and reimbursement for FoundationOne;

 

  Ÿ  

our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, products in research and early development;

 

  Ÿ  

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to international expansion; and

 

  Ÿ  

the potential cost of and delays in product development as a result of any regulatory oversight applicable to our products.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also could provide for rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our platform technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

The credit markets and the financial services industry have experienced a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse, or sale of various financial institutions and an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States federal government. These events have generally made equity and debt financing more difficult to obtain. Accordingly, additional equity or debt financing might not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, our current loan and security agreement with Lighthouse restricts our ability to raise funds through additional debt or other financing options. If we cannot secure additional funding when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more research and development programs or sales and marketing initiatives. In addition, we may have to work with a partner on one or more of our development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to us.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses due to our compliance with regulations and disclosure obligations applicable to us, including compliance with the

 

34


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ. The SEC and other regulators have continued to adopt new rules and regulations and make additional changes to existing regulations that require our compliance. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that have required the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas. Stockholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact, in ways we cannot currently anticipate, the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance programs and monitoring of public company reporting obligations and as a result of the new corporate governance and executive compensation related rules, regulations, and guidelines prompted by the Dodd-Frank Act and further regulations and disclosure obligations expected in the future, we will likely need to devote additional time and costs to comply with such compliance programs and rules. These rules and regulations will cause us to incur significant legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, including implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring new accounting or internal audit staff. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate and weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we may be required to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, harm our operating results, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, or result in a restatement of our prior period financial statements. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our ordinary shares could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation needed to comply with such requirements. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material

 

35


Table of Contents

weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Our independent registered public accounting firm may not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, depending on whether we choose to rely on certain exemptions set forth in the JOBS Act. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls in the future. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to annual limitations on its ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income or reduce taxes. Our past issuances of stock and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted in ownership changes within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code; accordingly, our pre-change NOLs may be subject to limitation under Section 382. If we determine that we have not undergone an ownership change, the Internal Revenue Service could challenge our analysis, and our ability to use our NOLs to offset taxable income could be limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, including in connection with this offering and some of which are outside of our control, could result in ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code further limiting our ability to utilize our NOLs. Furthermore, our ability to use NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, we may not be able to use a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We expect that our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly. Although we anticipate our common stock being approved for listing on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We will negotiate and determine the initial public offering price with the underwriters based on several factors. This price may vary from the market price of our common stock after this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us, our biopharmaceutical partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations, or capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

  Ÿ  

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

36


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key management or scientific personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes to reimbursement levels by commercial third-party payors and government payors, including Medicare, and any announcements relating to reimbursement levels;

 

  Ÿ  

announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, the stock market in general, and NASDAQ and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management.

Our principal stockholders will exercise significant control over our company.

Assuming they do not purchase shares in this offering, investment funds affiliated with Third Rock Ventures and Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, and Google Ventures 2011, L.P., our current largest stockholders, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding capital stock immediately after this offering. Although we are not aware of any voting arrangements that will be in place among these stockholders following this offering, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, as a result of their stock ownership, they may be able to influence our management and affairs and control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of May 31, 2013, upon the completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, assuming no shares are purchased in this offering by our existing stockholders,                 shares of common stock, plus any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market.

 

37


Table of Contents

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire and based on shares outstanding as of May 31, 2013, an additional                 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, the                 shares subject to outstanding options under our stock option plans and the                 shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Moreover, 180 days after the completion of this offering, holders of approximately              of our common stock will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.

We will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. We may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

We will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for expansion of our commercial and laboratory operations, ongoing and new clinical trials, supporting our molecular information platform, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. As a result, investors will be relying upon management’s judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for purposes that do not yield a significant return or any return at all for our stockholders. In addition, pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We are an “emerging growth company” and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are electing not to take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last

 

38


Table of Contents

day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.

We have not paid dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our indebtedness with Lighthouse prohibit us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Consequently, in the foreseeable future, you will likely only experience a gain from your investment in our common stock if the price of our common stock increases.

Investors in this offering will pay a higher price than the book value of our common stock.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by existing stockholders for their shares. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $                 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we issued restricted stock, options and a warrant to acquire capital stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent any outstanding options or warrants are ultimately exercised, you will sustain further dilution.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our common stock or if analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include or will include provisions:

 

  Ÿ  

creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

  Ÿ  

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend, and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

  Ÿ  

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;

 

  Ÿ  

requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

39


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and

 

  Ÿ  

providing our board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

40


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

the evolving treatment paradigm for cancer, including physicians’ use of molecular information and targeted oncology therapeutics and the market size for molecular information products;

 

  Ÿ  

physicians’ need for molecular information products and any perceived advantage of our products over those of our competitors, including the ability of our molecular information platform to help physicians treat their patients’ cancers, our first mover advantage in providing comprehensive molecular diagnostic information products on a commercial scale or the sustainability of our competitive advantages;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to generate revenue from sales of products enabled by our molecular information platform to physicians in clinical practice and our biopharmaceutical partners, including our ability to increase adoption of FoundationOne and expand existing or develop new relationships with biopharmaceutical partners;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to increase the commercial success of FoundationOne;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans or ability to obtain reimbursement for FoundationOne, including expectations as to our ability or the amount of time it will take to achieve successful reimbursement from third-party payors, such as commercial insurance companies and health maintenance organizations, and government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

  Ÿ  

the outcome or success of our clinical trials;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of our molecular information platform to enhance our biopharmaceutical partners’ ability to develop targeted oncology therapies;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to comprehensively assess cancer tissue simultaneously for all known genomic alterations across all known cancer-related genes, including our ability to update our molecular information platform to interrogate new cancer genes and incorporate new targeted oncology therapies and clinical trials;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to scale our molecular information platform, including the capacity to process additional tests at high specificity and sensitivity as our volume increases;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to capture, aggregate, analyze, or otherwise utilize genomic data in new ways;

 

  Ÿ  

the acceptance of our publications in peer-reviewed journals or of our presentations at scientific and medical conference presentations;

 

  Ÿ  

our relationships with our suppliers from whom we obtain laboratory reagents, equipment, or other materials which we use in our molecular information platform, some of which are sole source arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans and ability to develop and commercialize new products, including to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies by early 2014;

 

41


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the expansion of the capabilities of our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal and the development and launch of its associated applications in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of the relocation our laboratory into a new facility in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

federal, state, and foreign regulatory requirements, including potential FDA regulation of FoundationOne and the other tests performed using our molecular information platform;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our trade secret protected proprietary rights in our molecular information platform;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing; and

 

  Ÿ  

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should therefore not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of                shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A                 share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a                 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and to facilitate our access to the public equity markets. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

approximately $             million for the expansion of our commercial operations, including the growth of our sales force within the United States and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

approximately $             million for the expansion of our laboratory operations to support future growth;

 

  Ÿ  

approximately $             million to fund ongoing and new clinical trials to demonstrate the utility of our products and support our reimbursement efforts; and

 

  Ÿ  

approximately $             million to continue the expansion of our technology infrastructure and capabilities for our molecular information platform.

We expect expenditures in connection with these above-described items will utilize the substantial majority of the expected net proceeds from the offering. We expect to use the remainder of any net proceeds from this offering for new product development, including costs related to the development of products in areas such as epigenetics, methylation, and immune response, capital expenditures, including costs related to required expansion in connection with increased demand, and working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs of operating as a public company. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual use of these proceeds may vary significantly from our expectations depending upon numerous factors, including our commercialization efforts, demand for our products, rates of reimbursement, the costs of equipment,

 

43


Table of Contents

the progress of our research and development efforts, our operating costs and the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, we will retain the discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering among the identified uses described above, and we reserve the right to change the allocation of the net proceeds among the uses described above. Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for the acquisition or licensing, as the case may be, of additional technologies, other assets or businesses, or for other strategic investments or opportunities, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments to do so.

Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in high quality, investment grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, or hold as cash.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness restrict our ability to pay dividends, and any future indebtedness that we may incur could preclude us from paying dividends. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 68,512,134 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale in this offering of             shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the following table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock,” and the financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 45,832      $ 45,832      $            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable

     2,751        2,751     

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

     232            

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 43,950,000 shares authorized; 43,750,000 issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued and outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)

     43,008            

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 24,762,134 shares authorized; issued and outstanding (actual); no shares authorized, issued and outstanding (pro forma and pro forma as adjusted)

     55,692            

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (actual);                 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding (pro forma and pro forma adjusted)

                

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 96,000,000 shares authorized, 11,795,896 shares issued and outstanding (actual), 96,000,000 shares authorized, 80,308,030 issued and outstanding (pro forma);                  shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma as adjusted)

     1        8     

Additional paid-in capital

     4,069        102,925     

Accumulated deficit

     (54,022     (53,953  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (49,952     (48,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 51,731      $ 51,731      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

The information above is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $                 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A             share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a                 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease each of cash and cash equivalents and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table excludes (i) 7,422,329 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share, (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of March 31, 2013 at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant prior to the closing of this offering is exercisable for shares of preferred stock and (iii)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

The net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 was $            million, or $            per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total tangible liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock before giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock, upon the completion of this offering. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 was $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock and the conversion of the outstanding warrant to purchase Series A preferred stock into a warrant to purchase shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering and (ii) our sale of                 shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 would have been $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2013

   $           

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2013 after giving effect to the offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, by $            per share and the dilution to new investors by $            per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share and the dilution to new investors by $            per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. A                 share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a                 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per

 

48


Table of Contents

share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2013, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders (giving effect to the conversion of all of our preferred stock into 68,512,134 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering) and by investors participating in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Avg price /
share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                       $                                     $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $           100   $     

The above discussion and tables are based on 16,609,563 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and also reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 68,512,134 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

7,422,329 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

200,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of March 31, 2013 at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant prior to the closing of this offering is exercisable to purchase Series A preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

3,248,108 shares available for issuance under the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2013 Plan.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of ,                 2013 will increase to $            million, or $            per share, representing an increase to existing stockholders of $            per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of an additional $            per share to new investors.

To the extent that outstanding options and warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data below together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In our opinion, these unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial data. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and our operating results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 10,645      $ 612      $ 5,200   

Costs and expenses

        

Cost of revenue

     258        5,681        709        2,378   

Sales and marketing

     1,555        3,454        503        1,811   

General and administrative

     6,992        8,644        1,675        3,150   

Research and development

     9,023        14,777        3,013        4,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     17,828        32,556        5,900        12,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,771     (21,911     (5,288     (7,121

Interest expense, net

     (421     (421     (118     (76

Other expense, net

     (845     (61     (35     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (296     (286     (80     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (17,333   $ (22,679   $ (5,521   $ (7,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (3.52   $ (2.62   $ (0.80   $ (0.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,930,634        8,667,326        6,871,487        11,339,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     $ (0.41     $ (0.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

       55,642,878          80,051,460   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

 

(1) See Note 2 within the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,852      $ 54,838      $ 45,832   

Working capital

     7,521        49,856        40,904   

Total assets

     18,065        66,039        60,180   

Notes payable, excluding current portion

     3,041        1,441        1,012   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     94        225        232   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     32,455        98,658        98,700   

Accumulated deficit

     (24,426     (46,819     (54,022

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (22,303   $ (43,397   $ (49,952

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed above in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a commercial-stage company focused on fundamentally changing the way patients with cancer are treated. Our proprietary molecular information platform generates actionable genomic information about a patient’s individual cancer, enabling physicians to optimize treatments in clinical practice and enabling biopharmaceutical companies to develop targeted oncology therapies more effectively.

FoundationOne, our first clinical product, is, to our knowledge, the only commercially available comprehensive molecular information product designed for use in the routine care of patients with cancer. In November 2011, we first offered for sale FoundationOne for clinical use to a limited network of key oncology thought leaders and their colleagues and leading academic centers. We then commenced our formal commercial launch of FoundationOne for solid tumors in June 2012 and expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for blood-based cancers, or hematologic malignancies, by early 2014. Prior to commercial sales of FoundationOne for clinical use, we generated revenue from our molecular information platform under relationships with biopharmaceutical partners, starting in December 2010. Our molecular information platform is currently used by 18 biopharmaceutical partners to enhance the development of targeted oncology therapies. To accelerate our growth and enhance our competitive advantage, we are extending our sales force, publishing scientific and medical advances, fostering relationships throughout the oncology community, and developing new products.

We have experienced rapid adoption of FoundationOne. More than 1,500 physicians from large academic centers and community-based practices have ordered FoundationOne since its formal commercial launch in June 2012. Additionally, over 800 physicians have ordered FoundationOne in the three months ended May 31, 2013. We believe this rapid adoption of FoundationOne, accomplished with a nascent sales team, demonstrates the demand for and utility of a single comprehensive product that helps oncologists effectively implement the promise of precision medicine.

Since our inception in 2009, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to the development of our molecular information platform, the commercialization of FoundationOne for solid tumors, and the development of new products such as FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies. We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and as of March 31, 2013, our accumulated deficit was $54.0 million. We expect to continue to incur operating losses over the near term as we expand our commercial operations, conduct clinical trials, and invest in our molecular information platform and additional product offerings.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We derive our revenue from selling products that are enabled by our molecular information platform. The information provided in our test results is branded as FoundationOne for our clinical customers and is not branded for our biopharmaceutical customers. For the years ended

 

52


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the three months ended March 31, 2013, revenue totaled $2.1 million, $10.6 million, and $5.2 million, respectively.

For many physician orders within the United States, the payment we ultimately receive depends upon the rate of reimbursement from commercial third-party payors and government payors. Currently we are not a participating provider with any commercial third-party payors and therefore do not have specific coverage decisions for the FoundationOne test with established payment rates, although some commercial third-party payors continue to pay our claims based upon the stacked CPT codes that comprise the FoundationOne test. Coverage and payment is determined by the third-party payor on a case-by-case basis. We are not currently a participating provider in any state Medicaid program and therefore do not have coverage decisions under which our test is covered by these Medicaid programs. We are a participating provider in the Medicare program but we do not have a coverage decision and have not yet submitted claims for our test to Medicare. We may also negotiate rates with patients, if the patient is responsible for payment. Our efforts in obtaining reimbursement based on individual claims, including pursuing appeals or reconsiderations of claim denials, take a substantial amount of time, and bills may not be paid for many months. Furthermore, if a third-party payor denies coverage after final appeal, payment may not be received at all.

We currently recognize revenue on a cash basis from commercial third-party payors and from patients who make co-payments, pay deductibles, or pay other amounts that we have been unable to collect from their medical insurers because the payment is not fixed or determinable and collectibility is not reasonably assured, including due to the fact that we do not have coverage decisions in place and have a limited history of collecting claims. We expect to use judgment in assessing whether the fee is fixed or determinable and whether collectibility is reasonably assured as we continue to gain payment experience with third-party payors and patients. Costs associated with performing tests are recorded as tests are processed. These costs are recorded regardless of when or whether revenue is recognized with respect to those tests. Because we currently recognize revenue on a cash basis from commercial third-party payors, the costs of those FoundationOne tests are recognized in advance of any associated revenues. Because of the increasing period-to-period FoundationOne test volumes that we have observed to date, our revenue from these payors is lower and our net loss is higher than if we were recognizing revenue from these payors on an accrual basis in the period during which the work was performed and costs were incurred.

There is currently no national coverage decision that determines whether and how our test is covered by Medicare. In the absence of a national coverage decision, local Medicare contractors that administer the Medicare program in various regions have some discretion in determining coverage and therefore payment for tests. Our local Medicare contractor, who would process our claims on behalf of Medicare, requested that we not submit claims for services provided to Medicare patients while the contractor assessed the appropriate coverage and payment for FoundationOne as a whole. Pending the response, no claims have been billed to either Medicare or Medicare patients. As a result, while we incur costs to perform these FoundationOne tests, we are not currently generating revenue from the sale of FoundationOne for patients covered by Medicare. Our net loss is therefore higher than if we were recognizing revenue from the sale of FoundationOne for patients covered by Medicare. FoundationOne tests for patients covered by Medicare represented approximately 28% and 27% of total FoundationOne tests ordered by physicians in the United States during 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.

We intend to seek a national coverage determination from our Medicare contractor, which, if obtained, will establish a standard for the reimbursement for our Medicare claims. If we do not receive definitive direction from our Medicare contractor regarding our submission of claims for services provided to Medicare patients, we intend, before the end of 2013, to commence submitting claims to Medicare for future FoundationOne tests provided to Medicare patients. The response of the Medicare contractor to the submission of such a claim is uncertain and the claim may be denied or paid, in whole or in part. If a claim is denied or paid in part, we may decide to appeal the denied claim or any denied

 

53


Table of Contents

portion of the claim. Our Medicare contractor may also issue a negative coverage determination for FoundationOne that would apply to future claims or may defer processing a claim pending a coverage or payment determination. If a claim is paid by our Medicare contractor, either upon acceptance of the claim or following a successful appeal of a denied claim, we will generate revenue from Medicare for FoundationOne testing.

We expect that the current lack of coverage decisions and the uncertainty of reimbursement on a case-by-case basis may continue to negatively impact our revenue and earnings, particularly as FoundationOne test volumes increase period-to-period. Following our achievement of a coverage decision from a commercial third-party payor or government payor or once we have a sufficient history of claims collections with any such payor that we conclude the fee for FoundationOne tests for individuals insured by such payor is sufficiently fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured, we will begin to recognize revenue from such payor on an accrual basis. As of March 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $45.8 million. We do not believe that the adverse impacts on our liquidity related to the absence of coverage decisions from commercial third-party payors and government payors will materially adversely affect our business or prospects over at least the next 12 months and likely not for the foreseeable future. If we are not able to obtain coverage decisions from commercial third-party payors and government payors over the longer term, however, and our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering, and cash flow from claims for reimbursement on behalf of each patient on a case-by-case basis and other operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

We recognize revenue from the sale of our products to certain hospitals, cancer centers, other institutions, and patients at the time results are reported to physicians if all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

We also receive a small portion of revenue from patients who make co-payments and pay deductibles. In addition, while we take on the primary responsibility for obtaining third-party reimbursement on behalf of patients, including appeals for any initial denials, we ultimately do bill patients for amounts that we have been unable to collect from their medical insurers. While we are not currently seeking reimbursement from Medicare or billing Medicare patients, we may decide to provide appropriate notices to patients covered by Medicare to enable us to bill a patient for all or part of a claim that is denied coverage by our Medicare contractor. We offer a comprehensive patient assistance program to support patients whose incomes are below certain thresholds and to allow for extended payment terms, as necessary, given the patient’s economic situation.

Revenue from our biopharmaceutical customers are based on a negotiated price per test or on the basis of agreements to provide certain testing volumes or other deliverables over defined periods. We recognize revenue upon delivery of the test results, or over the period that testing volume or other deliverables are provided, as appropriate.

We expect our revenue to increase over time as we expand our commercial efforts within and outside of the United States. Positive reimbursement decisions from commercial third-party payors and government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, would eliminate much of the uncertainty around payment, should allow us to recognize revenue earlier, and increase our overall revenue growth from ordering physicians within the United States. We also expect to grow our biopharmaceutical customer base. Over time, we expect that our revenue from ordering physicians within and outside of the United States will significantly exceed revenue from our biopharmaceutical customers, given the higher percentage of cancer patients who are treated outside of clinical trial settings.

Cost of Revenue and Operating Expenses

We allocate certain overhead expenses, such as rent, utilities, and depreciation to cost of revenue and operating expense categories based on headcount and facility usage. As a result, an overhead expense allocation is reflected in cost of revenue and each operating expense category.

 

54


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of personnel expenses, including salary, bonuses, employee benefits and stock-based compensation expenses, cost of laboratory supplies, depreciation of laboratory equipment and amortization of leasehold improvements, shipping costs, and certain allocated overhead expenses. We expect these costs will increase in absolute dollars as we increase our sales volume, but will decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as our sales increase and we gain operating efficiencies. During the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our cost of revenue represented approximately 53% and 46%, respectively, of our total revenue. Our cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a pilot agreement with a biopharmaceutical customer.

Costs associated with performing tests are recorded as tests are processed. These costs are recorded regardless of whether revenue is recognized with respect to those tests. Because we currently recognize revenue on a cash basis from commercial third-party payors and patients who make co-payments, pay deductibles or pay other amounts that we have been unable to collect from their insurers, the costs of those tests are often recognized in advance of any associated revenues.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses include costs associated with our sales organization, including our direct sales force and sales management, client services, marketing, reimbursement, and business development personnel who are focused on our biopharmaceutical customers. These expenses consist principally of salaries, commissions, bonuses, employee benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation, as well as marketing and educational activities, and allocated overhead expenses. We expense all sales and marketing costs as incurred.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our sales and marketing expenses represented approximately 76%, 32%, and 35%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect our sales and marketing costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales force, increase our presence within and outside of the United States, and increase our marketing activities to drive further awareness and adoption of FoundationOne and our future products.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses include costs for our executive, accounting and finance, legal and human resources functions. These expenses consist principally of salaries, bonuses, employee benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation, as well as professional services fees such as consulting, audit, tax and legal fees, and general corporate costs and allocated overhead expenses. We expense all general and administrative expenses as incurred.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase after this offering, primarily due to the costs of operating as a public company, such as additional legal, accounting, corporate governance, and investor relations expenses, and higher directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for new product research and development, significant product improvements, clinical trials to evaluate the clinical utility of FoundationOne, the development of our knowledgebase for genomic and clinical data, and the development of our online tools, such as our online portal and mobile applications for Interactive Cancer Explorer. Costs to develop our online tools are recorded as research and development unless they meet the criteria to be capitalized as internal-use software costs. These activities include the following costs:

 

  Ÿ  

personnel-related expenses such as salaries, bonuses, employee benefits, and stock-based compensation;

 

55


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

fees for contractual and consulting services;

 

  Ÿ  

costs to manage and synthesize our medical data and to expand our knowledgebase;

 

  Ÿ  

clinical trials;

 

  Ÿ  

laboratory supplies; and

 

  Ÿ  

allocated overhead expenses.

We expect that our overall research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to innovate our molecular information platform, develop additional products, expand our genomic and medical data management resources, and conduct our ongoing and new clinical trials.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of interest expense on our loan balance and the amortization of debt discounts. Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the three months ended March 31, 2013, interest income was not material, although we expect our interest income to increase as we invest the net proceeds from this offering.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists of changes in the fair value of our investor rights obligation, which was the right to purchase additional shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a fixed price per share upon the achievement of certain pre-defined milestones that was settled in 2011, and changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability. These other expenses are offset, in part, by other income from grants received by us, including a grant from the Internal Revenue Service’s Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Program.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2011     2012     $     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 10,645      $ 8,588        418

Costs and expenses

        

Cost of revenue

     258        5,681        5,423        2,102   

Sales and marketing

     1,555        3,454        1,899        122   

General and administrative

     6,992        8,644        1,652        24   

Research and development

     9,023        14,777        5,754        64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total costs and expenses

     17,828        32,556        14,728        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (15,771     (21,911     (6,140     39   

Interest expense, net

     (421     (421     —          —     

Other expense, net

     (845     (61     784        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,356     31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $10.6 million and consisted of $8.0 million in revenue from our biopharmaceutical customers and $2.6 million in revenue from FoundationOne tests ordered by clinical physicians. During 2012, we performed approximately 1,350 tests for our biopharmaceutical customers and approximately 1,750 FoundationOne tests for ordering physicians. We did not recognize revenue for approximately 640 FoundationOne tests that were billed to commercial third-party payors either because there was no contract or coverage policy in place or because we had not received payment. We also have not sought reimbursement for, and accordingly did not recognize revenue from, FoundationOne tests performed for patients covered by Medicare. The cumulative amount of FoundationOne tests that have been billed to commercial third-party payors in 2012 for which we have not recognized revenue was approximately 640 as of December 31, 2012. We will continue to make requests for payment and/or appeal payment decisions made by commercial third-party payors. We will also assess our ability to bill Medicare or Medicare patients for the tests for which claims are currently being held. As a result, we may receive payment for a portion of these FoundationOne tests, and a certain portion of our requests for payments could be denied or only partially satisfied. If commercial third-party payors or government payors agree to pay us for these FoundationOne tests in the future, we will recognize revenue for such FoundationOne tests in the period in which our revenue recognition criteria are met. This could affect the comparability of our revenues from period to period.

For our biopharmaceutical customer revenue that was based on a negotiated price per test, the average revenue per test in 2012 was approximately $3,700. We expect this average revenue per test for biopharmaceutical customers to remain fairly consistent over time. Approximately $4.4 million of our biopharmaceutical revenue in 2012 represented minimum guaranteed payments under contracts with multiple element arrangements that were not negotiated on a price per test basis.

In 2012, the average revenue per FoundationOne test for clinical use that met our revenue recognition criteria was approximately $3,800. This average revenue per FoundationOne test does not account for FoundationOne tests that were billed to commercial third-party payors for which we had not received payment or for patients covered by Medicare. We expect to continue to receive payments in subsequent periods for a small portion of our clinical tests performed during 2012. However, because we are in an early stage of commercialization, we have limited payment experience, and it is therefore difficult to predict future average revenue per test from the volume of FoundationOne tests performed.

Our revenue during 2011 was primarily attributable to a pilot agreement with a biopharmaceutical customer.

None of our revenue recognized in the year ended December 31, 2011 was associated with customers outside of the United States. The majority of our revenue from customers outside of the United States in the year ended December 31, 2012 was generated from two customers for which we recognized revenue of $0.8 million.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was caused primarily by our performance of tests for our ordering physicians and for our biopharmaceutical customers. The average cost per test does not differ materially by customer. Additional volume led to higher reagent and consumable costs, additional laboratory personnel-related costs, and higher depreciation expense related to new equipment purchases. Our cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to a pilot agreement with a biopharmaceutical customer.

 

57


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased by 122% to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.3 million in personnel-related costs as the result of hiring 10 employees over the course of the year in our sales, marketing, client service, and reimbursement departments, and an increase of $0.6 million in marketing costs related to our commercial launch of FoundationOne.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 24% to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to a $2.4 million increase in employee-related expenses, including a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation, to support and expand our legal, finance, and human resources infrastructure. This increase was offset by a $0.8 million decrease in legal fees driven by establishing an in-house legal team.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by 64% to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in employee and contractor-related expenses, including stock-based compensation, to support our molecular information platform and product development, a $1.9 million increase in expenses related to clinical trials to evaluate the clinical utility of FoundationOne, a $1.5 million increase in technology expenses related to data management, FoundationOne report design and functionality, and customer interface development, and a $0.3 million increase in lab supplies to support product development.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net decreased to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 included a $1.1 million fair value adjustment for our investor rights obligation and an insignificant fair value adjustment for our warrant liability, offset by $0.2 million in grant income from the Internal Revenue Service’s Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Program. The investor rights obligation was settled and reclassified to additional paid-in capital in 2011. We recorded $0.1 million associated with the change in fair value of our warrant liability in the year ended December 31, 2012. Upon completion of this offering, the preferred stock warrant will automatically convert into a warrant to purchase common stock, and is expected to be reclassified into additional paid-in capital at that time unless exercised earlier.

 

58


Table of Contents

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
     2012     2013     $     %  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 612      $ 5,200      $ 4,588        750

Costs and expenses

        

Cost of revenue

     709        2,378        1,669        235   

Sales and marketing

     503        1,811        1,308        260   

General and administrative

     1,675        3,150        1,475        88   

Research and development

     3,013        4,982        1,969        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total costs and expenses

     5,900        12,321        6,421        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (5,288     (7,121     (1,833     (35

Interest expense, net

     (118     (76     42        36   

Other expense, net

     (35     (6     29        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (5,441   $ (7,203   $ (1,762     (32 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $5.2 million and consisted of $2.9 million in revenue from our biopharmaceutical customers and $2.3 million in revenue from FoundationOne tests ordered by clinical physicians. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we performed approximately 600 tests for our biopharmaceutical customers and approximately 1,140 FoundationOne tests for our ordering physicians. We did not recognize revenue for approximately 510 FoundationOne tests that were billed to commercial third-party payors either because there was no contract or coverage policy in place or we had not received payment. We also have not sought reimbursement for, and accordingly did not recognize revenue from, FoundationOne tests performed for patients covered by Medicare. In the first quarter of 2013, we recognized revenue from approximately 260 FoundationOne tests performed during 2012 that were paid during the first quarter of 2013. We will continue to make requests for payment and/or appeal payment decisions made by commercial third-party payors. We will also assess our ability to bill Medicare or Medicare patients for the tests for which claims are currently being held. As a result, we may receive payment for a portion of our FoundationOne tests performed in prior periods, and a certain portion of our requests for payments could be denied or only partially satisfied. If commercial third-party payors or government payors agree to pay us for these FoundationOne tests in the future, we will recognize revenue for such FoundationOne tests in the period in which our revenue recognition criteria are met. This could affect the comparability of our revenues from period to period.

For our biopharmaceutical customer revenue that was based on a negotiated price per test, the average revenue per test in the first quarter of 2013 was approximately $3,800. We expect our average revenue per test for biopharmaceutical customers to remain fairly consistent over time. Approximately $1.8 million of our biopharmaceutical revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2013 represented minimum guaranteed payments under contracts with multiple element arrangements that were not negotiated on a price per test basis.

During the first quarter of 2013 the average revenue per FoundationOne test for clinical use that met our revenue recognition criteria was approximately $3,600. This average revenue per FoundationOne test does not account for FoundationOne tests that were billed to commercial third-party payors for which we had not received payment or for patients covered by Medicare. We do not

 

59


Table of Contents

have comparable data from the first quarter of 2012 because we had not yet formally launched FoundationOne. We expect to continue to receive payments in subsequent periods for a portion of our FoundationOne tests performed during the first quarter of 2013. As of March 31, 2013, approximately 890 tests have been billed to commercial third-party payors which we have not recognized as revenue.

Our revenue during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 consisted primarily of revenue from our biopharmaceutical customers. For biopharmaceutical customer revenue that was based on a negotiated price per test, the average revenue per test was approximately $3,400 in the first quarter of 2012 over approximately 130 tests.

Revenue from our international customers did not represent a significant driver of the increased revenue from the first quarter of 2012 to the first quarter of 2013.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was due to sales of FoundationOne for clinical use to ordering physicians and to increased testing volume with our biopharmaceutical customers, which drove higher reagent and consumable costs, additional laboratory personnel-related costs, and higher depreciation expenses related to equipment purchases. We expect our cost of revenue to increase as we expand our sales force and drive higher test volume from both our biopharmaceutical customers and our ordering physicians.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased by 260% to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase primarily resulted from a $1.0 million increase in personnel-related costs related to the expansion of our sales force and an increase of $0.3 million in marketing expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 88% to $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by a $1.0 million increase in personnel-related costs, including a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation, $0.4 million increases in facilities expenses and billing fees and a $0.1 million increase in legal fees.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by 65% to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was mainly related to a $1.0 million increase in personnel-related costs associated with new hires, a $0.5 million increase in technology infrastructure spending, and a $0.3 million increase in clinical trial spending.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net was insignificant for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception in November 2009, and as of March 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $54.0 million. We expect

 

60


Table of Contents

that our sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase. We expect these increased costs to be funded by our product revenue, subject to the rate of reimbursement we receive from commercial third-party payors and government payors, our existing cash and cash equivalents, and the net proceeds of this offering. We may also seek additional capital to fund our operations through equity offerings, debt financings, other third-party funding, or a combination thereof.

We have funded our operations principally from the sale of preferred stock, product revenue and the incurrence of indebtedness.

In November 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement, or the loan and security agreement, with Lighthouse Capital Partners, or Lighthouse, for $5.0 million, which was fully drawn by June 21, 2011. As of March 31, 2013, $2.8 million of principal and deferred interest payments were outstanding under the loan and security agreement. Under the terms of the loan and security agreement, we are precluded from entering into certain financing, restructuring and other transactions, including disposing of certain assets, and are subject to various non-financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain standard levels of insurance, maintain our assets in good condition, and file all required tax returns. The loan and security agreement also restricts our ability to pay dividends without the prior written consent of Lighthouse. We believe we were in compliance with all covenants under the loan and security agreement as of March 31, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $45.8 million. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with our investment policy, primarily with a view to liquidity and capital preservation. Currently, our funds are held in money market mutual funds consisting of U.S. government-backed securities.

We have occasionally received letters from third parties inviting us to take licenses under, or alleging that we infringe, their patents. While any potential infringement claims could pose an uncertainty for our business, no notice of alleged infringement that we have received to date has led to a lawsuit or a license, and, as a result, no such claim has had an impact on our results of operations.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ (14,133   $ (17,249   $ (5,865   $ (6,694

Investing activities

     (5,410     (3,183     (526     (1,895

Financing activities

     28,986        64,418        (380     (417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,443      $ 43,986      $ (6,771   $ (9,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities .     Net cash used in operating activities in all periods resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital.

 

61


Table of Contents

The net cash used in operating activities was $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $17.0 million adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation of $1.5 million, the change in fair value of the investor rights obligation of $1.1 million, non-cash interest expense of $0.1 million, stock-based compensation of $0.1 million, and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $0.1 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include decreases in accounts payable of $0.3 million and deferred revenue of $1.1 million and an increase in inventory of $0.3 million, offset, in part, by a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.0 million, an increase in accrued expenses of $0.6 million and an increase in deferred rent of $0.4 million.

The net cash used in operating activities was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $22.4 million adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation of $2.9 million, stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $0.5 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include increases in accrued expenses of $1.4 million, accounts payable of $0.1 million, and deferred revenue of $1.6 million, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable of $1.9 million, prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.2 million, and inventory of $0.5 million.

The net cash used in operating activities was $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $5.4 million adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation of $0.6 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million and increases in accounts receivable of $0.5 million and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses of $0.3 million.

The net cash used in operating activities was $6.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $7.2 million adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation of $1.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million, and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $1.2 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include increases in accounts receivable of $0.9 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.4 million, a decrease in accrued expenses of $0.3 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $0.6 million.

Investing Activities .     Net cash used in investing activities consisted of purchases of fixed assets and an increase in restricted cash related to a security deposit. Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $5.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, and consisted of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $0.5 million and consisted of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $1.9 million and consisted of an increase in restricted cash of $1.7 million related to our new laboratory and office facilities, and purchases of property and equipment of $0.2 million.

Financing Activities .     Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $29.0 million included $26.3 million of net proceeds from the sale of Series A preferred stock and $3.0 million in net proceeds from our loan facility, offset, in part, by $0.4 million in loan principal repayments. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $64.4 million and reflects the sale of Series A preferred stock for net proceeds of $10.2 million and the sale of Series B preferred stock for net proceeds of $55.7 million, offset, in part, by $1.6 million in loan principal payments. Net cash used in financing activities for both of the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.4 million and consisted primarily of loan principal repayments.

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating Capital Requirements

We expect to incur additional operating losses in the near future and our operating expenses will increase as we continue to expand our sales force, increase our marketing efforts to drive market adoption of FoundationOne for solid tumors, launch FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies, invest in clinical trials, innovate our molecular information platform, and develop new product offerings. Our liquidity requirements have and will continue to consist of sales and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, capital expenditures, working capital, debt service, and general corporate expenses. As demand for FoundationOne continues to increase from physicians and biopharmaceutical companies, we anticipate that our capital expenditure requirements will also increase in order to build additional capacity. We expect that we will use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, in combination with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for these purposes and for the increased costs associated with being a public company. The amount by which we increase our sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses will be dependent upon the net proceeds of this offering and cannot currently be estimated. We expect that our planned expenditures will be funded from our ongoing operations, as well as from the net proceeds of this offering.

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. We may consider raising additional capital to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities, or for other reasons. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we increase our headcount, expand our sales and marketing activities and continue to invest in new product offerings. As sales of FoundationOne grow, we expect our accounts receivable balance to increase. Any increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses may not be completely offset by increases in accounts receivable, which could result in greater working capital requirements.

If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering, and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products as a result of lower than currently expected rates of reimbursement from commercial third-party payors and government payors or other risks described in this prospectus, we may seek to sell common or preferred equity or convertible debt securities, enter into an additional credit facility or another form of third-party funding, or seek other debt financing. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of preferred stock, convertible debt securities or other debt financing, these securities or other debt could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any other third-party funding arrangement could require us to relinquish valuable rights. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

These estimates are forward-looking statements and involve risks and uncertainties and actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed in the section “Risk Factors” of this prospectus. We have based our estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. If we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

63


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2012.

 

     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease (1)

   $ 2,900       $ 1,007       $ 1,893       $  —         $  —     

Notes payable (2)

     3,424         1,874         1,550         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,324       $ 2,881       $ 3,443       $  —         $ —     

 

(1) We lease 22,506 square feet for office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under an operating lease that expires in July 2015.
(2) We entered into a loan agreement with Lighthouse to borrow up to $5,000,000 at a fixed interest rate of 8.25% on November 2010. The final payment will be made on December 31, 2014. Our notes payable balance includes interest payments.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at March 31, 2013.

 

     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases (1)

   $ 30,116       $ 870       $ 7,151       $ 11,423       $ 10,672   

Notes payable (2)

     2,956         1,406         1,550         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,072       $ 2,276       $ 8,701       $ 11,423       $ 10,672   

 

(1) Our operating leases include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

22,506 square feet of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in July 2015;

 

  Ÿ  

approximately 10,000 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in March 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

61,591 square feet of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in February 2021.

 

(2) We entered into a loan agreement with Lighthouse to borrow up to $5,000,000 at a fixed interest rate of 8.25% on November 2010. The final payment is due on December 31, 2014. Our notes payable balance includes interest payments.

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

We have deferred tax assets of approximately $18.0 million as of December 31, 2012, which have been fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainties surrounding our ability to realize these tax benefits. The deferred tax assets are primarily composed of federal and state tax net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2012, we had federal NOL carryforwards of approximately $39.9 million and state NOL carryforwards of $39.1 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any. These federal NOL carryforwards expire at various times through 2029 and the state NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2014. In general, if we experience a greater than 50 percent aggregate change in ownership of certain significant stockholders over a three-year period, or a Section 382 ownership change, utilization of our pre-change NOL carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state laws. Such limitations may result

 

64


Table of Contents

in expiration of a portion of the NOL carryforwards before utilization and may be substantial. If we experience a Section 382 ownership change in connection with this offering or as a result of future changes in our stock ownership, some of which changes are outside our control, the tax benefits related to the NOL carryforwards may be limited or lost.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $54.8 million held primarily in money market mutual funds consisting of U.S. government-backed securities. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term securities. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate one percent change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

We have prepared our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses, and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements, as well as revenue and expenses recorded during the reporting periods. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in note 2 to our financial statements included later in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We currently derive revenue from selling products that are enabled by our molecular information platform. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are present: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the fee is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. We receive payments from: commercial third-party payors; certain hospitals and cancer centers with which we have direct bill relationships; individual patients; and our biopharmaceutical customers.

We currently recognize revenue on a cash basis for sales of our products for which we receive payments from commercial third-party payors and patients who make co-payments, pay deductibles or other amounts that we have been unable to collect from their medical insurers since the fee is not fixed or determinable and collectability is not reasonably assured. Our products are delivered electronically

 

65


Table of Contents

and, as such, there are no shipping and handling fees incurred by us or billed to our customers. We believe our products are exempt from state sales taxation due to the nature of our products. As a result, we do not charge our customers state sales tax. Because we have limited payment experience with third-party payors and patients, we have not concluded that the fee is fixed or determinable or that collectability is reasonably assured, and therefore, we recognize revenue on a cash basis. We expect to use judgment in our assessment of whether the fee is fixed or determinable and whether collectability is reasonably assured in determining when to recognize revenue in the future as we continue to gain payment experience with third-party payors and patients.

We recognize revenue from the sale of our products to certain hospitals, cancer centers, other institutions and patients at the time results of our tests are reported to physicians, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our arrangements with biopharmaceutical customers are based on a negotiated price per test or an agreement to provide certain testing volume over a defined period. We recognize revenue from sales of our products to biopharmaceutical customers upon delivery of the test results or over the period the testing volume is provided, as appropriate.

For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, each deliverable is evaluated to determine whether it qualifies as a separate unit of accounting. This determination is based on whether the deliverable has “stand-alone value” to the customer and whether a general right of return exists. The consideration that is fixed or determinable is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. We use judgment in identifying the deliverables in our arrangements, and in assessing whether each deliverable is a separate unit of accounting. We also use judgment in determining the period over which the deliverables are recognized in certain of our arrangements.

Accrued Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses. This process involves reviewing quotations and contracts, identifying services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amounts actually incurred.

 

66


Table of Contents

Stock-based Compensation

We have included stock-based compensation as part of our cost of revenue and our operating expenses in our statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended

March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1       $ 22       $ 2       $ 12   

Sales and marketing

             31         1         18   

General and administrative

     69         1,388         160         618   

Research and development

     3         94         13         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 73       $ 1,535       $ 176       $ 686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with our employees, consultants, and non-employee directors using a fair value method, which requires us to recognize compensation expense for costs related to all share-based payments. To date, our stock-based awards have included grants of stock options and restricted stock. The fair value method requires us to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards to employees and non-employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing method. The fair value is then recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, as stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period, of the award. Stock-based awards granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting term.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the expected life of stock options. As a private company, we do not have sufficient history to estimate the volatility of our common stock price or the expected term of our stock options. We calculate expected volatility based on historical volatility data of a representative group of companies that are publicly traded. We selected representative companies with comparable characteristics to us, including risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical stock price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock-based awards. We compute the historical volatility of this selected group using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of our stock-based awards. We will continue to use the representative group volatility information until the historical volatility of our common stock is relevant to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

We determine the expected term of stock options according to the “simplified” method. Under this method, the expected term is calculated as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the stock option. The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation that we will not pay dividends in the foreseeable future, which is consistent with our history of not paying dividends. We determine the risk-free interest rate by using the equivalent to the expected term based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect as of the date of grant. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimates, as appropriate, but actual future forfeiture rates may differ. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our statements of operations and comprehensive loss could be materially impacted. For the years ended December 31,

 

67


Table of Contents

2011 and 2012, and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, we estimated the fair value of stock options at their respective grant dates using the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Expected volatility

     68.6     68.0     69.1     68.2

Risk-free interest rate

     2.56     1.29     1.47     1.36

Expected stock option term (in years)

     6.25        6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected dividend yield

                            

There is a high degree of subjectivity involved when using option-pricing models to estimate stock-based compensation. There is currently no market-based mechanism or other practical application to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates stemming from these valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. Although the fair value of stock-based awards is determined using an option-pricing model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value that would be observed in a market transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller. If factors change and we employ different assumptions when valuing our stock options, the compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have historically reported.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

We are a privately held company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, our board of directors, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management and based upon independent third party valuations, has for financial reporting purposes periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations as of August 31, 2011, November 5, 2012, February 15, 2013, and May 10, 2013. In conducting these contemporaneous valuations, our board of directors considered all objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant in each valuation conducted, including management’s best estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the contemporaneous valuations performed by our board of directors, a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

  Ÿ  

the fact that we are a privately held company with illiquid securities;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of commercialization;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

our historical operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

valuations of comparable public companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results; and

 

  Ÿ  

our capital structure, including the rights and preferences of our various classes of equity.

The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, our board of directors’ estimates have been based on the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our shares of common stock and its assessment of

 

68


Table of Contents

additional objective and subjective factors it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent contemporaneous valuation through the date of the grant.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, stage of commercial growth, reimbursement from commercial third-party payors and government payors, the timing of a potential initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determination of the appropriate valuation method at each valuation date. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss applicable to common stockholders, and net loss per share applicable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the per share estimated fair value of the underlying common stock.

 

Date of Issuance

   Type of
Award
     Number of
Shares
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common Stock Fair
Value Per Share

on Grant Date
 

January 10, 2012

     Option         1,769,634       $ 0.21       $ 0.21   

March 27, 2012

     Option         842,495         0.21         0.21   

May 24, 2012

     Option         492,000         0.21         0.45   

June 1, 2012

     Option         571,500         0.21         0.45   

July 24, 2012

     Option         430,500         0.21         0.45   

December 18, 2012

     Option         778,500         0.99         0.99   

March 7, 2013

     Option         2,541,700         1.04         1.04   

May 21, 2013

     Option         1,019,800         1.78         1.78   

May 22, 2013

     Option         320,000         1.78         1.78   

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

Our board of directors estimated our enterprise value as of the various valuation dates using a market approach and an income approach, which are acceptable valuation methods in accordance with the Practice Aid. Under the market approach, enterprise value can be estimated by evaluating recent arm’s length transactions involving the sale of our preferred stock to investors and by comparisons to similar publicly traded companies. Under the income approach, enterprise value can be estimated using the discounted cash flow method. Additionally, each valuation reflects a marketability discount, resulting from the illiquidity of our common stock.

As provided in the Practice Aid, there are several approaches for allocating enterprise value of a privately held company among the securities held in a complex capital structure. The possible methodologies include the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, the option-pricing method, or OPM, the current-value method, or a hybrid of the PWERM and the OPM, which we refer to as the hybrid method. Under the PWERM, shares are valued based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future returns, considering various future outcomes available to us, as well as the rights of each share class. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the enterprise’s value. The exercise prices associated with these call options vary according to the liquidation preference of the preferred stock, the preferred stock conversion price, the exercise prices of common stock options, and other features of a company’s equity capital structure. The current-value method, which is generally only used for early stage companies, is based on first determining enterprise value using a market, income or asset-based approach, and then allocating that value to the preferred stock based on its liquidation preference or conversion value, whichever would be greater.

 

69


Table of Contents

August 31, 2011 Valuation

We, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of August 31, 2011, and determined the fair value to be $0.21 per share as of that date. We used the back-solve method of the OPM, which derives the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous transaction involving another type of equity security. We applied the OPM back-solve method to solve for the equity value and corresponding value of common stock based on the $1.00 per share price paid for our Series A preferred stock. In August 2011, two unrelated investors, who had not previously invested in Foundation, purchased shares of our Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share. Given the proximity to the Series A preferred stock financing, we believed the per share issuance price of the Series A preferred stock provided an indication of the fair value of our equity as of August 31, 2011.

The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeds the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The common stock is modeled as a call option on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share stock price. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

We estimated the time to liquidity as 2.27 years based on then-current plans and estimates of our board of directors and management regarding a liquidity event. The risk-free rate was estimated as the interpolated 2.3 year yield on government bonds. We estimated annual volatility of 58% based on the observed historical volatility of publicly-traded shares issued by companies which are comparable to ours.

We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value indicated for our common stock. We believed that a discount was appropriate because our common stock was unregistered, and because the holder of a minority interest in the common stock might not be able to influence the timing of a liquidity event. Our estimate of the appropriate discount for lack of marketability was based on quantitative methods, including the Protective Put Method (Chaffe) and the Asian Protective Put Method, consistent with the Practice Aid. We applied an estimated discount for lack of marketability of 25% to the value indicated for our common stock.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions used to determine the fair value of our common stock of $0.21 as of August 31, 2011:

 

Years to liquidity

     2.27   

Annual volatility

     58

Risk-free interest rate

     0.21

Discount for lack of marketability (DLOM)

     25

As a result of the fact that there were no material changes to our business from August 31, 2011 to March 27, 2012, we utilized the August 31, 2011 valuation to determine the exercise price of option grants in January and March 2012.

 

70


Table of Contents

November 5, 2012 Valuation

We, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of November 5, 2012, and determined the fair value to be $0.99 per share as of that date. We applied the OPM back-solve method to solve for our equity value and corresponding value of common stock based on the $2.26 per share price paid for our Series B preferred stock. In September 2012, several unrelated investors, who had not previously invested in Foundation, purchased shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price of $2.26 per share. Given the proximity to the Series B preferred stock financing and the arms-length nature of the transaction, we believed the per share issuance price of the Series B preferred stock provided an indication of the fair value of our equity as of November 5, 2012.

We estimated the time to liquidity as 2.50 years based on then-current plans and estimates of our board of directors and management regarding a liquidity event. The risk free rate was estimated as the interpolated 2.5 year yield on government bonds. We estimated annual volatility based on the observed historical volatility of publicly-traded shares issued by companies which are comparable to ours.

We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the value indicated for our common stock. Our estimate of the appropriate discount for lack of marketability took into consideration put option methodologies consistent with the Practice Aid. We applied an estimated discount for lack of marketability of 25% to the value indicated for our common stock.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions used to determine the fair value of our common stock of $0.99 as of November 5, 2012:

 

Years to liquidity

     2.50   

Annual volatility

     49

Risk-free interest rate

     0.38

Discount for lack of marketability (DLOM)

     25

In preparing our December 31, 2012 financial statements, we concluded that the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options granted between May 24, 2012 and July 24, 2012 with an exercise price of $0.21 per share was $0.45 per share for financial statement and reporting purposes. Our estimate of $0.45 per share was based on an analysis of the contemporaneous valuations of our common stock on August 31, 2011 and November 5, 2012, and an evaluation of the key business milestones which increased the fair value of our common stock during that period. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from $0.21 to $0.45 was primarily attributable to the formal commercial launch of FoundationOne in early June 2012. We utilized the $0.45 per share fair value in determining stock-based compensation expense for the above-mentioned grants for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The primary factors that supported the increase in the fair value of our common stock from $0.21 per share to $0.99 per share on November 5, 2012 were:

 

  Ÿ  

we commenced our formal commercial launch of FoundationOne for solid tumors in June 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

we secured $42.5 million in additional financing in September 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

in connection with the September financing, the participation and dividend rights of the previously outstanding preferred stock were modified, and those modifications were beneficial to holders of common stock; and

 

71


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

we continued to sign additional agreements with biopharmaceutical customers, which we believe demonstrated early demand for our product.

We utilized the November 5, 2012 valuation to determine the exercise price of options granted on December 18, 2012.

February 15, 2013 Valuation

We, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 and determined the fair value to be $1.04 per share as of that date. During the first quarter of 2013, management and our board of directors believed that a future initial public offering, or IPO, would be possible to the extent we continued to experience strong market adoption for FoundationOne, and received reasonable rates of reimbursement from commercial third-party payors. Without significant market penetration or reimbursement from commercial third-party and government payors, we believed that an IPO in 2013 would be unlikely.

To estimate our enterprise value, we used the hybrid method. The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. The hybrid method considers one IPO scenario and one OPM scenario. For the OPM scenario, the type of liquidity event or outcome is undefined. In order to estimate the investment return for the IPO scenario, we considered the price per share of our Series B preferred stock, the expected timing of an IPO, and an estimated rate of return on the Series B investment. In December 2012, three new investors, that had not previously invested in Foundation, purchased shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price of $2.26 per share. We assumed an IPO would occur 1.50 years after the investment, priced at a level to provide the Series B investors with an annual rate of return of 20%.

As a corroborative calculation, we considered the guideline public company, or GPC, method under the market approach. We considered various GPC’s for the February 15, 2013 valuation and concluded that the value we assumed for our IPO was consistent as a multiple of projected revenue with the multiples indicated by the GPC method.

In the OPM scenario, we applied the back-solve method to solve for the equity value and corresponding value of common stock based on the $2.26 per share price for the additional sale of Series B preferred stock to three new investors in December 2012. Given the proximity to the Series B preferred stock financing in December 2012, and the fact that this financing included and was led by unrelated investors, we believed the per share issuance price of the Series B preferred stock provided an indication of the fair value of our equity as of February 15, 2013. The values indicated for the shares of our preferred stock and common stock by the IPO scenario and the OPM scenario were probability weighted to estimate the fair value of our common stock as of the February 15, 2013 valuation date.

As a corroborative calculation to the OPM, we also considered the discounted cash flow method under the income approach. We converted our projected future cash flows to present value by applying a discount rate of 25%, which we selected based on studies of the rates of return expected by venture capitalists for companies in the bridge and IPO stage of development. The discounted cash flow method yielded an enterprise value which was consistent with the enterprise value indicated by the OPM back-solve method.

For the February 15, 2013 valuation, we estimated the fair value of our common stock by assigning a 90% weighting to the estimated fair value using the OPM back-solve method and a 10% weighting to the estimated fair value under the IPO scenario. We believed that the 90% weighting on the OPM back-solve method was appropriate due to the proximity of an additional issuance of our Series B preferred stock in December 2012 to the valuation date, and the fact that this December

 

72


Table of Contents

financing included and was led by unrelated investors. The weighting for the IPO scenario was deemed appropriate because at the time of the valuation, we believed that there was a possibility of following a successful Series B financing with an IPO, but given the following risks the probability of an IPO was assessed at only 10%:

 

  Ÿ  

there remained uncertainty as to the rate of adoption of FoundationOne given that we only had two quarters of commercial experience, and we believed that our ability to demonstrate a significant and sustained rate of market penetration was necessary to position us for a successful IPO;

 

  Ÿ  

on January 1, 2013, new Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, reimbursement codes, which are used by commercial third-party payors and CMS, for molecular testing services took effect. There was significant uncertainty as to whether, and to what extent, we would get reimbursed for FoundationOne by commercial third-party payors and government payors. Because these codes had just taken effect, we did not then have sufficient experience with reimbursement under these new codes necessary to proceed with an IPO; and

 

  Ÿ  

we had not commenced a process to pursue an IPO of our common stock, our board of directors had not authorized any such process, and planning for an IPO can take a significant amount of time.

After weighting the two scenarios, we applied a discount for lack of marketability of 25%, which yielded an estimated value attributable to common stockholders of $1.04 per share. The discount for lack of marketability of 25% was based on quantitative methods, including the Protective Put Method (Chaffe) and the Asian Protective Put Method, consistent with the Practice Aid.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions used in the hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013:

 

     IPO     OPM  

Probability weighting

     10     90

Years to liquidity

     1.37        2.22   

Annual volatility

     NA        48

Risk-free rate

     NA        0.26

Discount for lack of marketability (DLOM)

     25     25

The primary factors that supported an increase in the fair value of our common stock from $0.99 per share at December 18, 2012 to $1.04 per share at February 15, 2013 were:

 

  Ÿ  

we hired 17 new employees, including a Chief Business Officer and three additional members of our sales force; and

 

  Ÿ  

we made progress in scaling our laboratory and information technology capabilities to support our growth expectations.

May 10, 2013 Valuation

As a result of favorable capital market conditions, the strong initial adoption of FoundationOne, and the observed reimbursement trends from commercial third-party payors for FoundationOne under the new CMS reimbursement codes that took effect on January 1, 2013, an IPO became more probable in the near-term. During the second quarter of 2013, we began preparations for an IPO, including the selection of underwriters and outside legal counsel. We, our external advisors, the proposed underwriters and their advisors held an organizational meeting in May 2013 to formally begin the IPO process and the underwriter due diligence process.

 

73


Table of Contents

As a result of these changes in facts and circumstances, we, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, completed another contemporaneous valuation analysis as of May 10, 2013. To estimate our enterprise value, we used the hybrid method. For the IPO scenario, we used the GPC method under the market approach to estimate our enterprise value in an IPO. We estimated our value in an IPO based on GPC multiples of projected revenue.

As a corroborative calculation, we considered the annual rate of return for our Series B preferred stock investors based on our estimated value in an IPO. This calculation supported the value determined under the GPC method.

In the OPM scenario, we estimated our equity value using the discounted cash flow method under the income approach. We converted our projected future cash flows to present value by applying a discount rate of 25%, which we selected based on studies of the rates of return expected by venture capitalists for companies in the bridge and IPO stage of development.

We assigned a 60% probability of the IPO scenario and a 40% probability to the OPM scenario. The primary factors that supported these probabilities, and the primary reasons for the increase in the fair value of our common stock from $1.04 per share to $1.78 per share at May 21, 2013, were:

 

  Ÿ  

FoundationOne test volume and our customer base increased significantly during March, April, and the first week of May 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

reimbursement received from commercial third-party payors under the new CMS reimbursement codes that took effect on January 1, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

we entered into a collaboration with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center for the development of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies;

 

  Ÿ  

we entered into agreements with new and existing biopharmaceutical partners;

 

  Ÿ  

several of our scientific discoveries were accepted for publication and we were selected for several high profile presentations, including at the American Society of Clinical Oncology, or ASCO;

 

  Ÿ  

our decision to accelerate our field sales hiring plan based on observed adoption of FoundationOne; and

 

  Ÿ  

as a result of favorable capital market conditions and the factors noted above, we began the process of preparing for an IPO.

After weighting the two scenarios, we applied a discount for lack of marketability of 15%, which yielded an estimated value attributable to common stockholders of $1.78 per share. This discount for lack of marketability was based on quantitative methods, including the Protective Put Method (Chaffe) and the Asian Protective Put Method, consistent with the Practice Aid.

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions used in the hybrid method to determine the fair value of our common stock as of May 10, 2013:

 

     IPO     OPM  

Probability weighting

     60     40

Years to liquidity

     0.39        1.99   

Annual volatility

     NA        47

Risk-free rate

     NA        0.26

Discount for lack of marketability (DLOM)

     15     15

 

74


Table of Contents

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in the United States. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

 

75


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage company focused on fundamentally changing the way patients with cancer are treated. Our proprietary molecular information platform generates actionable genomic information about a patient’s individual cancer, enabling physicians to optimize treatments in clinical practice and enabling biopharmaceutical companies to develop targeted oncology therapies more effectively. We believe we have a significant first mover advantage in providing comprehensive molecular information products on a commercial scale.

Our first clinical product, FoundationOne, is, to our knowledge, the only commercially available comprehensive molecular information product designed for use in the routine care of patients with cancer. We commenced our formal commercial launch of FoundationOne for solid tumors in June 2012 and expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for blood-based cancers, or hematologic malignancies, by early 2014. To accelerate our growth and enhance our competitive advantage, we are extending our sales force, publishing scientific and medical advances, fostering relationships throughout the oncology community, and developing new products.

The cancer treatment paradigm is evolving rapidly. Today, physicians increasingly use precision medicines to target cancers based on the specific genomic alterations driving their growth. Physicians need molecular information about their patients’ unique cancers to determine the optimal course of treatment. However, most currently available molecular diagnostic tests capture only a limited number of the most common and known genomic alterations. We believe this narrow approach often fails to identify relevant targeted treatment options.

We believe the oncology community needs a single product that can assess the known biologically relevant genomic alterations and distill complex molecular information into a concise and actionable format and we designed FoundationOne to be that product. We believe the annual U.S. market opportunity for a comprehensive molecular diagnostic product like FoundationOne is approximately $4.0 billion today and will grow to exceed $7.5 billion over the next several years as medical practice further incorporates the growing understanding of molecular information and use of targeted oncology therapies.

We believe we have built the only molecular information platform that comprehensively assesses cancer tissue simultaneously for all four classes of genomic alterations across all cancer-related genes with the sensitivity and specificity required for routine medical practice. FoundationOne has identified at least one genomic alteration that is actionable, meaning the alteration is associated with an FDA-approved targeted therapy or with a clinical trial, in 82% of the 3,936 clinical specimens we received and analyzed with FoundationOne following its formal commercial launch in June 2012 through May 17, 2013. FoundationOne delivers this complex molecular information in a concise report that matches detected molecular alterations with potentially relevant treatment options and clinical trials. The FoundationOne report is also available to physicians through an online portal and soon through an interactive mobile application.

We have experienced rapid adoption of FoundationOne. More than 1,500 physicians from large academic centers and community-based practices across more than 25 countries have ordered FoundationOne since its formal commercial launch in June 2012. Additionally, over 800 physicians have ordered FoundationOne in the three months ended May 31, 2013. We believe this rapid adoption of FoundationOne, which has been accomplished with a nascent sales team, demonstrates the demand for and utility of a single, comprehensive product that helps oncologists effectively implement the promise of precision medicine.

 

76


Table of Contents

We believe FoundationOne has a sustainable competitive advantage because it:

 

  Ÿ  

Comprehensively identifies clinically actionable information FoundationOne currently assesses 236 biologically relevant cancer genes for all classes of genomic alterations with high sensitivity and specificity, and has identified actionable alterations in 82% of the 3,936 clinical specimens we received and analyzed with FoundationOne following its formal commercial launch in June 2012 through May 17, 2013. FoundationOne identifies genomic alterations that other diagnostic tests cannot. Based on our quantitative analysis, FoundationOne finds more than three times the combined number of actionable genomic alterations identifiable using a collection of six commercially available and commonly used diagnostic tests;

 

  Ÿ  

Incorporates the latest scientific and medical advances — We have extensive relationships across the scientific and medical oncology communities, including with key thought leaders and leading biopharmaceutical companies. These relationships help us incorporate new cancer genes, the latest scientific findings, newly available targeted therapeutics, and relevant clinical trials into FoundationOne;

 

  Ÿ  

Readily integrates into routine clinical practice — Our proprietary sample preparation processes and computational biology algorithms allow us to utilize small amounts of routinely collected tumor tissue from a wide variety of sample types, including tissue with low tumor purity. We detect and report the clinically relevant genomic alterations, generally within 14 to 17 days. We are dedicated to providing high-quality support to our customers, from order initiation and sample acquisition through report delivery and follow-up with our medical affairs team;

 

  Ÿ  

Provides actionable information that physicians can use — In a concise report, FoundationOne communicates the actionable genomic alterations in a patient’s cancer and matches these alterations with targeted therapies and relevant clinical trials. Through our online portal, Interactive Cancer Explorer, physicians can access this report and links to topical peer-reviewed literature; and

 

  Ÿ  

Promotes physician interaction to create a powerful network effect — We are continually augmenting our cancer knowledgebase, and we are expanding the functionality of our Interactive Cancer Explorer to allow for sharing of genomic and treatment data. Together, we believe these efforts will create a network effect of more users and ultimately more actionable information.

Key opinion leaders and leading cancer researchers, including oncologists at premier cancer institutions, such as Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Vanderbilt-Ingram Cancer Center, and The US Oncology Network, have embraced our approach and products. We believe that our relationships with thought leaders help validate our platform, drive adoption of our products in community oncology settings, and establish our leadership position in the field of molecular information related to cancer. We believe that the increasing use of our products, particularly among thought leaders, and the demonstration of the economic and clinical value of FoundationOne will help facilitate favorable reimbursement decisions. In addition to routinely using FoundationOne for clinical cases, many thought leaders collaborate with us on clinical studies, peer-reviewed publications, and medical and scientific conference presentations. Our effort in building these relationships furthers our ultimate goal—to facilitate better-informed treatment decisions for patients with cancer.

Our molecular information platform also is currently used by 18 biopharmaceutical partners to enhance their development of targeted oncology therapies. We use our core proprietary testing platform, computational biology, and information technology capabilities to analyze patient samples from both retrospective and prospective clinical trials. We provide our biopharmaceutical partners comprehensive genomic analysis and information relevant to precision medicine strategies. In addition to generating revenue, these relationships enable us to identify new cancer genes under investigation

 

77


Table of Contents

that can be incorporated into our platform at an early stage, as well as to participate in the newest oncology therapeutics and practice. We are actively working to expand these relationships.

We are dedicated to ongoing innovation in our molecular information platform and new product pipeline. Our product development investments have already yielded improvements to FoundationOne and the platform generally, enabling us to analyze more genes using less tissue while reducing turn-around time. Already more than 40% of FoundationOne customers use Interactive Cancer Explorer, the online portal we developed in consultation with Google Ventures and launched in December 2012. We are also incorporating RNA-based sequencing technology to analyze the additional gene fusions commonly found in hematologic malignancies and expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies incorporating this technology by early 2014. In addition, we are exploring and developing new scientifically-advanced and clinically-relevant products that include, for example, products utilizing circulating tumor cells and, or cell-free plasma DNA, which is DNA that circulates in blood plasma outside of cells, and products that expand our offerings into additional areas such as epigenetics, which examines changes in gene expression that occur without changes in the underlying DNA, methylation, which is a chemical signaling mechanism that plays a role in regulation of gene expression, and immune response.

The increasing availability and understanding of molecular information about cancer is driving a revolution in the treatment of cancer. We seek to leverage the vast array of genomic data generated by our molecular information platform together with clinical data to position ourselves at the nucleus of this new treatment paradigm. Our biopharmaceutical partners have already begun using our data to further refine clinical trial design and drug development. In a recent example of the power of our molecular information platform, after a biopharmaceutical partner’s Phase 2 trial that used a narrowly focused test to screen trial subjects failed to meet its primary endpoint, we performed our comprehensive genomic analysis on trial subjects. Our analysis helped our biopharmaceutical partner predict a response to the drug, created new hypotheses to test in upcoming Phase 3 trials, and may have increased the target population who could benefit from this therapeutic approach.

Over time, we will expand our ability to capture, aggregate, analyze, and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community. We are investing in our technology architecture to allow oncologists to share clinical data. Through our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal, which will soon be accessible through a mobile application, we are building a data platform that efficiently captures and allows for the analysis of data that will create a network effect leading to more users and ultimately more useful data. If we, in conjunction with oncologists, pathologists, biopharmaceutical companies, and academic researchers, can successfully capture and utilize this data, we believe we will play an even more integral role in transforming care for the millions of patients suffering from cancer.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to transform the care of patients with cancer by leading the development and commercialization of proprietary genomic information products that guide the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, and that enhance the development of cancer therapies. To achieve this objective, our strategy is to:

 

  Ÿ  

Drive awareness and adoption of FoundationOne and our future clinical products — We are building an experienced, oncology-focused sales force, collaborating with thought leaders to validate our platform and influence utilization of our products, promoting physician interaction, engaging with patient advocacy and other key oncology stakeholders, and pursuing payment and reimbursement for our products.

 

78


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Demonstrate the value of our products to patients, physicians, and payors To illustrate the value of our products, we are educating physicians and payors about the patients most likely to benefit from our products, conducting clinical trials and health economic studies, and communicating our data through peer-reviewed journals and conference presentations.

 

  Ÿ  

Enable biopharmaceutical companies to more effectively develop new cancer therapies — We are expanding our commercial relationships with biopharmaceutical partners to enable us to discover and interrogate new cancer genes, to assist in the development of novel targeted therapeutics, to improve clinical trial efficiency and outcomes, and to continue our involvement at the cutting edge of cancer treatment.

 

  Ÿ  

Invest in product enhancements and new product innovations — We are developing new molecular information products, such as FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies, conducting research and development into potential products to monitor disease progression utilizing circulating tumor cells and cell-free plasma DNA, and introducing powerful tools, such as our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal, to access and disseminate our molecular information.

 

  Ÿ  

Empower the broader cancer community with molecular information — We are investing in technology to allow oncologists to collaborate and share response rates and other clinical information. We have launched Interactive Cancer Explorer, and intend to make this information accessible through additional applications in 2014. Over time, we will expand our capacity to capture, aggregate, analyze and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community—a strategy that we believe eventually will create a network effect stimulating physician participation and the development of substantial amounts of data that, in turn, will positively impact the treatment of cancer.

Our Industry

Despite enormous investment in research and the introduction of new treatments, cancer remains a critical area of unmet medical need. According to a 2012 American Cancer Society report, “Cancer Treatment and Survivorship Facts & Figures 2012-2013,” in 2012 in the United States, more than 13 million people were suffering from cancer and 1.6 million people were newly diagnosed with the disease. The global cancer burden is growing. The World Health Organization predicts in its Global Action Against Cancer publication that in 2020 there will be 16 million new cancer cases and 10 million cancer deaths globally. A recent report by the American Cancer Society, “The Global Economic Cost of Cancer,” estimates that the total annual economic impact of premature death and disability from cancer worldwide is approximately $900 billion.

According to the American Society of Clinical Oncology, there are more than 10,000 practicing oncologists treating patients with cancer in the United States. Whereas a small portion of oncologists practice in major academic-based cancer centers, the National Cancer Institute estimates that approximately 85% of the oncologists in the United States practice in community-based settings where the vast majority of patients with cancer are treated.

The diagnosis of cancer is complex and multidimensional. Practicing oncologists order multiple tests, including currently available molecular diagnostic tests, to better understand the genomic alterations that are driving their patients’ cancer growth. According to a Genomeweb web posting, “Clinical MDx Testing Growing Twice as Fast as Routine Dx; $58B by 2026?”, the global market for molecular diagnostic tests characterizing cancer was estimated to be $7.0 billion in 2011 and is projected to grow by more than 15% annually.

 

79


Table of Contents

Cancer Treatment is Evolving to a Molecular-Based Paradigm

Cancer is not a single disease. The term cancer describes a class of diseases characterized by uncontrolled cell growth. Cells can experience uncontrolled growth if there are alterations to DNA, such as damage or mutations, and therefore disruption to the genes and proteins regulating cell division.

Surgery is often the first line of therapy for cancer where possible and, according to the American Cancer Society, most patients with cancer will have some type of surgery. Surgery often presents the greatest chance for a cure, especially if the cancer has been detected early in its development and has not spread to other parts of the body. Many patients, however, require therapeutic intervention beyond surgery alone.

Physicians have used radiation as a cancer therapy since the early 20th century, and modern radiation techniques deliver therapy with significant precision. Nevertheless, even today, radiation’s use and efficacy is limited because the high doses necessary to kill cancer cells often cause damage to healthy cells in the treatment area and fail to kill all cancer cells, particularly if the cancer has spread to other parts of the body.

Physicians began using chemotherapy in the 1940s as a drug therapy approach that acts by killing cells that divide rapidly, one of the main properties of most cancer cells. These cytotoxic therapies are often prescribed by a trial and error approach—both because certain chemotherapies have limited efficacy with some patients and the treatment effect might be inconsistent, and because the therapies’ indiscriminate destruction of healthy cells involved in critical biological functions can cause severe toxic side effects in some patients.

More recently, oncologists are integrating a precision medicine approach by utilizing therapeutics that target cancers based on the specific genomic alterations driving their growth. We believe the oncology community is generally beginning to change clinical practice so that oncologists treat each individual’s cancer according to its unique genomic alterations that impact the underlying biological pathways within the patient’s tumors, rather treating a patient’s tumors based on their initial anatomical location in the body, such as the breast, colon or lung. In addition, as a result of advancements in cancer biology and genomic technology that enable the identification of new cancer genes, biopharmaceutical companies are directing more research and development resources towards targeted therapies. There are currently more than 40 approved targeted oncology therapies on the market and approximately 950 unique clinical trials testing more than 470 targeted oncology therapies. In 2011, global spending on the targeted oncology therapies totaled $21.7 billion as compared to just $2.0 billion in 2002.

The rapid increase in molecular information about cancer and the increasing array of targeted oncology therapeutics are making it more difficult for physicians to make treatment decisions. The National Comprehensive Cancer Network estimates that 50% to 75% of cancer therapies in the United States are used off label, meaning that physicians prescribe therapies for clinical indications in manners different from those approved by FDA. Off-label usage of traditional cytotoxic therapies is often driven by physicians struggling to treat a patient’s disease after it fails to respond to initial treatment regimens. Targeted therapies are used off label by oncologists who have expertise in genomics or access to diagnostic tools that allow them to make informed decisions about off-label use of targeted therapies.

In order to maximize the utility of diverse cancer-related molecular information to better guide the use of targeted therapies, we believe a new approach is needed. Specifically, the oncology community needs a single product that can assess the known and biologically relevant genomic alterations, and distill complex molecular information into a concise and actionable format.

 

80


Table of Contents

Current Challenges of Diagnosing Cancer on a Molecular Level

Today, physicians are faced with numerous challenges when making decisions on how to best utilize currently available molecular diagnostics for cancer, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the inherent limitations of molecular diagnostic tests that are typically capable of identifying only single marker or test panels that capture a limited number of genomic markers and address only a subset of the four classes of genomic alterations found in cancers, which are also known as hotspot panel tests;

 

  Ÿ  

insufficient and/or poor quality tumor biopsy tissue relative to the amount and quality needed to perform all desired or required tests; and

 

  Ÿ  

the difficulty of integrating existing molecular diagnostic tests into clinical practice, including the decisions about which tests to order and how to effectively match the genomic information provided by tests with current targeted therapies or clinical trials.

Single-Marker or Hotspot Panel Tests May Miss Actionable Information

Most currently available molecular diagnostic tests are single-marker or hotspot panel tests that capture only one or a limited number of the most common, well-known gene alterations that these tests are designed to target. There are four classes of genomic alterations that are clinically relevant to the treatment of cancer: base pair substitutions; copy number alterations; short insertions and deletions; and gene rearrangements and fusions. Hotspot panel tests generally are only able to identify base pair substitutions and specific gene rearrangements, cannot detect copy number alterations, and sometimes lack the sensitivity to identify short insertions and deletions.

The following table summarizes the uses and inherent limitations of the current testing methods utilized in commercially available single-marker and hotspot panel tests for cancer that are most commonly ordered according to results of a 2008 survey of oncologists and hematologists published in the Journal of Clinical Pathology. Although oncologists may order these tests to look for one or a limited number of specific gene alterations, we believe the inherent limitations of tests using these methods are understood by pathologists and genomicists who perform the tests and the oncologists who order them.

 

Name

  

Uses

   Limitations
Polymerase chain reaction , or PCR-based tests, a technology used for amplifying DNA sequences   

Enable the detection of short fragment DNA or RNA sequences.

   Single-gene tests for specific
and limited number of mutations.

 

Only identify known and select
base substitutions and short
insertions or deletions, such as
BRAF V600E.

   
Immunohistochemical , or IHC, stains, a process used to diagnose abnormal cells   

Utilize antibody proteins to identify certain antigens that are unique to various types of cancer.

   Only identify the expressed
presence of a known and select
protein or specific protein
marker, such as HER2, related
to a particular genomic
alteration.
   
FISH-based DNA probes, a mechanism for detecting DNA sequences through the use of fluorescent technology    Reveal specific genomic abnormalities, including insertion/deletions and rearrangements.    Only detect select gene
rearrangements, such as EML4-
ALK.

 

Difficult to test for multiple
markers.

 

81


Table of Contents

Since current hotspot panel tests typically cannot detect many genomic alterations present in cancer, physicians who use these tests may fail to identify actionable information about their patients’ cancers that could inform a preferable treatment approach. We believe the limitations of this narrowly-focused approach of looking for a limited number of pre-selected genomic alterations will be further compounded as more actionable genomic alterations are identified and additional targeted therapies are developed.

Limited Tissue Availability and Poor Tissue Quality Restrict Testing Options

Many clinical tumor samples are provided from standard biopsies, needle biopsies or fine needle aspirates that yield very small tissue amounts. Small amounts of tissue samples limit the number of diagnostic tests a physician can order, and ordering one or a limited number of tests that look for one or a limited number of genomic alterations necessarily increases the likelihood that a physician may fail to identify other genomic alterations and ultimately therapeutic options.

Clinical tumor specimens also often have low tumor purity, meaning that the relevant genomic alterations occur in low frequencies within the sample and are difficult to detect. Moreover, the vast majority of clinical samples are stored as formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded, or FFPE, specimens. FFPE preservation can damage DNA and RNA. Low tumor purity or damage to DNA or RNA may limit the availability of hotspot tests to identify certain genomic alterations.

Molecular Diagnostics are Difficult to Integrate into Clinical Practice

Physicians today face an increasingly difficult decision about which single-marker or hotspot tests to order. There are a growing number of tests, each specific to a different cancer type and each having limited ability to detect multiple genomic alterations. Typically, only a small amount of tumor biopsy is available, forcing the physician to order only a subset of desired diagnostic tests, often one test at a time in a serial manner. Furthermore, tests are usually selected based on the traditional treatment paradigm of the cancer’s location in the body or by simple trial and error.

Running multiple, disjointed tests also poses logistical challenges associated with routing samples to several different laboratories and high costs associated with conducting multiple tests. Moreover, limited tissue availability may prevent relevant tests from being ordered, tests conducted may miss genomic alterations, and the results may not be delivered soon enough to be used during the typical treatment cycle for a patient. Even if a physician has enough tumor sample to order a sufficient number of hotspot and individual molecular tests to identify relevant genomic alterations and receives the results of all of these tests in a timely fashion, the physician would commonly receive a series of uncoordinated individual reports from different laboratories that are difficult to interpret and synthesize. Compounding these challenges, especially in the community oncology setting, is how to effectively match the genomic information provided by tests with current targeted therapies or clinical trials for a particular patient. As a result of one or a combination of these current limitations, physicians may fail to identify or to prescribe a potentially appropriate targeted oncology therapy or to direct a patient to a potentially appropriate clinical trial.

The Opportunity for a Single, Comprehensive Molecular Information Solution

In order to harness the potential of understanding the genomic drivers of a patient’s cancer and new therapies targeted at specific genomic alterations, we believe the oncology community needs a new approach: a single molecular information platform that can assess a solid tumor or hematologic malignancy for the presence of biologically relevant genomic alterations. This solution would also provide actionable assistance to physicians in matching the genomic alterations identified in their patients’ cancers with relevant available therapeutic alternatives and clinical trials.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our Solution — A Single Molecular Information Platform to Improve Patient Care

 

LOGO

Our molecular information platform, which includes proprietary technology, methods and computational algorithms, is the product of years of research and development and significant capital investment. Through this platform we deliver comprehensive genomic insights into cancer to support physicians in the improvement of clinical patient care, to support biopharmaceutical companies in the development of novel cancer therapeutics, and to drive further research and development to advance our understanding of oncology. The first molecular information product enabled by our platform is branded as FoundationOne for our clinical customers.

FoundationOne Integrates Complex Molecular Information into Routine Clinical Care

FoundationOne is, to our knowledge, the first commercially available comprehensive molecular information product for analysis of routine cancer specimens in a clinical setting. We believe FoundationOne is the only molecular information product that can comprehensively assess cancer tissue simultaneously for all four classes of genomic alterations with sufficient sensitivity and specificity for routine medical practice. Moreover, FoundationOne delivers this complex molecular information in a concise report that matches detected molecular alterations with potentially relevant treatment options and clinical trials. We perform FoundationOne in our laboratory located in Cambridge, Massachusetts, which is certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments, or CLIA, accredited by the College of American Pathologists, or CAP, and licensed by Massachusetts and other states.

 

83


Table of Contents

Optimization and Automation Enables FoundationOne Workflow to Deliver Report in 14-17 days.

 

LOGO

A Comprehensive Clinical Assessment of Actionable Alterations in Cancer Genes

FoundationOne reports on the genes known to be altered in human solid tumors that are validated targets for therapy or are unambiguous drivers of cancer. We have selected this set of genes based upon the advice of an international group of key opinion leaders in oncology and cancer biology, input offered by our biopharmaceutical partners and our extensive review of the relevant literature. The current version of FoundationOne interrogates 236 genes (representing 3,734 exons, which are sequences of DNA molecules, or nucleotides, involved in DNA replication that encode for proteins) across all four classes of genomic alterations, as well as 47 introns, which are sequences of nucleotides involved in DNA replication that do not encode for proteins, of 19 genes commonly involved in rearrangements. The test includes those genes implicated in cancers for which a targeted therapy is FDA-approved and for which targeted therapies are in current or near-term clinical development. We update FoundationOne periodically to reflect new scientific and medical knowledge about cancer biology, including newly relevant cancer genes along with newly available targeted therapeutics and clinical trials.

We believe FoundationOne’s ability to identify actionable genomic alterations far exceeds that of other commercially available molecular diagnostic tests. We define an actionable alteration as an identified genomic alteration in an analyzed cancer cell associated with an FDA-approved targeted therapy in the tumor type, an FDA-approved targeted therapy in another tumor type or an open clinical trial for which the alteration confers eligibility. Our comparative quantitative analysis demonstrated that running four commercially available tests that also utilize NGS plus two relevant and commonly-used hotspot tests together would collectively identify only a maximum of 31% of the actionable genomic alterations that can be identified by FoundationOne. We presented this comparative quantitative analysis at the American Society of Clinical Oncology, or ASCO, in 2013 and have included it in a manuscript that has been accepted for publication in a high-profile scientific journal.

FoundationOne’s ability to identify actionable alterations is greater than other commercially available molecular tests, in part, because we believe FoundationOne:

 

  Ÿ  

interrogates many more cancer-related genes than other molecular diagnostic tests;

 

84


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

examines the entire coding region of each gene analyzed, enabling much broader interrogation of potential alterations for each gene;

 

  Ÿ  

is the only molecular diagnostic product that can comprehensively assess cancer tissue simultaneously for all classes of genomic alterations; and

 

  Ÿ  

assesses tumor samples with unprecedented sensitivity and specificity.

FoundationOne has identified at least one actionable genomic alteration in 82% of the 3,936 clinical specimens we received and analyzed with FoundationOne following its formal commercial launch in June 2012 through May 17, 2013 because of its high sensitivity and specificity of interrogation of cancer-related genes for all classes of genomic alterations.

A Validated and Highly Precise Process of Testing

Our proprietary methods and workflow make FoundationOne suitable for clinical use at a commercial scale. Standard biopsies and needle biopsies obtained in a clinical setting often yield very small tissue amounts that have a low concentration of tumor cells and are preserved in a FFPE format. We have developed proprietary techniques for optimizing pre-sequencing sample preparation and have built post-sequencing computational algorithms that enable FoundationOne to be sufficiently sensitive to perform comprehensive genomic analysis on routine clinical tumor samples. We have optimized our NGS processes to maximize throughput, efficiency and quality. These laboratory processes designed to support FoundationOne have allowed us to deliver results in 97% of all clinical tumor samples we have analyzed to date.

FoundationOne has undergone an extensive analytical validation that demonstrates test performance using both reference specimens and hundreds of actual FFPE clinical cancer specimens with results derived from prior standard diagnostic tests. We performed validation studies in which FoundationOne testing was conducted on previously characterized cell lines cancer specimens known to contain defined sets of genomic alterations. FoundationOne was found to be highly accurate in identifying the genomic alterations that the samples were known to contain, including sensitivity greater than 99% for detection of base substitutions in samples in which as few as 10% of the nuclei were derived from cancer cells containing the alterations, greater than 98% for detection of insertions and deletions in samples in which as few as 20% of the nuclei were derived from cancer cells containing the alterations, and greater than 95% for detection of copy number alterations in which as few as 30% of the nuclei were derived from cancer cells containing the alterations. In aggregate, FoundationOne’s specificity was greater than 99% across all classes of alterations in the validation study. We believe these results demonstrate the importance of our proprietary methods, algorithms, and advanced bioinformatics, and will help to set the industry standards for validation of NGS-based clinical diagnostics.

A Report Physicians Can Readily Understand and Use to Guide Patient Care

We designed the FoundationOne report, in collaboration with leading oncologists, to deliver actionable information in a manner that seamlessly integrates into their practices. We present the results from FoundationOne in a medically relevant and we believe practice-friendly manner that empowers physicians to make informed treatment decisions. During a period of active treatment, patients typically visit their physician every three to four weeks. FoundationOne delivers actionable information to a physician for use typically within 14 to 17 days from the time the sample is received.

 

85


Table of Contents

The first page of the FoundationOne report clearly illustrates the test’s key findings. Specifically, it lists the analyzed tumor’s actionable genomic alterations and matches them with either FDA-approved therapies or open clinical trials for therapies targeting these alterations. The report also identifies noteworthy absences of genomic alterations typically associated with anatomical tumors of the same type. In addition, the report includes summaries of and references to supporting data from peer-reviewed publications and clinical trial information.

An Example of Page One of a FoundationOne Report.

 

LOGO    Patient Name
    
   Report Date
    
  

Diagnosis

 

Breast carcinoma
(NOS)

                          

Date of Birth

   Not Given    Client    Cancer Center    Specimen Received    Not Given

Gender

   Female    Ordering Physician    Doctor, Paul    Specimen Site    Lung

FMI Case #

   SRF000009    Additional Recipient    Not Given    Date of Collection    Not Given

Medical Record #

      FMI Client #    -1    Specimen Type    Slide

Specimen ID

   Not Given    Pathologist    Not Given          

A BOUT THE T EST :

FoundationOne is a next-generation sequencing (NGS) based assay which identifies genomic alterations within hundreds of cancer-related genes.

 

P ATIENT R ESULTS

   

T UMOR T YPE : B REAST C ARCINOMA ( NOS )

     
 

6 genomic alterations

     

Genomic Alterations Identified

 

ERBB2 amplification

PIK3CA H1047L

AURKA amplification

TP53 R342P

CREBBP P858S

ZNF217 amplification

     

6 therapies associated with potential clinical benefit

     
     

0 therapies associated with lack of response

     
     

6 clinical trials

     
      For a complete list of the genes assayed, please refer to the Appendix

 

T HERAPEUTIC I MPLICATIONS

    
    

Genomic Alterations
Detected

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in patient’s tumor type)

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in another tumor type)

    Potential Clinical Trials
           

ERBB2

amplification

     

Ado-trastuzumab

emtansine

Lapatinib

Pertuzumab

Trastuzumab

      None       Yes, see clinical trials section

PIK3CA

H1047L

    None    

Temsirolimus

Everolimus

    Yes, see clinical trials section

AURKA

amplification

    None     None     Yes, see clinical trials section

TP53

R342P

    None     None     None

CREBBP

P858S

    None     None     None

ZNF217

amplification

      None       None       None
           
           
           
Note: Genomic alterations detected may be associated with activity of certain FDA approved drugs; however, the agents listed in this report may have varied clinical evidence in the patient’s tumor type. Neither the therapeutic agents nor the trials identified are ranked in order of potential or predicted efficacy for this patient, nor are they ranked in order of level of evidence for this patient’s tumor type.

Ordering physicians can also access their FoundationOne report through our Interactive Cancer Explorer, which we developed in consultation with Google Ventures. We deliver the FoundationOne report along with easy access to current information about the reported genomic alterations,

 

86


Table of Contents

associated therapies, and clinical trials. We are also developing additional applications for Interactive Cancer Explorer that we expect to launch in 2014, through which physicians will be able to access their FoundationOne reports on tablet computers and other mobile devices.

Expanding FoundationOne to Hematologic Malignancies

We expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies, our second commercial product, by early 2014. Hematologic malignancies, most commonly leukemias, lymphomas, and myelomas, are cancers that affect the body’s blood, lymphatic system, or bone marrow. Taken together, hematologic malignancies account for approximately 10% of new cancer diagnoses in the United States. Although some physicians today use molecular diagnostic testing to identify certain known genomic alterations to help diagnose hematologic malignancies, we believe there is a large unmet need for a comprehensive hematologic molecular information solution.

Similar to FoundationOne for solid tumors, we are designing FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies to be a single molecular information product to fit the realities of routine medical practice, including volume and quality limits of cancer specimens, demands on turnaround time and the need for a synthesized report that matches detected molecular alterations with potentially relevant targeted therapies and clinical trials. This new product will use RNA sequencing in addition to DNA sequencing to better enable identification of the unique genes and classes of genomic alterations that are characteristic of hematologic malignancies. We believe FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies will be the first commercially available comprehensive molecular information product for analysis of hematologic malignancies specimens in a clinical setting.

We are developing FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies in collaboration with Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, or MSKCC, a leading academic cancer center. Leveraging the clinical and genomic expertise in hematologic malignancies of MSKCC’s clinicians, we believe FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies will be a best-in-class molecular information product that furthers our collective goal of making it possible for all patients to be treated with the therapies that are matched with their particular cancers.

Strong Evidence of Actionability in Clinical Experience for FoundationOne

We designed FoundationOne to address challenges associated with the everyday clinical management of patients diagnosed with cancer. We have experienced rapid adoption of FoundationOne. More than 1,500 physicians from large academic centers and community-based practices across more than 25 countries have ordered FoundationOne since its formal commercial launch in June 2012.

We have already served a growing number of patients for whom we identified actionable alterations that we believe would not have otherwise been detected and who have responded to therapies that we believe would not have otherwise been utilized. FoundationOne has identified at least one actionable alteration in 82% of the 3,936 clinical specimens we received and analyzed with FoundationOne following its formal commercial launch in June 2012 through May 17, 2013.

We believe that the following case studies illustrate the power of FoundationOne to impact treatment regimens for patients in a clinical setting.

 

87


Table of Contents

Case Study 1: FoundationOne Identifies Actionable Alteration Missed by Hotspot Tests—Patient Receives Matched Targeted Therapy.

Page One of FoundationOne Report for Case Study 1.

 

LOGO   

Patient Name

 

  

Report Date

 

  

Diagnosis

 

Lung
Adenocarcinoma

                          

Date of Birth

      Client       Specimen Received   

Gender

      Physician       Specimen Site   

FMI Case #

      Additional Recipient       Specimen Date   

Medical Record #

      FMI Client #       Specimen Type   

Block ID

        Pathologist               

A BOUT THE T EST :

FoundationOne is a next-generation sequencing (NGS) based assay which identifies genomic alterations within hundreds of cancer-related genes.

 

P ATIENT R ESULTS

   

T UMOR T YPE : L UNG A DENOCARCINOMA

     
 

1 genomic alteration

     

Genomic Alterations Identified

ALK rearrangement, intron 19

 

Select Genes with No Actionable Alterations Detected

EGFR

KRAS

BRAF

     

0 therapies associated with potential clinical benefit

     
     

0 therapies associated with lack of response

     
     

0 clinical trials

     

 

T HERAPEUTIC I MPLICATIONS

    
    

Genomic Alterations
Detected

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in patient’s tumor type)

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in another tumor type)

    Potential Clinical Trials
           

ALK

Rearrangement,

intron 19

      Crizotinib       None       None
           
           
           
Note: Genomic alterations detected may be associated with activity of certain FDA approved drugs; however, the agents listed in this report may have varied clinical evidence in the patient’s tumor type. Neither the therapeutic agents nor the trials identified are ranked in order of potential or predicted efficacy for this patient, nor are they ranked in order of level of evidence for this patient’s tumor type.

We received and analyzed a tumor specimen from a 43 year-old man diagnosed with metastatic adenocarcinoma of the lung involving his bones and pleura. Previous traditional diagnostic tests on the specimen, including a customary FISH-based test, revealed no actionable alterations. The patient received chemotherapy, which was of transient benefit and which he tolerated poorly. FoundationOne detected an actionable alteration, an ALK fusion, which was not identified in the initial testing. The patient was then treated with XALKORI ® (crizotinib), a targeted therapy that inhibits the activity of the ALK fusion protein. This treatment shrank the tumor and led to improvements in the patient’s symptoms. The patient experienced near complete resolution of disease for 16 months. The patient recently experienced one site of disease progression and, as of May 2013, is continuing on XALKORI (crizotinib). Without FoundationOne, this patient likely would have proceeded through various chemotherapies and likely would not have received XALKORI (crizotinib) because the ALK fusion was not identified by traditional diagnostic tests and XALKORI (crizotinib) is only prescribed upon confirmation of the ALK fusion alteration. These results were published in the Journal of Thoracic Oncology in September 2012.

 

88


Table of Contents

Case Study 2: FoundationOne Identifies Actionable Mutation that is Not Otherwise Tested for In Breast Cancer—Patient Receives Matched Targeted Therapy.

Page One of FoundationOne Report for Case Study 2.

 

LOGO   

Patient Name

 

  

Report Date

 

  

Diagnosis

 

Breast Carcinoma

                          

Date of Birth

      Client       Specimen Received   

Gender

      Physician       Specimen Site   

FMI Case #

      Additional Recipient       Specimen Date   

Medical Record #

      FMI Client #       Specimen Type   

Block ID

        Pathologist               

A BOUT THE T EST :

FoundationOne is a next-generation sequencing (NGS) based assay which identifies genomic alterations within hundreds of cancer-related genes.

 

P ATIENT R ESULTS

   

T UMOR T YPE : B REAST C ARCINOMA

     
 

4 genomic alterations

     

Genomic Alterations Identified

ERBB2 amplification

PIK3CA F1047R

EGFR L858R

TP53 K132N

     

6 therapies associated with potential clinical benefit

     
     

0 therapies associated with lack of response

     
     

50+ clinical trials

     

 

T HERAPEUTIC I MPLICATIONS

    
    

Genomic Alterations
Detected

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in patient’s tumor type)

   

FDA Approved Therapies

(in another tumor type)

    Potential Clinical Trials
           

ERBB2

amplification

     

Lapatinib

Trastuzumab

      None       Yes

PIK3CA

F1047R

    None    

Temsirolimus

Everolimus

    Yes

EFGR

L858R

    None    

Erlotinib

Gefitinib

    Yes

TP53

      None       None       Yes
           
           
           
Note: Genomic alterations detected may be associated with activity of certain FDA approved drugs; however, the agents listed in this report may have varied clinical evidence in the patient’s tumor type. Neither the therapeutic agents nor the trials identified are ranked in order of potential or predicted efficacy for this patient, nor are they ranked in order of level of evidence for this patient’s tumor type.

We received and analyzed a tumor specimen from a middle-aged woman diagnosed with metastatic inflammatory breast cancer (IBC). She had initially received combination chemotherapy and targeted therapy including Herceptin ® (trastuzumab), a commonly prescribed targeted therapy for breast cancer, but her disease progressed within 12 months. Few treatment options remained. FoundationOne identified several genomic alterations, among them an EGFR point mutation. This type of alteration is associated with unprecedented sensitivity to tyrosine kinase inhibitors targeting EGFR such as Iressa ® (gefitinib) and Tarceva ® (erlotinib) and are present in 20% of lung adenocarcinomas. However, this alteration is not reported with reproducible frequency in other tumor types, and, it would have been unlikely to have been included in a testing panel for breast cancer. On the basis of this finding, the patient commenced Tarceva (erlotinib) therapy as part of a combination regimen. Because therapies have traditionally been indicated based on the tumor’s anatomical location in the body, in this case, the breast, and because Tarceva (erlotinib) therapy is associated with a mutation commonly associated with lung (but not breast) cancer, it is likely that, without FoundationOne, this EGFR point mutation would not have been identified and Tarceva (erlotinib) therapy would not have been

 

89


Table of Contents

commenced. While on Tarceva (erlotinib) therapy, the patient experienced durable symptomatic and radiographic benefit that lasted eight months. We expect to submit the results of this case study to a peer-reviewed journal in the near future.

Our Platform for Biopharmaceutical Research and Development

For many of the same reasons FoundationOne provides information that is well suited for the clinical setting, our molecular information platform enhances the ability of our biopharmaceutical partner to develop targeted oncology therapies. We deploy our molecular information platform to analyze tissue samples provided by biopharmaceutical partners from their clinical trials. We use our core proprietary platform testing, computational biology and information technology capabilities to provide our biopharmaceutical partners with comprehensive genomic profiling and information relevant to precision medicine strategies for both retrospective and prospective clinical studies and other drug development activities. Our platform capabilities enable our partners to:

 

  Ÿ  

accelerate clinical development timelines and increase the likelihood of patient response by prospectively analyzing tumor specimens to identify patients with certain genomic alterations for enrollment in clinical trials for targeted cancer therapeutics;

 

  Ÿ  

guide usage and inform future development opportunities for experimental and marketed therapies by retrospectively analyzing clinical trial patients to stratify them as responders or non-responders based on presence or absence of certain genomic alterations;

 

  Ÿ  

create opportunities for drug combination studies or new target discovery by identifying mechanisms of primary and acquired resistance; and

 

  Ÿ  

inform improvements to clinical trial design by contributing to the understanding of why some clinical studies have not met their primary endpoints.

As of June 2013, we have ongoing relationships with 18 biopharmaceutical partners, many of which are the leaders in developing targeted cancer therapies. Our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners have expanded over time. Our publicly announced biopharmaceutical customers include Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Array BioPharma Inc., AstraZeneca UK Limited, Celgene Corporation, Clovis Oncology, Inc., Eisai Co., Ltd., Johnson & Johnson, Novartis, and Sanofi.

In addition to customary clinical settings in which physicians prescribe an FDA-approved therapy, approximately 3% of patients with cancer in the United States are currently enrolled in clinical trials of new experimental therapies sponsored by biopharmaceutical companies. By broadening our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners, we expect to deploy our molecular information platform for an increasing portion of patients with cancer enrolled in clinical trials both in and outside the United States. We expect these relationships will continue to expand and may provide us with opportunities to sell our molecular information products for companion diagnostics development, research and development projects, and new target discovery and validation.

In addition to generating revenue, our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners enable us to identify new genes under investigation that can be incorporated early into our molecular information platform and our products, and more broadly allow us to actively participate in the newest oncology therapeutics and practice. Also, we believe our activities with leading drug development companies that are focused on cancer therapeutics further our relationships with the broader oncology community, including thought leaders who are important to the adoption of our commercial products. We believe our biopharmaceutical customers provide us with near and longer term revenue and important strategic opportunities.

 

90


Table of Contents

Biopharmaceutical Services Agreement

In November 2011, we entered into a laboratory master services agreement with Novartis pursuant to which we agreed to perform our molecular diagnostic tests on samples provided by Novartis. Pursuant to the agreement, we were paid based on the number of tests we performed. The original term of the agreement commenced in November 2011 and was set to expire in November 2014. In May 2012, we amended this agreement to extend the term through May 1, 2014 and to include certain guaranteed quarterly minimum payments by Novartis to us in return for our providing sufficient laboratory capacity to perform up to a maximum number of tests. We may bill Novartis for any extra services performed if during the first and second contract years together or the third contract year alone Novartis provides excess samples such that the value of our services ultimately exceeds the payments already received under the quarterly schedule. The agreement also establishes a joint steering committee responsible for facilitating communication between the parties, overseeing collaboration and periodically reviewing and setting overall goals and strategy for provision of our services to Novartis. Except for termination due to material breach of the agreement, Novartis is responsible for payments on services rendered through the termination date. The agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, indemnification, assignment, data privacy security measures and other provisions.

Market Opportunities for FoundationOne

We believe that the ability of FoundationOne to comprehensively address all solid tumors, and soon hematologic malignancies, and to deliver a clear, concise report detailing actionable genomic alterations and corresponding treatment options will continue to drive its adoption by physicians. During the pre-launch phase of FoundationOne, we worked with our network of oncology thought leaders to identify the initial subsets of patients with cancer for whom FoundationOne was most likely to positively inform treatment decisions. Our initial marketing and selling efforts have focused on driving awareness of the potential utility of FoundationOne in these subsets of patients, defined as:

 

  Ÿ  

patients who had tested negative under the traditional hotspot tests for their tumor type, such as negative for alterations in the genes EGFR, ALK, and KRAS in non-small cell lung cancer;

 

  Ÿ  

patients for whom there was not enough available tissue to perform multiple hotspot molecular tests, such as non-small cell lung cancer patients with very little tumor tissue left in archive;

 

  Ÿ  

patients for whom standard treatments had been tried and failed, such as patients with breast cancer who continue to progress despite multiple chemotherapy regimens;

 

  Ÿ  

patients with rare or uncommon tumors, such as certain sarcomas or non-colon/small-bowel gastrointestinal tumors, for whom no standard treatment approach exists; and

 

  Ÿ  

patients who had an aggressive disease, such as pancreatic cancer, or were late in the progression of their disease.

While these groups are not mutually exclusive, we estimate that there are approximately one million patients annually in the United States who suffer from the above-described or similar cancers. We believe the current U.S. market opportunity for comprehensive molecular diagnostic products for patients suffering from these cancers is approximately $4.0 billion, based upon modest assumptions for expected prices and rates of reimbursement.

We believe that as physicians increasingly order FoundationOne and experience the positive impact that our analysis can have on their treatment decisions, they will increasingly broaden its usage to other patients who may benefit from the molecular information delivered by FoundationOne. These patients may include, for example, those who are earlier in the treatment cycle, those who suffer from a

 

91


Table of Contents

broader set of disease conditions or those patients diagnosed with rare and uncommon cancers regardless of stage. Our marketing and sales activities will then expand to driving awareness of the potential utility of FoundationOne in this broader set of patients. As a result, we believe the potential market for FoundationOne could increase to nearly two million patients annually in the United States. We believe the U.S. market opportunity over the next several years for comprehensive molecular diagnostic products for this broader patient population is approximately $7.5 billion, based upon modest assumptions for expected prices and rates of reimbursement.

Commercialization Strategy for FoundationOne

We aim to drive awareness and adoption of our comprehensive molecular information products through our commercialization strategy to:

 

  Ÿ  

build an experienced, oncology-focused sales force in the United States and international distribution channels that are supported by dedicated company personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

collaborate with oncology thought leaders and leading institutions on FoundationOne clinical cases, clinical research, publications, and product development;

 

  Ÿ  

foster adoption and promote physician engagement through our medical affairs and client services efforts, and by developing and deploying practice-friendly technology resources to physicians;

 

  Ÿ  

publish important medical and scientific data in peer-reviewed journals and present at major industry conferences, and conduct clinical trials; and

 

  Ÿ  

work with patient advocacy groups and medical societies to drive awareness of FoundationOne and the importance of incorporating molecular diagnostics into cancer treatment.

Through these efforts, we seek to drive awareness of FoundationOne’s unique capabilities throughout the oncology community—from patients suffering from cancer, to the physicians treating them, to the third-party payors for these treatments and to biopharmaceutical companies developing new treatments—all with the goal of facilitating better-informed treatment decisions for the greatest number of patients with cancer. We believe that by driving physician and patient demand for FoundationOne and by being part of improving patient outcomes, we will drive sales and obtain favorable reimbursement decisions by third-party payors.

Building An Experienced, Oncology-Focused Sales Force

United States

Our sales force in the United States targets oncologists and pathologists at hospitals and cancer centers. We launched FoundationOne for solid tumors in June 2012 with a sales force of only two people that has already grown to 15 sales professionals with backgrounds in oncology, pathology, therapeutics, and/or laboratory services. Our sales professionals have an average of 11 years of experience in clinical oncology sales working at leading biopharmaceutical or specialty reference laboratory companies. We will continue to grow this specialized, oncology-focused sales force and support it with medical specialists who bring extensive knowledge in the design and use of molecular information products.

Our current sales efforts focus on building relationships with thought leaders at leading academic research institutions to demonstrate the clinical usefulness of FoundationOne. We also are building relationships in community oncology practice settings through leading physician networks. For example, The US Oncology Network, whose members include approximately 10% of all U.S. oncologists, selected us as one of its preferred molecular information partners. Other oncology

 

92


Table of Contents

networks, such as Cancer Treatment Centers of America, which has five centers nationally, have chosen to use FoundationOne across all of their centers. These networks expect to use FoundationOne to streamline ordering and data collection, to provide access to and guidance about use of the most advanced cancer testing and treatments, and to support their clinical trials.

As part of our early launch strategy to drive adoption, our sales force initially targeted key opinion leaders and leading cancer researchers. As we grow our sales force, we will increasingly have the capacity to target community hospitals and community-based cancer centers that need a reliable and collaborative partner for comprehensive molecular information testing.

International

Our international sales strategy is currently focused on partnering with leading distributors and selling directly to academic and medical centers. We have targeted various markets outside of the United States, principally based upon the demand from those markets and our own market assessments. As a result of these factors, we have and are responding to opportunities in Central and South America, Western Europe, portions of the Middle East, and Asia, and anticipate exploring opportunities in other geographic areas as well. We are expanding our internal capacity to serve high demand markets by adding dedicated regional managers located outside the United States to oversee our relationships at the local level.

Collaborating with Thought Leaders To Shape the New Cancer Treatment Paradigm

We believe physicians look to peers and key thought leaders in the medical community when evaluating a new technology. Oncology thought leaders have historically been early adopters of new technologies because they have greater access to new therapies, clinical trials, and diagnostic tools than many community oncologists. Since our inception, our founders, medical affairs group, senior management, and now sales personnel and reimbursement teams have leveraged existing and built new relationships with these early adopters.

Key opinion leaders, or KOLs, and leading cancer researchers have embraced our comprehensive molecular diagnostic approach, including oncologists at premier cancer institutions such as Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Vanderbilt-Ingram Cancer Center, and The US Oncology Network. In addition to routinely using FoundationOne for clinical cases, these individuals and institutions collaborate with us on clinical studies, peer-reviewed publications, and medical and scientific conference presentations. We believe our relationships with KOLs help validate our platform, drive adoption of our clinical products in community oncology settings and international markets, establish our leadership position in the field of molecular information about cancer and thereby further our ultimate goal—to facilitate better-informed treatment decisions for the greatest number of patients with cancer.

Our relationships with KOLs in oncology have been instrumental in driving adoption of FoundationOne for solid tumors. We believe initial awareness of FoundationOne within the community oncology setting was largely driven by our publications and presentations with KOLs and the resulting peer-to-peer interaction they generated. We believe our effective engagement with KOLs largely explains why the majority of physician customers for FoundationOne placed their original orders even before being visited by our nascent sales team. We will continue to nurture these relationships with thought leaders as we drive adoption of FoundationOne for solid tumors and as we develop FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies in collaboration with MSKCC.

Promoting Physician Interaction and Creating a Network Effect

We believe that if we can continue to integrate the results of our products into the everyday clinical practice of oncologists, we will become an even more important partner in their efforts to treat

 

93


Table of Contents

patients with cancer. Our goal is for physicians to use Interactive Cancer Explorer, our online portal, which we developed in consultation with Google Ventures, in the context of their busy clinical practices, to shape each patient’s treatment plan. Through Interactive Cancer Explorer, we deliver the key genomic information identified by FoundationOne in an organized fashion along with access to current information about the reported genomic alterations, associated therapies and clinical trials. Launched in December 2012, already more than 40% of our FoundationOne customers use Interactive Cancer Explorer.

Interactive Cancer Explorer presents complex genomic information in a we believe practice-friendly interface that links directly into publicly available databases, such as PubMed and clinicaltrials.gov. The portal also provides direct links or references to journal articles and clinical trials information relevant to a patient’s identified genomic alterations. In the future, we intend for Interactive Cancer Explorer to link to additional public and private data sources like The Cancer Genome Atlas, The Cancer Genome Project, and others, as we continue to rationalize, correlate, and incorporate disparate sources of information into our products. By making this information more readily accessible to physicians, we make it easier for them to bring new, relevant information to each patient’s treatment plan. We are also developing additional applications for Interactive Cancer Explorer that we expect to launch in 2014.

The better we can integrate our solutions into a physician’s routine clinical practice, the more likely a physician is to order FoundationOne. Therefore, we have engineered our client support capabilities, such as online ordering and assistance with tissue sample procurement, to make it easier for physicians to use FoundationOne in their clinical practices.

Additionally, we are investing in our technology architecture to allow physicians to collaborate and share response rates and other clinical information with each other, regardless of location, in compliance with applicable privacy regulations. Over time, we will expand our capacity to capture, aggregate, analyze and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community. We are developing a data platform that efficiently captures and allows for the analysis of data that we believe will eventually create a network effect as more data is gathered, which we expect will lead to more users, more comprehensive datasets, and ultimately more business opportunities.

Supporting Adoption Through Publications and Clinical Trials

We believe the successful completion of multiple clinical trials, our publication of scientific and medical results in peer-reviewed journals, and presentations at leading conferences are critical to the broad adoption of products enabled by our proprietary platform. Our publications and presentations to date have helped communicate FoundationOne’s capabilities and the clinical results that early adopters of our platform have achieved. We will continue to use these channels to drive commercial adoption of FoundationOne and obtain favorable reimbursement decisions.

From the beginning of 2012 through June 2013, we had:

 

  Ÿ  

12 peer-reviewed articles published or accepted for publication, including by Nature Medicine , Cancer Discovery , Journal of Clinical Oncology , Journal of Thoracic Oncology , Blood , and Genome Medicine ;

 

  Ÿ  

10 additional manuscripts under consideration for publication by major journals, including Nature , Nature Medicine , Nature Genetics , Nature Biotechnology , Journal of Clinical Oncology, and Cancer Discovery ;

 

  Ÿ  

over 35 poster presentations based on clinical and research data that have been accepted and presented at major scientific conferences on themes that include the identification of multiple novel actionable drug targets, known drug targets in novel tumor types, novel resistance

 

94


Table of Contents
 

mechanisms to targeted therapies, new insights into models of metastasis and novel hypotheses on the molecular basis of response or resistance to certain targeted therapies; and

 

  Ÿ  

delivered more than 20 speaking presentations at scientific meetings such as ASCO, American Association of Cancer Research (AACR), San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, US and Canadian Association of Pathology (USCAP), and Advances in Genome Biology and Technology (AGBT), among others.

We have a number of company-sponsored clinical trials and clinical trials sponsored by individual physicians, or investigator-initiated clinical trials, underway, such as:

 

  Ÿ  

The US Oncology Decision Impact Study.     This study is designed to assess the impact of FoundationOne on physician decision-making in a real world setting. FoundationOne will be performed on solid tumors from 300 patients during their second or later line of therapy. When the patient progresses, the impact of FoundationOne in switching a physician’s recommended next course of treatment will be evaluated. Other endpoints may be evaluated as well.

 

  Ÿ  

The FoundationOne Registry.     The objective of this study is to better understand the impact of FoundationOne on a clinical population including, importantly, how physicians act on the results and how the results impact care and outcomes. The study is designed to recruit 3,000 patients over three years, with the initial 500 patients drawn from all patients for whom the FoundationOne test is ordered. A wide array of clinical variables will be assessed, including subsequent treatments and responses to those treatments. These patients will be followed for one year. The later cohorts of patients will be adaptive, with entry criteria to be determined based on initial outcomes of the study.

 

  Ÿ  

The MD Anderson Prospective Study . This study aims to compare the clinical outcomes of patients who are treated with targeted therapy after testing with FoundationOne compared to historical outcomes for patients treated with chemotherapy. The study is designed to enroll a group of 300 patients with advanced solid tumors who are screened at enrollment with FoundationOne. These patients will then be treated with a targeted therapy selected on the basis of the FoundationOne test. The clinical outcomes for these patients will be compared to recent historical results for patients who received treatment with conventional chemotherapy for the same tumor types and stage.

Engaging With Patient Advocacy Groups and Other Important Stakeholders to Drive Awareness

We have established relationships with many patient advocacy groups to drive awareness of our test and to educate the advocacy community and other key stakeholders, including major medical societies and networks, about the shifting oncology paradigm towards precision medicine.

Patient advocates are important stakeholders in the cancer community because they have influence within the patient community and with health care providers, key opinion leaders, and policy makers. We established our advocacy relations program early in 2011 with the following goals:

 

  Ÿ  

develop awareness around genomic testing;

 

  Ÿ  

position us as a patient-centered company within the patient community by creating goodwill and becoming a trustworthy corporate partner;

 

  Ÿ  

effectively shape the dialogue around cancer genomics with key constituents; and

 

  Ÿ  

work with advocates to help increase genomics conversation and drive the use of molecular information testing.

 

95


Table of Contents

To date, we have been successful in establishing key relationships to help educate advocates about us and our capabilities in oncology. Some of the organizations we engage with include Friends of Cancer Research, Patient Advocate Foundation, Clearity Foundation, American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network, Lung Cancer Foundation of America, Bonnie J. Addario Lung Cancer Foundation, Uniting Against Lung Cancer, Pancreatic Cancer Action Network, and Education Network to Advance Cancer Clinical Trials. In late 2012, we hosted our first advocate roundtable with representatives from 10 patient advocacy organizations, establishing our commitment to understanding patients’ needs and positioning us as a neutral facilitator of oncology stakeholders, with important insight and relationships across industry, advocacy and regulatory bodies. Through these activities to date, we have developed the basis for a meaningful advocacy relations program, with opportunities to more strategically engage advocates moving forward.

Our relationships with other influential organizations that shape the delivery of care are also critical as we work to develop and educate the market. We aim to work with many organizations, including the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, ASCO, CAP and others regarding the role of NGS and broader molecular profiling in the evaluation of patients and their tumors. We are working with these organizations both on potential educational initiatives as well as the evolution of guidelines, which today are very much tumor-type specific, to recognize the growing importance of the molecular characterization of the collection of diseases known as cancer.

Payment and Reimbursement for Our Molecular Information Products

The principal groups that currently pay us, or that we expect to pay us in the future, for our molecular information products include:

 

  Ÿ  

our biopharmaceutical customers, with whom we have individual agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

certain hospitals, cancer centers, and other institutions that pay us directly at negotiated rates for their physicians’ test orders;

 

  Ÿ  

international patients and distributors who pay us directly at agreed-upon prices;

 

  Ÿ  

commercial third-party payors who currently pay us based on Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes;

 

  Ÿ  

government payors, including Medicare, with whom we have agreed to defer billing, and state Medicaid plans, to which we are currently applying; and

 

  Ÿ  

patients who make co-payments and pay deductibles and other amounts that we have been unable to collect from their medical insurers.

We believe that FoundationOne presents a unique solution for commercial third-party payors and government payors who are faced with an increasingly complex and dynamic cancer diagnostic and treatment environment. These complexities include a growing number of single-marker and hotspot panel tests, the increasing number and cost burden of targeted oncology therapies, and an underlying shift in physicians’ treatment of cancer that is based on molecular pathways rather than tumor location. In addition, this shifting treatment paradigm comes at a time when commercial third-party payors and government payors are increasingly making significant efforts to contain healthcare costs. We believe the use of FoundationOne aligns with payors’ goals to improve the safety, efficacy, and affordability of cancer diagnosis and treatment.

Adequate reimbursement is an important factor in achieving broad clinical adoption of FoundationOne. At the same time, we believe broad clinical adoption will help drive favorable reimbursement decisions. To achieve broad reimbursement coverage with commercial third-party

 

96


Table of Contents

payors and government payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, we are focused on demonstrating the economic and clinical value of FoundationOne to payors by:

 

  Ÿ  

Setting a High Bar for Validation and Performance.     FoundationOne provides actionable results that are highly reproducible and sensitive, and we believe that a majority of our actionable results would not be detected by any other commercial tests on the market today. Patients may benefit from our detection of otherwise unknown genomic alterations that can lead to their physicians choosing alternate therapies. We have presented data on the reproducibility, sensitivity, specificity, and comprehensive scope of FoundationOne at numerous conferences and in peer-reviewed journals. Moreover, our approach to the analytic validation of our test has recently been submitted to a peer-reviewed journal.

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing Physician Demand.     More than 1,500 physicians from both large academic centers and community-based practices across more than 25 countries have ordered FoundationOne since its formal commercial launch in June 2012. Many of the initial orders for FoundationOne occurred as we were only starting to build our sales force. We believe that this adoption, including significant repeat usage, demonstrates physician demand for a single, comprehensive solution to help in the treatment of their patients. In addition, we believe that increasing utilization of our products and their impact on improving outcomes for patients with cancer will lead to favorable reimbursement decisions.

 

  Ÿ  

Engaging Key Members of the Oncology Community .     We will continue to work with oncology thought leaders, patient advocacy groups, and cancer networks. We believe these relationships help validate our platform, drive adoption of our products in the broad community oncology setting and establish our leadership position in the field of molecular information about cancer. In addition, we believe adoption of our products by key members of the oncology community will help to influence FoundationOne’s listing in practice guidelines as well as coverage decisions by commercial third party payors and government payors.

 

  Ÿ  

Publishing in Peer-Reviewed Publications.     We seek to publish in scientific and medical journals such as Nature Medicine , Journal of Thoracic Oncology , Cancer Discovery , Clinical Cancer Research , Blood , and others. Our publications have covered novel scientific findings, clinical actionability of test results, individual patient outcomes, and common traits of genomic alterations in primary and metastatic tumors, among many others. We believe that our approach, which we have designed to be rigorous and data-driven, is important in establishing evidence of our analytical validity and clinical utility with payors.

 

  Ÿ  

Demonstrating Clinical Utility.     To demonstrate the impact of FoundationOne on physician treatment decisions and patient outcomes, we are conducting a number of clinical studies with organizations such as US Oncology, MD Anderson Cancer Center, MSKCC, and other leading academic medical centers. We are also enrolling patients into a registry through which we will track changes in physician treatment patterns as well as patient outcome data.

 

  Ÿ  

Improving Economics .    We have built economic models to measure the financial benefits of using FoundationOne in guiding patient treatment by selecting targeted therapies for each patient and for minimizing the use of drugs that will not likely have a positive impact. We plan to use the data we gather through the use of these models as we meet with commercial third-party payors and government payors.

Since, to our knowledge, FoundationOne is the only commercially available comprehensive molecular information product designed to assess all types of solid tumors and soon hematologic malignancies, we believe there is no direct precedent for reimbursement of our test by commercial third-party payors and government payors. In addition, the reimbursement environment is evolving as regulators and payors try to establish new rules and frameworks for paying for molecular diagnostic tests.

 

97


Table of Contents

The current list price for the FoundationOne test is $5,800. Payment for the test is not certain and may come from various sources. Actual payment will often be less than the list price. Sources of current or potential payment include: (1) commercial third-party payors, such as health insurance or managed care plans; (2) government health benefit programs such as Medicare and Medicaid; (3) other healthcare providers, such as hospitals, cancer centers and other institutions; (4) international distributors; and (5) individual patients. Currently we are not a participating provider with any commercial third-party payors and therefore do not have specific coverage decisions for the FoundationOne test with established payment rates, although some commercial third-party payors continue to pay our claims based upon the stacked CPT codes that comprise the FoundationOne test. Coverage and payment is determined by the third-party payor on a case-by-case basis. We are not currently a participating provider in any state Medicaid program and therefore do not have coverage decisions under which our test is covered by these Medicaid programs. We are a participating provider in the Medicare program but, as described below, we do not have a coverage decision and have not yet submitted claims for our test to Medicare. We do have in place agreements with various healthcare providers and with international distributors pursuant to which we process tests on specimens submitted, and the providers or distributors pay us for the test results based on negotiated rates. Those rates vary but are less than our list price. We may also negotiate rates with individual patients, if the patient is responsible for payment.

In 2012, we submitted claims to commercial third-party payors using CPT codes that were procedural-based, and we have been reimbursed for a significant majority of these claims following the completion of the claims process. On January 1, 2013, new Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, reimbursement codes for molecular testing services took effect. We elected to submit claims to commercial third-party payors using these new CPT codes and have received payments based on these claims. We do not expect CPT codes specific to next generation sequencing to be available until 2015 at the earliest, and we expect to continue our current approach until those new codes exist or until we have coverage decisions from payors.

Since we are not currently a participating provider with commercial third-party payors, and we have not received a coverage decision from any commercial third-party payor, payment for our test is uncertain. We request that physicians discuss the patient’s responsibility should their policy not cover FoundationOne. We undertake the primary responsibility for obtaining third-party reimbursement on behalf of patients, including appeals for any initial denials, prior to billing a patient. With this practice established, we believe that most patients receiving the FoundationOne test know that they may be responsible for some portion of the cost of the test should their medical insurer deny or limit coverage. We also offer a comprehensive patient assistance program to support patients whose incomes are below certain thresholds and to allow for extended payment terms, as necessary given the patient’s economic situation.

We enrolled in the Medicare program in order to bill Medicare for FoundationOne. There is currently no national coverage decision that determines whether and how our test is covered by Medicare. In the absence of a national coverage decision, local Medicare contractors that administer the Medicare program in various regions have some discretion in determining coverage and therefore payment for tests. Our local Medicare contractor, who would process our claims on behalf of Medicare, requested that we not submit claims for services provided to Medicare patients while the contractor assessed the appropriate coverage and payment for FoundationOne as a whole. Pending the response, no claims have been billed to either Medicare or Medicare patients.

Currently, we have not yet received definitive direction from our Medicare contractor. If we do not receive definitive direction, we intend, before the end of 2013, to commence submitting claims to Medicare for future FoundationOne tests provided to Medicare patients. The response of the Medicare contractor to the submission of such a claim is uncertain and the claim may be denied or paid, in whole

 

98


Table of Contents

or in part. If a claim is denied or paid in part, we may decide to appeal the denied claim or any denied portion of the claim. Our Medicare contractor may also issue a negative coverage determination for FoundationOne that would apply to future claims or may defer processing a claim pending a coverage or payment determination. Given the uncertain response, we may determine to provide appropriate notices to patients covered by Medicare to enable us to bill a Medicare patient for all or part of a claim that is denied coverage by our Medicare contractor. We will also assess our ability to submit claims to Medicare, or bill Medicare patients, for the tests for which claims are currently being held. In the event of a Medicare denial for tests currently held, our ability to bill Medicare patients for such tests will be limited.

We are also in the process of registering to participate in state Medicaid plans. The number of patients covered by Medicaid plans is expected to increase significantly over the next several years in connection with the Affordable Care Act that was signed into law on March 23, 2010.

Amidst a rapidly evolving reimbursement environment, we have implemented a comprehensive strategy to receive payment for the sale of our products. Ultimately, we believe that our focus on the rapid adoption of our products will both enable better-informed treatment options to the greatest number of patients with cancer and drive favorable reimbursement decisions.

Investing in Ongoing and New Product Innovations

We were founded as a scientifically and medically driven company and are dedicated to ongoing innovation both in our molecular information platform and our commercial product pipeline. We have invested, and continue to invest, significant time and resources toward the improvement of our platform and products and toward the introduction of new products.

We believe we have a first mover advantage in offering comprehensive molecular information products that interrogate with precision the genes known to be altered in human cancer. Since commencing our formal commercial launch of FoundationOne in June 2012, we have continued to invest in its improvement, including by updating the product in December 2012 from 180 genes to include the entire coding sequence of 236 genes, enhancing methods to utilize less tissue, lower tumor purity requirements and achieve higher sensitivity, and creating processing improvements to drive down turn-around time.

We have also incorporated RNA-based sequencing technology to analyze the additional gene fusions commonly found in hematologic malignancies and in the future we may incorporate RNA-based sequencing into FoundationOne. We expect to commence our commercial launch of FoundationOne for hematologic malignancies by early 2014. Key milestones that we need to complete prior to this launch include continuing validation activities, increasing laboratory production capacity to meet commercial demand and preparing the marketing strategy for the product.

We endeavor to stay at the cutting edge of genomic testing and cancer care and to maintain our advantages by continuously exploring and developing new clinically-relevant approaches to molecular information products. Our ongoing research efforts to advance our product pipeline and expand the impact of molecular information for improving cancer care include:

 

  Ÿ  

further refinement to the hybrid capture strategy by which we isolate cancer genes of interest from tumor samples so that we can more rapidly incorporate novel cancer genes as they are discovered into FoundationOne;

 

  Ÿ  

potential development and introduction of new products for monitoring patients’ tumor burden over time, utilizing new technologies that enable processing of circulating tumor cells and cell-free plasma DNA; and

 

  Ÿ  

enhancing molecular profiling ability through RNA sequencing and developing plans to expand into epigenetics, methylation, immune response, and other areas.

 

99


Table of Contents

In addition, Interactive Cancer Explorer, our online portal, which we developed in consultation with Google Ventures, allows physicians to access the key genomic information identified by FoundationOne along with current information about the reported genomic alterations, associated therapies and clinical trials. Interactive Cancer Explorer presents complex genomic information in a we believe practice-friendly interface that links directly into publicly available databases, such as PubMed and clinicaltrials.gov. The portal also provides direct links or references to journal articles and clinical trials information relevant to a patient’s identified genomic alterations. In the future, we intend for Interactive Cancer Explorer to link to additional public and private data sources like The Cancer Genome Atlas, The Cancer Genome Project, and others, as we continue to rationalize, correlate, and incorporate disparate sources of information into our products. By making this information more readily accessible to physicians, we make it easier for them to bring new, relevant information to each patient’s treatment plan. We are also developing additional applications for Interactive Cancer Explorer that we expect to launch in 2014.

Building a Cancer Knowledgebase to Improve Patient Care

The increasing availability and understanding of molecular information about cancer is driving a revolution in treating the entire class of diseases. We will seek to leverage the vast array of genomic data generated by our molecular information platform together with clinical data to position ourselves at the nucleus of this new treatment paradigm.

Our biopharmaceutical partners have already begun using our data to further refine clinical trial design and drug development. For example, at the annual meeting of ASCO in 2013, one of our biopharmaceutical partners presented both clinical and genomic data regarding a Phase 2 trial of their therapy in patients with advanced ovarian cancer that failed to meet its endpoint. Before our involvement, a minority of patients had been tested for a limited set of genomic alterations using traditional hotspot panel tests. We were subsequently engaged by the biopharmaceutical company to conduct comprehensive genomic profiling on the clinical trial patient samples. Our analysis identified a significant number of additional genomic variants that predicted response to the drug, created new hypotheses to test in upcoming Phase 3 trials, and may have increased the target population who could benefit from this therapeutic approach.

We are investing in our technology infrastructure to allow oncologists to collaborate and share response rates and other clinical information in a manner compliant with privacy laws. We have launched our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal, which we developed in consultation with Google Ventures, and through which we report test results and link to relevant scientific and medical literature and clinical trial information. We also intend to make this information accessible through mobile applications by early 2014. Over time, we will expand our capacity to capture, aggregate, analyze and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community. We are developing a data platform that efficiently captures and allows for the analysis of data that we believe will eventually create a network effect as more data is gathered which will lead to more users and ultimately more comprehensive datasets.

We believe that our molecular information platform will continue to add to the collective knowledgebase of cancer biology and clinical practice and potentially contribute to advancements in the treatment of cancer by:

 

  Ÿ  

creating additional utility for our physician customers by delivering new potentially actionable information through our Interactive Cancer Explorer portal;

 

  Ÿ  

informing patient care decisions;

 

  Ÿ  

providing molecular epidemiology for novel and known targets for target validation;

 

  Ÿ  

identifying known drug targets in novel tumor types;

 

  Ÿ  

identifying novel resistance mechanisms to targeted therapy;

 

100


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

discovering new insights into models of metastasis;

 

  Ÿ  

illuminating new cancer targets, including determining the role of genomic variants of previously unknown significance;

 

  Ÿ  

enabling combination therapy; and

 

  Ÿ  

enhancing clinical trial design.

Though we are in the early stages of data aggregation, we expect the importance of our molecular information strategy will increase with the number of our patient cases and as we augment the database with clinical data. If we, in conjunction with oncologists, pathologists, biopharmaceutical companies and academic researchers, can successfully capture and utilize this data, we believe we can continue to play an even more integral part in transforming care for the millions of patients suffering from cancer.

Operations

Composition of a FoundationOne Analysis

We perform all FoundationOne tests in our diagnostic laboratory located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. When a physician orders FoundationOne, he or she does not need to alter the standard surgical technique or tissue handling processes. The physician’s staff typically completes a FoundationOne order form (either by hand, electronically, or via electronic medical records technology), packages the specimen in a kit we provide and then ships the kit via overnight carrier. Once we receive the specimen at our laboratory and enter all pertinent information about the specimen into our clinical laboratory information management system, we prepare the specimen for testing. Each FoundationOne analysis consists of three parts: specimen preparation, sequencing, and data analysis.

Specimen Preparation

Our first step is pathology review, in which we assess the quality of the tissue sample to determine if it is suitable for testing using FoundationOne. We are able to process samples for testing using a very small amount of DNA. In general, the sample must be at least 40 microns in thickness and consist of at least 20% tumor cells. Approximately 95% of all specimens we receive meet these requirements. Almost all samples meeting our tissue requirements will allow extraction of enough high-quality DNA (50 nanograms) for FoundationOne analysis.

Following test ordering, pathology review and DNA extraction, the extracted DNA is broken down into small fragments which we then manipulate using standard and molecular biology techniques, some of which represent our trade secrets and know-how, to create a complex mixture of DNA molecules. We then separate DNA fragments from the relevant cancer genes through our proprietary hybrid capture process. After hybrid capture, we are ready to interrogate the DNA content to determine where the critical genomic alterations exist.

Sequencing

The content of each DNA molecule is determined using a process called sequencing in which sequences of DNA molecules, or nucleotides, are identified in every position of every molecule. NGS involves the massively parallel sequencing of DNA or RNA isolated from human cells that, in the context of cancer, can be applied to genes throughout the entire cancer genome. FoundationOne is able to detect genomic alterations that may be present in as low as 1% of all cells being tested. We have made substantial modifications to our process in order to maximize throughput,

 

101


Table of Contents

efficiency and quality based upon the NGS technology we currently use that is supplied by Illumina, Inc.

Data Analysis

At the end of the sequencing process we have identified the sequence of every DNA molecule in the mix and that data is entered into a sophisticated series of our proprietary computational algorithms designed to detect and identify all genomic alterations present in the cancer sample.

The first analysis looks at the quality of every sequence and discards anything below a certain quality threshold. The next step involves a careful alignment of every DNA sequence with a known reference sequence. We have validated our algorithms that perform this alignment by running tens of thousands of samples through the process, and we are continually improving our ability to perform this analysis. Once all DNA sequences are aligned against the reference, specific algorithms look for differences between the sequenced DNA and the reference. These differences represent potential genomic alterations.

Not all of the genomic alterations that are detected are responsible for driving the cancer. Therefore, we further distill the alterations to a point where we have a list of only those alterations where there is a therapy, FDA-approved drug or available clinical trial, for which the patient is eligible based on the genomic characteristics of his or her sample. A qualified computational biologist further scrutinizes identified alterations to ensure accuracy.

The last part of our process involves synthesizing the information regarding the identified alterations into actionable information. This is a multi-faceted procedure performed by a team of trained scientists that culminates in the production and review of a patient result report. This document contains information about the alterations detected and what therapeutic options may be available based on the genomic findings. It is this result report that is returned to the ordering physician who can use the data in conjunction with a clinical assessment to inform his or her treatment decisions.

A FoundationOne report is typically delivered to the physician within 14 to 17 days from our receipt of the sample.

Quality Assurance

We are committed to providing reliable and accurate molecular information to our customers. Accurate specimen identification, timely communication of results and prompt correction of errors is critical. We monitor our quality through a variety of methods, including performance improvement indicators, proficiency testing, internal and external audits, and satisfaction surveys. Any quality concerns and incidents are subject to risk assessment, root cause analysis and a corrective action plan that is reviewed monthly with department management to ensure that we are providing the best products possible to our customers. Protection of patient results from misuse and improper access is important and thus patient confidential information is limited to necessary personnel.

We have established a comprehensive quality assurance program for our laboratory designed to produce accurate and timely test results and to ensure the consistent high quality of our tests. Our quality assurance program includes policies and procedures covering personnel qualifications and training requirements, process and test validation, quality control of reagents and test processes, proficiency testing, routine monitoring, and internal audit. Quality control metrics are assessed at various points in the testing process and final disposition of patient results requires adherence to quality control metrics that meet and exceed recommendations by professional organizations and regulatory authorities. Additionally, the long-term trends in quality control metrics is reviewed monthly

 

102


Table of Contents

by management. Our quarterly internal quality assurance audits cover pre-analytic, analytic and post-analytic functions, assess improvement indicators, and sets new metrics for the following quarter. We also have an extensive, internally administered program of specimen proficiency testing to ensure that test performance is reproducible and functioning optimally.

Policies and procedures have been developed to satisfy all applicable requirements necessary for federal and state licensures and accreditation for clinical diagnostic laboratories. We follow the policies and procedures for patient and employee safety, hazardous waste disposal and fire codes stated in the general laboratory procedure manuals. We believe that all pertinent regulations of CLIA, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Environmental Protection Agency, and FDA are satisfied by following the established guidelines and procedures of our quality assurance program.

Reproducibility

Our ability to reproduce high quality results is critical to ensuring that we deliver better-informed treatment options to the greatest number of patients with cancer. We have worked to ensure the results of FoundationOne are commensurate by conducting an extensive analytical validation that robustly demonstrates test performance using both reference specimens and hundreds of routine FFPE clinical cancer specimens with results derived from prior standard diagnostic tests. In validation studies on actual clinical cancer specimens, including samples where as few as 20% of the nuclei in the specimen were derived from tumor cells, high accuracy was observed across all classes of genomic alterations, including sensitivity greater than 99% for detection of base substitutions, greater than 98% for detection of insertions and deletions, and greater than 95% for detection of copy number alterations. Our specificity is greater than 99% across all classes of alterations.

Supply Agreement

In July 2013, we entered into a five-year supply, service and support agreement, or the supply agreement, with Illumina for Illumina to provide products and services that support and can be used for the gene sequencing component of our molecular testing activities. During the term of the supply agreement, Illumina will supply us with sequencers, reagents and other consumables for use with the Illumina sequencers, and service contracts for the maintenance and repair of the sequencers.

During the term of the supply agreement, we are required to make a rolling forecast of our expected needs for reagents and other consumables, and we may place purchase orders for reagents and other consumables that conform to such forecast. Illumina may not unreasonably reject conforming purchase orders and will, in its reasonable discretion, accept additional purchase orders for quantities of reagents and other consumables beyond our forecast requirements. During each six-month period we have a binding obligation to purchase an amount of reagents and other consumables equal to the greater of a percentage of our six-month forecast and a fixed minimum amount. Subject to discounts that vary depending on the volume of hardware and reagents and other consumables ordered, the price for sequencers and for service contracts is based on Illumina list prices, and the price for reagents and other consumables is based on contract prices that are fixed for a set period of time and may increase thereafter subject to limitations. The supply agreement does not require us to order minimum amounts of hardware, or to use exclusively the Illumina platform for conducting our sequencing.

We may use equipment, reagents and other materials supplied by third parties in the operation of our business. The agreement contains customary use limitations, representations and warranties, indemnification, limitations of liability, and other provisions.

Intellectual Property

Our business relies upon proprietary technologies, methods and processes, product designs and branding that we have invented, developed or licensed. Our policy is to seek patent protection and

 

103


Table of Contents

trademark registration for commercially valuable assets we develop, as appropriate, and maintain as trade secrets other aspects of our proprietary platform, processes, and know-how.

Patents

Our patent portfolio includes pending U.S. provisional and utility applications, and strategically focused corresponding international applications filed via the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT. We will be filing foreign national or regional counterpart applications, as we deem appropriate and of commercial value, with the first such filing beginning in late June 2013. We believe our portfolio of patent applications includes applications that will protect our business in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions in which we elect to pursue and are successful in obtaining patent rights. These applications fall into three broad categories:

 

  Ÿ  

applications relating to our genomic testing procedures, including claims directed to process advances in solution hybridization, bait selection and capture, mutation calling algorithms, somatic versus germline alteration differentiation and reduction of off-target hybridization;

 

  Ÿ  

applications relating to genomic discoveries, including claims relating to novel genomic alterations correlated to various cancers and associated methods of treatment of patients harboring such genomic alterations; and

 

  Ÿ  

applications relating to genomic information delivery, including claims directed to web-mediated systems for capturing, managing, tracking and reporting genomic information and associated clinical outcome data.

A number of our patent applications that pertain to genomic alterations and associated methods of treatment provide us with potential royalty-bearing licensing opportunities. These opportunities arise primarily with companies developing or selling therapeutic products for cancer treatment. These companies may determine that the products or tests they are developing or selling require a license to the methods claimed in our patent applications.

Trade Secrets and Trademarks

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. For example, significant elements of FoundationOne, including aspects of sample preparation, computational-biological algorithms, and related processes and software, are based on unpatented trade secrets and know-how that are not publicly disclosed. We protect trade secrets and know-how by establishing confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and commercial partners. These agreements generally provide that all confidential information developed or made known during the course of an individual or entity’s relationship with us must be kept confidential during and after the relationship and that all inventions or developments resulting from work performed for us or relating to our business and conceived or completed during the period of employment or assignment, as applicable, shall be our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. We have also adopted policies and conduct training that provides guidance on our expectations, and our advice for best practices, in protecting our trade secrets.

We also seek trademark protection in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions where available and when appropriate. “Foundation Medicine” is a registered mark in the United States and other countries, and “FoundationOne” is a registered mark in several countries with registration pending in the United States.

 

104


Table of Contents

Competition

We believe there is no other commercially available comprehensive molecular information product that provides a fully informative genomic profile with characteristics similar to FoundationOne for use in the clinical setting. Our principal competition comes from existing mainstream diagnostic companies that offer single-marker or hotspot panel tests that can capture only the most common and known gene alterations and a limited set of gene rearrangements. Although these tests are unable to detect copy number alterations and often miss short insertions and deletions, in many circumstances, these are the diagnostic methods that physicians use and have used for many years. It may be difficult to change the methods or behavior of the referring physicians to incorporate FoundationOne into their practices. In addition, academic research centers and NGS platform developers are offering or developing NGS-based testing intended to be comprehensive for known cancer genes that may seek to compete with FoundationOne on the number of genes they interrogate. However, we are not aware of any of these tests having sufficient sensitivity and specificity, operational scale, or reporting elements to fit the realities of current clinical practice, including volume and quality limits of tumor samples, demands on turnaround time and ease of use.

Single-Marker and Hotspot Panel Tests

We may face competition from companies that offer products or have conducted research to profile genes and gene expression in various cancers. Personalized genetic diagnostics is a new area of science, and we cannot predict what tests others will develop that may compete with or provide results comparable or superior to the results we are able to achieve. Our competitors include laboratory companies such as Bio-Reference Laboratories, Inc., Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, as well as companies that manufacture or may manufacture diagnostic testing kits such as Abbott Laboratories, Qiagen N.V., Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. and Sequenom, Inc. These kits, which companies often include with capital equipment and reagents to local pathology laboratories, can be used directly by the physician, which can facilitate adoption. In addition, companies such as Genomic Health, Inc. and Myriad Genetics, Inc. have well-established commercial organizations that sell molecular diagnostic tests to physicians and may develop tests which compete with FoundationOne on price.

Academic Research Centers and NGS Platforms

Many hospitals and academic centers may look to internalize the type of comprehensive molecular testing we perform. Our competition may include entities such as the University of Michigan, Baylor Medical Genetics Laboratories, Washington University in St. Louis and other academic hospitals and research centers. Although these academic centers could have greater access to, and ability to drive adoption with, certain key thought leaders than we do, we expect that the competition from these academic centers will, for the most part, be restricted to their local markets.

In addition to developing kits, certain life sciences and diagnostic companies also provide NGS platforms. Illumina, Life Technologies Corporation, and other companies develop NGS platforms that are being sold directly to research centers, pharmaceutical companies and clinical laboratories. While many of the applications for these platforms are focused on the research and development markets and others are focused on testing for non-cancer conditions, each of these companies has launched and may continue to commercialize products used in the clinical oncology market. We believe diagnostic platform providers will seek to place sequencing machines in laboratories to develop LDT sequencing-based services. In addition, we believe these companies may also develop their own FDA-approved diagnostic kits, which could be sold to clients who have purchased their platforms. Many private companies are developing information technology-based tools to support the integration of NGS testing into the clinical setting. These companies could have substantially greater financial,

 

105


Table of Contents

technical and other resources than we do and may be more successful than we may be in achieving widespread market acceptance. Any tests they develop may be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than FoundationOne.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our molecular information platform enables us to offer comprehensive molecular information products that interrogate with precision the genes known to be altered in human cancer. FoundationOne is uniquely differentiated from other oncology diagnostic products because, to our knowledge, it is the first and only product to comprehensively address all solid tumors, and soon hematologic malignancies, and to deliver a clear, concise report detailing actionable treatment alternatives. We believe FoundationOne has a sustainable competitive advantage on the basis of:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to assess 236 biologically relevant cancer genes and all classes of genomic alterations with high sensitivity and specificity, unlike currently available single gene and hotspot molecular diagnostic tests, which focus only on a limited numbers of genes and a subset of genomic alteration types;

 

  Ÿ  

our proprietary optimizations allow us to utilize a wide variety of sample types, including small biopsies and fine needle aspirates, and samples with low tumor purity;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to leverage our founders’ expertise and our relationships with oncology thought leaders to keep pace with scientific and medical advances to, among other things, incorporate newly relevant cancer genes along with newly available targeted therapeutics and clinical trials;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to deliver, in a concise report, actionable information regarding the relevant genomic alterations in a patient’s cancer and to match these alterations with targeted therapies based on peer-reviewed literature in a medically relevant time frame;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to deliver complex information through the convenience and utility of our Interactive Cancer Explorer;

 

  Ÿ  

our efforts to capture, aggregate, analyze, and facilitate the broader exchange of genomic data across the global oncology community to create a network effect as more data is gathered which will lead to more users and ultimately more comprehensive datasets;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to leverage the vast array of genomic data generated by our molecular information platform together with clinical data to position ourselves at the nucleus of this new treatment paradigm; and

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to actively participate in the development of the newest oncology therapeutics and practice through our relationships with our biopharmaceutical partners.

Governmental Regulations

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 and State Regulation

As a clinical laboratory, we are required to hold certain federal and state licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. As to federal certifications, in 1988, Congress passed the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments, or CLIA, establishing quality standards for all laboratory testing to ensure the accuracy, reliability and timeliness of patient test results regardless of where the test was performed. Our laboratory is CLIA certified and accredited by the College of American Pathologists, or CAP, a CLIA approved accrediting organization. In addition, we are required to meet certain laboratory licensing requirements for states with regulations beyond CLIA . For more information on state licensing requirements, see the section entitled “Government Regulations— States’ Laboratory Testing.

 

106


Table of Contents

Under CLIA, a laboratory is any facility which performs laboratory testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease, or the impairment of, or assessment of health. CLIA also requires that we hold a certificate applicable to the type of work we perform and comply with certain standards. CLIA further regulates virtually all clinical laboratories by requiring they be certified by the federal government and comply with various operational, personnel, facilities administration, quality and proficiency requirements intended to ensure that their clinical laboratory testing services are accurate, reliable and timely. Laboratories must register and list their tests with CMS, the agency that oversees CLIA. CLIA compliance and certification is also a prerequisite to be eligible to bill for services provided to governmental payor program beneficiaries and for many private payors. CLIA is user-fee funded. Therefore, all costs of administering the program must be covered by the regulated facilities, including certification and survey costs.

We are subject to survey and inspection every two years to assess compliance with program standards, and may be subject to additional unannounced inspections. Laboratories performing high complexity testing are required to meet more stringent requirements than laboratories performing less complex tests. In addition, a laboratory like ours that is certified as “high complexity” under CLIA may develop, manufacture, validate and use proprietary tests referred to as laboratory developed tests, or LDTs. To date, the FDA has taken the position that LDTs currently do not require FDA approval; however, CLIA requires full validation including accuracy, precision, specificity, sensitivity, and establishment of a reference range for any LDT used in clinical testing.

In addition to CLIA requirements, we elect to participate in the accreditation program of CAP. CMS has deemed CAP standards to be equally or more stringent than CLIA regulations and has approved CAP as a recognized accrediting organization. Inspection by CAP is performed in lieu of CMS for accredited laboratories. Therefore, because we are accredited by the CAP Laboratory Accreditation Program, we are deemed to also comply with CLIA.

CLIA provides that a state may adopt laboratory regulations that are more stringent than those under federal law, and a number of states have implemented their own more stringent laboratory regulatory requirements. State laws may require that laboratory personnel meet certain qualifications, specify certain quality control procedures, facility requirements or prescribe record maintenance requirements.

State Laboratory Testing

Several states require the licensure of out-of-state laboratories that accept specimens from those states. For example, New York requires a laboratory to hold a permit which is issued after an on-site inspection and approval of testing methodology, and has various requirements over and above CLIA and CAP, including those for personnel qualifications, proficiency testing, physical facility, and equipment and quality control standards. Our laboratory holds the required licenses for these states which include Massachusetts, Maryland, Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Florida and California. Our laboratory is currently in the process of seeking New York State licensing, and currently operates legally under the NY non-permitted laboratory test request program.

From time to time, other states may require out of state laboratories to obtain licensure in order to accept specimens from the state. If we identify any other state with such requirements or if we are contacted by any other state advising us of such requirements, we intend to follow instructions from the state regulators as to how we should comply with such requirements.

 

107


Table of Contents

FDA

The United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, regulates the sale and distribution in interstate commerce of medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, including in vitro diagnostic devices, reagents and instruments used to perform diagnostic testing. Devices must undergo premarket review by FDA prior to commercialization unless the device is of a type exempted from such review by statute, regulation, or pursuant to FDA’s exercise of enforcement discretion. FDA, to date, has generally not exercised its authority to actively regulate the development and use of LDTs, which are tests that are designed, manufactured, validated and used within a single laboratory, and therefore we do not believe that our LDT currently requires pre-market clearance or approval. It is possible, perhaps likely, that FDA will more actively regulate LDTs, which could lead to premarket and post-market obligations. Indeed, in July 2010, FDA held a two-day public meeting on the oversight of LDTs in which the agency stated it decided to exercise authority over LDTs, but had not decided how it would exercise that authority. Since then FDA has stated its intention to address LDT regulation using a risk-based, phased-in approach stating as recently as June 2013 that it “is working to make sure that the accuracy and clinical validity of high-risks tests are established before they come to market.” FDA now is required to notify Congress at least 60 days prior to issuing a draft or final guidance regulating LDTs and provide the anticipated details of the action under section 1143 of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012. In the meantime, we maintain our CLIA accreditation, which permits the use of LDTs for diagnostic purposes.

FDA regulations pertaining to medical devices govern, among other things, the research, design, development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacture, safety, effectiveness, clearance or approval, record-keeping, packaging, labeling, storage, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing, sales, distribution and import and export of medical devices. Pursuant to the FDCA, medical devices are subject to varying degrees of regulatory control and are classified in one of three classes depending on the controls FDA determines necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness.

Class I devices are those for which reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness can be provided by adherence to FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include applicable portions of FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising and promotional materials. Many Class I devices are exempt from premarket regulation; however, some Class I devices require premarket clearance by FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below.

Class II devices are subject to FDA’s general controls, and any other special controls, such as performance standards, postmarket surveillance, and FDA guidelines, deemed necessary by FDA to provide reasonable assurance of the devices’ safety and effectiveness. Premarket review and clearance by FDA for Class II devices are accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification procedure, although some Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirements. Premarket notifications are subject to user fees, unless a specific exemption applies. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, which is a previously cleared 510(k) device or a preamendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, for which FDA has not yet called for the submission of a premarket approval, or PMA, application. In determining substantial equivalence, FDA assesses whether the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or different technological characteristics but the information submitted in the premarket notification demonstrates the device is as safe and effective as a legally marketed device and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than the predicate device. FDA may request additional information, including clinical

 

108


Table of Contents

data. Under the FDCA, a manufacturer submits a premarket notification 90 days before introducing a device into interstate commerce, but FDA’s review of the premarket notification can take significantly longer. If FDA determines that the device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device(s), the subject device may be marketed. However, if FDA makes a not substantially equivalent determination, then the device would be regulated as a Class III device, discussed below. If a manufacturer obtains a 510(k) clearance for its device and then makes a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness, a new premarket notification must be submitted to FDA.

Class III devices are deemed by FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as those for which reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness cannot be assured solely by the general controls and special controls described above and that are life-sustaining or life-supporting. Some preamendment Class III devices for which FDA has not yet required a PMA require FDA’s clearance of a premarket notification in order to be marketed. However, most Class III devices are required to undergo the PMA process in which the manufacturer must demonstrate reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device to FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence, typically extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. PMA applications (and supplemental PMA applications) are subject to significantly higher user fees than are 510(k) premarket notifications. Some PMA applications are exempt from a user fee, for example a small business’s first PMA.

After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. FDA also may convene an advisory panel of outside experts to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR. FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons.

If the FDA’s evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, FDA will either issue an approval letter authorizing commercial marketing or an approvable letter that usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval. If the FDA’s evaluations are not favorable, FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The agency may determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed while the trials are conducted and the data acquired are submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Even with additional trials, FDA may not approve the PMA application. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and nonclinical data and the submission to and review by FDA, can take several years, and the process can be expensive and uncertain.

Even if FDA approves a PMA, the agency can impose post approval conditions that it believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution. After approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement may be required for a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process.

A clinical trial may be required in support of a 510(k) submission and generally is required for a PMA application. These trials generally require an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, approved by FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is exempt from IDE requirements or deemed a non-significant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. Clinical trials may begin 30 days after the submission of the IDE application unless FDA disapproves the IDE or places the trial on clinical hold. Additionally, clinical trials may not begin until their protocol

 

109


Table of Contents

and informed consent receive approval from the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical trial sites. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations.

Even if regulatory approval or clearance of a device is granted, FDA may impose limitations on the uses and indications for which the device may be labeled and promoted, and the device remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must register their facilities and list their devices with FDA. A device manufacturer’s manufacturing processes and those of some of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which covers quality management, design, production and process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, shipping, and complaint handling. Device manufacturers must submit to the FDA medical device reports for deaths, serious injuries, and certain malfunctions and report certain field corrections and product recalls or removals. Some manufacturers also may be subject to post-market surveillance regulations. Facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by FDA.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: public warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, delays in or denial of 510(k) clearance or PMA applications for new products, challenges to existing 510(k) clearances or PMA applications, and a recommendation by FDA to disallow a device manufacturer from entering into government contracts. FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any device manufactured or distributed. In the event that a supplier fails to maintain compliance with a device manufacturer’s quality requirements, the manufacturer may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result.

We believe that our LDT would likely be regulated as either a Class II or Class III device. Accordingly, some level of premarket review—either a 510(k) or a PMA—would likely be required for our test if FDA no longer applies its enforcement discretion to LDTs. While the data requirements are typically greater for Class III devices, the data required for Class II devices has increased, and it is likely that some amount of clinical data (retrospective or prospective or both) would be required for either type of submission. Currently, FDA is undertaking a review of the adequacy of the 510(k) process. It is difficult to predict what changes may result, but it should be assumed that any changes will increase, not decrease, the regulatory requirements. We cannot assure you that our product and future products will not require 510(k) clearance or PMA approval in the future, or, in such an event, that such approval or clearance would be forthcoming.

HIPAA and HITECH

Under the administrative simplification provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, the United States Department of Health and Human Services issued regulations that establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protecting the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by health care providers and other covered entities. Three principal regulations with which we are required to comply have been issued in final form under HIPAA: privacy regulations, security regulations, and standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common health care transactions.

The privacy regulations cover the use and disclosure of protected health information by health care providers. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her

 

110


Table of Contents

protected health information maintained by a health care provider, including the right to access or amend certain records containing protected health information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of protected health information. The security regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of protected health information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. The HITECH Act, among other things, established certain health information security breach notification requirements. A covered entity must notify any individual whose protected health information is breached. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not supersede state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records containing protected health information. Massachusetts, for example, has a state law that protects the privacy of personal information of Massachusetts residents.

These laws contain significant fines and other penalties for wrongful use or disclosure of protected health information. Additionally, to the extent that we submit electronic health care claims and payment transactions that do not comply with the electronic data transmission standards established under HIPAA and HITECH, payments to us may be delayed or denied.

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse Laws

In the United States, there are various fraud and abuse laws with which we must comply and we are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities, including CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. We also may be subject to foreign fraud and abuse laws.

In the United States, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for patient referrals for, or purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of, any health care item or service reimbursable under a governmental payor program. Courts have stated that a financial arrangement may violate the Anti-Kickback Statute if any one purpose of the arrangement is to encourage patient referrals or other federal health care program business, regardless of whether there are other legitimate purposes for the arrangement. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including gifts, discounts, credit arrangements, payments of cash, consulting fees, waivers of co-payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the health care industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued a series of regulatory “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions, which, if met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti- Kickback Statute. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued. Penalties for federal anti-kickback violations are severe, and include imprisonment, criminal fines, civil money penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal health care programs. Many states also have anti-kickback statutes, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

Legislation defining two new federal crimes related to health care were recently enacted: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The health care fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from governmental payor programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The false statements

 

111


Table of Contents

statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from governmental payor programs.

Finally, another development affecting the health care industry is the increased enforcement of the federal False Claims Act and, in particular, actions brought pursuant to the False Claims Act’s “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal governmental payor program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government by submitting a false claim to the federal government and permit such individuals to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim.

In addition, various states have enacted false claim laws analogous to the federal False Claims Act, although many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a governmental payor program.

In Europe various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences, in the form of criminal penalties and/or significant fines, for individuals and/or companies committing a bribery offence. Violations of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation. For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the new Bribery Act 2010, which went into effect in July 2011, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or reward another individual to improperly perform certain functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials also falls within the scope of the Bribery Act 2010. Under the new regime, an individual found in violation of the Bribery Act of 2010, faces imprisonment of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

Physician Referral Prohibitions

Under a federal law directed at “self-referral,” commonly known as the “Stark Law,” there are prohibitions, with certain exceptions, on referrals for certain designated health services, including laboratory services, that are covered by the Medicare and Medicaid programs by physicians who personally, or through a family member, have an investment or ownership interest in, or a compensation arrangement with, an entity performing the tests. The prohibition also extends to payment for any testing referred in violation of the Stark Law. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s referral prohibition may be fined up to $100,000 for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a claim to the Medicare or Medicaid programs in violation of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per bill submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed and possible exclusion from participation in federal governmental payor programs. Bills submitted in violation of the Stark Law may not be paid by Medicare or Medicaid, and any person collecting any amounts with respect to any such prohibited bill is obligated to refund such amounts. Many states have comparable laws that are not limited to Medicare and Medicaid referrals.

 

112


Table of Contents

Corporate Practice of Medicine

Numerous states have enacted laws prohibiting business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine and employing or engaging physicians to practice medicine, generally referred to as the prohibition against the corporate practice of medicine. These laws are designed to prevent interference in the medical decision-making process by anyone who is not a licensed physician. For example, California’s Medical Board has indicated that determining what diagnostic tests are appropriate for a particular condition and taking responsibility for the ultimate overall care of the patient, including providing treatment options available to the patient, would constitute the unlicensed practice of medicine if performed by an unlicensed person. Violation of these corporate practice of medicine laws may result in civil or criminal fines, as well as sanctions imposed against us and/or the professional through licensure proceedings. Typically such laws are only applicable to entities that have a physical presence in the state.

Other Regulatory Requirements

Our laboratory is subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the handling and disposal of regulated medical waste, hazardous waste and biohazardous waste, including chemical, biological agents and compounds, blood and bone marrow samples and other human tissue. Typically, we use outside vendors who are contractually obligated to comply with applicable laws and regulations to dispose of such waste. These vendors are licensed or otherwise qualified to handle and dispose of such waste.

The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for health care employers, including requirements to develop and implement programs to protect workers from exposure to blood-borne pathogens by preventing or minimizing any exposure through needle stick or similar penetrating injuries.

Segment and Geographical Information

We operate in one reportable business segment and derive revenue from multiple countries, with 100%, 89.1%, and 84.8% coming from the United States in fiscal years 2011 and 2012, and during the three months end March 31, 2013, respectively.

In January 2011, we announced a pilot alliance with Novartis as our first biopharmaceutical relationship. This alliance has continued to expand and Novartis has accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Employees

As of May 31, 2013, we had 118 full-time employees, with 98 in technology, research and development, business development and laboratory and commercial operations, and 20 in general and administrative functions. We had 101 full-time employees in our Cambridge, Massachusetts facilities, and 17 of our full-time employees work remotely. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us.

Facilities

In March 2010, we entered into a lease effective through October 2015 for approximately 22,500 square feet of space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Our CLIA laboratory is currently located at this

 

113


Table of Contents

facility. In March 2013, we entered into a new lease effective through 2021 for approximately 61,591 square feet of space in a new facility in Cambridge, Massachusetts. We expect to transition our principal executive office, all of our employees, and CLIA laboratory to this new facility in September 2013. We believe these facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 64% increase was primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in employee and contractor-related expenses, including stock-based compensation, to support our molecular information platform and product development, a $1.9 million increase in expenses related to clinical trials to evaluate the clinical utility of FoundationOne, a $1.5 million increase in technology expenses related to data management, FoundationOne report design and functionality, and customer interface development, and a $0.3 million increase in lab supplies to support product development.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We have received, and may in the future continue to receive, letters from third parties inviting us to take licenses under, or alleging that we infringe, their patents. While to date no such notice has ever led to a lawsuit, or a license, future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of July 29, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive officers:

     

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

     47       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven J. Kafka, Ph.D.

     43       Chief Operating Officer

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D.

     46       Chief Commercial Officer and Senior Vice President

Robert W. Hesslein, J.D.

     60       Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Jason Ryan

     39       Vice President, Finance

Non-management directors:

     

Alexis Borisy

     41       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Brook Byers

     67       Director

Evan Jones

     56       Director

Mark Levin

     63       Director

David Schenkein, M.D.

     56       Director

Krishna Yeshwant, M.D.

     35       Director

 

(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Michael J. Pellini, M.D. , has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since May 2011. Dr. Pellini joined us from Clarient, Inc., or Clarient, a General Electric Healthcare Company, where he held the position of president and chief operating officer from April 2008 to April 2011 and served on its board of directors from May 2007 to April 2009. Dr. Pellini served as vice president, life sciences at Safeguard Scientifics, Inc. (NYSE: SFE), a private equity and venture capital firm specializing in expansion financings, growth capital, management buyouts, recapitalizations, industry consolidations, corporate spinouts, growth stage, and early stage financings, from March 2007 to April 2008 and, as part of this role, was detailed to Clarient beginning in July 2007. Dr. Pellini received a B.A. from Boston College, an M.B.A. from Drexel University and an M.D. from Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University. Dr. Pellini’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive leadership, executive, managerial, business, and diagnostic company experience, along with his years of industry experience in the development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products.

Steven J. Kafka, Ph.D. , joined us in January 2013 and serves as our Chief Operating Officer. Dr. Kafka was previously chief operating officer and chief financial officer at Aileron Therapeutics Inc., or Aileron, a biopharmaceutical company based in Cambridge, Massachusetts from September 2009 to October 2012. Before Aileron, from September 2006 to September 2009, Dr. Kafka was vice president of finance at Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: INFI), a drug discovery and development company. Dr. Kafka earned his B.A. with Distinction and Honors from Stanford University and his Ph.D. from Harvard University.

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D. , joined us in June 2011 and serves as our Chief Commercial Officer and Senior Vice President, International Strategy. Prior to joining Foundation, he served as president of

 

115


Table of Contents

Enzo Clinical Labs, Inc., or Enzo, a full service clinical reference laboratory, from March 2009 to June 2011. Before his employment at Enzo, he was the chief executive officer of BioServe Biotechnologies, Ltd., a global biotechnology company specializing in processing genetic diagnostic tests from 2007 to February 2009. From 2006 to 2007, he was the interim chief executive officer of Parkway Clinical Laboratories Inc., a clinical diagnostic lab providing comprehensive routine and esoteric testing. Dr. Krenitsky received a B.S. in business management from the University of Scranton and an M.D. from Jefferson Medical College.

Robert W. Hesslein, J.D. , has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since May 2012. Mr. Hesslein was previously senior vice president and deputy general counsel at Genzyme Corporation, or Genzyme, a biotechnology company based in Cambridge, Massachusetts, which is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sanofi (NYSE: SNY), from 1996 to 2012. Before Genzyme, from 1990 to 1996, Mr. Hesslein was a second vice president and counsel at The New England, a mutual life insurance corporation. From 1978 to 1990, Mr. Hesslein was an associate and subsequently a partner at Csaplar & Bok, a Boston law firm. Mr. Hesslein earned his B.A. with Honors from Yale University and his J.D. from The Cornell Law School.

Jason Ryan has served as our Vice President, Finance since March 2012. He previously served as our Senior Director, Finance from May 2011 to March 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ryan led the finance and strategic planning functions of Taligen Therapeutics, Inc., which was acquired by Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ALXN), from May 2009 to April 2011, Codon Devices Inc. from May 2007 to May 2009, and Genomics Collaborative, Inc., which was acquired by SeraCare Life Sciences, Inc. (NASDAQ: SRLS), from September 1998 to September 2004. He began his career at Deloitte & Touche. Mr. Ryan holds a B.S. in economics from Bates College and an M.B.A. from Babson College, and earned a C.P.A. in Massachusetts.

Non-Management Directors

Alexis Borisy has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009 and Chairman since 2011. He co-founded Foundation in 2009 and served as our interim Chief Executive Officer through May 2011. Since 2009, Mr. Borisy has been a partner at Third Rock Ventures, a life sciences venture capital firm focused on the formation, development and strategy of new companies. In addition, since earlier this year, Mr. Borisy has served as chairman of Warp Drive Bio, LLC, a life sciences company focusing on genomics where he served as chief executive officer from 2011 to 2013. From 2007 through 2012, Mr. Borisy served as chairman a FORMA Therapeutics, Inc., a life science company focused on targeting cancers for treatment. In 2000, Mr. Borisy founded CombinatoRx, Inc. (now Zalicus Inc. (NASDAQ: ZLCS)), a drug development company, and served as its chief executive officer and on its board of directors from 2000 to 2009. Mr. Borisy holds an A.B. in chemistry from the University of Chicago, and an A.M. from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Borisy’s detailed knowledge of our company and long tenure with us, having served as one of our founders, along with his experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Brook Byers has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Mr. Byers has been a venture capital investor since 1972 and is a managing partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. He has been closely involved with more than 50 new technology-based ventures, many of which have already become public companies. He formed the first life sciences practice group in the venture capital profession at Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers in 1984. Mr. Byers served on the board of directors of Genomic Health, Inc. (NASDAQ: GHDX) from 2001 to 2011 and serves on the board of directors of Pacific Biosciences of California, Inc. (NASDAQ: PACB). Mr. Byers holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Byers possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our

 

116


Table of Contents

Board of Directors, including his experience with growing multiple companies in the life sciences industry and his leadership in personalized medicine initiatives.

Evan Jones has served as a member of our board of directors since 2013. Since 2007, Mr. Jones has served as managing member of jVen Capital, LLC, a life sciences investment company. He also serves as executive chairman of OpGen, Inc., a privately held genetic analysis company. Previously, he co-founded Digene Corporation, or Digene, a publicly traded biotechnology company focused on women’s health and molecular diagnostic testing that was sold to Qiagen N.V. (NASDAQ: QGEN) in 2007. He served as chairman of Digene’s board of directors from 1995 to 2007, as Digene’s chief executive officer from 1990 to 2006, and as Digene’s president from 1990 to 1999. Mr. Jones has served as a member of the board of directors of CAS Medical Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: CASM), a developer of patient vital signs monitoring products and technologies, since June 2008, and Fluidigm Corporation (NASDAQ: FLDM), a technology company that develops, manufactures and markets microfluidic systems in the life science and agricultural biotechnology industries, since March 2011. Mr. Jones received a B.A. from the University of Colorado and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Jones’ qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the molecular diagnostic testing industry, including as chief executive officer of a public company focused on molecular diagnostic testing, as well as his service as a board member with other public and private companies.

Mark Levin has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Levin currently serves as a partner at Third Rock Ventures, a life sciences venture capital firm focused on the formation, development and strategy of new companies, which he co-founded in 2007. Mr. Levin served as founding chief executive officer of Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1993 to 2005. Mr. Levin was co-founder of the life sciences effort of the Mayfield Fund, a global venture capital firm, where he was also the founding chief executive officer of Cell Genesys, Inc. from 1989 to 1991, Tularik Inc. from 1991 to 1992, Focal, Inc. from 1992 to 1993, and StemCells, Inc. (NASDAQ: STEM) from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Levin started his career as a process engineer and project leader at Eli Lilly and Company (NASDAQ: LLY) and Genentech, Inc. Mr. Levin holds both a B.S. and M.S. in chemical and biomedical engineering from Washington University. We believe Mr. Levin’s experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

David Schenkein, M.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Dr. Schenkein currently serves as the chief executive officer of Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Agios, a biopharmaceutical company, a position he has held since August 2009. Prior to joining Agios, Dr. Schenkein was the senior vice president, clinical hematology/oncology at Genentech, Inc., or Genentech, where he was responsible for leading the medical and scientific strategies for their bio-oncology portfolio. Prior to joining Genentech, Dr. Schenkein spent 17 years in academic and clinical medicine as an attending physician in hematology/oncology at the Tufts-New England Medical Center, where he was an associate professor and held the position of director of the cancer center. Dr. Schenkein holds a B.A. in chemistry from Wesleyan University and an M.D. from the State University of New York Upstate Medical School. We believe Dr. Schenkein’s medical experience as an oncologist and extensive background in the biotechnology industry, including his roles at Agios and Genentech, provide a critical contribution to our board of directors.

Krishna Yeshwant, M.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Dr. Yeshwant currently serves as a partner at Google Ventures, a venture-capital fund. Dr. Yeshwant has been working with Google Ventures since June 2008. Before joining Google Ventures, in 1996 he founded Stanford Students Consulting, an electronic data interchange company that was acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company (NYSE: HPQ) in 2000. In 2000, he founded Recourse Technologies, Inc., a network security company that was acquired by Symantec Corporation (NASDAQ: SYMC) in 2002.

 

117


Table of Contents

Since 2009, Dr. Yeshwant has also been employed by Partners Healthcare, a not-for-profit health care system, as an Internal Medicine physician at Brigham and Women’s Hospital. Dr. Yeshwant has a B.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University, an M.D. from Harvard Medical School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Dr. Yeshwant’s medical experience as a physician and experience working with and serving on the boards of directors of life sciences companies and his experience working in the venture capital industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Founding Advisors

We leverage the expertise of our founding advisors to help us build and guide the deployment of our molecular information platform. Our founding advisors are world leaders in the fields of cancer genomics, cancer biology, clinical oncology, and information sciences, and consist of: Eric Lander, Ph.D., who serves as the Founding Director of the Broad Institute, Professor of Biology at Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Professor of Systems Biology at Harvard Medical School and was a key leader of the Human Genome Project; Todd Golub, M.D., who is a founding member of the Broad Institute, serving as Director of its Cancer Program and Chief Scientific Officer, as well as the Charles A. Dana Investigator in Human Cancer Genetics at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, an investigator at Howard Hughes Medical Institute and Professor of Pediatrics at Harvard Medical School; Levi Garraway, M.D., Ph.D., who is an Associate Professor of Medicine in the Department of Medical Oncology at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, as well as a faculty member of Dana-Farber’s Center for Cancer Genome Discovery and a Senior Associate Member of the Broad Institute; and Matthew Meyerson, M.D., Ph.D., who serves as Professor of Pathology at Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Harvard Medical School, Director of the Center for Cancer Genome Discovery at Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and a Senior Associate Member of the Broad Institute. We intend to continue to leverage the expertise of our founding advisors by seeking their counsel on important topics across a range of key disciplines relevant to our medical and scientific expertise, our molecular information platform and our business strategy.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, all of whom were elected pursuant to the board composition provisions of our stockholders’ voting agreement. These board composition provisions will terminate immediately prior to the closing of this offering, upon which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and governance committee and board of directors may thereafter consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees, which may include but is not limited to diversity considerations such as race, gender, or national origin. We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and governance committee’s and board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy, and the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares entitled to vote in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director Independence.     Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Dr. Pellini and Mr. Borisy, are independent, as determined in accordance with the rules

 

118


Table of Contents

of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In making such independence determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of its committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Staggered Board.     In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class I directors will be                    ;

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class II directors will be                    ; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our Class III directors will be                    .

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one third of the board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The positions of our Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer are presently separated. Separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer must devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our Chairman, particularly as the board of directors’ oversight responsibilities continue to grow. Our board of directors also believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the non-management directors in the oversight of our company and active participation of the independent directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of our board of directors. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected its leadership structure. Although our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will not require our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions to be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time.

Our board of directors oversees the management of risks inherent in the operation of our business and the implementation of our business strategies. Our board of directors performs this oversight role by using several different levels of review. In connection with its reviews of the operations and corporate functions of our company, our board of directors addresses the primary risks

 

119


Table of Contents

associated with those operations and corporate functions. In addition, our board of directors reviews the risks associated with our company’s business strategies periodically throughout the year as part of its consideration of undertaking any such business strategies.

Each of our board committees also oversees the management of our risk that falls within the committee’s areas of responsibility. In performing this function, each committee has full access to management, as well as the ability to engage advisors. Our Vice President, Finance reports to the audit committee and is responsible for identifying, evaluating and implementing risk management controls and methodologies to address any identified risks. In connection with its risk management role, our audit committee meets privately with representatives from our independent registered public accounting firm, and privately with our Vice President, Finance. The audit committee oversees the operation of our risk management program, including the identification of the primary risks associated with our business and periodic updates to such risks, and reports to our board of directors regarding these activities.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. The composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and regulations.

Audit Committee

                    currently serve on the audit committee, which is chaired by                    . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee is “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Our board of directors has designated                    as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the internal audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending, based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

120


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

                    currently serve on the compensation committee, which is chaired by                . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is “independent” as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation philosophy and policy;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating and assessing potential current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules;

 

  Ÿ  

retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with our board of directors corporate succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer and other key officers.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

                    currently serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which is chaired by                     . Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to our board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

121


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may establish other committees from time to time.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the completion of this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.foundationmedicine.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

Limitation of Liability

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, or controlling persons, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

122


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Overview

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and corporate goals. To date, the compensation of Michael J. Pellini, M.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, and the other executive officers identified below in the summary compensation table, who we refer to as the named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of restricted common stock and stock options. Our executive officers and all salaried employees are also eligible to receive health and welfare benefits.

As we transition from a private company to a publicly-traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant if and when determined by the compensation committee. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our compensation philosophy when considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table—2012

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our chief executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year for services rendered in all capacities to us for the year ended December 31, 2012. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2012.

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
awards

($)(1)
    Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.,

    2012        395,000        130,157        158,000        60,713 (2)       743,870   
President and Chief Executive Officer            

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D.,

    2012        330,000        13,232        102,800               446,032   
Chief Commercial Officer & Senior Vice President, International Strategy            

Robert W. Hesslein, J.D.

    2012        178,461        107,510        70,000               355,971   
Senior Vice President and General Counsel (3)            

 

(1)

Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of option awards granted in 2012 in accordance with Accounting Standards Codifcation Topic 718. For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards, see note 2 to our financial statements and the discussion under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Application of Critical Accounting Policies—Stock-Based Compensation” included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the named executive officers.

 

123


Table of Contents
(2) Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Dr. Pellini is entitled to living expense assistance in connection with his commuting to our principal executive offices in Cambridge, Massachusetts. This amount represents (i) an aggregate of $43,273 for reimbursed expenses for airline travel between Dr. Pellini’s principal residence and Boston, and reimbursed expenses for parking, transportation and related travel incidentals, and (ii) for one-third of the aggregate costs related to a corporate apartment in Cambridge, Massachusetts utilized by Dr. Pellini and two other executives.
(3) Mr. Hesslein joined us in May 2012. Amount shown represents the compensation earned by Mr. Hesslein during 2012 from and after his May 29, 2012 start date.

Employment Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of the named executive officers. These employment agreements provide for “at will” employment.

Michael J. Pellini, M.D . On March 14, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Pellini for the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Pellini currently receives a base salary of $406,850, which is subject to review and adjustment in accordance with our corporate policy. Dr. Pellini is also eligible for an annual discretionary bonus with a target amount of up to 40% of his base salary, payable at the discretion of the compensation committee. The amount of such bonus will be determined annually based upon individual and/or our achievement of certain measurable goals established by the compensation committee after discussion with Dr. Pellini. Dr. Pellini is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our executive employees, subject to the terms of those plans. Mr. Pellini is entitled to living expense assistance in connection with his commuting to our principal executive offices in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Under the agreement, we agreed to make an equity award to Dr. Pellini in the form of an option to purchase 2,200,000 shares of our common stock. This amount represented 5.5% of our shares on a fully-diluted basis. We agreed to grant Dr. Pellini an option to purchase additional shares to maintain his 5.5% ownership if we increased the size of our Series A financing on or prior to March 14, 2012. Following the closing of the second tranche of our Series A financing, we granted Dr. Pellini an additional option to purchase 592,634 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to the agreement, both the initial and subsequent option grants are subject to the following terms: 25% of the two stock options will immediately vest upon the closing of this offering and, upon any later change of control, 100% of the then unvested portion of the two stock options will immediately vest. For purposes of payments made, benefits provided or equity awards accelerated that would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue of Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Dr. Pellini’s agreement provides that we will make a “gross-up” payment in an amount equal to 100% of the applicable excise tax with regard to such payments.

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D . On March 7, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Krenitsky for the position of Chief Commercial Officer & Senior Vice President, International Strategy. Dr. Krenitsky currently receives a base salary of $338,350, which is subject to review and adjustment at the discretion of the compensation committee. Dr. Krenitsky is also eligible for an annual discretionary bonus with a target amount of up to 35% of his base salary, payable at the discretion of the compensation committee based on its assessment of our performance and Dr. Krenitsky’s performance against goals established by the compensation committee. Dr. Krenitsky is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our full-time employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Robert W. Hesslein, J.D . On March 7, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hesslein for the position of Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Hesslein currently receives a base salary of $309,000, which is subject to review and adjustment at the discretion of the compensation committee. Mr. Hesslein is also eligible for an annual discretionary bonus with a target

 

124


Table of Contents

amount of up to 35% of his base salary, payable at the discretion of the compensation committee based on its assessment of our performance and Mr. Hesslein’s performance against goals established by the compensation committee. Mr. Hesslein is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our full-time employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

The employment agreements with Drs. Pellini and Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein provide for certain payments and benefits in the event of an involuntary termination of employment. In addition, each of Drs. Pellini and Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein are entitled to accelerated vesting of certain outstanding and unvested equity awards held by them in certain circumstances. The information below describes certain compensation and equity acceleration that may become payable as a result of certain events. These payments and benefits are in addition to benefits available generally to salaried employees, including distributions under our 401(k) plan, accrued benefits under our health and welfare plans and arrangements, and accrued vacation pay. Outstanding equity awards for the named executive officers as of December 31, 2012 are set forth under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table—2012.”

Involuntary Termination of Employment and Change of Control

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Dr. Pellini is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in the event his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement) or he terminates his employment with “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement). Pursuant to his employment agreement, each of Dr. Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein is eligible to receive certain payments and benefits in the event his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the pertinent employment agreement) or in the event that, following a deemed liquidation event or a change of control resulting in the payment of proceeds to our stockholders (a “change of control”), he terminates his employment with “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreements).

Dr. Pellini is eligible to receive 12 months of base salary continuation, pro-rated target bonus and 12 months of COBRA continuation medical benefits paid by us in the event of a termination by us without cause or by Dr. Pellini for good reason, provided that he executes and does not revoke a release agreement. In addition, the options and restricted stock held by Dr. Pellini that would have become vested in the 12-month period following termination of employment would become vested. Each of Dr. Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein is eligible to receive nine months of base salary continuation (but subject to offset by compensation earned during the severance period) and up to nine months of COBRA continuation medical benefits subsidized by us in the event of a termination by us without cause or, following a change of control, by the officer for good reason, provided that he executes, not revokes and fully complies with a separation agreement that includes a general release of us and our affiliates.

In addition to the previously described severance provisions, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement and the option award agreements with Dr. Pellini, in the event of a change in control, 100% of the unvested portion of his options would immediately become vested. Pursuant to the employment agreements with Dr. Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein, in the event of a termination by us without cause, or by the officer for good reason, in each case following a change in control, 100% of the unvested portion of each of their options would immediately become vested.

Definitions

For purposes of the employment agreement with Dr. Pellini, “cause” means:

 

  Ÿ  

conviction of a felony;

 

125


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

willful failure to substantially perform (other than by reason of disability) Dr. Pellini’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in, or determined in accordance with, the employment agreement that results in material harm to us, which failure continues, or which harm remains unremedied, after 10 days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such failure;

 

  Ÿ  

material breach of Dr. Pellini’s employment agreement that results in material harm to us, which breach continues or remains uncured after 10 days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or

 

  Ÿ  

material fraudulent conduct by Dr. Pellini with respect to us.

For purposes of the employment agreement with Dr. Pellini, “good reason” means:

 

  Ÿ  

a material diminution in Dr. Pellini’s responsibilities, authority or duties as President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

a material diminution in Dr. Pellini’s base salary, except for across-the-board salary reductions based on our financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all of our senior management employees; or

 

  Ÿ  

a material breach by us of Dr. Pellini’s employment agreement or any of the agreements he has with us relating to his options or other types of our equity.

For purposes of the employment agreements with each of Dr. Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein, “cause” means:

 

  Ÿ  

conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving (A) fraud or embezzlement, or (B) any felony;

 

  Ÿ  

willful failure to perform (other than by reason of disability), or gross negligence in the performance of, the officer’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in his job description;

 

  Ÿ  

material breach by the officer of any provision of his employment agreement or any of the other agreements he has with us, which breach continues or remains uncured after 30 days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or

 

  Ÿ  

material fraudulent conduct by the officer with respect to us.

For purposes of the employment agreements with each of Dr. Krenitsky and Mr. Hesslein, “good reason” means:

 

  Ÿ  

for purposes of Dr. Krenitsky, a change in title, responsibility and authority to a position less than his title, responsibility and authority as of the effective date of the change in control (by reference to his title, responsibility and authority within his business unit following a change in control, and not necessarily us as a whole), and for purposes of Mr. Hesslein, a material diminution in responsibilities, authority, duties or base salary;

 

  Ÿ  

the officer’s work location is located more than 50 miles from the office location at which the officer was working as of the effective date of the change in control; or

 

  Ÿ  

a material breach by us of his employment agreement, his option agreements or any of the agreements he has with us relating to his employment, which breach continues or remains uncured after 30 days’ notice from the officer setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach.

 

126


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table—2012

The following table summarizes, for each of the named executive officers, the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options held as of December 31, 2012.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Option
exercise
price ($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
Shares
That Have
Not Vested

(#)
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(1)

($)
 

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

                                1,375,000 (2)   
    222,238        370,396 (3)      0.21        1/10/2022                 
           390,995 (4)      0.21        3/27/2022                 

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D.

                                343,750 (5)   
    18,750        81,250 (6)      0.21        3/27/2022                 

Robert W. Hesslein, J.D.

                                316,500 (7)   

 

(1) There was no public market for our common stock at December 31, 2012. We have estimated the market value of the unvested stock awards based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus.
(2) On May 9, 2011, Dr. Pellini was granted an option for 2,200,000 shares of our common stock, 25% of such option to vest on May 9, 2012, and the remaining unvested shares to vest in equal quarterly installments through May 9, 2015. Pursuant to the terms of his option agreement, Dr. Pellini early exercised his option on May 12, 2011. Pursuant to the terms of Dr. Pellini’s corresponding restricted stock agreement, the remaining unvested shares will vest in equal quarterly installments through May 9, 2015. Vesting of 25% of the restricted shares subject to the agreement accelerates in connection with an IPO and the remaining shares accelerate in connection with an acquisition event.
(3) Represents options to purchase shares of our common stock granted on January 11, 2012. The shares underlying these options vest as follows: 25% vest on May 9, 2012, with the remainder of the shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through May 9, 2015. Vesting of 25% of the unvested options accelerate in connection with an IPO and the remaining then unvested options will accelerate in connection with an acquisition event.
(4) Represents options to purchase shares of our common stock granted on March 27, 2012. The shares underlying these options vest as follows: 25% vest on March 27, 2013, with the remainder of the shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the following three years through March 27, 2016.
(5) On June 15, 2011, Dr. Krenitsky was granted an option for 550,000 shares of our common stock, 25% of such option to vest on May 31, 2012, and the remaining unvested shares to vest in equal quarterly installments through May 31, 2015. Pursuant to the terms of his option agreement, Dr. Krenitsky early exercised his option on August 4, 2011. Under the terms of Dr. Krenitsky’s corresponding restricted stock agreement, the remaining unvested shares will vest in equal quarterly installments through May 31, 2015.
(6) Represents options to purchase shares of our common stock granted on March 27, 2012. The shares underlying these options vest in equal quarterly installments over four years through March 27, 2016.
(7) On June 2, 2012, Mr. Hesslein was granted an option for 316,500 shares of our common stock, 25% of such option to vest on May 29, 2013, and the remaining unvested shares to vest in equal quarterly installments through May 29, 2016. Pursuant to the terms of his option agreement, Mr. Hesslein early exercised his option on June 5, 2012. Under the terms of Mr. Hesslein’s corresponding restricted stock agreement, 25% of the shares vested on May 29, 2013 and the remaining unvested shares will vest in equal quarterly installments through May 29, 2016.

 

127


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a member of our board of directors during 2012, other than Dr. Pellini. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2012. Dr. Pellini, who is also our Chief Executive Officer, receives no compensation for his service as a director, and, consequently, is not included in this table. The compensation received by Dr. Pellini as our Chief Executive Officer during 2012 is presented in “Summary Compensation Table—2012.” Mr. Jones, a current member of the Board, was elected in 2013 and is not included in the following table.

In 2012, we did not maintain any standard fee arrangements for the non-employee members of our board of directors for their service as a director. We intend to put in place a formal director compensation policy for all of our non-employee directors prior to the completion of this offering.

Director Compensation Table—2012

 

Director name

   Fees earned or
paid in  cash
($)
    Option awards
($)
     All other
compensation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Alexis Borisy

                              

Brook Byers

                              

Mark Levin

                              

David Schenkein, M.D.

   $ 35,000 (1)                     $ 35,000 (1)  

Krishna Yeshwant, M.D.

                              

 

(1) Dr. Schenkein received payments for service as a director pursuant to a board service agreement.

Compensation Risk Assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to recognize and support both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee Share Plans

Share Options

The two equity incentive plans described in this section are the Foundation Medicine, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, and the Foundation Medicine, Inc. 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2013 Plan. Prior to this offering, we granted awards to eligible participants under the 2010 Plan. Following the closing of this offering, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants only under the 2013 Plan. In addition, our Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, which will be used following completion of this offering, is described below.

 

128


Table of Contents

2010 Plan

The 2010 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on March 29, 2010 and was most recently amended on March 7, 2013. Under the 2010 Plan, 16,930,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards.

The shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2010 Plan are authorized but unissued shares. The shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, repurchased terminated, surrendered or cancelled without having been exercised are available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. Shares tendered by a participant to exercise options are also added to the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

The 2010 Plan is administered by our board of directors, which has full power to select the employees, prospective employees, directors and service providers to whom awards will be granted and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan.

The option exercise price of each option granted under the 2010 Plan is determined by our board of directors and may not to be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option is fixed by the board of directors. The board of directors determines at what time or times each option may be exercised when granting the option.

The board of directors may grant awards under the 2010 Plan entitling the participants to acquire shares of common stock subject to the right of repurchase (or forfeiture if issued at no cost) in the event the conditions specified by the board of directors in connection with the awards are not met. The board of directors may also grant awards of restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan entitling the participants to receive shares of common stock or cash at the time the awards vest.

The board of directors may also grant other stock-based awards under the 2010 Plan such as stock appreciation rights and other types of awards which entitle the participants to receive shares of common stock or cash in the future.

The 2010 Plan provides that, upon a reorganization event, which includes a merger or a sale of substantially all of our common stock, the board of directors may take any one or a combination of the following actions with respect to outstanding awards other than restricted stock and restricted stock units: (i) require that awards be substituted with new awards of the successor entity on substantially identical terms; (ii) provide for a cash payment equal to the in-the-money value of the awards; (iii) provide for full vesting of the awards; or (iv) provide that all awards not exercised within a specified period will terminate upon the closing of the transaction. In the case of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, unless the board of directors determines otherwise in connection with a reorganization event, the repurchase and other rights of ours with respect to restricted stock and restricted stock units shall inure to the benefit of our successors and shall apply to the cash, securities or other property paid with respect to the common stock in connection with the reorganization.

Our board of directors may amend the 2010 Plan but no such action may adversely affect the rights of an award holder without such holder’s consent. Approval by our stockholders of amendments to the 2010 Plan must be obtained if required by law.

As of May 31, 2013, options to purchase 8,725,817 shares of common stock and 2,862,716 shares of restricted stock were outstanding under the 2010 Plan. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2010 Plan following the closing of this offering. Shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan but which were not issued or subject to awards under the 2010 Plan on the effective date of our 2013 Plan, and shares

 

129


Table of Contents

subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2010 Plan on the effective date of our 2013 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, will become available for awards under our 2013 Plan.

2013 Plan

On                 2013, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2013 Plan to replace the 2010 Plan. Our 2013 Plan provides us flexibility to use various equity-based incentive and other awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce. These tools include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock, performance share awards and cash-based awards. The 2013 Plan will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

We have initially reserved                 shares of common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2013 Plan, which represents the number of shares of common stock that were not previously exercised or currently outstanding under the 2010 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. In addition, shares not needed to fulfill any obligations under the 2010 Plan will also be available for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

The shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2013 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards from the 2013 Plan and the 2010 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of common stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2010 Plan will be added back to the shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

Under the 2013 Plan, stock options or stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than                  shares may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and no more than                  shares may be issued in the form of incentive stock options.

The 2013 Plan is administered by the compensation committee. The compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2013 Plan. Employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) are eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Plan.

The 2013 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The exercise price of each stock option will be determined by the compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% owner, less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock option will be fixed by the compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% owner). The compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

The compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

130


Table of Contents

The compensation committee may award restricted stock or restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment or service with us through a specified vesting period. The compensation committee may also grant cash-based awards to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. The compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2013 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

The compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive share awards of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine.

The compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2013 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The compensation committee may grant performance-based awards to participants in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or cash-based awards upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as the compensation committee shall determine. The compensation committee may grant such performance-based awards under the 2013 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Those awards would only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: revenue, expense levels, cash flow, business development and financing milestones and developments, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share, sales or market shares and number of clients, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to any one employee during any one calendar year period is                      shares with respect to a stock-based award and $         with respect to a cash-based award.

The 2013 Plan provides that, upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2013 Plan, in the event that all awards are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all awards granted under the 2013 Plan shall terminate. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2013 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights, equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2013 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, including option repricing, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2013 Plan may require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2013 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2013 Plan. No awards under the 2013 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

 

131


Table of Contents

Bonus Plan

In                , 2013, our board of directors adopted the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by the compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to us, or Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: revenue; expense levels; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); business development and financing milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; sales; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; clinical trial results; publications; reimbursement decisions; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; sales or market shares and number of clients or units of products sold; bookings; and Adjusted EBIDTA, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, or as compared to results of a peer group.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees in the United States with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their contributions are 100% vested when contributed. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The retirement plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

 

132


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

Series A Financing

On March 30, 2010, we entered into a securities purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 13,000,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share in three tranches to certain investors. On August 8, 2011, we entered into an additional securities purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 20,500,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share in two tranches to certain investors. On April 18, 2012, we entered into a securities purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 10,250,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share to certain investors.

The following table summarizes the participation in the Series A Preferred Stock financing by any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons.

 

Name

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
Paid
 

Third Rock Ventures, L.P.(1)

     23,772,388       $ 23,772,388   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.(2)

     12,985,075       $ 12,985,075   

Google Ventures 2011, L.P.(3)

     6,742,537       $ 6,742,537   

David Schenkein, M.D.(4)

     250,000       $ 250,000   

 

(1) Alexis Borisy and Mark Levin, partners at Third Rock Ventures, of which Third Rock Ventures, L.P. is an affiliated fund, are members of our board of directors.
(2) Brook Byers, a partner at Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, of which KPCB Holdings, Inc. is an affiliated fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(3) Google Ventures 2011, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities. Dr. Krishna Yeshwant, an affiliate of Google Ventures 2011, L.P., is a member of our board of directors.
(4) David Schenkein is a member of our board of directors.

Series B Financing

On September 10, 2012, we entered into a securities purchase agreement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 18,805,304 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $2.26 per share to certain investors. The securities purchase agreement was subsequently amended in December 2012 to provide for the issuance of additional shares of our Series B Preferred Stock in one additional tranche, pursuant to which 5,956,830 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock were issued to certain investors.

 

133


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the participation in the Series B Preferred Stock financing by any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons.

 

Name

   Shares of
Series B
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price Paid
 

Third Rock Ventures, L.P.(1)

     1,106,194       $ 2,499,998   

Google Ventures 2011, L.P.(2)

     3,036,075       $ 6,861,530   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.(3)

     1,106,194       $ 2,499,998   

jVen Capital, LLC(4)

     221,238       $ 499,998   

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings

     4,424,778       $ 9,999,998   

Gates Ventures, LLC

     4,424,778       $ 9,999,998   

Wellington Management Company, LLP(5)

     4,368,143       $ 9,872,003   

 

(1) Alexis Borisy and Mark Levin, partners at Third Rock Ventures, of which Third Rock Ventures, L.P. is an affiliated fund, are members of our board of directors.
(2) Google Ventures 2011, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities. Dr. Krishna Yeshwant, an affiliate of Google Ventures 2011, L.P., is a member of our board of directors.
(3) Brook Byers, a partner at Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, of which KPCB Holdings, Inc. is an affiliated fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(4) Evan Jones, the managing member of jVen Capital, LLC, is a member of our board of directors.
(5) Wellington Management Company, LLP, or Wellington Management, is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Wellington Management, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares held by its client accounts.

Consulting Arrangements

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we incurred consulting fees to Third Rock Ventures, LLC in the amount of $691,000, $535,000 and $362,000, respectively. Third Rock Ventures, LLC is a management company that is party to a services agreement with Third Rock Ventures, L.P., the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities. Alexis Borisy and Mark Levin are members of our board of directors, and Mark Levin is a managing member of TRV GP, LLC, which is the general partner of Third Rock Ventures GP, L.P., the general partner of Third Rock Ventures, L.P. and a managing member of Third Rock Ventures, LLC. These consulting fees were paid to Third Rock Ventures, LLC in consideration of certain strategic and business operations consulting services provided to us during this period by Third Rock Ventures, LLC by individuals including Mr. Borisy, but not including Mr. Levin. None of these consulting fees were paid directly or indirectly to Messrs. Borisy and Levin. The consulting fees paid to Third Rock Ventures, LLC did not exceed 5% percent of the consolidated gross revenue of Third Rock Ventures, LLC during any of these fiscal years. We are not currently party to a consulting agreement with Third Rock Ventures, LLC and we do not expect to engage Third Rock Ventures, LLC for consulting services on a going forward basis.

Biopharmaceutical Relationship

In February 2013, we entered into a master services agreement with Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Agios, pursuant to which we will perform tests utilizing our molecular information platform when ordered by Agios. To date, we have not performed any tests for Agios, invoiced Agios or otherwise received any payments from Agios under the master services agreement. David Schenkein, a member of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer of Agios. These fees will be paid by Agios in

 

134


Table of Contents

consideration of certain sequencing and related consulting services provided by us to Agios. Under the master services agreement, none of these fees will be paid directly or indirectly by Mr. Schenkein.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law. Subject to the provisions of these agreements, these agreements will, among other things, indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of us or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, or each, a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

 

135


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and footnotes set forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of May 31, 2013, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our capital stock;

 

  Ÿ  

our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

all executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

The table lists applicable percentage ownership based on 85,124,231 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2013 and also lists applicable percentage ownership based on                  shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the closing of the offering. These amounts assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and that no shares of our common stock are purchased by our directors or executive officers or by the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock in the offering. Options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the persons holding these options for the purpose of computing percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person’s ownership percentage.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially

Owned
Prior to this
Offering
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

Name and address of beneficial owner(1)

     

Prior to this
Offering

   

After this
Offering

5% Stockholders

       

Third Rock Ventures, L.P.(2)

     26,278,582         30.9  

KPCB Holdings, Inc.(3)

     14,091,269         16.6  

Google Ventures 2011, L.P.(4)

     9,778,612         11.5  

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings(5)

     4,424,778         5.2  

Gates Ventures, LLC (6)

     4,424,778         5.2  

Wellington Management Company, LLP(7)

     4,368,143         5.1  

Named executive officers and directors

       

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.(8)

     2,640,378         3.1  

Kevin Krenitsky, M.D.(9)

     584,375         *     

Robert W. Hesslein(10)

     322,750         *     

Alexis Borisy(11)

     1,162,500         1.4  

Brook Byers(3)

                 

Evan Jones(12)

     227,488         *     

Mark Levin(11)

                 

David Schenkein, M.D.(13)

     375,000         *     

Krishna Yeshwant, M.D.(4)

                 

All directors and named executive officers as a group (9 persons)

     5,312,491         6.2  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Foundation Medicine, Inc., One Kendall Square, Suite B3501, Cambridge, MA 02139.

 

136


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of 23,772,388 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,106,194 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock and 1,400,000 shares of common stock. All shares are held directly by Third Rock Ventures, L.P., or TRV LP. Each of Third Rock Ventures GP, LP, or TRV GP, the general partner of TRV LP, and Third Rock Ventures GP, LLC, or TRV LLC, the general partner of TRV GP, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by TRV LP. Investment decisions with respect to the shares held by TRV LP are made by an investment committee at TRV GP comprised of Mark Levin, Kevin Starr, Bob Tepper, Neil Exter, Kevin Gillis, Lou Tartaglia, Craig Muir, Cary Pfeffer, Alexis Borisy and Craig Greaves. No stockholder, director, officer, manager, member or employee of TRV GP or TRV LLC has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by TRV LP. The address of Third Rock Ventures, L.P. is 29 Newbury Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02116.
(3) Consists of (i) 11,972,240 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and 1,019,910 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XIV, LLC, or KPCB XIV, and (ii) 1,012,835 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and 86,284 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by KPCB XIV Founders Fund, LLC, or KPCB XIV Founders. The shares held by KPCB XIV and KPCB XIV Founders are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee.” KPCB Holdings, Inc. has no voting, dispositive or pecuniary interest in any such shares. The managing member of KPCB XIV and KPCB XIV Founders is KPCB XIV Associates, LLC, or KPCB XIV Associates. Brook Byers, L. John Doerr, Raymond Lane, Theodore Schlein, William Joy, William B. Gordon, the managing members of KPCB XIV Associates, exercise shared voting and dispositive control over the shares directly held by KPCB XIV and KPCB XIV Founders. Mr. Byers disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by KPCB XIV and KPCB XIV Founders except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities and individuals affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(4) Consists of 6,742,537 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock and 3,036,075 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. Google Ventures 2011 GP, L.L.C. is the general partner of Google Ventures 2011, L.P. Voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by Google Ventures 2011, L.P. reside with the Google Ventures Investment Committee. Dr. Krishna Yeshwant is an affiliate of Google Ventures 2011, L.P., but is not a member of the Google Ventures Investment Committee and does not have voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Google Ventures 2011, L.P. Dr. Yeshwant disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to any such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for all entities and individuals affiliated with Google Ventures 2011, L.P. is 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, California 94043.
(5) Consists of 4,424,778 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. The address of Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings is 531 South Spring Street, Burlington, North Carolina 27215.
(6) Consists of 4,424,778 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock. William H. Gates III has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Gates Ventures, LLC. The address of Gates Ventures, LLC is 2365 Carillon Point, Kirkland, Washington 98033.
(7) Wellington Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Wellington Management, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares held by its client accounts, which consist of (i) 1,223,346 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P., or Quissett Investors, (ii) 1,123,894 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Hawkes Bay Master Investors (Cayman) LP, or Hawkes Bay, (iii) 963,381 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Quissett Partners, L.P., or Quissett Partners, (iv) 602,257 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Salthill Partners, L.P.,or Salthill Partners, and (v) 455,265 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by Salthill Investors (Bermuda) L.P., or Salthill Investors. Wellington Management Company, LLP is the investment advisor for Quissett Investors, Hawkes Bay, Quissett Partners, Salthill Partners and Salthill Investors. The address for all entities and individuals affiliated with Wellington Management Company, LLP is c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.
(8) Includes options to purchase 440,378 shares exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(9) Includes options to purchase 34,375 shares exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(10) Includes options to purchase 6,250 shares exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013.
(11) Represents shares held individually by the director. Investment decisions with respect to the shares held by TRV LP are made by an investment committee at TRV GP comprised of Mark Levin, Kevin Starr, Bob Tepper, Neil Exter, Kevin Gillis, Lou Tartaglia, Craig Muir, Cary Pfeffer, Alexis Borisy and Craig Greaves. No stockholder, director, officer, manager, member or employee of TRV GP or TRV LLC has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by TRV LP.
(12) Consists of (i) 221,238 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock held by jVen Capital, LLC and (ii) options to purchase 6,250 shares exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2013. Evan Jones is the managing member of jVen Capital, LLC.
(13) Includes of 250,000 shares common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock held in trusts for the benefit of Dr. Schenkein and certain of his family members. Dr. Schenkein has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such trusts.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon closing of this offering. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of May 31, 2013, 16,612,097 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 74 stockholders of record. In addition, as of May 31, 2013, we had outstanding options to purchase 8,725,817 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.76 per share, 1,453,539 of which were exercisable, and an outstanding warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. These amounts assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of preferred stock. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a

 

138


Table of Contents

change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrant

In connection with the loan and security agreement, entered into with Lighthouse Capital Partners, or Lighthouse, in November 2010, we issued to Lighthouse a warrant exercisable for up to 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock. The warrant may be exercised at the option of the holder either by delivery of the exercise price in cash or by a cashless exercise. The warrant will automatically become a warrant for the purchase of 200,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of our registrable shares, as described in the Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between us and the holders of these shares, or the investors’ rights agreement, including shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 25% of the shares issued pursuant to conversion of our preferred stock, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. A demand for registration may not be made until six months after the completion of this offering.

Short Form Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of preferred stock or their permitted transferees are also entitled to short form registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of holders of our common stock, issued upon conversion of our preferred stock upon consummation of this offering, to sell registrable securities at an aggregate price of at least $3,000,000, we will be required to use our best efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are required to effect only two registrations in any 12 month period pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of preferred stock or their permitted transferees, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the

 

139


Table of Contents

registration. Subject to certain exceptions, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would adversely affect the offering.

Indemnification

Our investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable shares in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the investors’ rights agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Anti-takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon consummation of this offering include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

 

140


Table of Contents

Advance Notice Requirements

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation provides for                  authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

  Ÿ  

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

141


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “FMI.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                    . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                    

 

142


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 31, 2013, upon the completion of this offering,                 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 31, 2013; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on                 during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

143


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, all of our directors and executive officers and certain holders of our shares, who collectively held                 shares of common stock (assuming conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock) as of May 31, 2013, and substantially all of our optionholders who are not stockholders, have signed lock-up agreements which prevent them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of the preliminary prospectus prepared for this offering without the prior written consent of each of Goldman Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. The representatives may in their sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the representatives may consider, among other factors, the stockholder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. In addition, our optionholders who have not executed lock-up agreements are nevertheless subject to similar restrictions set forth in the option agreements executed in connection with our 2010 Plan.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of                 shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Stock Option Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of May 31, 2013, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately                 shares.

 

144


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with shares of our common stock acquired by a stockholder in this offering and that are held as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a stockholder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including: a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding our common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that received our common stock in connection with services provided to the company or any of its affiliates; a U.S. person whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; a “controlled foreign corporation”; a “passive foreign investment company”; or a U.S. expatriate.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and applicable Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps with retroactive effect, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address any state, local, foreign, gift, estate or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of our common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not a U.S. holder.

If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in the partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be tax advice. Holders of our common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock in light of their particular circumstances, as well as any tax considerations arising under the laws of any other jurisdiction, including any state, local and foreign income and other tax laws.

 

145


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to a U.S. holder of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions with respect to our common stock, if any, generally will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. holder as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital, up to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock with respect to which the distribution was made. Any such distribution in excess of the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be treated as capital gain and as long-term capital gain if the U.S. holder’s holding period exceeds one year. If certain requirements are met (including certain holding period requirements), distributions constituting dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders generally will qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income.

Distributions constituting dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes that are paid to U.S. holders that are corporations may qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction, or DRD, which is generally available to corporations that own less than 20% of the voting power or value of the outstanding stock of the distributing corporation. A U.S. holder that is a corporation holding 20% or more of the distributing corporation (by vote and value) may be eligible for an 80% DRD with respect to any such dividends. No assurance can be given that we will have sufficient earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) to cause any distributions to be treated as dividends eligible for a DRD. In addition, a DRD is available only if certain other requirements (including certain holding period requirements) are satisfied, and a DRD may be subject to limitations in certain circumstances, which are not discussed herein.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Certain Other Taxable Dispositions of Our Common Stock

A U.S. holder of shares of our common stock generally will recognize gain or loss on the taxable sale, exchange, redemption (provided the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange), or other taxable disposition of such shares in an amount equal to the difference between such U.S. holder’s amount realized on such disposition and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock disposed of. A U.S. holder’s amount realized generally will equal the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in consideration for the shares of common stock disposed of. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock disposed of exceeds one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment of capital gains and capital losses.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income of certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts. Such tax applies to the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s net investment income for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder’s adjusted gross income (with certain adjustments) over a specified threshold amount. Net investment income generally includes dividends and net gains from the disposition of shares of our common stock. U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the Medicare tax on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

146


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

In general, information reporting will apply to payments of dividends on shares of our common stock and proceeds of a disposition of shares of our common stock to U.S. holders, other than certain exempt recipients such as corporations. Under U.S. federal income tax law, dividends and proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock paid to a U.S. holder (other than an exempt recipient) may be subject to “backup” withholding at the then applicable rate. Backup withholding generally applies to a U.S. holder if the holder (i) fails to furnish to us or our paying agent a correct social security number or other taxpayer identification number, or TIN, or fails to furnish a certification of exempt status, (ii) has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of the failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends or (iii) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is a U.S. person that is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments to a U.S. holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Certain U.S. persons are exempt from backup withholding, including corporations, provided that their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as described above under “—U.S. Holders—Distributions”), if any, that are paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained in the U.S.). To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying under penalties of perjury that a dividend paid on our common stock is not subject to withholding tax. The certification requirement also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.

If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to our common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base, then the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if received by a U.S. holder (although the dividends will be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided the certification requirements are satisfied). In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such holder may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year.

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such non-U.S. holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for an exemption

 

147


Table of Contents

or a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital, up to the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Sale, exchange, redemption or certain other taxable dispositions of our common stock.” If we are not able to determine whether or not a distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits at the time a distribution is made, we may withhold tax on the entire amount of such distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess withholding by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Any distribution described in this section would also be subject to the discussion below in “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.”

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Certain Other Taxable Dispositions of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain realized upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless: (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or a fixed base), of the non-U.S. holder; (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation”, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, or the relevant period.

If the first exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis with respect to such gain in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such gains may, under certain circumstances, also be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty).

If the second exception applies, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% tax on the gain from a disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of disposition (even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States).

With respect to the third exception above, we believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests, there can be no assurances that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, a non-U.S. holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as (i) our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code) during the calendar year in which such disposition occurs and (ii) such

 

148


Table of Contents

non-U.S. holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the relevant period. If we are a USRPHC and the requirements of (i) or (ii) are not met, gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax will not apply.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions, regardless of whether withholding was required. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. A non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup withholding at the then applicable rate for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or such other applicable form and documentation as required by the Code or the Treasury regulations) certifying under penalties of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, as described above in “Distributions,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the payment of the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies that it is not a United States person (as defined under the Code) and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the U.S. through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of the information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, a 30% withholding tax will apply to dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our common stock paid to certain non-U.S. entities (including financial intermediaries) unless various information reporting and due diligence requirements, which are different from and in addition to the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion, have been satisfied (generally relating to ownership of by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities). The withholding rules applicable to payments of dividends on our common stock will be phased in beginning January 1, 2014. The withholding rules will apply to payments of gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock beginning January 1, 2017.

Holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible impact of FATCA on their investment in our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

 

149


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC

  

Leerink Swann, LLC

  

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional            from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase            additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of the preliminary prospectus related to this offering, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

150


Table of Contents

We have filed an application to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “FMI”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

151


Table of Contents
  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose

 

152


Table of Contents

is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

153


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ropes  & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Foundation Medicine, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-            ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the closing of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

154


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and March  31, 2013 Pro Forma (unaudited)

     F-3   

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December  31, 2011 and 2012 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-4   

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and March 31, 2013 Pro Forma (unaudited)

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the Three Months Ended March  31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Foundation Medicine, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles .

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 24, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     March 31,     Pro Forma
March 31,
 
    2011     2012     2013     2013  
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,852      $ 54,838      $ 45,832      $ 45,832   

Accounts receivable

    278        2,195        3,127        3,127   

Inventory

    318        803        796        796   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    313        550        953        953   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    11,761        58,386        50,708        50,708   

Property and equipment, net

    6,106        7,465        7,560        7,560   

Restricted cash

    161        161        1,886        1,886   

Other assets

    37        27        26        26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 18,065      $ 66,039      $ 60,180      $ 60,180   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,369      $ 1,609      $ 2,336      $ 2,336   

Accrued expenses

    1,039        3,463        3,165        3,165   

Deferred revenue

    154        1,622        2,427        2,427   

Current portion of deferred rent

    109        132        137        137   

Current portion of notes payable

    1,569        1,704        1,739        1,739   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    4,240        8,530        9,804        9,804   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

           156                 

Notes payable, net of current portion

    3,041        1,441        1,012        1,012   

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    419        287        253        253   

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

    94        225        232          

Restricted stock liability

    119        139        131        131   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share:

       

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock; 33,700,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, 43,950,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; 33,500,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 43,750,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, and no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 (pro forma) (aggregate liquidation preference of $43,750 at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013)

    32,455        42,962        43,008          

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock; 24,762,134 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 24,762,134 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 and no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 (pro forma) (aggregate liquidation preference of $55,962 at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013)

           55,696        55,692          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 52,700,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, and 96,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; 6,606,501, 10,909,771 and 11,795,896 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively, and 80,308,030 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 (pro forma)

    1        1        1        8   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,122        3,421        4,069        102,925   

Accumulated deficit

    (24,426     (46,819     (54,022     (53,953
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (22,303     (43,397     (49,952     48,980   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 18,065      $ 66,039      $ 60,180      $ 60,180   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 10,645      $ 612      $ 5,200   

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of revenue

     258        5,681        709        2,378   

Sales and marketing

     1,555        3,454        503        1,811   

General and administrative

     6,992        8,644        1,675        3,150   

Research and development

     9,023        14,777        3,013        4,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     17,828        32,556        5,900        12,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15,771     (21,911     (5,288     (7,121

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense, net

     (421     (421     (118     (76

Other expense, net

     (845     (61     (35     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (1,266     (482     (153     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (296     (286     (80     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (17,333   $ (22,679   $ (5,521   $ (7,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.52   $ (2.62   $ (0.80   $ (0.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,930,634        8,667,326        6,871,487        11,339,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share applicable to common stockholders,basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.41     $ (0.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       55,642,878          80,051,460   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (17,037   $ (22,393   $ (5,441   $ (7,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Series A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2010

    7,000,000      $ 5,821             $            3,651,625      $      $      $ (7,389   $ (7,389

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $162

    26,500,000        26,338                                                        

Settlement of Series A investor rights obligation

                                                  2,331               2,331   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           296                                        (296            (296

Vesting of restricted stock

                                    2,954,876        1        14               15   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  73               73   

Net loss

                                                         (17,037     (17,037
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    33,500,000        32,455                          6,606,501        1        2,122        (24,426     (22,303

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $22

    10,250,000        10,228                                                        

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $273

                  24,762,134        55,689                                          

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           279               7                          (286            (286

Vesting of restricted stock

                                    4,303,270               50               50   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  1,535               1,535   

Net loss

                                                         (22,393     (22,393
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    43,750,000        42,962        24,762,134        55,696            10,909,771        1        3,421        (46,819     (43,397

Issuance costs related to Series B preferred stock offering (unaudited)

                         (8                                       

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           46               4                          (50            (50

Vesting of restricted stock (unaudited)

                                    886,125               12               12   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                                  686               686   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                         (7,203     (7,203
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    43,750,000        43,008        24,762,134        55,692            11,795,896        1        4,069        (54,022     (49,952

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (43,750,000     (43,008     (24,762,134     (55,692         68,512,134        7        98,624        69        98,700   

Reclassification of warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrant to purchase common stock (unaudited)

                                                  232               232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma balance at March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

         $             $            80,308,030      $ 8      $ 102,925      $ (53,953   $ 48,980   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

      

Years Ended December 31,

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2011      2012      2012      2013  
                     (unaudited)  

Operating activities

             

Net loss

     $ (17,037    $ (22,393    $ (5,441    $ (7,203

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization expense

       1,520         2,894         591         1,030   

Change in fair value of investor rights obligation

       1,067                           

Change in fair value of warrant liability

       34         131         35         7   

Stock-based compensation

       73         1,535         176         686   

Non-cash interest expense

       111         104         30         19   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

       973         (1,917      (457      (932

Inventory

       (318      (485      28         7   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

       (70      (237      (315      (403

Other assets

       (8      10                 1   

Accounts payable

       (338      147         (779      (228

Accrued expenses

       580         1,447         317         (298

Deferred rent

       376         (109      (23      (29

Deferred revenue

       (1,096      1,624         (27      649   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

       (14,133      (17,249      (5,865      (6,694

Investing activities

             

Purchases of property and equipment

       (5,410      (3,183      (526      (170

Increase in restricted cash

                               (1,725
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (5,410      (3,183      (526      (1,895

Financing activities

             

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock and stock option exercises

       114         70                 4   

Proceeds from issuance of Series A Preferred Stock and related investor rights, net of issuance costs

       26,338         10,228                   

Proceeds from issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs

               55,689                 (8

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

       2,974                           

Payments of notes payable

       (440      (1,569      (380      (413
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

       28,986         64,418         (380      (417

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

       9,443         43,986         (6,771      (9,006

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

       1,409         10,852         10,852         54,838   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     $ 10,852       $ 54,838       $ 4,081       $ 45,832   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

     $ 308       $ 305       $ 88       $ 56   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

             

Settlement of investor rights obligation

     $ 2,331       $       $       $   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

     $ 296       $ 286       $ 80       $ 50   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     $ 816       $ 1,070       $ 72       $ 955   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

(Information as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

1. Nature of Business

Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”) is a commercial-stage company focused on fundamentally changing the way patients with cancer are treated. The Company’s proprietary molecular information platform generates actionable genomic information about a patient’s individual disease, enabling physicians to optimize treatments in clinical practice and enabling biopharmaceutical companies to develop targeted oncology therapies more effectively. The Company’s first clinical product, FoundationOne, which commenced its formal commercial launch in June 2012, is the only commercially available comprehensive molecular information product designed for use in routine patient care.

The Company, originally named Foundation Genomics, Inc., is a Delaware company founded in November 2009 and has a principal place of business in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

The Company believes that its cash resources of $54,838,000 at December 31, 2012 will be sufficient to allow the Company to fund its current operating plan through January 1, 2014, and into the foreseeable future. As the Company continues to incur losses, its transition to profitability is dependent upon a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. If the Company’s transition to profitability is not consistent with its current operating plan, the Company may have to seek other sources of capital.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

A. Basis of Presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

 

B. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market-specific or other relevant assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. This process may result in actual results differing materially from those estimated amounts used in the preparation of the financial statements if these results differ from historical experience, or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable when made. Significant estimates relied upon in preparing these financial statements include revenue recognition, the fair value of liability-classified warrants, accrued expenses, the determination of the fair value of stock awards issued, stock-based compensation expense, and the valuation allowance on the company’s deferred tax asset.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its Common Stock. The Company utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the 2004 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of its Common Stock. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions, the prices at which the Company sold shares of preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company’s common stock at the time and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

 

C. Unaudited Interim Presentation

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2013, the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of its statement of financial position as of March 31, 2013 and its statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.

 

D. Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

In 2013, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized management of the Company to pursue the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock and a warrant exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into a warrant exercisable for common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 2013 assumes the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of that date into 68,512,134 shares of common stock and the conversion of the warrant exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred stock into a warrant exercisable for 200,000 shares of common stock, resulting in the reclassification of the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. The unaudited pro forma loss per share applicable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods, or the date of issuance, if later. The impact of the accretion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock has been excluded from the determination of net loss applicable to common stockholders used to compute pro forma net loss per share. Upon conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock in the event of an initial public offering (“IPO”), the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are not entitled to receive undeclared dividends.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company has no off-balance sheet risk, such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The primary objectives for the Company’s investment portfolio are the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. The Company’s investment policy includes guidelines on the quality of the institutions and financial instruments and defines allowable investments that the Company believes minimizes the exposure to concentration of credit risk.

The Company routinely assesses the creditworthiness of its customers. The Company has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, or groups of customers. The Company does not require collateral. Due to these factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for collection losses is believed by management to be probable in the Company’s accounts receivable.

 

F. Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment, which is the business of delivering genomic information about cancer to its customers.

The Company’s revenue is generated primarily in the United States. The majority of the Company’s revenue from customers located outside the United States, which was generated from two customers, was $0, $788,000, $136,500 and $525,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

G. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original or remaining maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include bank demand deposits and money market funds that invest primarily in U.S. government treasuries. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates their fair market value.

 

H. Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from biopharmaceutical customers, and from certain hospitals, cancer centers and other institutions with whom it has direct-bill relationships for tests performed using its molecular information. There are no accounts receivable associated with amounts that are billed to commercial third-party payors or directly to patients, because this revenue is recognized on a cash basis (see Note 2 Section O). At each reporting period, management reviews all outstanding customer balances to determine if the facts and circumstances of each customer relationship indicate the need for a reserve. The Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2011 and 2012 or at March 31, 2013.

Two accounts consisting of $148,000 and $94,000 represented 53% and 34%, respectively, of accounts receivable at December 31, 2011. Three accounts consisting of $784,000, $469,000 and $436,000 represented 36%, 21% and 20%, respectively, of accounts receivable at December 31, 2012. Two accounts consisting of $1,588,000 and 366,000 represented 51%, and 12%, respectively, of accounts receivable at March 31, 2013.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

I. Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. In order to assess the ultimate realization of inventories, the Company is required to make judgments as to future demand requirements compared to current or committed inventory levels. The Company evaluates its inventories for excess quantities and obsolescence. Inventories that are considered excess or obsolete are expensed.

At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, inventory was classified as raw materials or work-in-process and consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
            (in thousands)         

Raw materials

   $ 318       $ 406       $ 520   

Work-in-process

             397         276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 318       $ 803       $ 796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

J. Deferred Issuance Costs

Deferred issuance costs, which primarily consist of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the potential IPO, are capitalized. The deferred issuance costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. No amounts were capitalized and deferred as of December 31, 2011 or 2012 or March 31, 2013.

 

K. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are depreciated and amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The following estimated useful lives are used to depreciate the Company’s assets:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment and software

   3 years

Lab equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of initial lease term or useful life

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred for software developed or obtained for internal use, including external direct material and service costs. Capitalized internal-use software costs, which are included in property and equipment, are generally depreciated over three years.

The Company reviews long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the assets’ book value to future net undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the book value of the assets exceed their fair value, which is measured based on the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the assets. No impairment losses have been recorded through March 31, 2013. (See Note 3)

 

F-10


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

L. Grants

In March 2011, the Company received notification from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that it had been awarded a grant in the amount of $244,479 pursuant to the qualifying therapeutic discovery grant program established by the IRS and the Secretary of Health and Human Services under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010. The grant was made with respect to certain of the Company’s qualifying research and development programs. The Company received the full amount related to the grant during 2011, and this amount was recorded as other income in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

M. Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of deposits securing collateral letters of credit issued in connection with the Company’s operating leases. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company had restricted cash of $161,000, $161,000 and $1,886,000, respectively.

 

N. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. FASB Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), establishes a hierarchy of inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect a company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value of the investments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The hierarchy defines three levels of valuation inputs:

 

Level 1 inputs    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 inputs    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

Level 3 inputs    Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes valuation inputs based on the observable nature of those inputs. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. (See Note 5)

 

O. Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from selling products that are enabled by its molecular information platform. The Company currently receives payments from: commercial third-party payors; certain hospitals and cancer centers with which it has direct-bill relationships; individual patients; and its biopharmaceutical customers.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”). Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Criteria (i) is satisfied when the Company has an arrangement or contract in place. Criterion (ii) is satisfied when the Company delivers a report to the ordering physician or the biopharmaceutical customer. Determination of criteria (iii) and (iv) are based on management’s judgments regarding whether the fee is fixed or determinable, and the collectability of the fee is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue on a cash basis when it cannot conclude that criterion (iii) and (iv) have been met. The Company currently recognizes revenue on a cash basis from sales of its products for which the Company receives payments from commercial third-party payors and patients who make co-payments, pay deductibles or other amounts that the Company has been unable to collect from medical insurers. The Company’s products are delivered electronically and as such there are no shipping and handling fees incurred by the Company or billed to customers. The Company’s products are exempt from state sales taxation due to the nature of our products. As a result, the Company does not charge customers state sales tax. The Company expects to use judgment in its assessment of whether the fee is fixed or determinable and whether collectability is reasonably assured in determining when to recognize revenue in the future as it continues to gain payment experience with third-party payors and patients. Accordingly, the Company expects to recognize revenue on a cash basis for these customers until it has sufficient history to reliably estimate payment patterns.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products to certain hospitals, cancer centers, other institutions and patients at the time results of the test are reported to physicians, if criteria (i) through (iv) above are met.

Revenue from sales of the Company’s products to biopharmaceutical customers are based on a negotiated price per test or on the basis of an agreement to provide certain testing volume over a defined period. The Company recognizes revenue upon delivery of the test results, or over the period the testing volume is provided, as appropriate.

For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it qualifies as a separate unit of accounting. This determination is based on whether the deliverable has “stand-alone value” to the customer and whether a general right of return exists. The consideration that is fixed or determinable is then allocated to each separate unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. The consideration allocated to each unit of accounting is recognized as the related goods or services are delivered, limited to the consideration that is not contingent upon future deliverables. The Company uses judgment in identifying the deliverables in its arrangements, and in assessing whether each deliverable is a separate unit of accounting. The Company also uses judgment in determining the period over which the deliverables are recognized in certain of its arrangements. Any amounts received that do not meet the criteria for revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue until such criteria are met.

One customer arrangement, consisting of $1,750,000 of revenue, represented 85% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. Two customer arrangements, consisting of $4,233,000 and $1,339,000 of revenue, represented 40% and 13%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. Three customer arrangements, consisting of $135,000, $129,000 and $120,000 of revenue, represented 22%, 21% and 20%, respectively, of the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Company’s revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2012. One customer arrangement, consisting of $1,588,000 of revenue, represented 31% of the Company’s revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

P. Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, clinical trial costs, contract services and other related costs.

 

Q. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The carrying value of the Company’s Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (individually, “the Series A Preferred Stock” and “the Series B Preferred Stock”, and collectively, “the Preferred Stock”) is adjusted by periodic accretions such that the carrying value will equal the redemption amount at the redemption date. The carrying value is also adjusted to reflect dividends, when and if declared by the Board. The Board has not declared any dividends since inception.

 

R. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718,  Compensation—Stock Compensation  (“ASC 718”) . ASC 718 requires all stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss based on their fair values.

Compensation expense related to awards to employees is recognized on a straight-line basis, based on the grant date fair value, over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. Awards to non-employees are adjusted through stock-based compensation expense as the awards vest to reflect the current fair value of such awards, and are expensed using the straight-line method.

The Company expenses restricted stock awards based on the fair value of the award on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The unvested portion of awards of restricted stock to non-employees is subject to remeasurement over the vesting term.

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based awards to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of and subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate, and (d) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of its common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of companies that are publicly traded. The Company selected a representative group of companies with comparable characteristics to it, including risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company computes the historical volatility of this selected group using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available. The Company estimates the expected life of its employee stock options using the “simplified” method, whereby, the expected

 

F-13


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option due to its lack of sufficient historical data. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected term of the option are based on the U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity date commensurate with the expected term of the associated award. The Company has never paid, and does not expect to pay, dividends in the foreseeable future; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term “forfeitures” is distinct from “cancellations” and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those options that vest. (See Note 9)

 

S. Income Taxes

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Tax benefits are recognized when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained during an audit. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if current evidence indicates that it is considered more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized. (See Note 19)

 

T. Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted-average shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, preferred stock, stock options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders were the same for all periods presented.

The amounts in the table below were excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, prior to the use of the treasury stock method, due to their anti-dilutive effect:

 

                   Three Months Ended  
     Year Ended December 31,      March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Series A Preferred Stock

     33,500,000         43,750,000         43,750,000   

Series B Preferred Stock

             24,762,134         24,762,134   

Series A Preferred Stock warrant

     200,000         200,000         200,000   

Outstanding stock options

     607,750         4,885,629         7,422,329   

Unvested restricted stock

     9,406,010         5,694,792         4,813,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     43,713,760         79,292,555         80,948,130   

The calculations for the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, as if the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

conversions had occurred at the beginning of the period or at the date of issuance if such shares were issued during the period. The impact of the accretion of the Preferred Stock has been excluded from the determination of pro forma net loss applicable to common stockholders. The holders of Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive undeclared dividends upon such conversion.

 

U. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions, other events, and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net income (loss). Comprehensive loss has been disclosed in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss and equals the Company’s net loss for all periods presented.

 

V. Application of new or revised accounting standards

On April 5, 2012, the Jump-Start Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an emerging growth company, the Company has elected to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

 

W. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

 

X. Subsequent Events

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. (See Note 14)

 

F-15


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are as follows:

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Lab equipment

   $ 5,166      $ 8,163      $ 8,968   

Computer equipment

     1,024        2,904        2,971   

Software

     144        188        188   

Furniture and office equipment

     411        425        678   

Leasehold improvements

     440        474        474   

Construction in progress

     717                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,902        12,154        13,279   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,796     (4,689     (5,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 6,106      $ 7,465      $ 7,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $1,520,000, $2,894,000, $591,000 and $1,030,000, respectively. The Company classifies capitalized internal use software in Lab Equipment, Computer Equipment and Software based on its intended use. Depreciation expense related to all capitalized internal use software for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0, $221,000, $0 and $336,000, respectively. The remaining unamortized capitalized internal use software costs at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2012 and 2013 were $0, $1,157,000, $0 and $1,042,000, respectively.

 

4. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Payroll and employee-related costs

   $ 285       $ 1,672       $ 2,343   

Professional services

     328         670         460   

Equipment purchases

     179         977         103   

Other

     247         144         259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,039       $ 3,463       $ 3,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. Fair Value Measurements

As referenced in Note 2, accounting principles provide guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities based on a hierarchy of inputs and requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable, and a warrant to purchase Series A Preferred Stock. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable,

 

F-16


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

accrued liabilities and notes payable approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of the instruments or, in the case of the notes payable, because the interest rates the Company believes it could obtain for similar borrowings is similar to its existing interest rates. The fair value measurements of the Company’s cash held in money market funds and warrant liability at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013 is summarized in the table below:

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011  
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Cash held in money market funds

   $ 8,500       $       $       $ 8,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,500       $       $       $ 8,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

   $       $       $ 94       $ 94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $ 94       $ 94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012  
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Cash held in money market funds

   $ 37,500       $       $       $ 37,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,500       $       $       $ 37,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

   $       $       $ 225       $ 225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $ 225       $ 225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at March 31, 2013  
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

Assets:

     (in thousands)   

Cash held in money market funds

   $ 46,500       $       $       $ 46,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,500       $       $       $ 46,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Warrant to purchase preferred stock

   $       $       $ 232       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       $       $ 232       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability which represents a recurring measurement that is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, wherein fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs (See Note 6):

 

     Year Ended December 31,           Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012           2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 60       $ 94          $ 94       $ 225   

Change in fair value

     34         131            35         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 94       $ 225          $ 129       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

This liability represents a warrant to purchase Series A Preferred Stock that was issued in conjunction with the loan agreement, as more fully described in Note 6. The fair value of the warrant is calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. See Note 6 for further discussion, as well as for a summary of the significant inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value of the warrant.

The Company measures eligible assets and liabilities at fair value, with changes in value recognized in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Fair value treatment may be elected either upon initial recognition of an eligible asset or liability or, for an existing asset or liability, if an event triggers a new basis of accounting. The Company did not elect to remeasure any of its existing financial assets or liabilities, and did not elect the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities transacted in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

6. Notes Payable

In November 2010, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P., whereby the Company had access to borrow up to $5,000,000 (the “Loan Agreement”). The Company borrowed all $5,000,000 available under the Loan Agreement in increments greater than $100,000 through January 31, 2012 (the “Commitment Termination Date”). For each advance, the Company makes interest only payments at a fixed rate of 8.25% for six months, followed by 36 months of interest and principal payments and a final payment of 4.5% of the advance. The debt is secured by certain property and equipment. The final payments are amortized over the term of the advances and recorded in interest expense. Based on the current advances outstanding at March 31, 2013, the final payment will be made on December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was $4,610,000, $3,145,000 and $2,751,000, respectively, outstanding under the Loan Agreement, which includes $87,000, $154,000 and $184,000, respectively, of deferred interest payments due upon maturity of the loan.

Future principal payments under the Loan Agreement are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 1,704   

2014

     1,287   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,991   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the warrant is exercisable for 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The warrant has an eight-year term and has not yet been exercised as of December 31, 2012 or March 31, 2013. In accordance with ASC 480-10, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the freestanding warrant for the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred shares is recognized as a liability and recorded at fair value. The initial fair value of the warrant of $60,000 was recorded as a liability and a discount to notes payable and is being accreted to interest expense over the term of the notes.

On December 31, 2011 and 2012 and on March 31, 2013, the warrant was revalued, resulting in increases of $34,000, $131,000 and $7,000, respectively. The warrant liability will be reported at fair value until the warrants are either exercised or expire. The fair value of the warrant was calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2011         2012       2012     2013  

Expected volatility

     68.6     68.0     69.1     68.2

Risk-free interest rate

     1.35     0.72     1.61     0.77

Expected life (in years)

     6.85        5.85        6.61        5.61   

Expected dividend yield

                

Reasonable changes in the assumptions used to value the warrant would not have a material impact on the liability balance at the end of any reporting period presented.

 

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the authorized capital stock of the Company included 68,712,134 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, of which 43,950,000 shares are designated Series A Preferred Stock and 24,762,134 are designated Series B Preferred Stock.

In March 2010, the Company issued 7,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for cash proceeds of $7,000,000 (the “Series A financing”). In accordance with the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement for the Series A financing, the Company committed to sell up to an additional 18,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to existing holders of Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Investors”) and to new investors, if any, for total proceeds of $18,000,000 upon the achievement of pre-defined milestones.

The right of the investors (the “Investor Rights Obligation”) to purchase Series A Preferred Stock represented a freestanding financial instrument. As such, the Company accounted for the Investor Rights Obligation as a liability. The Company adjusted the carrying value of the liability to its estimated fair value at each reporting date through the closing of the final tranche of the Series A financing. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the Investor Rights Obligation were recorded as other income (expense) in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of the liability was determined using a valuation model, which considers the probability of achieving the pre-defined milestones, the entity’s cost of capital, the estimated period the rights will be outstanding, consideration received for the instrument with the rights, the number of shares to be issued to satisfy the rights, the price of such shares and any changes in the fair value of the underlying instrument. At the date of

 

F-19


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

issuance in March 2010, the Company recorded the Investor Rights Obligation at its initial estimated fair value of $1,300,000. The change in fair value of the Investor Rights Obligation was $1,067,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, and was recorded as other expense in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

In early 2011, the Company issued 6,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $6,000,000. In August 2011, the Company issued 15,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $15,000,000 and committed to sell an additional 5,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to one of its Series A Investors for proceeds of $5,500,000, which was completed in October 2011. The carrying value of the Investor Rights Obligation was settled in additional paid-in capital at the respective settlement dates throughout 2011, resulting in an increase of $2,331,000 to additional paid-in capital.

In April of 2012, the Company issued 10,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share, for gross proceeds of $10,250,000.

In September 2012, the Company issued 18,805,304 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $2.26 per share, for gross proceeds of $42,500,000 (the “Series B financing”). In December 2012, the Company issued 5,956,830 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of $13,462,000.

In connection with the Series B financing in September 2012, the Company amended certain rights and privileges of the Series A Investors. The Company adopted a qualitative policy pursuant to which it assessed whether the amendment fundamentally changed the nature of the preferred shares in order to determine the appropriate accounting treatment. The Company has accounted for the impact of the amendment as a modification of the Series A Preferred Stock due to the limited impact of the amended terms on the economic expectations of both the Company and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock. The amendment included the forfeiture of accrued dividends and the removal of the Series A Preferred Stock liquidation preference above the original issue price, among other changes. The Company concluded that the removal of these rights led to a decrease in the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded the change in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Preferred Stock are as follows:

Conversion

Shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis, adjustable for certain dilutive events. Conversion is at the option of the holders of Preferred Stock, although a conversion is automatic upon the earlier of (A) the consummation of a firm-commitment underwritten public offering resulting in (i) gross proceeds to the Company of at least $30,000,000, (ii) at a price per share at least equal to $2.49 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or certain dilutive events) and (iii) the listing of the common stock on a nationally recognized securities exchange or trading system, or (B) the consent of at least 60% of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or at least two-thirds of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

The Company performs assessments of all terms and features of its redeemable convertible preferred stock in order to identify any potential embedded features that would require bifurcation or any beneficial conversion features. As part of this analysis, the Company assessed the economic characteristics and risks of its Preferred Stock, including conversion, liquidation and redemption

 

F-20


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

features, as well as dividend and voting rights. Based on the Company’s determination that each series of its Preferred Stock is an “equity host,” the Company determined that the features of the Preferred Stock are most closely associated with an equity host, and, although the Preferred Stock includes conversion features, such conversion features do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability.

The Company accounts for potentially beneficial conversion features under ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and other Options . At the time of each of the issuances of Preferred Stock, the common stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock and B Preferred Stock is convertible had a fair value less than the effective conversion price of the Preferred Stock and as such, there was no intrinsic value on the respective commitment dates.

Dividends

Holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board.

Liquidation Preference

Holders of the Preferred Stock have preferences to the assets of the Company in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company, including a change of control. Upon such an event, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to their respective original purchase price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or certain dilutive events), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

Voting Rights

Holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a single class with the holders of common stock, and shall have one vote for each equivalent common share into which the Preferred Stock is convertible. A two-thirds vote of the holders of Preferred Stock is required in order to amend the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, pay or declare any dividends (except dividends payable solely in shares of common stock), reclassify common stock or establish another class of stock, create or authorize additional shares of Preferred Stock, effect a sale, liquidation or merger of the Company, repurchase or redeem any capital stock, or engage in any action which would adversely affect the holders of the Preferred Stock. A 60% vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock is required to amend the Series A Preferred Stock.

Redemption

At any time on or after September 10, 2017, within 60 days of the receipt of a written request from the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of the Preferred Stock, all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are redeemable at a price equal to the greater of the respective original purchase price per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or certain dilutive events) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or the fair market value as determined by an independent third-party. If the Company does not have sufficient funds available to redeem the Preferred Stock on the redemption date, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock out of funds available and shall redeem the

 

F-21


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Company has funds available. The balance of any unpaid amounts at the redemption date shall accrue interest at 12% per annum.

As the Preferred Stock may become redeemable upon an event that is outside of the control of the Company, the Preferred Stock has been classified outside of permanent equity.

 

8. Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

Common Stock

Common stockholders are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by the Board. The voting, dividend, and liquidation rights of the holders of the common stock are subject to, and qualified by, the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

The Company has reserved for future issuance the following number of shares of common stock:

 

     December 31, 2012      March 31, 2013  

Series A Preferred Stock

     43,750,000         43,750,000   

Series B Preferred Stock

     24,762,134         24,762,134   

Series A Preferred Stock Warrant

     200,000         200,000   

Unvested restricted stock

     5,694,792         4,813,667   

Common stock options

     4,885,629         7,422,329   

Shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan

     1,009,808         3,248,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     80,302,363         84,196,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In November 2009, the Company issued 8,500,000 shares of common stock to the founders of the Company for consideration equal to the par value per share, the then estimated fair value of the common stock. The founders entered into restricted stock agreements whereby the shares of common stock issued are subject to vesting and become fully vested in 2013. An additional 450,000 shares of common stock subject to repurchase were issued to employees and consultants at fair value during the year ended December 31, 2010. Shares subject to repurchase by the Company are recorded as a liability at their original purchase price. Shares subject to repurchase that were issued to non-employees are revalued at each vesting date and at the end of the reporting period, with changes in fair value recorded as stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis. As the Company’s right to repurchase the shares lapses, the liability is reclassified as additional paid-in capital. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, 2,190,104 and 1,646,354 of these shares, respectively, remain subject to repurchase by the Company. The following table shows a roll forward of restricted stock activity outside of the 2010 Stock Plan, as discussed below:

 

     Number of
Shares
 

Unvested at December 31, 2011

     4,365,104   

Granted

       

Vested

     (2,175,000
  

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2012

     2,190,104   

Granted

       

Vested

     (543,750
  

 

 

 

Unvested at March 31, 2013

     1,646,354   
  

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock issued outside of the 2010 Plan was $62,000, $1,284,000, $142,000 and $561,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, $2,168,000 and $1,712,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock is expected to be recognized over weighted average periods of 0.9 and 0.7 years, respectively.

2010 Stock Incentive Plan

In 2010, the Company adopted the Foundation Medicine, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 Stock Plan”) under which it may grant restricted stock, incentive stock options (ISOs) and non-statutory stock options to eligible employees, officers, directors and consultants to purchase up to 4,650,000 shares of common stock. In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company amended the 2010 Stock Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance to 8,650,000, 12,150,000 and 16,930,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 there were 1,009,808 and 3,248,108 awards, respectively, available for future grant under the 2010 Stock Plan.

Terms of stock award agreements, including vesting requirements, are determined by the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the 2010 Stock Plan. Options granted by the Company typically vest over a four-year period. Certain of the options are subject to acceleration of vesting in the event of certain change of control transactions. The options are exercisable from the date of grant for a period of 10 years. For options granted to date, the exercise price equaled the estimated fair value of the common stock as determined by the Board on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

The 2010 Stock Plan allows for granting of restricted stock awards. For restricted stock granted to employees, the intrinsic value on the date of grant is recognized as stock-based compensation expense ratably over the period in which the restrictions lapse. For restricted stock granted to non-employees the intrinsic value is remeasured at each vesting date and at the end of the reporting period. The following table shows a roll forward of restricted stock activity pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan:

 

     Number of
Shares
 

Unvested at December 31, 2011

     760,833   

Granted

       

Vested

     (266,458
  

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2012

     494,375   

Granted

       

Vested

     (51,406
  

 

 

 

Unvested at March 31, 2013

     442,969   
  

 

 

 

All restricted stock issued from the 2010 Stock Plan had a grant date fair value of $0.02 per share. Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock issued from the 2010 Plan was $2,000, $36,000, $3,000 and $14,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and

 

F-23


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, $44,000 and $35,000, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock issued from the 2010 Plan is expected to be recognized over weighted-average periods of 2.5 and 2.3 years, respectively.

Stock Options

A summary of stock option activity under the 2010 Stock Plan for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
     (in thousands, except share numbers)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

     607,750      $ 0.02         

Granted

     5,014,629        0.33         

Exercised

     (620,657     0.13          $ 535   

Cancelled

     (116,093     0.09         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     4,885,629      $ 0.32         9.3       $ 3,282   

Granted

     2,541,700        1.04         

Exercised

     (5,000     0.21          $ 4   

Cancelled

                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2013

     7,422,329      $ 0.57         9.3       $ 3,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

     570,957      $ 0.17         8.9       $ 475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012(1)

     4,454,162      $ 0.32         9.3       $ 3,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of March 31, 2013

     915,526      $ 0.18         8.7       $ 786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2013(1)

     6,771,649      $ 0.56         9.3       $ 3,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1) This represents the number of vested options plus the number of unvested options expected to vest at the respective dates, based on unvested options adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

Certain stock options contain provisions allowing for the early exercise into shares subject to repurchase. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, 479,250 and no options, respectively, were exercised prior to vesting. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, 3,010,313 and 2,724,344 shares, which were early exercised, respectively, remain subject to repurchase.

The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.27 and $0.64 per share, respectively. The Company recorded total stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted to employees, directors and non-employees from the 2010 Stock Plan of $9,000, $215,000, $31,000 and $111,000 during the year, ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation cost of

 

F-24


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

$1,198,000 and $2,785,000, respectively, related to non-vested employee stock-based compensation arrangements is expected to be recognized over weighted-average periods of 3.2 and 3.3 years, respectively.

 

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended

March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1       $ 22       $ 2       $ 12   

Sales and marketing

             31         1         18   

General and administrative

     69         1,388         160         618   

Research and development

     3         94         13         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 73       $ 1,535       $ 176       $ 686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Expected volatility

     67.1     68.8     69.1     67.1

Risk-free interest rate

     2.56     1.29     1.47     1.36

Expected option term (in years)

     6.25        6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected dividend yield

                

 

9. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company did not have a current or deferred income tax expense or benefit.

As of December 31, 2012 the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $39,883,000 and $39,146,000, respectively, which were available to reduce future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various times beginning in 2029 for federal purposes and 2014 for state purposes. The Company also had federal and state tax credits of approximately $344,000 and $758,000, respectively, which may be used to offset future tax liabilities. These tax credit carryforwards will expire at various times beginning in 2029 for federal purposes and 2024 for state purposes.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years.

The Company has not recorded any reserves for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2011 or 2012. The Company has not, as yet, conducted a study of research and development credit carryforwards. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Company is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state and local income tax authorities for all tax years in which a loss carryforward is available. The Company is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other jurisdictions for any tax years.

The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 8,669      $ 15,616   

Research and development credits

     649        845   

Deferred revenue

     60        697   

Accrued bonus

     86        593   

Deferred rent

     207        164   

Other

     13        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     9,684        17,983   

Deferred tax liability

     (16     (28

Valuation allowance

     (9,668     (17,955
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, because the Company’s management has determined that is it more likely than not that these assets will not be fully realized. The increase in the valuation allowance of $8,287,000 in 2012 primarily relates to the net loss incurred by the Company during that period.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of the income tax expense at the federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012      

Statutory tax rate

     34.0     34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     4.9        4.8   

Permanent differences

     (2.3     (2.5

Research and development credit

     2.9        1.1   

Other

     (0.6     (0.3

Change in valuation allowance

     (38.9     (37.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

10. Significant Agreements

Biopharmaceutical Customer

In November 2011, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement (“MSA”) with a Biopharmaceutical Customer (“Customer”) establishing the legal and administrative framework for collaboration. In May 2012, the Company and Customer amended the MSA to include certain guaranteed quarterly minimum payments by Customer in return for the Company providing sufficient laboratory capacity to perform up to a maximum number of tests. The agreement has an initial two year term beginning on the amendment date, during which Customer shall pay the Company $14,200,000. The Customer may elect to extend the agreement for one additional year during which the Customer would pay the Company an additional $7,900,000. The Company identified three deliverables under the agreement: provision of one full-time project manager, participation on a joint steering committee and the provision of sufficient laboratory capacity to test a minimum number of samples provided by Customer. The Company assessed the agreement as a multiple-element arrangement pursuant to ASC 605-25 – Revenue Recognition: Multiple-Element Arrangements , and determined the deliverables were not separable due to a lack of stand-alone value for certain deliverables. The deliverables did not have standalone value as a result of the fact that the provision of a full-time project manager and the participation on a joint steering committee are not sold separately by any vendor, and a customer could not resell these deliverables on a standalone basis without the provision of the laboratory services. Thus, the arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting and revenue is being recognized over the initial two-year performance period. The Company recognized revenue of $4,233,000 and $1,588,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

One Kendall Square

In May 2010, the Company commenced a facility lease which expires in October 2015. The lease is subject to fixed rate escalation increases. As a result, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for the full amount of the commitment including the minimum rent increases over the lease term. The future minimum rental payments under the lease are included in the future minimum rental payments below. The Company recorded $803,000, $875,000, $219,000 and $219,000 of rent expense in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, associated with this lease.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

150 Second Street

In 2013, the Company signed two additional facility leases. The first lease commenced in March 2013 and has a one year expected term. The second lease commences in September 2013 and has an eight year expected term. The second lease is subject to fixed rate escalation increases and the landlord waived the Company’s rent obligation for first nine months of the lease, having a value of $2,900,000. As a result, the Company will recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. The Company began to record rent expense in April 2013 upon gaining access to and control of the space. Upon execution of the lease agreement, the Company paid a security deposit of $1,725,000, which is included in restricted cash as of March 31, 2013. The future minimum rent payments under the leases total $27,463,000.

As of December 31, 2012, the minimum future rent payments under the Company’s lease agreements are as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 1,007   

2014

     1,030   

2015

     863   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 2,900   
  

 

 

 

Legal Matters

The Company, from time to time, is party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. Management does not believe that the outcome of these claims will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company based on the status of proceedings at this time.

 

12. Related Party Transactions

Since inception, the Company has received consulting and management services from an investor. The Company paid this investor approximately $535,000, $362,000 and $91,000 for these services during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. Of these amounts, $4,000, $92,000 and $26,000 of amounts due to the investor were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company recognized revenue of $287,000 and $364,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, from an arrangement with an investor executed in the year ended December 31, 2012. Of these amounts, $88,000 and $0 were included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

 

13. 401(k) Savings Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution savings plan covering all eligible U.S. employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board. To date, the Company has not made any contributions to the plan.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events after the audited balance sheet date of December 31, 2012 and the unaudited balance sheet date of March 31, 2013 through June 24, 2013, the date this Registration Statement on Form S-1 was confidentially submitted to the SEC, to ensure that this filing includes appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, and events which occurred subsequently but were not recognized in the financial statements. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

May 2013 Stock Option Grants

In May 2013, the Company granted stock options to purchase of 1,344,800 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.78.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan
Leerink Swann   Sanford C. Bernstein

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,765   

FINRA filing fee

     *   

NASDAQ listing fee

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

In addition, our bylaws provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

  Ÿ  

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us and/or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, each of our directors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by their affiliates, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors are primary and any obligation of the affiliates of those directors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2010, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

  1. On September 10, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 18,805,304 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 19 investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $42.5 million. On December 28, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 5,956,830 shares of our Series B preferred stock to five investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $13.5 million.

 

  2. On November 1, 2010, we issued a Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant to Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P., exercisable for an aggregate of up to 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock.

 

  3.

On March 30, 2010, we issued an aggregate of 7,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $7.0 million. On February 7, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one existing investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.0 million. On March 30, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one existing investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.0 million. On October 14, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,500,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one existing investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.5 million. On August 8, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred

 

II-2


Table of Contents
 

stock to one investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $10.0 million. On August 23, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.0 million. On April 18, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 10,250,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to four existing investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $10.3 million.

 

  4. Between August 5, 2010 and May 31, 2013, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 14,841,129 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.02 to $1.78 per share to our employees, consultants and directors pursuant to our 2010 Plan. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 350,656 shares were cancelled without being exercised.

 

  5. We sold an aggregate of 5,764,657 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $187,018.14 upon the exercise of stock options.

We deemed the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (3) above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, regarding transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

We deemed the grants of stock options described in paragraph (4) and the issuances of shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options described in paragraph (5) as exempt pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

All certificates representing the securities issued in the transactions described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been offered or sold pursuant to a registration statement and describing the applicable restrictions on transfer of the securities. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statements Schedules:

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a) The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cambridge, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on July 29, 2013.

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

  Michael J. Pellini, M.D.
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Michael J. Pellini, M.D., Robert W. Hesslein, Steven J. Kafka and Jason Ryan as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

Michael J. Pellini, M.D.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)    July 29, 2013

/s/ Jason Ryan

Jason Ryan

   Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    July 29, 2013

/s/ Alexis Borisy

Alexis Borisy

   Director    July 29, 2013

/s/ Brook Byers

Brook Byers

   Director    July 29, 2013

/s/ Evan Jones

Evan Jones

   Director    July 29, 2013

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Mark Levin

Mark Levin

   Director    July 29, 2013

/s/ David Schenkein, M.D.

David Schenkein, M.D.

   Director    July 29, 2013

/s/ Krishna Yeshwant, M.D.

Krishna Yeshwant, M.D.

   Director    July 29, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Exhibit Index

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect
  3.2*    Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon completion of this offering)
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon completion of this offering)
  4.1*    Form of Common Stock certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock of the Registrant, dated as of November 1, 2010, issued to Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.
  4.3    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and between the Registrant and the Investors named therein, dated as of June 20, 2013.
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1†    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.2†*    2013 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.3†*    Executive Employee Offer Letter issued by the Registrant to Michael J. Pellini, dated as of March 14, 2011.
10.4†    Executive Employee Offer Letter issued by the Registrant to Kevin Krenitsky, dated as of March 7, 2013.
10.5†    Executive Employee Offer Letter issued by the Registrant to Robert W. Hesslein, dated as of March 7, 2013.
10.6†    Executive Employee Offer Letter issued by the Registrant to Jason Ryan, dated as of March 7, 2013.
10.7†*    Executive Employee Offer Letter issued by the Registrant to Steven J. Kafka, dated as of March 7, 2013.
10.8*    Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and its directors and officers
10.9    Lease Agreement, by and between the Registrant and RB Kendall Fee, LLC, dated as of July 13, 2010.
10.10    Lease, by and between the Registrant and 150 Second Street, LLC, dated as of February 4, 2013.
10.11    Lease, by and between the Registrant and 150 Second Street, LLC, dated as of March 27, 2013.
10.12    Loan and Security Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P., dated as of November 1, 2010, as amended.
10.13#*    Supply and Support Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Illumina, Inc., effective as of July 25, 2013.
10.14#*    Laboratory Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation, dated as of November 21, 2011, as amended.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in page II-5)

 

  * To be included by amendment
  Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
  # Application will be made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested will be filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1. The name of this Corporation is Foundation Medicine, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 12, 2009 (the “ Certificate ”) under the name Foundation Genomics, Inc. The Certificate was amended and restated on March 29, 2010 (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”), as amended by a Certificate of Amendment dated October 28, 2010, and as further amended by a Certificate of Amendment dated May 5, 2011. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on August 8, 2011 (the “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”). The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on August 23, 2011 (the “ Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”). The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on April 18, 2012 (the “ Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

  2. This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the GCL.

 

  3. Pursuant to Section 228(a) of the GCL, the holders of outstanding shares of the Corporation, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such actions at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, consented to the adoption of the aforesaid amendments without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice and that written notice of the taking of such actions is being given in accordance with Section 228(e) of the GCL.

 

  4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:


FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Corporation is Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Registered Agent

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

A. Capital Stock .

1 Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is:

(a) 90,000,000 shares of Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and

(b) 62,755,304 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value of $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

2 Stock Rights and Preferences . The Common Stock and Preferred Stock authorized hereunder shall have the voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as follows:

 

2


B. Common Stock .

1 General . The voting, dividend and liquidation and other rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of Preferred Stock.

2 Voting . Except as provided in this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3 Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in their sole discretion, subject to provisions of law, any provision of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, and subject to the relative rights and preferences of any shares of Preferred Stock authorized and issued hereunder.

4 Liquidation . Upon the dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject, however, to the liquidation rights of the holders of Preferred Stock authorized and issued hereunder.

C. Preferred Stock .

43,950,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and 18,805,304 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), in each case with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.

1 Dividends . The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to dividends out of the Corporation’s assets legally available therefor only as, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on any shares of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the sum of: (i) in the case of a dividend on shares of Preferred Stock, the aggregate amount of any dividend declared on such share of Preferred Stock and not previously paid plus (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock (including without limitation the

 

3


Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock), that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all such shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend, for each of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.26 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean the Series A Original Issue Price in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Original Issue Price in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock.

2 Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

(a) Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. The aggregate amount of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this subsection 2(a) shall be hereafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”. The aggregate amount of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this subsection 2(a) shall be hereafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2(a) , the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

4


(b) Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (a) above, any remaining assets of the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock.

(c) Deemed Liquidation Events .

(i) Any of the following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), including for purposes of this Section 2 , unless the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding voting or consenting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis (the “ Required Holders ”) elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least two (2) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(A) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (I) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (II) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted or exchanged for shares of capital stock which represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2(c)(i) , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged);

(B) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license (without material field limitation) or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

 

5


(C) the sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the stockholders of the Corporation of voting control of the Corporation.

(ii) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(I) above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

(iii) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(c)(i)(A)(II), (B) or (C)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ General Corporation Law ”) within thirty (30) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Notification ”), and (B) if the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than forty-five (45) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Redemption Request ”), the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”) to redeem, to the extent legally available therefor, on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Liquidation Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. On or before the Liquidation Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Liquidation Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notification, and thereupon the Liquidation Redemption Price shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate

 

6


are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder. If the Redemption Notification shall have been duly given by the Corporation and the Redemption Request duly received by the Corporation, and if on the Liquidation Redemption Date, the entire Liquidation Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Liquidation Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Liquidation Redemption Date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Liquidation Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Liquidation Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(c)(iii) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(iv) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Allocation of Contingent Payments . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is (i) placed into escrow (the “ Escrowed Initial Consideration ”) and/or (ii) subject to contingencies (the “ Contingent Consideration ,” which term, for clarity, excludes any Escrowed Initial Consideration), then the definitive agreement with respect to such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) all consideration other than the Contingent Consideration (the “ Initial Consideration ,” which term, for clarity, includes any Escrowed Initial Consideration) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) , 2(b) and 2(e) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Contingent Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) , 2(b) and 2(e) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration and any previously paid Contingent Consideration as part of the same transaction.

(e) No Necessity to Convert . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including any Deemed Liquidation Event, (a “ Liquidation Event ”), each holder of a series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, for each such share of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, on a series-by-series basis, the greater of (i) the aggregate amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(a) and, if applicable, Subsections 2(b) and (2)(d)  (but without giving effect to this Subsection 2(e) ) or (ii) the aggregate amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation

 

7


Event with respect to such shares if such shares of Preferred Stock had actually been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, giving effect to this Subsection 2(e) . For purposes of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the terms “Series A Liquidation Amount” and “Series B Liquidation Amount” shall encompass such greater amount.

3 Voting .

(a) On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock entitled to vote thereon shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Subsections 3(b) , 3(c) , 3(d) or 3(e) below, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class.

(b) The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock fail, or pursuant to any agreement among the stockholders are ineligible, to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3(b) . The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) shall terminate on the earlier to occur of: (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock resulting in the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Common Stock; or (ii) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, provided that in the case of a sale of assets, such termination shall occur only upon completion of the distribution of all proceeds of such sale to the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

8


(c) At any time when at least nine hundred fifty thousand (950,000) shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the Required Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, capital reorganization or otherwise, and any such transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) Alter, amend, repeal or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock; or

(ii) Amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to or alter, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws; or

(iii) Create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, shares of any additional class or series of capital stock, unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and with respect to the payment of dividends and unless the same has no redemption rights, or increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock or increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and with respect to the payment of dividends and unless the same has no redemption rights, increase or decrease the par value of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, or create or authorize any obligation or security convertible into shares of any class or series of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and with respect to the payment of dividends and unless the same has no redemption rights; or

(iv) Pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (except dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock); or

(v) Effect a change of control, liquidation, dissolution, merger, reincorporation, recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, or sale or other transfer of a substantial part of the Corporation’s assets, including without limitation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(vi) (i) Reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or the payment of dividends, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege or if the same would grant such security redemption rights, or

 

9


(ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or the payment of dividends, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege or would grant such security redemption rights; or

(vii) Sell, abandon, transfer, lease, pledge, subject to a lien, encumber, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of all or any material portion of the properties or assets of the Corporation, including any exclusive license of intellectual property rights of the Corporation or any subsidiary; or

(viii) Change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation; or

(ix) Create or authorize the creation of any debt security issuable by the Corporation; or

(x) Effect any change to the principal business of the Corporation or any subsidiary or enter into new lines of business not primarily related to the business of the Corporation or any subsidiary on the filing date of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or

(xi) Create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any capital stock of a subsidiary or all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary; or

(xii) Exchange, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (A) redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 2 , (B) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements approved by the Board of Directors under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at the lesser of cost or the fair market value upon the termination of employment or service, and (C) the redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 6 .

(d) At any time when at least seven hundred thousand (700,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, capital reorganization or otherwise, and any such transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect :

 

10


(i) Alter, amend, repeal or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Article IV, provided, that the authorization, designation or issuance of a new series of capital stock with rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, including without limitation any alteration, amendment, repeal or change in the rights or privileges of the Preferred Stock to vote, consent or otherwise act together, shall not be deemed to be an alteration, amendment, repeal or change requiring the written consent or affirmative vote pursuant to this Subsection 3(d) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding; or

(ii) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(e) At any time when at least two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, capital reorganization or otherwise, and any such transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(i) Alter, amend, repeal or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth in this Article IV, provided, that the authorization, designation or issuance of a new series of capital stock with rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, including without limitation any alteration, amendment, repeal or change in the rights or privileges of the Preferred Stock to vote, consent or otherwise act together, shall not be deemed to be an alteration, amendment, repeal or change requiring the written consent or affirmative vote pursuant to this Subsection 3(e) of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding; or

(ii) Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

4 Optional Conversion .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) the applicable Original Issue Price by (ii)

 

11


the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall be as of September 10, 2012 equal to the Series A Original Issue Price. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall be as of September 10, 2012 equal to the Series B Original Issue Price. Such initial Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The “ Conversion Price ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, and the Series B Conversion Price, in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including any Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled

 

12


and a certificate for the number (if any) of shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, together with (i) cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (ii) cash equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

(iii) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment in lieu of any fractional share otherwise issuable upon conversion in accordance with Subsection 4(b) above and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iv) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on a series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

(v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

13


(d) Adjustments to Applicable Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “ Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (I) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (II) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4(e) or 4(f) below;

 

  (III) up to 12,150,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any increases provided below) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (a) pursuant to that certain Company 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated from time to time (including to increase such number of shares of Common Stock) with the approval of the Board of Directors including the approval of at least seventy percent (70%) of the directors then in office (such approval of the Board of Directors, “Super Board Approval ) or (b) pursuant to any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by Super Board Approval (which may increase such number of shares of Common Stock);

 

14


  (IV) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the filing date of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (V) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by Super Board Approval (not to exceed 8,525,530 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock)); or

 

  (VI) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, strategic alliance, license, joint venture, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by Super Board Approval (not to exceed 8,525,530 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock)).

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v )) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) (1) with respect to the Series A Conversion Price, prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made to the Series A Conversion Price as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock and (2) with respect to the Series B Conversion Price, prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made to the Series B Conversion Price as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

15


(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Subsections 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), or (VI) ) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, such Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Subsections 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), or (VI) ), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v) hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise,

 

16


conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(d)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective. If the change in such Option or Convertible Security causes an adjustment pursuant to this provision and such Option or Convertible Security is then further changed as a result of the adjustments made pursuant to this provision, no further adjustment shall be made hereunder as a result of the further automatic change in such Option or Convertible Security.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price of Preferred Stock Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(B) “CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (treating for this purpose all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

17


(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4(d) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

  (III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (II)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon

 

18


  the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) above, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a comparable combination of the Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination or subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

 

19


provided , however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further , however , that no such adjustment shall be made to the applicable Conversion Price if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of such series of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of such capital stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not a series of Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (d), (f) or (g)  of this Section 4 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

20


(i) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock; or

(iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, including any Deemed Liquidation Event,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

21


5 Mandatory Conversion .

(a) Upon the earlier of (A) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in (1) at least $30 million of gross proceeds to the Corporation, (2) a price per share at least equal to $2.49 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), and (3) the listing of the Common Stock on a nationally recognized securities exchange or trading system (any such offering, a “ Qualified Public Offering ”), or (B) a date specified by vote or written consent of the Required Holders, (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of the applicable series. In addition, upon the date and time or the occurrence of an event specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, (i) all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. The time of the event effecting conversion of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(a) is referred to herein as a “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”.

(b) All holders of record of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such series of Preferred Stock has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for the shares of Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(b) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

22


(c) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6 Redemption .

(a) At any time on or after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date, upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request from the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis, that all of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock be redeemed, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem (such payment date being referred to herein as the “ Redemption Date ” and the Redemption Date being no later than sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Corporation of the written request referred to in the first sentence of this Section 6(a)) all of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor a sum per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or (ii) the fair market value of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, as determined by an independent accounting firm selected within fifteen (15) days of such written request by mutual agreement of the Corporation and such requesting holders, delivering a written report of such fair market value within forty-five (45) days of such written request, and with the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the Corporation (the “ Redemption Price ”). Any redemption of Preferred Stock effected pursuant to this Subsection 6(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price that each such holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive on the applicable Redemption Date.

(b) At least fifteen (15) days prior to the Redemption Date, and following the Corporation’s receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preferred Stock, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the Redemption Date, specifying the number and series of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Price for each series of Preferred Stock and the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”); provided, however, that the Corporation’s failure to give such Redemption Notice shall in no way affect is obligation to redeem the shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Subsection 6(a) hereof. Except as provided in

 

23


Subsection 6(c) , on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

(c) From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption on the Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice as holders of Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price that each such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to Subsection 6(a) . The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein; provided, however, that the unpaid balance required to redeem such shares shall accrue interest at twelve percent (12%) per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. In the event the Corporation fails to redeem any such shares for greater than sixty (60) days after the Redemption Date, the Required Holders shall have the right to elect all of the members of the Board of Directors, notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 3(b) above. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed.

(d) Unless waived by the Required Holders, on or prior to the Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption on the Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice, and not yet redeemed or converted, with a bank or trust corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $1,000,000,000 as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to publish the notice of redemption thereof and pay the Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the Redemption Date, upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered his, her or its share certificate to the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 6(b) . As of the date of such deposit (even if prior to the Redemption Date), the deposit shall constitute full payment of such shares to their holders, and from and after the date of the deposit, the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except the rights to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Redemption Price for the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor. Such instructions shall also provide that any monies deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Subsection 6(d) for the redemption of shares converted into shares of

 

24


the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 prior to the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any monies deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Subsection 6(d) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of two (2) years following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors.

7 Corporate Opportunity . The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or investment advisor of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

8 Waiver . Any of the rights, powers or preferences of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, as a separate class, set forth herein may be defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, consenting or voting as a separate class. Any of the rights, powers or preferences of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, as a separate class, set forth herein may be defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, consenting or voting as a separate class. Any of the rights, powers or preferences of the holders of Preferred Stock, together as a single class, set forth herein may be defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of the Required Holders.

ARTICLE V

Perpetual Existence

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

By-laws

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware:

A. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

B. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

25


C. The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

The Corporation eliminates the personal liability of each member or its Board of Directors to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided, however, that, to the extent provided by applicable law, the foregoing shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of such director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or (iv) for any transaction from which such director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendments and Repeal

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon a stockholder herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[rest of page intentionally blank]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the 10th day of September, 2012.

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Pellini
  Michael Pellini, M.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

1. Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Amendment ”) amends the provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”).

2. Pursuant to Section 228(a) of the DGCL, the holders of outstanding shares of the Corporation, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such actions at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, consented to the adoption of the amendments without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice and that written notice of the taking of such actions is being given in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

3. The Certificate is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The first paragraph of Section A of Article IV is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth below:

“1. Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is:

(a) 96,000,000 shares of Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”); and

(b) 68,712,134 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value of $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).”

(b) The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section C of Article IV is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth below:

“43,950,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and 24,762,134 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), in each case with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.”

* - * - * - *

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned authorized officer of the Corporation, has executed this Certificate of Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of December 28, 2012.

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Pellini
  Michael Pellini
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS

OF

FOUNDATION GENOMICS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I FISCAL YEAR  

1

ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS   1

Section 1.

 

Annual Meeting

 

1

Section 2.

 

Special Meetings

 

1

Section 3.

 

Place of Meetings

 

1

Section 4.

 

Notices

 

2

Section 5.

 

Quorum

 

3

Section 6.

 

Voting and Proxies

 

3

Section 7.

 

Action at Meeting

 

4

Section 8.

 

Special Action

 

4

Section 9.

 

Record Date

 

4

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS   5

Section 1.

 

Powers

 

5

Section 2.

 

Election

 

5

Section 3.

 

Quorum

 

6

Section 4.

 

Vacancies

 

6

Section 5.

 

Enlargement of the Board

 

6

Section 6.

 

Tenure

 

6

Section 7.

 

Removal

 

6

Section 8.

 

Regular Meetings

 

6

Section 9.

 

Special Meetings

 

7

Section 10.

 

Notice of Special Meetings

 

7

Section 11.

 

Action at Meeting

 

7

Section 12.

 

Participation by Telephone at a Meeting

 

7

Section 13.

 

Special Action

 

8

Section 14.

 

Committees

 

8

Section 15.

 

Chairperson

 

8

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS   8

Section 1.

 

Enumeration

 

8

Section 2.

 

Election

 

8

Section 3.

 

Qualification

 

9

Section 4.

 

Tenure

 

9

Section 5.

 

Removal

 

9

Section 6.

 

President

 

9

Section 7.

 

Vice Presidents

 

9

Section 8.

 

Treasurer

 

9

 

i


Section 9.

 

Assistant Treasurers

 

10

Section 10.

 

Secretary

 

10

Section 11.

 

Assistant Secretaries

 

10

ARTICLE V PROVISIONS RELATING TO CAPITAL STOCK   10

Section 1.

 

Unissued Stock

 

10

Section 2.

 

Certificates of Stock

 

11

Section 3.

 

Transfer of Stock

 

11

Section 4.

 

Equitable Interests Not Recognized

 

11

Section 5.

 

Lost or Destroyed Certificates

 

11

ARTICLE VI STOCK IN OTHER CORPORATIONS   11
ARTICLE VII INSPECTION OF RECORDS   12
ARTICLE VIII CHECKS, NOTES, DRAFTS and OTHER INSTRUMENTS   12
ARTICLE IX SEAL   12
ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS   12
ARTICLE XI TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES   13
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS   13

 

ii


BY-LAWS

OF

FOUNDATION GENOMICS, INC.

ARTICLE I

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of Foundation Genomics, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be the twelve months ending on the last day of December.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held not later than thirteen (13) months after the latest of the organization of the Corporation, its last annual meeting or the last vote or action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting, at the date and hour fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, may be specified by the Directors or the President. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a special meeting may be held in lieu thereof, and any action taken at such meeting shall have the same effect as if taken at the annual meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the President, Secretary or by a majority of the Directors acting by vote or by written instrument(s) signed by such a majority of them.

Section 3. Place of Meetings.

All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation unless a different place is fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or a proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or a proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

1


Section 4. Notices.

Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given as follows: A written notice, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. Notices shall be given by the Board of Directors, the President, Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, not less ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting unless otherwise provided in Delaware General Corporation Law, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United Sates mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notices of all meetings of stockholders shall state the purposes for which the meetings are called.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and other then notices under sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent.

It shall be the responsibility of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of the post office address to which that stockholder wishes all communications by the Corporation addressed and delivered.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

2


Section 5. Quorum.

Subject to quorum requirement for special actions under the law, at any meeting of stockholders, a quorum for the transaction of business shall consist of one or more individuals appearing in person and/or as proxies and owning and/or representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Corporation then outstanding and entitled to vote. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by majority vote properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 6. Voting and Proxies.

Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote, and a proportionate vote for any fractional share entitled to vote, held by him of record according to the records of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation. Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy dated not more than three (3) years unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary or other person responsible for recording the proceedings before being voted at any meeting or any adjournment thereof.

A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, without limitation, by facsimile signature. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making the determination shall specify the information upon which they relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to Section 212(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

 

3


Section 7. Action at Meeting.

When a quorum is present, the action of the stockholders on all matters, other than the election of directors, properly brought before such meeting shall be decided by the stockholders holding a majority of the stock present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote and voting on such matter, except where a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or by any written agreement to which the Corporation and its stockholders are bound, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, participating by telephone or other electronic means or communication permitted hereunder, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. No ballot shall be required for the election of directors unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election.

Section 8. Special Action.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

Section 9. Record Date.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

4


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action, If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers.

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law or in its Certificate of Incorporation.

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof.

Section 2. Election.

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than one nor more than nine. Within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting.

 

5


The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders or by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Directors a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 4. Vacancies.

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

Section 5. Enlargement of the Board.

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors may be increased and one or more additional Directors elected at any special meeting of the stockholders, called at least in part for the purpose, or by the Directors by vote of all of the Directors then in office. The stockholders may, by majority vote, overrule any such increase approved by the Directors.

Section 6. Tenure.

Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-laws, a Director shall hold office until the earlier of his resignation, death, or removal. Any Director may resign by delivering his written resignation or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

Section 7. Removal.

Any Director or the entire Board may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

Section 8. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Directors may be held at such times and places as shall from time to time be fixed and scheduled by resolution of the Board. No notice need be given of regular meetings held at times and places so fixed and scheduled. If at any meeting of Directors at which a resolution is adopted fixing the times or place or places for any regular meetings any Director is absent, no meeting shall be held pursuant to such resolution until either each such absent Director has been notified of the change in writing by the Secretary on seven (7) days notice.

 

6


Section 9. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the President or by the Treasurer or by any Director and shall be held at the place designated in the call thereof.

Section 10. Notice of Special Meetings.

Notices of any special meeting of the Directors shall be given by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary to each Director, by delivering to him, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and addressed to him at his address, electronic mail address, or facsimile number as registered on the books of the Corporation, at least forty-eight hours before the meeting, notice of such meeting. Such delivery may be made by hand, overnight courier, facsimile, electronic mail, or by regular mail, but if made by the latter shall not be effective unless placed in the mail at least five (5) days before the date of the meeting. If the Secretary refuses or neglects for more than twenty-four hours after receipt of the call to give notice of such special meeting, or if the office of Secretary is vacant or the Secretary is absent from the principal office of the Corporation, or incapacitated, such notice may be given by the officer or Directors calling the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a waiver of notice in writing, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who is present in person at the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. A notice or waiver of notice of a Directors’ meeting need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

It shall be the responsibility of each director to notify the Corporation of the post office address to which that director wishes all communications by the Corporation addressed and delivered.

Section 11. Action at Meeting.

At any meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present, the action of the Directors on any matter brought before the meeting shall be decided by the vote of a majority of those present and voting, unless a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws.

Section 12. Participation by Telephone at a Meeting.

Any Director or member of any committee designated by the Directors may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting for all purposes, including without limitation, for purposes of Sections 3, 10, 11 and 14 of this Article.

 

7


Section 13. Special Action.

Any action by the Directors or any Committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Directors’ meetings. Such consent shall be treated as a vote of the Directors for all purposes.

Section 14. Committees.

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with the exception of any power or authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

Section 15. Chairperson.

The Directors may elect from their number a Chairperson of the Board who shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and may have such additional powers and responsibilities, executive or otherwise, as may from time to time be vested in him by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration.

The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, and other officers as may from time to time be determined by the Directors.

Section 2. Election.

The President, Treasurer, and Secretary shall be elected by the Directors. Other officers may be chosen by the incorporator(s) at their initial meeting and by the Directors.

 

8


Section 3. Qualification.

Any officer may, but need not be, a Director or a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties to the Corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the Directors may determine.

Section 4. Tenure.

Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the officers shall hold office until the earliest of his resignation, death, or replacement, or the expiration of his term. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

Section 5. Removal.

The Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office.

Section 6. President.

The President when present shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors. It shall be his duty and he shall have the power to see that all orders and resolutions of the Directors are carried into effect. The President shall from time to time report to the Directors all matters within his knowledge which the interests of the Corporation may require to be brought to its notice. The President shall perform such duties and have such powers additional to the foregoing as the Directors shall designate.

Section 7. Vice Presidents.

In the absence or disability of the President or a vacancy in such office, his powers and duties shall be performed by the Vice President, if only one, or, if more than one, by the one designated for the purpose by the Directors. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Directors shall from time to time designate.

Section 8. Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as shall be designated by the Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in such depositories as he shall from time to time deem proper. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as shall be ordered by the Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He shall promptly render to the President and to the Directors such statements of his transactions and accounts as the President and Directors respectively may from time to time require. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers additional to the foregoing as the Directors may designate.

 

9


Section 9. Assistant Treasurers.

In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, his powers and duties shall be performed by the Assistant Treasurer, if only one, or, if more than one, by the one designated for the purpose by the Directors. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Directors shall from time to time designate.

Section 10. Secretary.

The Secretary shall record in books kept for the purpose all votes and proceedings of the stockholders and shall record as aforesaid all votes and proceedings of the Directors at their meetings. Unless the Directors shall appoint a transfer agent and/or registrar or other officer or officers for the purpose, the Secretary shall be charged with the duty of keeping, or causing to be kept, accurate records of all stock outstanding, stock certificates issued and stock transfers and, subject to such other or different rules as shall be adopted from time to time by the Directors, such records may be kept solely in the stock certificate books. The Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers additional to the foregoing as the Directors shall designate.

Section 11. Assistant Secretaries.

In the absence or disability of the Secretary or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the Assistant Secretary, if one be elected, or, if there be more than one, the one designated for the purpose by the Directors, shall perform the duties of the Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as these By-laws may provide or as the Directors may from time to time designate. A Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding shall perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence of the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries from any meeting of stockholders or Directors.

ARTICLE V

PROVISIONS RELATING TO CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Unissued Stock.

The Board of Directors shall have the authority upon majority vote to issue from time to time the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized stock of the Corporation to such persons, for such consideration, whether cash, property, services or for a debt or note, and on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine without first offering the same for subscription to existing stockholders of the Corporation.

 

10


Section 2. Certificates of Stock.

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates representing in the aggregate the shares owned by him and certifying the number and class thereof, which shall be in such form as the Directors shall adopt. Each certificate of stock shall be signed by (a) the President, a Vice President, or the Chief Executive Officer and (b) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar, other then a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, such signatures may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth on the face or back either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

Section 3. Transfer of Stock.

The stock of the Corporation shall be transferable, so as to affect the rights of the Corporation, only by transfer recorded on the books of the Corporation, in person or by duly authorized attorney, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates properly endorsed or assigned.

Section 4. Equitable Interests Not Recognized.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person except as may be otherwise expressly provided by law.

Section 5. Lost or Destroyed Certificates.

The Directors of the Corporation may, subject to Delaware Corporation Law, determine the conditions upon which a new certificate of stock may be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or mutilated.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK IN OTHER CORPORATIONS

Except as the Directors may otherwise designate, the President or Treasurer may waive notice of, and appoint any person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or shareholders, or to act as director or officer of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this Corporation.

 

11


ARTICLE VII

INSPECTION OF RECORDS

Books, accounts, documents and records of the Corporation shall be open to inspection by any Director at all times during the usual hours of business. The original, or attested copies, of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and records of all meetings of the Incorporators and stockholders, and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders and the record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, or at an office of its transfer agent or of the Secretary or of its registered agent, Said copies and records need not all be kept in the same office. They shall be available at all reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose, but not to secure a list of stockholders for the purpose of selling said list or copies thereof or of using the same for any purpose other than in the interest of the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

CHECKS, NOTES, DRAFTS and OTHER INSTRUMENTS

Checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money drawn or endorsed in the name of the Corporation may be signed by any officer or officers or person or persons authorized by the Directors to sign the same.

ARTICLE IX

SEAL

The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form, bearing its name, the word “Delaware”, and the year of its incorporation. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may affix the seal (as may any other officer if authorized by the Directors) to any instrument requiring the corporate seal.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may at any time be amended by vote of the stockholders, provided that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of the meeting. The Directors may also make, amend, or repeal these By-laws in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws requires action by the stockholders. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any By-law, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the Bylaws. Any By-law adopted by the Directors may be amended or repealed by the stockholders.

 

12


ARTICLE XI

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or Officers, or between a Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or Officers, are Directors or Officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or Officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such Director’s or Officer’s vote are counted for such purpose if: (1) the material fact as to the Director’s or Officer’s relationship or interest and to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the Committee, and the Board or Committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to the Director’s or Officer’s relationship or interest and to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a Committee or the Shareholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

The Corporation shall, to the extent legally permissible, have power to indemnify any person serving or who has served as a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in the manner prescribed by the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated from time to time, of the Corporation.

The Corporation shall, to the extent permissible, have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.,

 

13


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

First Amendment to By-Laws

The By-laws of Foundation Medicine, Inc. are hereby amended as follows:

(i) The second sentence of Section 2 of Article III is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following sentence:

“Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting within the limits above specified.”

(ii) The first sentence of Section 4 of Article III is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following sentence:

“Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.”

(iii) Section 5 of Article III is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following paragraph:

“Section 5. Enlargement of the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors may be increased and one or more additional Directors elected at any special meeting of the stockholders, called at least in part for the purpose, or by the Directors by vote of all of the Directors then in office. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, the stockholders may, by majority vote, overrule any such increase approved by the Directors.”

(iv) Section 7 of Article III is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following paragraph:

“Section 7. Removal. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, any Director or the entire Board may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors.”

(v) The following Article XIII is hereby appended to the By-laws after Article XII:


“ARTICLE XIII

CONFLICTS WITH CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended, and these By-laws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.”

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No.                                     Number of Shares: a maximum of 200,000
  

Series A Preferred Stock

Subject to determination as set for the below

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .

Effective as of November 1, 2010

Void after November 1, 2018, or earlier in accordance with

Section 7 of this Warrant

1. Issuance . This Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. by F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter with its successors called the “ Company ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881 dated November 1, 2010 between the Company and Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P. (the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

2. Purchase Price; Number of Shares .

(a) The registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”), is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company, to purchase from the Company, at a price per share of $1.00 (the “ Purchase Price ”), up to a maximum of 200,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Commencing on the date hereof, 100,000 (the “ Exercise Quantity ”) of shares of Preferred Stock are immediately available for purchase hereunder.

(b) On the Commitment Termination Date or such earlier termination of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof, the Exercise Quantity shall automatically be increased by such additional number of shares as is equal to (A) 2% of the amount of Aggregate Advances funded under the Loan Agreement, if any, divided by (B) the Purchase Price.

In addition to other terms which may be defined herein, the following terms, as used in this Warrant, shall have the following meanings:

 

  (i) “Aggregate Advances” means the aggregate original dollar amount of Advances made under the Loan Agreement, whether such Advances are outstanding or prepaid, at the time of any scheduled adjustment to the Exercise Quantity.

Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Purchase Price and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. The person or persons in whose name or names any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock is issued hereunder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares represented thereby as at the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised with respect to such shares, whether or not the transfer books of the Company shall be closed.

 

1.


3. Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price may be paid (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by the surrender by the Holder to the Company of any promissory notes or other obligations issued by the Company to the Holder, with all such notes and obligations so surrendered being credited against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of surrender, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

4. Net Issue Election . The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue election notice annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock as is computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

  A

 

        where:    X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 4 .
   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant in respect of which the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   A =    the Fair Market Value (defined below) of one share of Preferred Stock, as determined at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   B =    the Purchase Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Preferred Stock (or fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) if the Preferred Stock has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of the date that the net issue election is made (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

(i) If the net issue election is made in connection with and contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (a “ Public Offering ”), and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(ii) If the net issue election is not made in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(a) If traded on a securities exchange or NASDAQ market or system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing or last reported sale prices of the Common Stock on such exchange or market over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible;

(b) If otherwise traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing ask prices of the Common Stock over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; and

(c) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.


5. Partial Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised in part at any time, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new warrant, which shall be dated as of the date of this Warrant, covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been exercised.

6. Fractional Shares . In no event shall any fractional share of Preferred Stock be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. If, upon exercise of this Warrant in its entirety, the Holder would, except as provided in this Section 6 , be entitled to receive a fractional share of Preferred Stock, then the Company shall pay the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction of a share of Preferred Stock at such time.

7. Expiration Date; Automatic Exercise. This Warrant shall expire at the earliest to occur of (the “ Expiration Date ”) (i) at the close of business on November 1, 2018; (ii) the second anniversary date of the effectiveness of the Company’s initial Public Offering; on the NASDAQ or other stock exchange in the United States; or (iii) the effective date of a Merger (as defined below), and shall be void thereafter.

Notwithstanding the term of this Warrant fixed pursuant to this Section 7, and provided Holder has received advance written notice of at least twenty (20) days and has not earlier exercised this Warrant, and provided this Warrant has not been assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof), upon the consummation of a Merger (as defined below), this Warrant shall automatically be exercised pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without any action by Holder. “ Merger ” means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an Unaffiliated Entity (as defined below), or (ii) the merger, consolidation or acquisition of the Company with, into or by an Unaffiliated Entity (other than a merger or consolidation for the principle purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or a bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing), that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. “ Unaffiliated Entity ” means any entity that is owned or controlled by parties who own less than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any outstanding warrants to purchase equity securities of the Company are assumed by the successor entity of a Merger (or parent thereof), this Warrant shall also be similarly assumed. The Company agrees to promptly give the Holder written notice of any proposed Merger and written notice of termination of any proposed Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant, the Holder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights after a notice of termination of the proposed Merger if the exercise of this Warrant occurred after the Company notified the Holder that the Merger was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Merger, provided, however that such rescission right must be exercised within thirty (30) days of receipt of such written notice of termination of the proposed Merger. In the event of such rescission, this Warrant will continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions.

8. Reserved Shares; Valid Issuance . The Company covenants that it will at all times from and after the date hereof reserve and keep available such number of its authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock free from all preemptive or similar rights therein, as will be sufficient to permit, respectively, the exercise of this Warrant in full and the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all shares of Preferred Stock receivable upon such exercise. The Company further covenants that such shares as may be issued pursuant to such exercise and/or conversion will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

9. Stock Splits and Dividends . If after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide the Preferred Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine the Preferred Stock, or issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in payment of a stock dividend on the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination, and the Purchase Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

10. Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock of the Company are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Articles ”), a true and complete copy in its current form which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Until full exercise or expiration of this Warrant, such rights shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Stock without such Holder’s prior written consent, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to restrict the restatement, amendment or modification of the Articles, in accordance with the provisions of the Articles, in a manner that affects equally all holders of Preferred Stock. The Company shall promptly provide the Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment or modification to the Articles promptly after the same has been made.

 

3.


11. Mergers and Reclassifications . Subject to the expiration provisions of Section 7 , if after the date hereof the Company shall enter into any Reorganization (as hereinafter defined), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, lawful provisions shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase, at a total price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Reorganization by a holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which might have been purchased by the Holder immediately prior to such Reorganization, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and the number of shares issuable hereunder and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable in relation to any shares of stock or other securities and property thereafter deliverable upon exercise hereof. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “ Reorganization ” shall include without limitation any reclassification, capital reorganization or change of the Preferred Stock (other than a Merger as defined in Section 7 or as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9 hereof).

12. Certificate of Adjustment . Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a certificate of the Company’s chief financial officer setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

13. Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event of:

(a) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right;

(b) any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger involving the Company, or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(c) any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then in each such event the Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Holder a written notice thereof. Such notice shall be provided at least twenty (20) business days prior to the date specified in such notice on which any such action is to be taken.

14. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . This Warrant is issued and delivered by the Company and accepted by each Holder on the basis of the following representations, warranties and covenants made by the Company:

(a) The Company has all necessary authority to issue, execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized issued, executed and delivered by the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) The shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The issuance, execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not, (i) violate or contravene the Company’s Articles or by-laws, or any law, statute, regulation, rule, judgment or order applicable to the Company, (ii) violate, contravene or result in a breach or default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or (iii) require the consent or approval of or the filing of any notice or registration with any person or entity.

 

4.


(d) As long as this Warrant is, or any shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock are, issued and outstanding, the Company will provide to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 190 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, plus, where applicable, comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Board of Directors; and (ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, plus, where applicable, quarterly comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such unaudited financial statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and that fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment.

(e) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 40,200,000 shares of Common Stock, of which (x) 17, 350,000 shares are issued and outstanding, (y) 323,500 shares have been approved and authorized for sale and issuance by the Company (and which, upon issuance, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of applicable restricted stock agreements, and (z) and 200,000 shares are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant with respect to Common Stock and the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock if this Warrant is exercised with respect to Preferred Stock, and (ii) 25,200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 7,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a capitalization table summarizing the capitalization of the Company as of November 1, 2010. Once per calendar quarter and upon request from Holder, the Company will provide Holder with a current capitalization table indicating changes, if any, to the number of outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock.

15. Registration Rights . The Company grants to the Holder all the rights of a “Holder” under Section 2.2 of the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 30, 2010 and shall treat the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant as “ Registrable Securities ,” as described therein.

16. Amendment . The terms of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company.

17. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder . This Warrant has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Holder, which by its execution hereof the Holder hereby confirms:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Accredited Investor . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(c) Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 17 .

(d) Financial Risk . The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

 

5.


(e) Information. The Holder acknowledges that it has been afforded the opportunity to meet with the management of the Company and to ask question of, and receive answers from, such management about the business and affairs of the Company and concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant, and to obtain any additional information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information otherwise obtained by or furnished to the Holder in connection with the offering of this Warrant. The Holder agrees that the Company has furnished to the Holder all information which the Holder considered necessary t form a decision concerning the purchase of this Warrant, and no request to the Company by the Holder for information of any kind about the Company has been refused or denied by the Company or remains unfulfilled as of the date hereof.

(f) Legends. The Holder acknowledges that certificates for securities purchased under this Warrant shall bear the following legend or a legend substantially similar thereto:

THE SHARES OF [SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK/COMMON STOCK]

REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT

BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS

OF THE SAID ACT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH OR UNLESS THE

COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND

SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO THE

EFFECT THAT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH PROVISIONS IS NOT REQUIRED.

18. Notices, Transfers, Etc.

(a) Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be given by certified mail or delivered to the Holder at the address most recently provided by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant may be transferred by the Holder with respect to any or all of the shares purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment notice annexed hereto duly executed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment hereof properly endorsed, by the Holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, the Company shall issue a new warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Holder hereof, and shall issue to such Holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

(c) In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new warrant of like tenor and denomination and deliver the same (i) in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or (ii) in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of the Holder or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant

19. No Impairment . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holder, by amendment of its Articles or through any reclassification, capital reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of assets, dissolution, liquidation, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance of performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder.

20. Governing Law . The provisions and terms of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

21. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder’s successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

22. Business Days . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action required or the expiration of any rights granted herein shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday in Massachusetts, then such action may be taken or right may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or such a legal holiday.

 

6.


23. Qualifying Public Offering . If the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten Public Offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to such offering, then, effective upon such conversion, this Warrant shall change from the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock to the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and the Holder shall thereupon have the right to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the number of shares of Common Stock which would have been receivable by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, and in such event appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable to any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise hereof. In connection with any such Public Offering, the Holder shall also agree to execute a lock-up agreement if reasonably requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of such offering.

24. Status of Holder. Except as may be set forth herein or to the extent the Holder may be entitled to certain rights pursuant to other agreements with the Company or the Company’s stockholders, this Warrant neither entitles the Holder to any rights, voting or otherwise, nor subjects the Holder to any responsibilities or liabilities, as a stockholder of the Company.

25. Value. The Company and the Holder agree that the value of this Warrant on the date of grant is $100.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:   /s/ Alexis Borisy
Name:   Alexis Borisy
Title:   CEO

 

7.


Subscription

To:                                                      

Date:                                                  

The undersigned hereby subscribes for              shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
   
Mailing Address

 

1.


Net Issue Election Notice

 

To:                                                                          Date:                                      

The undersigned hereby elects under Section 4 to surrender the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares issuable upon such net issue election shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
   
Mailing Address

 

1.


Assignment

For value received                                                                                                                hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

 

[Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee]

 

 

the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          its attorney to transfer the within Warrant on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution on the premises.

Dated:                                         

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
 
In the Presence of:
   

 

1.

EXHIBIT 4.3

 

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

June 20, 2013

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

Section 1 Definitions

     1   

1.1

   Certain Definitions      1   

Section 2 Registration Rights

     4   

2.1

   Demand Registration      4   

2.2

   Company Registration      6   

2.3

   Registration on Form S-3      7   

2.4

   Expenses of Registration      8   

2.5

   Registration Procedures      9   

2.6

   Indemnification      11   

2.7

   Information by Holder      13   

2.8

   Restrictions on Transfer      13   

2.9

   Rule 144 Reporting      15   

2.10

   Market Stand-Off Agreement      16   

2.11

   Delay of Registration      16   

2.12

   Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights      16   

2.13

   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      17   

2.14

   Termination of Registration Rights      17   

Section 3 Covenants of the Company

     17   

3.1

   Basic Financial Information      17   

3.2

   Inspection Rights      18   

3.3

   Confidentiality      18   

3.4

   Vesting      19   

3.5

   D&O Insurance      19   

3.6

   Certain Approval Requirements      20   

3.7

   Non-Disclosure, Assignment of Inventions and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements      21   

3.8

   Termination of Covenants      21   

Section 4 Right of First Refusal

     21   

4.1

   Right of Refusal of the Investors      21   

Section 5 Miscellaneous

     23   

5.1

   Additional investors; Permitted Transferees      23   

5.2

   Amendment; Waiver      23   

 

i


5.3

   Notices      24   

5.4

   Governing Law      24   

5.5

   Successors and Assigns      24   

5.6

   Entire Agreement      24   

5.7

   Delays or Omissions      25   

5.8

   Severability      25   

5.9

   Titles and Subtitles      25   

5.10

   Counterparts      25   

5.11

   Telecopy Execution and Delivery      25   

5.12

   Further Assurances      26   

5.13

   Aggregation of Stock      26   

 

ii


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 20, 2013, by and among Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the persons and entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.

RECITALS

WHEREAS: The Company and the Investors have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 10, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights created under the Prior Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt of and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto further agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Affiliated Fund ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(iii) hereof.

(b) “ Commission ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Company.

(d) “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f) “ Exempted Registration ” shall mean a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of non-convertible debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales.


(g) “ Holder ” shall mean (i) any Investor that holds Registrable Securities and (ii) any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of shares of Preferred Stock convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; provided , further , that the Company shall in no event be obligated to register shares of Preferred Stock, and that Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates.

(h) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof.

(i) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof.

(j) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(k) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

(l) “ Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Schedule A hereto.

(m) “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b) hereof.

(n) “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock.

(o) “ Preferred Stock Directors ” shall mean representatives of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) elected in accordance with the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto dated as of September 10, 2012, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(p) “ Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 10, 2012, as amended, among the Company and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto.

(q) “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

 

2


(r) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issuable or issued pursuant to the conversion of the Shares, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion of any capital stock of the Company owned or later acquired by the Investors, and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above (A) which have previously been registered, and sold to the public through a registration statement, (B) which have been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto were able to be removed upon the consummation of such sale or (C) which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(s) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(t) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, accounting fees, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the Holders (selected by a majority-in-interest of the Holders), blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(u) “ Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(v) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) hereof.

(w) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(x) “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(y) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(z) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

 

3


(aa) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

(bb) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

(cc) “ Shares ” shall mean (i) the Series B Preferred Stock issued to the Investors pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Series A Preferred Stock held by the Investors as of the date hereof, and (iii) any securities issued with respect to the foregoing upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event or upon any conversion.

(dd) “ Super Board Approval ” shall mean the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, including the approval of at least seventy percent (70%) of the directors then in office.

SECTION 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Demand for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities (or a lesser amount if such offering shall have an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)) (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) within ten (10) days give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed; provided that the Company shall file the registration statement within sixty (60) days of the receipt of the request from the Initiating Holders.

 

4


(b) Limitations on Demand Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) Prior to the earlier of (a) five (5) years after the date of the Prior Agreement or (b) six (6) months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering;

(ii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iii) After the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which not less than all of the Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registrations are actually included and sold in such registrations); or

(iv) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing, in good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) Deferral . If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.l(b)(iv) above), the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve (12) month period and provided further , the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period other than an Exempted Registration.

(d) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.1(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the

 

5


Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company and approved by Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities to be registered.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities that may be so included shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. In no event shall Registrable Securities be excluded from such registration unless all other stockholders’ securities (including securities for the account of the Company) have been first excluded.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriters or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(d), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration .

(a) Company Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 or an Exempted Registration:

(i) within ten (10) days give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

6


(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such registration and underwriting unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such registration and underwriting, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such registration and underwriting shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration and underwriting be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration and underwriting.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3 .

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration . If the Company is then qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect

 

7


to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii); provided, that in the case of a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Company shall file the registration statement within forty-five (45) days of the receipt of the request from the Initiating Holders.

(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(ii) or 2.l(b)(iv);

(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000); or

(iii) If, in a given twelve (12) month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c) Deferral . The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

(d) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(d) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.4 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a); and provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3. All Selling Expenses shall be borne pro rata by the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered.

 

8


2.5 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of (1) the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the effective date of the registration statement or (2) such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable Commission rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to twelve (12) months, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above; provided further that in connection with any registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 above, the Company agrees to timely file all reports required under the Exchange Act in order to maintain the right to continue to use such Form S-3 and to maintain such registration in effect;

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus as required by the Securities Act and other documents, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a

 

9


supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission;

(i) In connection with any underwritten offering, pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(j) Use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities; and

(k) Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with any such registration statement.

 

10


2.6 Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, each of its officers, directors, stockholders, members and partners, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisors and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance; (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, stockholders, members, partners, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisors and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action as they are incurred; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company and stated to be specifically for use therein by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, accountants or investment advisors, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter; and provided further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other selling Holder, and each of their officers, directors, stockholders, members and partners, and each person controlling each other selling Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such Holder will reimburse the Company and other selling Holders, directors, officers, stockholders, members, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses

 

11


reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or, action as they are incurred, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided , further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided , further , however , that an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not materially prejudicial to the Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.6(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the

 

12


offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

2.7 Information by Holder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The Holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10, and (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at such Holder’s expense, with (A) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (B) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel or “no action” letters for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances, or as permitted under Section 2.8(c)(iii).

 

13


(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel or “no action” letter shall be necessary for: (A) a transfer by a Holder to any of its affiliates (including, for the purposes of this Agreement and the avoidance of doubt, subsidiaries and parent companies of the Holder, and including an affiliated fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company, each an “ Affiliated Fund ”) or any other Person that shares a common investment advisor with such Holder; (B) a transfer by a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation to a partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder; (C) a transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse; or (D) the transfer, by a Holder exercising its co-sale rights under the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors and certain other stockholders named therein, dated as of September 10, 2012, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ ROFR Agreement ”), if in each transfer under clauses (A), (B) or (C), the prospective transferee agrees in all such instances in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if he or she were an original Holder hereunder.

(b) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

14


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO EXTENSION) IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

(c) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if: (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act; (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act; or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

15


2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement . If requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder immediately prior to the effective date for the registration statement for the Initial Public Offering (other than any shares included in the registration) during one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Initial Public Offering or, if requested by such managing underwriter, such longer period of time as is necessary for compliance with rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, provided , however , that such extension shall not exceed thirty-four (34) days following the expiration of the original one hundred and eighty (180) day period; provided , further , that such restriction shall not apply to a transfer by a Holder to its affiliate (including an Affiliated Fund) or any Person that shares a common investment advisor with such Holder if such transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof in the same manner as such transferring Holder. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions and provided , in addition, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of the managing underwriter for earlier release of market stand-off and transfer restrictions on a portion of the Holders’ Common Stock and if the Company or any underwriter of the Initial Public Offering waives or terminates any market stand-off or transfer restrictions imposed on any holder of securities of the Company, then such waiver or termination shall be granted to all Holders subject to market stand-off or transfer restrictions hereby, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially held by such other holder and the Holders hereby. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10.

2.11 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to: (a) a transferee or assignee who acquires at least five percent (5%) of the Investor’s shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); (b) an affiliate of a Holder (including an Affiliated Fund) or any other Person that shares a common investment advisor with such Holder or a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder; or (c) a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or Holder’s family member; provided that (i) any such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof, and applicable securities laws; (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned; (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10; and (iv) any such transferee is not engaged in competition with the Company as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

 

16


2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights if (a) such registration rights would be pari passu with, or senior to, any registration rights provided under this Agreement or (b) such holder or prospective holder would not be bound by obligations similar to the obligations of the Holders set forth in Sections 2.4 (regarding forfeiture of rights), 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 2.11.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Holder or any permitted transferee of a Holder owns no Registrable Securities and (ii) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 3

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information . Provided that any shares of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall deliver to each Investor the following financial information:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, plus, where applicable, comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the four quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, plus, where applicable, quarterly comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such unaudited financial statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and that fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment;

 

17


(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, plus, where applicable, monthly comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such unaudited financial statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of each new fiscal year of the Company, an annual budget and operating plan for such fiscal year as approved by the Board of Directors;

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event within fifteen (15) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, an updated capitalization table, certified by the Treasurer of the Company; and

(f) such other information as may be reasonably requested by an Investor from time to time, provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1(f) to provide information that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or highly confidential proprietary information (unless the provision of such information to such Investor is covered by a separate enforceable confidentiality agreement with such Investor, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company).

3.2 Inspection Rights . Provided that any of the Preferred Stock originally issued by the Company or the Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company will afford to each Investor reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Company’s properties, books and records. Investors may exercise their rights under this Section 3.2 only for purposes reasonably related to their interests as a stockholder. The rights granted pursuant to Section 3.1 and this Section 3.2 may be assigned or otherwise conveyed by any Investor to any person that is a transferee of an Investor’s shares, which transferee is either (i) an Affiliated Fund of such Investor, (ii) an affiliate, (iii) any Person that shares a common investment advisor with such Investor or (iv) holds at least twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), and such transferee shall be deemed to be an Investor for purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof, unless such transferee is reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company.

3.3 Confidentiality . The Company shall not be required to comply with Sections 3.1 or 3.2 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be (a) a Competitor or (b) an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a Competitor, nor shall the Company be obligated to disclose any information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed. A “ Competitor ” means any person or entity engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the Company’s business, but shall not include (i) any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle solely by virtue of its ownership (and/or its affiliates’ ownership) of an equity interest in any Competitor solely for investment purposes, (ii) Google Ventures 2011, L.P. or any of its affiliated venture capital funds solely as a

 

18


result of any affiliation between such Holder and Google Inc., (iii) Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings or any of its affiliates (collectively, “ LabCorp ”), or (iv) Roche Finance Ltd or any of its affiliates (collectively, “ Roche ”). Each Holder agrees that it will not use any information received by it pursuant to this Agreement in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person other than its employees, officers, directors, agents, partners or investment advisors having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; and to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Holder, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.3 or as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Holder promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure; provided, further, however, that the restrictions set forth above in this sentence shall not apply to any information that, with respect to such Holder, (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.3 by such Holder), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Holder without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Holder by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company. The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors and/or their investment advisors are in the business of venture capital and other types of investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises that may have products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors or their investment advisors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company. In addition, the Company acknowledges that LabCorp is in the business of providing various laboratory products and services and may provide products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. In addition, the Company acknowledges that Roche are in the diagnostic and pharmaceutical business globally and accordingly may research, develop and/or market products, devices or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict LabCorp or Roche from researching, developing or marketing products, devices or services that compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Company or investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company.

3.4 Vesting . Unless otherwise approved by Super Board Approval, or the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), all option and capital stock grants to employees, directors and consultants of the Company made after the date of this Agreement shall vest no faster than over a four (4) year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to each grant vesting one (1) year after the vesting commencement date and the remainder of the shares vesting in equal amounts on a quarterly basis thereafter.

3.5 D&O Insurance . The Company shall maintain Director and Officer liability insurance in an amount approved by the Board of Directors.

 

19


3.6 Certain Approval Requirements . The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, take any of the following actions or obligate the Company or any subsidiary to take any of the following actions without Super Board Approval:

(a) Make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds, certificates of deposit in any United States bank having a net worth in excess of $100,000,000 or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America, in each case having a maturity not in excess of one (1) year;

(b) Hire, terminate or change the compensation of senior managers (including the payment of bonuses or other non-salary payments to senior managers of the Company) in a manner that is not authorized in the Company’s annual budget and operating plan (delivered to the Investors in accordance with 3.1(d) hereof) or by written employment agreements with such senior managers that have previously been approved by the Board of Directors and furnished to the Investors in connection with the sale of the Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

(c) Adopt, amend or terminate any stock option or other equity incentive plan;

(d) Effect, or cause any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to effect, any acquisition of another company or entity by stock purchase, merger or otherwise or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another company or entity;

(e) Incur or permit any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to incur aggregate indebtedness in excess of $100,000 other than (i) as authorized in the Company’s annual budget and operating plan (delivered to the Investors in accordance with 3.1(d) hereof) or (ii) trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(g) Make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors, which approval contained at least two (2) of the Preferred Stock Directors;

(h) Guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person; or

(j) Approve the annual budget and operating plan of the Company.

 

20


3.7 Non-Disclosure, Assignment of Inventions and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements . The Company shall obtain, and shall cause its subsidiaries (if any) to obtain, a confidentiality and assignments of inventions agreement from all employees, consultants and scientific advisory board (“ SAB ”) members in a form approved by Super Board Approval. In addition, the agreement for employees and consultants shall, to the full extent permitted by law, contain one-year post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in a form approved by Super Board Approval. In the case of consultants and SAB members, such agreements shall be subject to the policies of any academic or research institutions with which such consultant or SAB member is affiliated.

3.8 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect after the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

SECTION 4

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

4.1 Right of Refusal of the Investors .

(a) Provided that any of the Preferred Stock originally issued by the Company or any of the Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first refusal to purchase its Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of New Securities (as defined in Section 4.1(b)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. An Investor’s “Pro Rata Share” is equal to the ratio of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Investor (assuming full conversion of the Shares into Common Stock and exercise and conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by such Investor) to (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock then owned by all stockholders of the Company immediately prior to issuance of the New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly into Common Stock held by such stockholder, but excluding (x) outstanding options under any Company stock plan and (y) any shares of Common Stock issued from and after the date hereof upon the exercise of options under any Company stock plan). For purposes of this Section 4.1, an Investor includes any general partner, managing member and affiliates (including Affiliated Funds) of an Investor. An Investor who chooses to exercise its right of first refusal may designate as purchasers under such right itself and/or its partners, affiliates (including Affiliated Funds) or any other Persons that share a common investment advisor with such Investor, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(b) “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include:

(i) the Shares and the Conversion Stock; or

(ii) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

21


(c) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. If any Investor fails to so agree in writing within such twenty (20) day period to purchase such Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of an offering of New Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Holder ”), then such Nonpurchasing Holder shall forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of such Nonpurchasing Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities that such Nonpurchasing Holder did not so agree to purchase. The Company shall promptly give each Investor who has timely agreed to purchase such Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (a “ Purchasing Holder ”) written notice of the failure of any Nonpurchasing Holder to purchase such Nonpurchasing Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (the “ Overallotment Notice ”). Each Purchasing Holder shall have a right of overallotment such that such Purchasing Holder may agree to purchase a portion of the Nonpurchasing Holders’ unpurchased pro rata portion of such offering on a pro rata basis according to the relative pro rata portion of the Purchasing Holders, at any time within five (5) days after receiving the Overallotment Notice.

(d) In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal within said twenty (20) day period plus five (5) days (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell to any Person or Persons any or all New Securities which have not been subscribed by Investors pursuant to their right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1. Any such sale to such Person or Persons shall be at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c). In the event the Company has not sold such unsubscribed New Securities within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell such New Securities without first again offering such New Securities to the Investors in the Manner provided in this Section 4.1.

(e) The rights of an Investor to purchase New Securities under this Section 4.1 may be waived in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof; provided, however, in the event that the rights of an Investor to purchase New Securities under this Section 4.1 are waived in a particular offering without such Investor’s prior written consent (any such Investor, a “ Waived Investor ”) and any other Investor actually purchases New Securities in such offering, then the Company shall grant, and hereby grants, each Waived Investor the right to receive reasonable notice of, and to purchase a portion of the New Securities offered in such offering equal to its Pro Rata Share in, a subsequent closing of such offering which shall be held within twenty (20) days following, and on the same terms and conditions as, such other Investor(s) actual purchase. For clarity, if a Waived Investor does not elect to participate in such subsequent closing of such offering, then such Waived Investor shall not have a second right to participate in such offering solely because another Waived Investor actually exercises its right to participate in such subsequent closing of such offering.

 

22


(f) The right of first refusal granted under Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to an Initial Public Offering and shall terminate immediately prior to the closing thereof.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Additional investors; Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock or if an Investor engages in any of the following permitted transfers: (A) a transfer by an Investor to any of its affiliates (including an Affiliated Fund) or any other Person that shares a common investment advisor with such Investor; (B) a transfer by an Investor that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation to a partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of an Investor; (C) a transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse; or (D) the transfer by an Investor exercising its co-sale rights under the ROFR Agreement, then in the event of a transfer under clauses (A), (B) or (C), any purchaser or permitted transferee of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an adoption agreement to this Agreement, in the form of Attachment A (the “ Adoption Agreement ”) and shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder and Schedule A shall be amended to include such Investor or permitted transferee.

5.2 Amendment; Waiver . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of the Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Registrable Securities will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement, including rights under Section 4.1 hereof other than such Holder’s rights under Section 4.1(a) hereof in relation to a particular offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Holder without the written consent of such Holder unless such amendment, modification, termination or waiver applies to all Holders in the same fashion (it being agreed that, subject to Section 4.1(e) hereof, a waiver of the provisions of Section 4.1 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). Any provision and/or the observance thereof may be waived by the individual or entity entitled to the benefits of such provision.

 

23


5.3 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to an Investor one copy should be sent to the Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, with a copy to (i) Greenberg Traurig, LLP, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Bradley A. Jacobson, Esq., facsimile: (617) 279-8402, (ii) Faber Daeufer Itrato & Cabot, 950 Winter Street, Suite 4500, Waltham, MA 02451, Attn: Joseph L. Faber, Esq., facsimile: (781) 795-4747, and (iii) K&L Gates LLP, 4350 Lassiter at North Hills Avenue, Suite 300, PO Box 17047, Raleigh, North Carolina 27619, Attn: D. Scott Coward, Esq., facsimile: (919) 516-2028;

(b) if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last Holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to c/o Foundation Medicine, Inc., One Kendall Square, Suite B3501 Cambridge MA 02139, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, MA 02109, Attn: Kingsley L. Taft, Esq., facsimile: (617) 523-1231.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail or commercial overnight delivery service, at the earlier of its receipt or seventy-two (72) hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail or with such commercial overnight delivery service, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors. Each such notice or other communication sent outside the United States shall be sent by commercial overnight delivery service.

5.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

5.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Schedules hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements and understandings relating to such subject

 

24


matter. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein. By executing this Agreement, the undersigned Investors who are also parties to the Prior Agreement, representing the Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities outstanding on the date hereof, hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

5.7 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.8 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and schedules attached hereto.

5.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.11 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

25


5.12 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.13 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or entities under common investment management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights or obligations under this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY :
FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Pellini, M.D.
Name:   Michael Pellini, M.D.
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
THIRD ROCK VENTURES, L.P.
By:   Third Rock Ventures GP, L.P., its general partner
By:   TRV GP, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Kevin Gillis
Name:   Kevin Gillis
Title:   CFO/Partner

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
GOOGLE VENTURES 2011, L.P.
By:   Google Ventures 2011 GP, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   /s/ William J. Maris
Name:   William J. Maris
Title:   Member

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
KPCB HOLDINGS, INC., AS NOMINEE
By:   /s/ Paul Vronsky
Name:   Paul Vronsky
Title:   General Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
LABORATORY CORPORATION OF AMERICA HOLDINGS
By:   /s/ Adam Feinstein
Name:   Adam Feinstein
Title:   SVP, Corp. Development & Strategy

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
ROCHE FINANCE LTD
By:   /s/ Andreas Knierzinger
Name:   Andreas Knierzinger
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ Carole Nuechterlein
Name:   Carole Nuechterlein
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
HAWKES BAY MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) LP
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment advisor
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Name:   Steven M. Hoffman
Title:   Vice President and Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
QUISSETT INVESTORS (BERMUDA) L.P.
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment advisor
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Name:   Steven M. Hoffman
Title:   Vice President and Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
QUISSETT PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment advisor
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Name:   Steven M. Hoffman
Title:   Vice President and Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
SALTHILL INVESTORS (BERMUDA) L.P.
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment advisor
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Name:   Steven M. Hoffman
Title:   Vice President and Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
SALTHILL PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment advisor
By:   /s/ Steven M. Hoffman
Name:   Steven M. Hoffman
Title:   Vice President and Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
WUXI PHARMATECH HEALTHCARE FUND I, L.P.
By:   Wuxi PharmaTech Fund I General Partner L.P., its general partner
By:   WuXi PharmaTech Investments (Cayman) Inc., its general partner
By:   /s/ Ge Li
Name:   Ge Li
Title:   Director

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, L.P.
By:   Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., its general partner
By:   J. E. Flynn Capital, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ David J. Clark
Name:   David J. Clark
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
DEERFIELD SPECIAL SITUATIONS INTERNATIONAL MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   Deerfield Mgmt, L.P., its general partner
By:   J. E. Flynn Capital, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ David J. Clark
Name:   David J. Clark
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
CASDIN PARTNERS MASTER FUND, LP
By:   Casdin Partners GP, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Eli Casdin
Name:   Eli Casdin
Title:   Managing Member

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
LEERINK SWANN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   /s/ Timothy A.G. Gerhold
Name:   Timothy A.G. Gerhold
Title:   General Counsel

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
LEERINK SWANN CO-INVESTMENT FUND, LLC
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Leerink
Name:   Jeffrey Leerink
Title:   Manager

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :

 

REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

By:   /s/ Jeremy Green
Name: Jeremy Green
Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :

 

REDMILE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, LTD.

By:   /s/ Jeremy Green
Name: Jeremy Green
Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :

 

REDMILE VENTURES, LLC

By:   /s/ Jeremy Green
Name: Jeremy Green
Title:   Managing Member of the Investment Manager

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :

 

DAVID P. SCHENKEIN 2004 REVOCABLE TRUST

By:     /s/ David Schenkein
  David Schenkein, Trustee

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
AMY P. SCHENKEIN 2004 REVOCABLE TRUST
By:   /s/ Amy P. Schenkein
  Amy P. Schenkein, Trustee

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
LIGHTHOUSE CAPITAL PARTNERS VI, L.P.
By:   Lighthouse Management Partners VI, L.L.C.,
  its general partner

 

By:   /s/ Cristy Barnes
Name:   Cristy Barnes
Title:   Managing Director

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
APOLETTO LIMITED
By:   /s/ Sara Hollinrake
Name:   Sara Hollinrake
Title:   Director

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
J V EN C APITAL , LLC
By:   /s/ Evan Jones
Name:   Evan Jones
Title:   Managing Member

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


INVESTORS :
GATES VENTURES, LLC
By:   /s/ Alan Heuberger
Name:   Alan Heuberger
Title:   Authorized Representative

 

***Signature Page – Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement***


SCHEDULE A

Schedule of Investors

Names and Addresses:

 

Third Rock Ventures, L.P.

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

Google Ventures 2011, L.P.

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings


Roche Finance Ltd

Hawkes Bay Master Investors (Cayman) LP

Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P.


Quissett Partners, L.P.

Salthill Investors (Bermuda) L.P.

Salthill Partners, L.P.

WuXi Pharmatech Healthcare Fund I, L.P.

Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P.


Deerfield Special Situations International Master Fund, L.P.

Casdin Partners Master Fund, LP

Leerink Swann Holdings, LLC

Leerink Swann Co-Investment Fund, LLC

Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd.


Redmile Special Opportunities Fund, Ltd.

Redmile Ventures, LLC

David P. Schenkein 2004 Revocable Trust

Amy P. Schenkein 2004 Revocable Trust

Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P.

Apoletto Limited


jVen Capital, LLC

Gates Ventures, LLC


ATTACHMENT A

ADOPTION AGREEMENT TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed by the undersigned (the “ Investor ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 20, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”) by and among Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the Investors (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Investor agrees as follows:

1. Acknowledgment . Investor acknowledges that Investor is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

2. Agreement . Investor: (i) agrees that the Shares acquired by Investor shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (ii) hereby adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Investor were originally a party thereto.

3. Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Investor at the address listed beside Investor’s signature below.

EXECUTED AND DATED this              day of                      ,          .

 

INVESTOR:
By:     
Name:  
Title:  

 

Address:     
   
Fax:    

 

Accepted and Agreed:
COMPANY:
FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:    
Name:     
Title:    

Exhibit 10.1

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1. Purpose

Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) adopted a 2010 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan as of March 29, 2010 (the “Original Plan”). Effective August 5, 2010, the Company amends and restates in its entirety the Original Plan as this Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

 

2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other stock-based awards (each, an “Award”) under the Plan. Each person who receives an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant”.

 

3. Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by Board of Directors . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award. No director or person acting pursuant to the authority delegated by the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to or under the Plan made in good faith.

(b) Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.


(c) Delegation to Officers . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Awards (subject to any limitations under the Plan) to employees or officers of the Company or any of its present or future subsidiary corporations and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of the Awards to be granted by such officers (including the exercise price of such Awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined) and the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that the officers may grant; provided further, however, that no officer shall be authorized to grant Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act).

 

4. Stock Available for Awards .

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 8, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 4,650,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. At no time while there is any Option (as defined below) outstanding and held by a Participant who was a resident of the State of California on the date of grant of such Option, shall the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding options and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan or agreement of the Company exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of the California Code of Regulations (the “California Regulations”), based on the shares of the Company which are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

(b) Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

 

5. Stock Options

(a) General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option,

 

- 2 -


the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (as hereinafter defined) shall be designated a “Nonstatutory Stock Option”.

(b) Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of Foundation Medicine, any of Foundation Medicine’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or for any action taken by the Board, including without limitation the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined below) on the date the Option is granted.

(d) Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement.

(e) Exercise of Option . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board together with payment in full as specified in Section 5(f) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable option agreement, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“Fair Market Value”), provided (i) such method of payment is then

 

- 3 -


permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (ii) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(5) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

 

6. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. Instead of granting Awards for Restricted Stock, the Board may grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“Restricted Stock Units”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “Restricted Stock Award”).

(b) Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

(1) Dividends . Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such shares, unless otherwise provided by the Board. Unless otherwise provided, by the Board, if any dividends or distributions are paid in shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, the shares, cash or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Each dividend payment will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to shareholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date the dividends are paid to shareholders of that class of stock.

(2) Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death (the “Designated Beneficiary”). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

- 4 -


7. Other Stock-Based Awards

Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“Other Stock-Based Awards”), including without limitation stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and Awards entitling recipients to receive shares of Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

8. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under this Plan, (ii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iii) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding Award shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b) Reorganization Events .

(1) Definition . A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any exchange of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock Awards . In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more

 

- 5 -


of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock Awards on such terms as the Board determines: (i) provide that Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to a Participant equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Acquisition Price times the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Participant’s Awards (to the extent the exercise price does not exceed the Acquisition Price) over (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Awards and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Awards, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 8(b), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

For purposes of clause (i) above, an Option shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, the Option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of Options to consist solely of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) equivalent in value (as determined by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock Awards . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each outstanding Restricted Stock Award shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Award. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument

 

- 6 -


evidencing any Restricted Stock Award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock Awards then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

 

9. General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a) Transferability of Awards . Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

(b) Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise or release from forfeiture of an Award or, if the Company so requires, at the same time as is payment of the exercise price unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however, except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares surrendered to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

- 7 -


(f) Amendment of Award .

(1) The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 8 hereof.

(2) The Board may, without stockholder approval, amend any outstanding Award granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Award. The Board may also, without stockholder approval, cancel any outstanding award (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled award.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

 

10. Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration

 

- 8 -


of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Original Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Original Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 10(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.

(e) Authorization of Sub-Plans . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable blue sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to this Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f) Compliance with Code Section 409A . No Award shall provide for deferral of compensation that does not comply with Section 409A of the Code, unless the Board, at the time of grant, specifically provides that the Award is not intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board.

(g) Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

 

- 9 -


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

First Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

April 29, 2011

The Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan of Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Stock Plan”) is amended as follows:

(1) Section 4(a) of the Stock Plan is amended by deleting “4,650,000” and inserting in place thereof “8,650,000”.


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

August 5, 2011

The Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan of Foundation Medicine, Inc., as amended by the First Amendment (the “Stock Plan”), is amended as follows:

(1) Section 2 of the Stock Plan is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, Prospective Employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other stock-based awards (each an “Award”) under the Plan. Each person who receives an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant”. For purposes of the Plan, “Prospective Employees” shall mean individuals who have signed an offer of employment from the Company to become an executive officer of the Company.”


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

April 18, 2012

The Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan of Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Stock Plan”) is amended as follows:

(1) Section 4(a) of the Stock Plan is amended by deleting “8,650,000” and inserting in place thereof “12,150,000”.


FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

March 7, 2013

The Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan of Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Stock Plan”) is amended as follows:

(1) Section 4(a) of the Stock Plan is amended by deleting “8,650,000” and inserting in place thereof “16,930,000”.


Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1. Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on [            ] [    ], 20[    ] (the “Grant Date”) to [                ], an individual (the “Participant”) who is an employee of the Company, of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [                ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at $[        ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of the first three-month period following the Grant Date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive three-month period following thereafter until the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Participant from the Company describing such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that discharge for cause was warranted.

 

4. Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively,


“transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;


(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to


purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

6. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition . If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

 

7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

8. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

Foundation Medicine, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:   Jason Ryan
  Title:   Vice President, Finance


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:  

 

 

 


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                     

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Incentive Stock Option granted to me under the Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”) Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan on                     for the purchase of                 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $        per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                 shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed                 in the amount of         . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

Name(s):   

 

  
  

 

  
Address:   

 

  
Tax I.D. #:   

 

  

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares


cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least six months and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)


Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on [            ] [    ], 20[    ] (the “Grant Date”) to [                ], an individual (the “Participant”) who became [an employee] [a consultant] [a director] of the Company on [            ] [    ], 20[    ] (the “Start Date”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [                ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at $[        ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of the first three-month period following the Grant Date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive three-month period following thereafter until the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, officer or director of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant”).


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Participant from the Company describing such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment or other relationship shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship). If the Participant is party to an employment, consulting or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that discharge for cause was warranted.


4. Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;


(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”


5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

6. Withholding .

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

 

7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

8. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

Foundation Medicine, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:  

 

 

 


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                     

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to me under the Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”) Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan on                      for the purchase of                  shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $         per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                  shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed              in the amount of         . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

Name(s):  

 

   
 

 

   
Address:  

 

   
Tax I.D. #:  

 

   

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares


cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least six months and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)


Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on [            ] [    ], 20[    ] (the “Grant Date”) to [            ], an individual (the “Participant”) who is an employee of the Company as of the date hereof, of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [                ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at $[        ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the ten-year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2. Vesting Schedule .

(a) Upon the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined herein), in the event the Company has achieved the performance objectives set forth on Appendix A to this Agreement (the “Performance Measures”), 100% of the original number of Shares shall become Shares that will vest in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof (the “Eligible Shares”).

(b) This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Eligible Shares at the end of the first twelve-month period following the Grant Date and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Eligible Shares at the end of each successive three-month period following thereafter, until the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date, on which date, subject to the vesting conditions herein, all remaining Eligible Shares shall vest.

(c) To the extent the Shares do not become Eligible Shares as a result of (i) the Company’s failure to satisfy the Performance Measures or (ii) the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason prior to the Vesting Commencement Date, then 100% of the Shares shall automatically and without notice terminate, be forfeited and become null and void upon the earlier of the date of termination of employment or the Vesting Commencement Date, and neither the Optionee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Shares.

(d) The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Eligible Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.


3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).

(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Participant from the Company describing such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date


of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment, consulting or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that discharge for cause was warranted.

 

4. Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.


(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.


(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

6. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition . If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.


7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

8. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

Foundation Medicine, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:  

 

 

 


APPENDIX A

PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 

1. The Company shall have closed the sale of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to December 31, 2013; and

 

2. The Company shall have achieved annual revenues for the fiscal year 2013 of at least $26,000,000, as set forth in the Company’s final audited financial statements for the fiscal year 2013 accepted by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (such date of acceptance following the closing of the firm-commitment underwritten public offering referred to in Item 1 is referred to herein as the “Vesting Commencement Date”).


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                     

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Incentive Stock Option granted to me under the Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”) Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan on                      for the purchase of                  shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $         per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                  shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed                      in the amount of         . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

Name(s):  

 

   
 

 

   
Address:  

 

   
Tax I.D. #:  

 

   

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered


under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least six months and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

EXHIBIT 10.4

 

LOGO

March 7, 2013

Kevin Krenitsky, MD

 

Re: Employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Dear Kevin:

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your continued employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc. (“Foundation Medicine” or “the Company”). Upon your execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth above. This Agreement shall fully supersede all prior agreements between you and the Company relating to the subject matter herein including, without limitation, any prior offer letter or agreement, plan or arrangement relating to severance pay or benefits. Defined terms used in this Agreement may be found generally within the provisions of this Agreement or specifically in the section of this Agreement entitled “Definitions.”

Your position will continue to be Chief Commercial Officer and Senior Vice President, International Strategy, reporting to Mike Pellini, CEO. You will also continue to be a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team. In addition to performing duties and responsibilities associated with the position above, from time-to-time the Company may assign you other duties and responsibilities consistent with such position.

Salary, Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity and Expense Reimbursement. You will be paid on a salary basis at an annual rate of $338,350.00, payable twice per month in accordance with Foundation Medicine’s standard payroll practices, subject to customary deductions and withholdings and subject to adjustment by the Company in its discretion. You will be eligible for annual merit salary reviews in accordance with the Company’s compensation practices.

Additionally, as a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s bonus program. At the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the bonus program, you will be considered for a bonus payment under the Company’s bonus program. If


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 2

 

participation in a bonus program is provided, you shall be eligible to participate with a target of up to 35% of your then annual base salary, such target to be subject to adjustment by the Company in its discretion. You must be employed by the Company at the time a bonus is paid to earn any part of a bonus. Also, the Company will reimburse your reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses and other expenses related to your work in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

Equity Awards . A list of all Equity Awards granted to you by the Company as of the date of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit A (the “Equity Schedule”). The Equity Awards are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s incentive equity plan(s), as may be amended from time to time, and associated award agreements (collectively, and together with the Equity Schedule, the “Equity Documents”).

Certain Equity Awards have been granted acceleration rights described below and are designated as Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Acceleration Equity Awards”). Equity Awards not granted Acceleration Rights by the Company are designated as Non-Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Non-Acceleration Equity Awards”). Any Equity Awards granted to you by the Company that are not listed on the Equity Schedule shall be considered Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, unless and until they are granted Acceleration Equity Award status by the Board. Consistent with the Equity Documents, the Equity Schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company to add Acceleration Equity Awards or to add Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, and to convert Non-Acceleration Equity Awards to Acceleration Equity Awards. Each amendment to the Equity Schedule shall be consecutively numbered and dated, shall make express reference to this Agreement, shall supersede the immediately preceding Equity Schedule, and following issuance shall be incorporated into this Agreement and shall constitute one of the Equity Documents.

Subject to the further provisions of this Agreement and the Equity Documents, vesting of the Acceleration Equity Awards shall accelerate with regard to the entire remaining unvested portion of such Acceleration Equity Awards in the event that within 18 months following a Change in Control (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or (ii) you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process.

Severance Payments . Without otherwise limiting the “at will” nature of your employment if:

 

  (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause at any time, or

 

  (ii) within 18 months following a Change in Control you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process,

and, in either event, you enter into and comply with a Release, the Company shall pay or provide you:

 

  (y) Salary Continuation, subject to the mitigation described below, and

 

  (z) Health Care Continuation (collectively, the “Severance Payments”) for a period of twelve (12) months following your termination date (the “Salary Continuation Period”).


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 3

 

Mitigation and Compliance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are entitled to Salary Continuation as set forth above and you commence any employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period on terms and conditions in the aggregate that are comparable to the terms and conditions of your employment at the Company immediately prior to your termination date, the amount of your Salary Continuation after you commence such employment or self-employment shall be decreased by the amount received pursuant to such employment or self-employment from and following the date you commence such employment. You shall give prompt notice to the Company if you commence such employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period and you shall respond promptly to any reasonable inquiries from the Company concerning such employment or self-employment during such Salary Continuation Period. In addition, if you breach the terms of the Release, the Company shall have the right to terminate or cease payment of the Salary Continuation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this mitigation provision shall not be construed to affect your right to receive Health Care Continuation during the Salary Continuation Period so long as you are not eligible for health benefits through another employer.

Non-Eligibility for Severance Payments or Equity Award Acceleration . For the avoidance of doubt, you and the Company acknowledge that if your employment is terminated: (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) by you without Good Reason, (iii) by you with Good Reason following a Change in Control but without complying with the Good Reason Process, or (iv) as a result of your death or disability, then, as a result of such termination, (w) you shall not be entitled to Severance Payments, (x) you shall be entitled to receive only base salary earned plus accrued but unused vacation pay through the date of termination, (y) the unvested portion of your Equity Awards will not accelerate and (z) your Equity Awards shall expire or be forfeited in accordance with the terms of the Equity Documents.

Section 409A Compliance. To the extent that any Severance Payments or other benefits to you constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended or replaced) (the “Code”), then such Severance Payments or benefits shall begin only upon or after the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), which may occur on or after the date of the termination of your employment. Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the your separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that you become entitled to under this Agreement on account of your separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20% additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 4

 

benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your separation from service, or (ii) the your death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

The determination of whether and when your “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(h). Solely for purposes of this Section, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A. The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company shall have no liability to you or to any other person if any provisions of this Agreement that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

Notice of Termination. Your employment at all times shall remain “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any lawful reason, with or without cause. However, you agree to provide the Company with fourteen (14) days’ written notice if you decide to terminate the employment relationship (except in the event of a Good Reason termination, in which case the Good Reason Process shall apply).

Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement. You hereby reaffirm the effectiveness of, and your obligations pursuant to, your Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement (the “Employee Agreement”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. You and the Company agree that the terms of the Employee Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

No Conflicting Agreements. You represent that you are not subject to any agreements which might restrict your conduct at the Company, and that you understand that if you become aware at any time during your employment with the Company that you are subject to any agreements which might restrict your activities at Foundation Medicine, you are required to immediately inform the Company’s Vice President, Human Resources and/or its General Counsel of the existence of such agreements. In the event of an irresolvable conflict, your employment by Foundation Medicine could be subject to termination and such termination would be deemed a for “Cause” termination for purposes of this Agreement and the Equity Documents.


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 5

 

Governing Law. The interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Company ” means Foundation Medicine, Inc., and its successors and assigns.

Cause ” means one or more of the following events: (i) your conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving (a) fraud or embezzlement, or (b) any felony; (ii) your willful failure to perform (other than by reason of disability), or gross negligence in the performance of, your duties and responsibilities as set forth in your job description; (iii) a material breach by you of any provision of this Agreement, the Employee Agreement, or any of the other agreements you have with the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or (iv) material fraudulent conduct by you with respect to the Company.

Change in Control ” means:

(i) prior to the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, an event that (a) is a Deemed Liquidation Event within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as amended and/or restated from time to time and (b) results in the payment of proceeds to the stockholders of the Company; and

(ii) following the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, any of the following:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) the date when a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any consecutive twenty-four month period by


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 6

 

individuals who, prior to their election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, were not approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in existence on the date immediately prior to such election, appointment or nomination; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not include (1) an initial public offering and (2) shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a).

Equity Award ” means all incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other incentive equity awards in respect of shares of the Company’s equity securities that have been or will be granted to you by the Company.

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events or circumstances within 18 months following a Change in Control without your written consent; provided, that you have complied with the Good Reason Process:

(i) a change in title, responsibility and authority to a position less than executive level (with such change measured by reference to your title within your business unit post-Change in Control, and not necessarily the applicable company as a whole);

(ii) your work location is located more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s office location at which you were principally working as of the effective date of the Change in Control; or


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 7

 

(iii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any of the agreements you have with the Company relating to the Equity Awards or other equity of the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach.

Good Reason Process ” means:

(i) you reasonably determine that a Good Reason condition has occurred within 18 months following a Change in Control;

(ii) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason condition;

(iv) notwithstanding such efforts a material element of at least one Good Reason condition continues to exist; and

(v) you terminate your employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company fully cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

The Company’s success at curing a Good Reason condition shall not bar or preclude your right to notify the Company of the occurrence within 18 months following a Change in Control of another Good Reason condition and to proceed with the Good Reason Process.

Health Care Continuation” means that if you are participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the date of your termination, then subject to your election and eligibility for benefits under the law known as COBRA, and any law that is the successor to COBRA, the Company shall continue to pay the employer portion of your health benefits until the earlier of the end of the Salary Continuation Period and the date you become re-employed or otherwise ineligible for COBRA.

Release ” means a separation agreement in a form prescribed by the Company that includes, without limitation, (i) a general release of claims and non-disparagement covenant, both in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, (ii) reaffirmation of your obligations under the Employee Agreement, the terms of which will be incorporated by reference into the Release, and (iii) a provision stating that, if you breach any of the material provisions of Release, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to receive reimbursement for, or to terminate or cease payment of, Severance Payments paid or payable to you.


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 8

 

Salary Continuation ” means that the Company shall continue to pay you your base salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination, subject to mitigation, during the Salary Continuation Period. The first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid within 60 days after the date of termination and shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 60 day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss one or more regular payroll periods between the date of termination and the first Salary Continuation payment, the first Salary Continuation payment shall include a “catch up” payment of accrued but unpaid Salary Continuation payments.

Survival. This Agreement shall remain in effect if you are transferred, promoted, or reassigned to work in functions other than your current functions at the Company. Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of your employment with the Company regardless of the manner or the reasons for such termination. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and you, and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be assigned by the Company without your consent to any successor entity in the event of a merger, acquisition, change of control, or sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. “Foundation Medicine” and “Company” shall also mean any such successor entity as the context requires.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


Kevin Krenitsky, MD

March 7, 2013

Page 9

 

Entire Agreement. Upon execution, this Agreement, including Exhibits A and B, and the Equity Documents, as amended from time to time, will constitute the entire agreement as to your employment relationship with Foundation Medicine and will supersede any prior agreements or understandings, whether in writing or oral.

We are looking forward to your continued contributions as a member of the Foundation Medicine team.

 

Sincerely,
FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

/s/ Sarah Larson

By:   Sarah Larson
Title:   Vice President, Human Resources

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS LETTER, INCLUDING EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT B, AND UNDERSTAND AND AGREE TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS LETTER AND ITS EXHIBITS. FACSIMILE AND PDF SIGNATURES SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL EFFECT AS ORIGINALS.

 

Accepted and agreed by:

/s/ Kevin Krenitsky

Employee Signature

Kevin Krenitsky

Print Employee’s Name
Date:  

June 19, 2013


EXHIBIT A

Equity Schedule

The table below contains information regarding stock option awards. Except for information regarding the designation of a stock option award as an Acceleration Equity Award or Non-Acceleration Equity Award, the information furnished is for reference purposes only. In the event of a conflict between the information furnished in this table and the Stock Option Agreement for such stock option award, the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement shall govern. You should refer to each Stock Option Agreement for the individual terms and conditions of such stock option award.

 

Grant

  

Grant Date

  

Acceleration Rights

550,000

   6/15/2011    Yes

100,000

   3/27/2012    Yes

50,000

   3/7/2013    Yes

*50,000

   5/21/2013    Yes

 

* grant is subject to conditional vesting terms which are defined in the option agreement


EXHIBIT B

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement


Standard Foundation Medicine Form

New Employee Agreement

Revisions Approved November 29, 2010

 

LOGO

Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation,

Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”), I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, whether or not disclosed before or after I was first employed by the Company, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs that the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”), and all tangible embodiments thereof, are and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material that has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, notes, email correspondence, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, biological or chemical materials, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, (1) information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties, and (2) all biological or chemical materials and other tangible embodiments of the Proprietary Information.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment,

disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons that require the Company to protect or refrain from use of proprietary information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such proprietary information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the President of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict that it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I hereby assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns, all my right, title and interest in and to all Developments (as defined below) that: (a) are created, developed, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction

 


LOGO    Page 2 of 4

 

(collectively, “conceived”) during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter and that relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises, Proprietary Information or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, licensed or leased by the Company (collectively, “Company-Related Developments”), and all patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide claiming, covering or otherwise arising from or pertaining to Company-Related Developments (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”). I further agree that “Company-Related Developments” include, without limitation, all Developments that (i) were conceived by me before my employment, (ii) relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company, and (iii) were not subject to an obligation to assign to another entity when conceived. I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all Company-Related Developments, as well as all other Developments conceived by me during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter. I acknowledge that all work performed by me as an employee of the Company is on a “work for hire” basis. I hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights that I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

“Developments” mean inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, biological or chemical materials, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works, and other works of authorship.

If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Development conceived by me before my employment that are not Company-Related Developments (“Prior Inventions”) into a Company product, process or research or development program or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense through multiple tiers) to make, have made, modify, use, offer for sale, import and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related

Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this Section will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes.

6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments conceived by me, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, materials or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing or embodying Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all of the foregoing, and all other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including laboratory space, computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights, as well as all other patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide owned by or licensed to the Company. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development or Intellectual Property Rights. If the

 


LOGO    Page 3 of 4

 

Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in the same.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this will not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this Section, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies that impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned under Section 5, I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the

Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

10. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

11. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies that may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

12. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

13. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement

 


LOGO    Page 4 of 4

 

signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

14. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

15. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or co-venturer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

16. Exit Interview . If and when I depart from the Company, I may be required to attend an exit interview and sign an “Employee Exit Acknowledgement” to reaffirm my acceptance and acknowledgement of the obligations set forth in this Agreement. During the Restricted Period following termination of my employment, I will notify the Company of any change in my address and of each subsequent employment or business activity, including the name and address of my employer or other post-Company employment plans and the nature of my activities.

17. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement will, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement will for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it will be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it will then appear.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

19. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts. As used in this Agreement, “including” means “including but not limited to.”

BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:  

/s/ Kevin Krenitsky

  (Employee’s full name)

 

Type or print name:  

Kevin Krenitsky M.D.

 

Date:  

April 27, 2011

 


LOGO

EXHIBIT A

 

TO:    Foundation Medicine, Inc.
FROM:    Kevin Krenitsky
DATE:    4/27/11
SUBJECT:    Prior Inventions

 

     The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:
  x    No inventions or improvements
  ¨    See below:
    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  ¨    Additional sheets attached
     The following is a list of all patents, patent applications and other patent rights that I have invented:
  x    None
  ¨    See below:
    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

EXHIBIT 10.5

 

LOGO

March 7, 2013

Robert W. Hesslein

 

Re: Employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Dear Bob:

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your continued employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc. (“Foundation Medicine” or “the Company”). Upon your execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth above. This Agreement shall fully supersede all prior agreements between you and the Company relating to the subject matter herein including, without limitation, any prior offer letter or agreement, plan or arrangement relating to severance pay or benefits. Defined terms used in this Agreement may be found generally within the provisions of this Agreement or specifically in the section of this Agreement entitled “Definitions.”

Your position will continue to be Senior Vice President & General Counsel, reporting to Mike Pellini, CEO. You will also continue to be a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team. In addition to performing duties and responsibilities associated with the position above, from time-to-time the Company may assign you other duties and responsibilities consistent with such position.

Salary, Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity and Expense Reimbursement. You will be paid on a salary basis at an annual rate of $309,000, payable twice per month in accordance with Foundation Medicine’s standard payroll practices, subject to customary deductions and withholdings and subject to adjustment by the Company in its discretion. You will be eligible for annual merit salary reviews in accordance with the Company’s compensation practices.

Additionally, as a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s bonus program. At the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the bonus program, you will be considered for a bonus payment under the Company’s bonus program. If participation in a bonus program is provided, you shall be eligible to participate with a target of up to 35% of your then annual base salary, such target to be subject to adjustment by the


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 2

 

Company in its discretion. You must be employed by the Company at the time a bonus is paid to earn any part of a bonus. Also, the Company will reimburse your reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses and other expenses related to your work in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

Equity Awards . A list of all Equity Awards granted to you by the Company as of the date of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit A (the “Equity Schedule”). The Equity Awards are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s incentive equity plan(s), as may be amended from time to time, and associated award agreements (collectively, and together with the Equity Schedule, the “Equity Documents”).

Certain Equity Awards have been granted acceleration rights described below and are designated as Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Acceleration Equity Awards”). Equity Awards not granted Acceleration Rights by the Company are designated as Non-Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Non-Acceleration Equity Awards”). Any Equity Awards granted to you by the Company that are not listed on the Equity Schedule shall be considered Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, unless and until they are granted Acceleration Equity Award status by the Board. Consistent with the Equity Documents, the Equity Schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company to add Acceleration Equity Awards or to add Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, and to convert Non-Acceleration Equity Awards to Acceleration Equity Awards. Each amendment to the Equity Schedule shall be consecutively numbered and dated, shall make express reference to this Agreement, shall supersede the immediately preceding Equity Schedule, and following issuance shall be incorporated into this Agreement and shall constitute one of the Equity Documents.

Subject to the further provisions of this Agreement and the Equity Documents, including the Stock Option Agreement dated April 12, 2012, vesting of the option to purchase 316,500 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Initial Grant”) shall accelerate with regard to the entire remaining unvested portion of the Initial Grant in the event that following a Change in Control (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or (ii) you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process.

Subject to the further provisions of this Agreement and the Equity Documents, vesting of the Acceleration Equity Awards (other than the Initial Grant) shall accelerate with regard to the entire remaining unvested portion of such Acceleration Equity Awards in the event that within 18 months following a Change in Control (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or (ii) you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process.

Severance Payments . Without otherwise limiting the “at will” nature of your employment if:

 

  (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause at any time, or

 

  (ii) following a Change in Control you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process,


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 3

 

and, in either event, you enter into and comply with a Release, the Company shall pay or provide you:

 

  (y) Salary Continuation, subject to the mitigation described below, and

 

  (z) Health Care Continuation (collectively, the “Severance Payments”);

in each instance for a period of nine (9) months following your termination date (the “Salary Continuation Period”).

Mitigation and Compliance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are entitled to Salary Continuation as set forth above and you commence any employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period on terms and conditions in the aggregate that are comparable to the terms and conditions of your employment at the Company immediately prior to your termination date, the amount of your Salary Continuation after you commence such employment or self-employment shall be decreased by the amount received pursuant to such employment or self-employment from and following the date you commence such employment. You shall give prompt notice to the Company if you commence such employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period and you shall respond promptly to any reasonable inquiries from the Company concerning such employment or self-employment during such Salary Continuation Period. In addition, if you breach the terms of the Release, the Company shall have the right to terminate or cease payment of the Salary Continuation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this mitigation provision shall not be construed to affect your right to receive Health Care Continuation during the Salary Continuation Period so long as you are not eligible for health benefits through another employer.

Non-Eligibility for Severance Payments or Equity Award Acceleration . For the avoidance of doubt, you and the Company acknowledge that if your employment is terminated: (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) by you without Good Reason, (iii) by you with Good Reason following a Change in Control but without complying with the Good Reason Process, or (iv) as a result of your death or disability, then, as a result of such termination, (w) you shall not be entitled to Severance Payments, (x) you shall be entitled to receive only base salary earned plus accrued but unused vacation pay through the date of termination, (y) the unvested portion of your Equity Awards will not accelerate and (z) your Equity Awards shall expire or be forfeited in accordance with the terms of the Equity Documents.

Section 409A Compliance. To the extent that any Severance Payments or other benefits to you constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended or replaced) (the “Code”), then such Severance Payments or benefits shall begin only upon or after the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), which may occur on or after the date of the termination of your employment. Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 4

 

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the your separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that you become entitled to under this Agreement on account of your separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20% additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your separation from service, or (ii) the your death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

The determination of whether and when your “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(h). Solely for purposes of this Section, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A. The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company shall have no liability to you or to any other person if any provisions of this Agreement that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

Notice of Termination. Your employment at all times shall remain “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any lawful reason, with or without cause. However, you agree to provide the Company with fourteen (14) days’ written notice if you decide to terminate the employment relationship (except in the event of a Good Reason termination, in which case the Good Reason Process shall apply).

Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement. You hereby reaffirm the effectiveness of, and your obligations pursuant to, your Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement (the “Employee Agreement”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. You and the Company agree that the terms of the Employee Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 5

 

No Conflicting Agreements. You represent that you are not subject to any agreements which might restrict your conduct at the Company, and that you understand that if you become aware at any time during your employment with the Company that you are subject to any agreements which might restrict your activities at Foundation Medicine, you are required to immediately inform the Company’s Vice President, Human Resources and/or its General Counsel of the existence of such agreements. In the event of an irresolvable conflict, your employment by Foundation Medicine could be subject to termination and such termination would be deemed a for “Cause” termination for purposes of this Agreement and the Equity Documents.

Governing Law. The interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Company ” means Foundation Medicine, Inc., and its successors and assigns.

Cause ” means one or more of the following events: (i) your conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving (a) fraud or embezzlement, or (b) any felony; (ii) your willful failure to perform (other than by reason of disability), or gross negligence in the performance of, your duties and responsibilities as set forth in your job description; (iii) a material breach by you of any provision of this Agreement, the Employee Agreement, or any of the other agreements you have with the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or (iv) material fraudulent conduct by you with respect to the Company.

Change in Control ” means:

(i) prior to the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, an event that (a) is a Deemed Liquidation Event within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time and (b) results in the payment of proceeds to the stockholders of the Company; and

(ii) following the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, any of the following:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 6

 

Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) the date when a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any consecutive twenty-four month period by individuals who, prior to their election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, were not approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in existence on the date immediately prior to such election, appointment or nomination; or

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not include (1) an initial public offering and (2) shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a).

Equity Award ” means all incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other incentive equity awards in respect of shares of the Company’s equity securities that have been or will be granted to you by the Company.


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 7

 

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events or circumstances following a Change in Control without your written consent; provided, that you have complied with the Good Reason Process:

(i) a material diminution in your responsibilities, authority, duties or base salary;

(ii) your work location is located more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s office location at which you were principally working as of the effective date of the Change in Control; or

(iii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any of the agreements you have with the Company relating to the Equity Awards or other equity of the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach.

Good Reason Process ” means:

(i) you reasonably determine that a Good Reason condition has occurred following a Change in Control;

(ii) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason condition;

(iv) notwithstanding such efforts a material element of at least one Good Reason condition continues to exist; and

(v) you terminate your employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company fully cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

The Company’s success at curing a Good Reason condition shall not bar or preclude your right to notify the Company of the occurrence within 18 months following a Change in Control of another Good Reason condition and to proceed with the Good Reason Process.

Health Care Continuation” means that if you are participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the date of your termination, then subject to your election and eligibility for benefits under the law known as COBRA, and any law that is the successor to COBRA, the Company shall continue to pay the employer portion of your health benefits until the earlier of the end of the Salary Continuation Period and the date you become re-employed or otherwise ineligible for COBRA.

Release ” means a separation agreement in a form prescribed by the Company that includes, without limitation, (i) a general release of claims and non-disparagement covenant, both in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, (ii) reaffirmation of your obligations under the Employee Agreement, the terms of which will be incorporated by reference into the Release, and (iii) a provision stating that, if you


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 8

 

breach any of the material provisions of Release, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to receive reimbursement for, or to terminate or cease payment of, Severance Payments paid or payable to you.

Salary Continuation ” means that the Company shall continue to pay you your base salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination, subject to mitigation, during the Salary Continuation Period. The first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid within 60 days after the date of termination and shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 60 day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss one or more regular payroll periods between the date of termination and the first Salary Continuation payment, the first Salary Continuation payment shall include a “catch up” payment of accrued but unpaid Salary Continuation payments.

Survival. This Agreement shall remain in effect if you are transferred, promoted, or reassigned to work in functions other than your current functions at the Company. Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of your employment with the Company regardless of the manner or the reasons for such termination. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and you, and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be assigned by the Company without your consent to any successor entity in the event of a merger, acquisition, change of control, or sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. “Foundation Medicine” and “Company” shall also mean any such successor entity as the context requires.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


Robert W. Hesslein

March 7, 2013

Page 9

 

Entire Agreement. Upon execution, this Agreement, including Exhibits A and B, and the Equity Documents, as amended from time to time, will constitute the entire agreement as to your employment relationship with Foundation Medicine and will supersede any prior agreements or understandings, whether in writing or oral.

We are looking forward to your continued contributions as a member of the Foundation Medicine team.

 

Sincerely,
FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

/s/ Sarah Larson

By:   Sarah Larson
Title:   Vice President, Human Resources

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS LETTER, INCLUDING EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT B, AND UNDERSTAND AND AGREE TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS LETTER AND ITS EXHIBITS. FACSIMILE AND PDF SIGNATURES SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL EFFECT AS ORIGINALS.

 

Accepted and agreed by:

/s/ Robert W. Hesslein

Employee Signature

Robert W. Hesslein

Print Employee’s Name
Date:  

June 21, 2013


EXHIBIT A

Equity Schedule

The table below contains information regarding stock option awards. Except for information regarding the designation of a stock option award as an Acceleration Equity Award or Non-Acceleration Equity Award, the information furnished is for reference purposes only. In the event of a conflict between the information furnished in this table and the Stock Option Agreement for such stock option award, the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement shall govern. You should refer to each Stock Option Agreement for the individual terms and conditions of such stock option award.

 

Grant

  

Grant Date

  

Acceleration Rights

316,500

   6/5/2012    Yes

100,000

   3/7/2013    Yes

*50,000

   5/21/2013    Yes

 

* Grant is subject to conditional vesting terms which are defined in the Stock Option Agreement


EXHIBIT B

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement


Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation,

Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”), I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, whether or not disclosed before or after I was first employed by the Company, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs that the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”), and all tangible embodiments thereof, are and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material that has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, notes, email correspondence, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, biological or chemical materials, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, (1) information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties, and (2) all biological or chemical materials and other tangible embodiments of the Proprietary Information.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment,

disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons that require the Company to protect or refrain from use of proprietary information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such third party proprietary information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the President of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever reasonable action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict that it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I hereby assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns, all my right, title and interest in and to all Developments (as defined below) that: (a) are created, developed, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction

 


LOGO    Page 2 of 5

 

(collectively, “conceived”) during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter and that relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises, Proprietary Information or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, licensed or leased by the Company (collectively, “Company-Related Developments”), and all patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide claiming, covering or otherwise arising from or pertaining to Company-Related Developments (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”). I further agree that “Company-Related Developments” include, without limitation, all Developments that (i) were conceived by me before my employment, (ii) relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company, and (iii) were not subject to an obligation to assign to another entity when conceived. I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all Company-Related Developments, as well as all other Developments conceived by me during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter. I acknowledge that all work performed by me as an employee of the Company is on a “work for hire” basis. I hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights that I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

“Developments” mean inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, biological or chemical materials, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works, and other works of authorship.

If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Development conceived by me before my employment that are not Company-Related Developments (“Prior Inventions”) into a Company product, process or research or development program or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense through multiple tiers) to make, have made, modify, use, offer for sale, import and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related

Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee to an employer, this Section will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes.

6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments conceived by me, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, materials or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing or embodying Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all of the foregoing, and all other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including laboratory space, computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights, as well as all other patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide owned by or licensed to the Company. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development or Intellectual Property Rights. If the

 


LOGO    Page 3 of 5

 

Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in the same.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that at any time during my employment, or following a termination of employment at any time during the two year period prior to the date of termination, are competitive with (i) the products or services of the Company, or (ii) products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning, provided that this will not prohibit ownership of shares in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the outstanding shares of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this Section, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s) but in no event shall the length of such extension exceed one (1) year.

9. Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies that impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned under Section 5, I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the

Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

10. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

11. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies that may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

12. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, I agree to use reasonable efforts to have any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

13. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement

 


LOGO    Page 4 of 5

 

signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

14. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

15. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or co-venturer, upon their request, during the Restricted Period prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

16. Exit Interview . If and when I depart from the Company, I may be required to attend an exit interview and sign an “Employee Exit Acknowledgement” to reaffirm my acceptance and acknowledgement of the obligations set forth in this Agreement. During the Restricted Period following termination of my employment, I will notify the Company of any change in my address and of each subsequent employment or business activity, including the name and address of my employer or other post-Company employment plans and the nature of my activities.

17. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement will, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement will for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it will be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it will then appear.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

19. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts. As used in this Agreement, “including” means “including but not limited to.”

BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below, which date is the first day of my employment with the Company.

 

Signed:  

/s/ Robert W. Hesslein

  (Employee’s full name)

 

Type or print name:  

Robert W. Hesslein

 

Date:  

May 29, 2012

 


LOGO

EXHIBIT A

 

TO:    Foundation Medicine, Inc.
FROM:   
DATE:   
SUBJECT:    Prior Inventions

 

    The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:
  ¨   No inventions or improvements
  ¨   See below:
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  ¨   Additional sheets attached
    The following is a list of all patents, patent applications and other patent rights that I have invented:
  ¨   None
  ¨   See below:
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

LOGO

March 7, 2013

Jason Ryan

 

Re: Employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Dear Jason:

This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your continued employment with Foundation Medicine, Inc. (“Foundation Medicine” or “the Company”). Upon your execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth above. This Agreement shall fully supersede all prior agreements between you and the Company relating to the subject matter herein including, without limitation, any prior offer letter or agreement, plan or arrangement relating to severance pay or benefits. Defined terms used in this Agreement may be found generally within the provisions of this Agreement or specifically in the section of this Agreement entitled “Definitions.”

Your position will continue to be Vice President, Finance. You will also continue to be a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team. In addition to performing duties and responsibilities associated with the position above, from time-to-time the Company may assign you other duties and responsibilities consistent with such position.

Salary, Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity and Expense Reimbursement. You will be paid on a salary basis at an annual rate of $220,550.00, payable twice per month in accordance with Foundation Medicine’s standard payroll practices, subject to customary deductions and withholdings and subject to adjustment by the Company in its discretion. You will be eligible for annual merit salary reviews in accordance with the Company’s compensation practices.

Additionally, as a member of the Company’s Executive Management Team, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s bonus program. At the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the bonus program, you will be considered for a bonus payment under the Company’s bonus program. If participation in a bonus program is provided, you shall be eligible to participate with a target of up to 25% of your then annual base salary, such target to be subject to adjustment by the Company in its discretion. You must be employed by the Company at the time a bonus is paid to


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 2

 

earn any part of a bonus. Also, the Company will reimburse your reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses and other expenses related to your work in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy.

Equity Awards . A list of all Equity Awards granted to you by the Company as of the date of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit A (the “Equity Schedule”). The Equity Awards are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s incentive equity plan(s), as may be amended from time to time, and associated award agreements (collectively, and together with the Equity Schedule, the “Equity Documents”).

Certain Equity Awards have been granted acceleration rights described below and are designated as Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Acceleration Equity Awards”). Equity Awards not granted Acceleration Rights by the Company are designated as Non-Acceleration Equity Awards on the Equity Schedule (the “Non-Acceleration Equity Awards”). Any Equity Awards granted to you by the Company that are not listed on the Equity Schedule shall be considered Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, unless and until they are granted Acceleration Equity Award status by the Board. Consistent with the Equity Documents, the Equity Schedule may be amended from time to time by the Company to add Acceleration Equity Awards or to add Non-Acceleration Equity Awards, and to convert Non-Acceleration Equity Awards to Acceleration Equity Awards. Each amendment to the Equity Schedule shall be consecutively numbered and dated, shall make express reference to this Agreement, shall supersede the immediately preceding Equity Schedule, and following issuance shall be incorporated into this Agreement and shall constitute one of the Equity Documents.

Subject to the further provisions of this Agreement and the Equity Documents, vesting of the Acceleration Equity Awards shall accelerate with regard to the entire remaining unvested portion of such Acceleration Equity Awards in the event that within 18 months following a Change in Control (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or (ii) you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process.

Severance Payments . Without otherwise limiting the “at will” nature of your employment if:

 

  (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause at any time, or

 

  (ii) within 18 months following a Change in Control you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason in accordance with the Good Reason Process,

and, in either event, you enter into and comply with a Release, the Company shall pay or provide you:

 

  (y) Salary Continuation, subject to the mitigation described below, and

 

  (z) Health Care Continuation (collectively, the “Severance Payments”) for a period of six (6) months following your termination date (the “Salary Continuation Period”).


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 3

 

Mitigation and Compliance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are entitled to Salary Continuation as set forth above and you commence any employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period on terms and conditions in the aggregate that are comparable to the terms and conditions of your employment at the Company immediately prior to your termination date, the amount of your Salary Continuation after you commence such employment or self-employment shall be decreased by the amount received pursuant to such employment or self-employment from and following the date you commence such employment. You shall give prompt notice to the Company if you commence such employment or self-employment during the Salary Continuation Period and you shall respond promptly to any reasonable inquiries from the Company concerning such employment or self-employment during such Salary Continuation Period. In addition, if you breach the terms of the Release, the Company shall have the right to terminate or cease payment of the Salary Continuation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this mitigation provision shall not be construed to affect your right to receive Health Care Continuation during the Salary Continuation Period so long as you are not eligible for health benefits through another employer.

Non-Eligibility for Severance Payments or Equity Award Acceleration . For the avoidance of doubt, you and the Company acknowledge that if your employment is terminated: (i) by the Company for Cause, (ii) by you without Good Reason, (iii) by you with Good Reason following a Change in Control but without complying with the Good Reason Process, or (iv) as a result of your death or disability, then, as a result of such termination, (w) you shall not be entitled to Severance Payments, (x) you shall be entitled to receive only base salary earned plus accrued but unused vacation pay through the date of termination, (y) the unvested portion of your Equity Awards will not accelerate and (z) your Equity Awards shall expire or be forfeited in accordance with the terms of the Equity Documents.

Section 409A Compliance. To the extent that any Severance Payments or other benefits to you constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended or replaced) (the “Code”), then such Severance Payments or benefits shall begin only upon or after the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), which may occur on or after the date of the termination of your employment. Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the your separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that you become entitled to under this Agreement on account of your separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20% additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after your separation from service, or (ii) the your death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 4

 

The determination of whether and when your “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(h). Solely for purposes of this Section, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A. The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company shall have no liability to you or to any other person if any provisions of this Agreement that are intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A are not so exempt or compliant.

Notice of Termination. Your employment at all times shall remain “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, for any lawful reason, with or without cause. However, you agree to provide the Company with fourteen (14) days’ written notice if you decide to terminate the employment relationship (except in the event of a Good Reason termination, in which case the Good Reason Process shall apply).

Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement. You hereby reaffirm the effectiveness of, and your obligations pursuant to, your Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement (the “Employee Agreement”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B. You and the Company agree that the terms of the Employee Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

No Conflicting Agreements. You represent that you are not subject to any agreements which might restrict your conduct at the Company, and that you understand that if you become aware at any time during your employment with the Company that you are subject to any agreements which might restrict your activities at Foundation Medicine, you are required to immediately inform the Company’s Vice President, Human Resources and/or its General Counsel of the existence of such agreements. In the event of an irresolvable conflict, your employment by Foundation Medicine could be subject to termination and such termination would be deemed a for “Cause” termination for purposes of this Agreement and the Equity Documents.


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 5

 

Governing Law. The interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of Massachusetts, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Company ” means Foundation Medicine, Inc., and its successors and assigns.

Cause ” means one or more of the following events: (i) your conviction of, or the entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving (a) fraud or embezzlement, or (b) any felony; (ii) your willful failure to perform (other than by reason of disability), or gross negligence in the performance of, your duties and responsibilities as set forth in your job description; (iii) a material breach by you of any provision of this Agreement, the Employee Agreement, or any of the other agreements you have with the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; or (iv) material fraudulent conduct by you with respect to the Company.

Change in Control ” means:

(i) prior to the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, an event that (a) is a Deemed Liquidation Event within the meaning of such term as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as amended and/or restated from time to time and (b) results in the payment of proceeds to the stockholders of the Company; and

(ii) following the completion of an initial public offering by the Company, any of the following:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“Voting Securities”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

(b) the date when a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any consecutive twenty-four month period by individuals who, prior to their election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, were not approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in existence on the date immediately prior to such election, appointment or nomination; or


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 6

 

(c) the consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not include (1) an initial public offering and (2) shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (ii)(a).

Equity Award ” means all incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other incentive equity awards in respect of shares of the Company’s equity securities that have been or will be granted to you by the Company.

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events or circumstances within 18 months following a Change in Control without your written consent; provided, that you have complied with the Good Reason Process:

(i) a change in title, responsibility and authority to a position less than executive level (with such change measured by reference to your title within your business unit post-Change in Control, and not necessarily the applicable company as a whole);

(ii) your work location is located more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s office location at which you were principally working as of the effective date of the Change in Control; or

(iii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any of the agreements you have with the Company relating to the Equity Awards or other equity of the Company, which breach continues or remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such breach.


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 7

 

Good Reason Process ” means:

(i) you reasonably determine that a Good Reason condition has occurred within 18 months following a Change in Control;

(ii) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of the first occurrence of such condition;

(iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the Good Reason condition;

(iv) notwithstanding such efforts a material element of at least one Good Reason condition continues to exist; and

(v) you terminate your employment within sixty (60) days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company fully cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

The Company’s success at curing a Good Reason condition shall not bar or preclude your right to notify the Company of the occurrence within 18 months following a Change in Control of another Good Reason condition and to proceed with the Good Reason Process.

Health Care Continuation” means that if you are participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the date of your termination, then subject to your election and eligibility for benefits under the law known as COBRA, and any law that is the successor to COBRA, the Company shall continue to pay the employer portion of your health benefits until the earlier of the end of the Salary Continuation Period and the date you become re-employed or otherwise ineligible for COBRA.

Release ” means a separation agreement in a form prescribed by the Company that includes, without limitation, (i) a general release of claims and non-disparagement covenant, both in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, (ii) reaffirmation of your obligations under the Employee Agreement, the terms of which will be incorporated by reference into the Release, and (iii) a provision stating that, if you breach any of the material provisions of Release, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to receive reimbursement for, or to terminate or cease payment of, Severance Payments paid or payable to you.


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 8

 

Salary Continuation ” means that the Company shall continue to pay you your base salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination, subject to mitigation, during the Salary Continuation Period. The first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid within 60 days after the date of termination and shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll dates; provided, however, that if the 60day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the first payment of Salary Continuation shall be paid in the second calendar year. In the event you miss one or more regular payroll periods between the date of termination and the first Salary Continuation payment, the first Salary Continuation payment shall include a “catch up” payment of accrued but unpaid Salary Continuation payments.

Survival. This Agreement shall remain in effect if you are transferred, promoted, or reassigned to work in functions other than your current functions at the Company. Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive the termination of your employment with the Company regardless of the manner or the reasons for such termination. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and you, and our respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be assigned by the Company without your consent to any successor entity in the event of a merger, acquisition, change of control, or sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. “Foundation Medicine” and “Company” shall also mean any such successor entity as the context requires.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


Jason Ryan

March 7, 2013

Page 9

 

Entire Agreement. Upon execution, this Agreement, including Exhibits A and B, and the Equity Documents, as amended from time to time, will constitute the entire agreement as to your employment relationship with Foundation Medicine and will supersede any prior agreements or understandings, whether in writing or oral.

We are looking forward to your continued contributions as a member of the Foundation Medicine team.

 

Sincerely,
FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

/s/ Sarah Larson

By:   Sarah Larson
Title:   Vice President, Human Resources

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS LETTER, INCLUDING EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT B, AND UNDERSTAND AND AGREE TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS LETTER AND ITS EXHIBITS. FACIMILE AND PDF SIGNATURES SHALL HAVE THE SAME LEGAL EFFECT AS ORIGINALS.

 

Accepted and agreed by:

/s/ Jason Ryan

Employee Signature

Jason Ryan

Print Employee’s Name
Date:  

6-20-13


EXHIBIT A

Equity Schedule

The table below contains information regarding stock option awards. Except for information regarding the designation of a stock option award as an Acceleration Equity Award or Non-Acceleration Equity Award, the information furnished is for reference purposes only. In the event of a conflict between the information furnished in this table and the Stock Option Agreement for such stock option award, the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement shall govern. You should refer to each Stock Option Agreement for the individual terms and conditions of such stock option award.

 

Grant

  

Grant Date

  

Acceleration Rights

185,000

   6/15/2011    Yes

40,000

   3/27/2012    Yes

100,000

   3/7/2013    Yes

*100,000

   5/21/2013    Yes

 

* grant is subject to conditional vesting terms which are defined in the option agreement


EXHIBIT B

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement


Standard Foundation Medicine Form

New Employee Agreement

Revisions Approved November 29, 2010

 

LOGO

Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation,

Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Foundation Medicine, Inc. (the “Company”), I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, whether or not disclosed before or after I was first employed by the Company, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs that the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “Proprietary Information”), and all tangible embodiments thereof, are and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material that has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, notes, email correspondence, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; and (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, biological or chemical materials, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information includes, without limitation, (1) information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties, and (2) all biological or chemical materials and other tangible embodiments of the Proprietary Information.

2. Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment,

disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

3. Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons that require the Company to protect or refrain from use of proprietary information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such proprietary information.

4. Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the President of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict that it finds to exist.

5. Developments . I hereby assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns, all my right, title and interest in and to all Developments (as defined below) that: (a) are created, developed, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction

 


LOGO    Page 2 of 4

 

(collectively, “conceived”) during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter and that relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises, Proprietary Information or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, licensed or leased by the Company (collectively, “Company-Related Developments”), and all patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide claiming, covering or otherwise arising from or pertaining to Company-Related Developments (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”). I further agree that “Company-Related Developments” include, without limitation, all Developments that (i) were conceived by me before my employment, (ii) relate to the business of the Company or to products, methods or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company, and (iii) were not subject to an obligation to assign to another entity when conceived. I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all Company-Related Developments, as well as all other Developments conceived by me during the period of my employment and six (6) months thereafter. I acknowledge that all work performed by me as an employee of the Company is on a “work for hire” basis. I hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights that I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

“Developments” mean inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, biological or chemical materials, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works, and other works of authorship.

If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Development conceived by me before my employment that are not Company-Related Developments (“Prior Inventions”) into a Company product, process or research or development program or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense through multiple tiers) to make, have made, modify, use, offer for sale, import and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this Section will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes.

6. Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments conceived by me, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, materials or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing or embodying Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all of the foregoing, and all other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including laboratory space, computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice.

7. Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights, as well as all other patent rights, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide owned by or licensed to the Company. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development or Intellectual Property Rights. If the

 


LOGO    Page 3 of 4

 

Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in the same.

8. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “Restricted Period”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world that develops, manufactures or markets any products, or performs any services, that are otherwise competitive with or similar to the products or services of the Company, or products or services that the Company has under development or that are the subject of active planning at any time during my employment; provided that this will not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this Section, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

9. Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies that impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned under Section 5, I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

10. Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

11. Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies that may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

12. Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to electronic bulletin boards and Internet- based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain.

13. No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement

 


LOGO    Page 4 of 4

 

signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

14. Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

15. Disclosure to Future Employers . I will provide a copy of this Agreement to any prospective employer, partner or co-venturer prior to entering into an employment, partnership or other business relationship with such person or entity.

16. Exit Interview . If and when I depart from the Company, I may be required to attend an exit interview and sign an “Employee Exit Acknowledgement” to reaffirm my acceptance and acknowledgement of the obligations set forth in this Agreement. During the Restricted Period following termination of my employment, I will notify the Company of any change in my address and of each subsequent employment or business activity, including the name and address of my employer or other post-Company employment plans and the nature of my activities.

17. Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement will, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement will for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it will be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it will then appear.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

19. Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts. As used in this Agreement, “including” means “including but not limited to.”

BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:   

/ S / Jason Ryan

   (Employee’s full name)

 

Type or print name:   

Jason Ryan

 

Date:   

5-2-11

 


LOGO

EXHIBIT A

 

TO:    Foundation Medicine, Inc.
FROM:    Jason Ryan
DATE:    5-2-11
SUBJECT:    Prior Inventions
        The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:
   x      No inventions or improvements
   ¨      See below:
       

 

       

 

       

 

       

 

   ¨      Additional sheets attached
        The following is a list of all patents, patent applications and other patent rights that I have invented:
   x      None
   ¨      See below:
       

 

       

 

       

 

       

 

Exhibit 10.9

EXHIBIT 1, SHEET 1

Building No.300 One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

(the “Building”)

 

Execution Date:    JULY 13, 2010
Tenant:    Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Mailing Address:    ONE KENDALL SQUARE SUITE B6501
   CAMBRIDGE MA 02139
Landlord:    RB Kendall Fee, LLC
Mailing address:        c/o The Beal Companies LLP, 177 Milk Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Attn: Senior Vice President—Asset Management
Building:    Building No. 300 in One Kendall Square in the City of Cambridge, Middlesex County, Commonwealth of Massachusetts

 

Art. 2

Premises: The entire fourth (4 th ) and fifth (5 th ) floors of the Building, consisting of approximately 11,466 rentable square feet and 11,040 rentable square feet, respectively, all substantially as shown on Lease Plan, Exhibit 2

 

Art. 3.1 Term Commencement Date: The date on which the Premises are delivered to Tenant with Tenant’s Improvements Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined)

 

Art. 3.1 Specified Commencement Date: January 1, 2011

 

Art. 3.2 Termination Date: The date that is fifty-four (54) months following the Term Commencement Date

 

Art. 5 Use of Premises: General office, laboratory and research and development uses and no other purpose, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease

 

Art. 6 Yearly Rent/Monthly Rent:

 

Time Period

   Yearly Rent      Monthly Rent      P.S.F.  

Term Commencement Date through the end of the third (3rd) full month following the Term Commencement Date

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Month 4 through Month 12

   $ 967,758.00       $ 80,646.50       $ 43.00   

Month 13 through Month 24

   $ 990,264.00       $ 82,522.00       $ 44.00   

Month 25 through Month 36

   $ 1,012,770.00       $ 84,397.50       $ 45.00   

Month 37 through Month 54

   $ 1,035,276.00       $ 86,273.00       $ 46.00   


Art. 7 Total Rentable Area: 22,506 square feet

Total Rentable Area of Building No.300: 64,610 square feet

Total Rentable Area of Complex: 639,586 square feet

 

Art. 8 Electric current will be furnished by Landlord to Tenant

 

Art. 9 Operating and Taxes:

Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share: 3.52%

Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share: 34.83%

 

Art. 29.3 Broker: Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, for Tenant, and FHO Partners, for Landlord

 

Art. 29.5 Arbitration: Massachusetts; Superior Court

 

Art. 29.13 Security Deposit: $161,293.00 in the form of a Letter of Credit in accordance with Article 29, 13

 

Art. 29.14 Parking Spaces: Thirty-three (33) spaces

 

Art. 29.15 Option to Extend Term: Two (2) five (5) year options

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
RB KENDALL FEE, LLC     FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert L. Beal

    By:  

/s/ Alexis Borisy

Name:   Robert L. Beal     Name:   Alexis Borisy
Title:   Its Authorized Signatory     Title:   CEO
      Hereunto Duly Authorized
Date Signed: July 13, 2010     Date Signed: July 13, 2010


1.  

REFERENCE DATA

     1   
2.  

DESCRIPTION OF DEMISED PREMISES

     1   
  2.1  

Demised Premises

     1   
  2.2  

Appurtenant Rights

     1   
  2.3  

Exclusions and Reservations

     1   
3.  

TERM OF LEASE

     1   
  3.1  

Definitions

     1   
  3.2  

Habendum

     2   
  3.3  

Declaration Fixing Term Commencement Date

     2   
4.  

READINESS FOR OCCUPANCY—TENANT’S IMPROVEMENTS- ENTRY BY TENANT PRIOR TO TERM

     2   
5.  

USE OF PREMISES

     4   
  5.1  

Permitted Use

     4   
  5.2  

Prohibited Uses

     4   
  5.3  

Licenses and Permits

     5   
6.  

RENT

     5   
7.  

RENTABLE AREA

     5   
8.  

SERVICES FURNISHED BY LANDLORD

     5   
  8.1  

Electric Current

     5   
  8.2  

Water

     7   
  8.3  

Elevators, Heat and Cleaning

     7   
  8.4  

Air Conditioning

     7   
  8.5  

Additional Heat and Air Conditioning Services

     8   
  8.6  

Additional Air Conditioning Equipment

     8   
  8.7  

Repairs

     8   
  8.8  

Interruption or Curtailment of Services

     8   
  8.9  

Energy Conservation

     9   
9.  

ESCALATION

     9   
  9.1  

Definitions

     9   
  9.2  

Tax Share

     13   
  9.3  

Operating Expense Share

     14   
  9.4  

Part Years

     14   
  9.5  

Effect of Taking

     14   
  9.6  

Tenant Audit Right

     14   
  9.7  

Survival

     15   
10.  

CHANGES OR ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD

     15   
11.  

FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS-REMOVAL BY TENANT

     15   
12.  

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT

     16   
13.  

TENANT’S CONTRACTORS-MECHANICS’ AND OTHER LIENS-STANDARD OF TENANT’S PERFORMANCE-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     17   


14.  

REPAIRS BY TENANT-FLOOR LOAD

     18   
  14.1  

Repairs by Tenant

     18   
  14.2  

Floor Load-Heavy Machinery

     18   
15.  

INSURANCE, INDEMNIFICATION, EXONERATION AND EXCULPATION

     18   
  15.1  

General Liability Insurance

     18   
  15.2  

Certificates of Insurance

     19   
  15.3  

General

     19   
  15.4  

Property of Tenant

     20   
  15.5  

Bursting of Pipes, etc.

     20   
  15.6  

Repairs and Alterations-No Diminution of Rental Value

     20   
16.  

ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING AND SUBLETTING

     20   
  16.1  

Generally

     20   
  16.2  

Reimbursement and Excess Rent

     22   
  16.3  

Certain Transfers

     23   
17.  

MISCELLANEOUS COVENANTS

     24   
  17.1  

Rules and Regulations

     24   
  17.2  

Access to Premises-Shoring

     24   
  17.3  

Accidents to Sanitary and Other Systems

     25   
  17.4  

Signs, Blinds and Drapes

     25   
  17.5  

Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements

     25   
  17.6  

Prohibited Materials and Property

     26   
  17.7  

Requirements of Law-Fines and Penalties

     26   
  17.8  

Tenant’s Acts-Effect on Insurance

     26   
  17.9  

Miscellaneous

     27   
18.  

DAMAGE BY FIRE, ETC.

     27   
19.  

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     27   
20.  

CONDEMNATION-EMINENT DOMAIN

     28   
21.  

DEFAULT

     29   
  21.1  

Conditions of Limitation-Re-Entry-Termination

     29   
  21.2  

Intentionally Omitted

     29   
  21.3  

Damages-Termination

     29   
  21.4  

Fees and Expenses

     30   
  21.5  

Waiver of Redemption

     31   
  21.6  

Landlord’s Remedies Not Exclusive

     31   
  21.7  

Grace Period

     31   
22.  

END OF TERM-ABANDONED PROPERTY

     31   
23.  

SUBORDINATION

     32   
24.  

QUIET ENJOYMENT

     34   
25.  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT-WAIVER-SURRENDER

     34   
  25.1  

Entire Agreement

     34   
  25.2  

Waiver by Landlord

     34   
  25.3  

Surrender

     34   


26.   INABILITY TO PERFORM-EXCULPATORY CLAUSE      35   
27.   BILLS AND NOTICES      35   
28.   PARTIES BOUND-SEIZING OF TITLE      36   
29.   MISCELLANEOUS      36   
  29.1  

Separability

     36   
  29.2  

Captions, etc.

     36   
  29.3  

Broker

     36   
  29.4  

Modifications

     37   
  29.5  

Arbitration

     37   
  29.6  

Governing Law

     37   
  29.7  

Assignment of Rents

     37   
  29.8  

Representation of Authority

     37   
  29.9  

Expenses Incurred by Landlord Upon Tenant Requests

     37   
  29.10  

Survival

     38   
  29.11  

Hazardous Materials

     38   
  29.12  

Patriot Act

     39   
  29.13  

Letter of Credit

     40   
  29.14  

Parking

     41   
  29.15  

Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term of the Lease

     42   
  29.16  

Definition of Fair Market Rental Value

     42   
  29.17  

Roof License; Generator

     43   
  29.18  

Right of First Refusal to Lease

     45   
  29.19  

Confidentiality

     46   

Exhibit 2 – Lease Plan

Exhibit 3 – Plan of Complex

Exhibit 4 – Term Commencement Date Agreement

Exhibit 5 – Space Plans and Landlord’s Scope

Exhibit 6 – Form of Letter of Credit

Exhibit 7 – Estimated Budget


THIS INDENTURE OF LEASE made and entered into on the Execution Date as stated in Exhibit 1 and between the Landlord and the Tenant named in Exhibit 1.

Landlord does hereby demise and lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby hire and take from Landlord, the premises hereinafter mentioned and described (hereinafter referred to as “Premises”), upon and subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease for the term hereinafter stated:

 

1. REFERENCE DATA

Each reference in this Lease to any of the terms and titles contained in any Exhibit attached to this Lease shall be deemed and construed to incorporate the data stated under that term or title in such Exhibit.

 

2. DESCRIPTION OF DEMISED PREMISES

2.1 Demised Premises. The Premises are that portion of the Building as described in Exhibit 1 (as the same may from time to time be constituted after changes therein, additions thereto and eliminations therefrom pursuant to rights of Landlord hereinafter reserved) and is hereinafter referred to as the “Building”, substantially as shown hatched or outlined on the Lease Plan (Exhibit 2) hereto attached and incorporated by reference as a part hereof.

2.2 Appurtenant Rights. Tenant shah have, as appurtenant to the Premises, rights to use in common, with others entitled thereto, subject to reasonable rules and regulations from time to time made by Landlord of which Tenant is given notice; (a) the common lobbies, hallways, stairways and elevators of the Building, serving the Premises in common with others, (b) common walkways necessary for access to the Building, and (c) if the Premises include less than the entire rentable area of any floor, the common toilets and other common facilities of such floor; and no other appurtenant rights or easements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease contained, Landlord has no obligation to allow any particular telecommunication service provider to have access to the Building or to Tenant’s Premises; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to provide such access to Cogent Communications unless and until Landlord otherwise notifies Tenant. If Landlord permits such access, Landlord may condition such access upon the payment to Landlord by the service provider of fees assessed by Landlord in its sole discretion.

2.3 Exclusions and Reservations. All the perimeter walls of the Premises except the inner surfaces thereof, any balconies (except to the extent same are shown as part of the Premises on the Lease Plan (Exhibit 2)), terraces or roofs adjacent to the Premises, and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as the right of access through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are expressly excluded from the Premises and reserved to Landlord.

 

3. TERM OF LEASE

3.1 Definitions. As used in this Lease the words and terms which follow mean and include the following:

(a) “Specified Commencement Date”—The date (as stated in Exhibit 1) on which it is estimated that the Premises will be ready for Tenant’s occupancy for its use as stated in Exhibit 1.

(b) “Term Commencement Date”—If the “Term Commencement Date” is a date certain agreed upon by the parties at the time of the execution of this Lease, such date shall be inserted in Exhibit 1; otherwise, the “Term Commencement Date” is the date on which the Premises are ready for Tenant’s occupancy (as defined in Article 4.2) for use as set forth in Exhibit 1. If the Premises are not ready for such occupancy but if, pursuant to permission therefor duly given by Landlord, Tenant takes possession of the whole or any part of the Premises for use as set forth in Exhibit 1, “Term Commencement Date” shall be the date on which Tenant takes such possession.

 

-1-


(c) “Complex” shall be defined as all of the Building, the other buildings, and the Common Areas serving such buildings, all located on the land (“Land”) shown outlined on Exhibit 3.

(d) “Common Areas” shall be defined as the common walkways, accessways, and parking facilities located on the Land and common facilities in the Complex, as the same may be changed, from time to time, including without limitation, alleys, sidewalks, lobbies, hallways, toilets, stairways, fan rooms, utility closets, shaftways, street entrances, elevators, wires, conduits, meters, pipes, ducts, vaults, and any other equipment, machinery, apparatus, and fixtures wherever located on the Land, in the Complex, in the buildings in the Complex or in the Premises that either (a) serve the Premises as well as other parts of the Land or Complex, or (b) serve other parts of the Land or Complex but not the Premises.

3.2 Habendum. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Premises for a term of years commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the fifty-fourth (54 th ) complete month following the Term Commencement Date (as same may be extended in accordance with Section 29.15 below) or on such earlier date upon which said term may expire or be terminated pursuant to any of the conditions of limitation or other provisions of this Lease or pursuant to law (which date for the termination of the terms hereof will hereafter be called “Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Termination Date as stated in Exhibit 1 shall fall on other than the last day of a calendar month, said Termination Date shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be the last day of the calendar month in which said Termination Date occurs.

3.3 Declaration Fixing Term Commencement Date. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to execute a Term Commencement Date Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 4, or as otherwise reasonably requested by Landlord confirming the actual Term Commencement Date and Termination Date, once same are determined. As soon as may be after the execution date hereof, each of the parties hereto agrees, upon demand of the other party to join in the execution, in recordable form, of a statutory notice, memorandum, etc. of lease. If this Lease is terminated before the term expires, then upon Landlord’s request the parties shall execute, deliver and record an instrument acknowledging such fact and the date of termination of this Lease, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact in its name and behalf to execute such instrument if Tenant shah fail to execute and deliver such instrument within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request therefor. In no event shall this Lease be recorded or filed by Tenant with the Middlesex South Registry of Deeds or Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court.

 

4. READINESS FOR OCCUPANCY—TENANT’S IMPROVEMENTS- ENTRY BY TENANT PRIOR TO TERM.

(a) Landlord and Tenant have mutually agreed to the initial space plan (the “Space Plans”) for the layout of Tenant’s leasehold improvements to the Premises and the scope of work to be completed by Landlord within the Premises and to the base Building systems servicing the Premises (the “Landlord’s Scope”) (the “Space Plans” and “Landlord’s Scope” may be referred to collectively herein as the “Tenant’s Improvements”). Tenant’s Improvements shall not include, without limitation, Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures, equipment (excluding Building systems included in Landlord’s Scope), personal property, data and communications equipment and cabling. Except as otherwise may be expressly provided on the Plans (as hereinafter defined), Tenant acknowledges that tenant’s Improvements will be designed and constructed to the quality of the design and construction of the Building and in accordance with Landlord’s building standards (including but not limited to construction materials, design and finishes) for the Building. The Space Plans and Landlord’s Scope are attached hereto as Exhibit 5.

(b) Based upon the Space Plans and Landlord’s Scope, the Landlord shall cause final plans and specifications, sufficient to permit the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements, to be prepared (the “Plans”), which Plans shall be submitted to Tenant for approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall be deemed given if not disapproved of in writing (with a detailed list of the deficiencies in the

 

-2-


Plans) within five (5) days of submittal. Tenant understands and agrees that changes to the Plans that may be needed or desired by Tenant, and or the specification by Tenant of any components or finishes that are not building standard or as depicted on the Plans, will be approved by Landlord and incorporated into the Plans only if (1) such changes are not Material Changes (as defined below) or (2) Tenant agrees to pay (as provided below) any net increase in the cost of the Tenant’s Improvements resulting from such changes and be responsible for any resulting delay in Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined). The term “Material Changes” as used herein are (i) changes that, individually or in the aggregate, modify the scope, cost or character of the Tenant’s Improvements or any material component thereof from that set forth in the Space Plans, Landlord’s Scope or Plans, and (ii) changes that will, individually or in the aggregate, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, result in a likelihood of delay in the Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Tenant agrees that any additional cost or expense resulting from any Material Changes approved by Landlord, as well as from any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant’s Improvements after the date hereof (including design and construction costs, including, but not limited to, materials, labor and general conditions costs) shall be the responsibility of Tenant and shall be paid in full, or reimbursed, as the case may be, by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days of billing therefor by Landlord; and Tenant agrees that if any such changes do result in delay in Substantial Completion, same shall be deemed a Tenant Delay (as defined below). Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies which Landlord has upon the nonpayment of Yearly Rent and other charges due under this Lease for nonpayment of any amounts which Tenant is required to pay to Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provision.

(c) Landlord shall proceed to construct Tenant’s Improvements at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise set forth herein) in substantial conformance with the Plans and in a good and workmanlike manner. Landlord reserves the right to make changes and substitutions to the Plans in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, provided same do not materially adversely modify the Plans and Tenant agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any such changes provided same do not materially adversely modify the Plans. Tenant’s Improvements shall be constructed and completed by The Richmond Group whom Landlord shall engage to be Landlord’s contractor, in compliance with all applicable statutes and regulations.

(d) Subject to delay by causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or caused by the action or inaction of Tenant, including Tenant Delays, Landlord agrees to use reasonable speed and diligence to Substantially Complete the Tenant’s Improvements by the Specified Commencement Date, provided, however, the failure to do so shall in no way affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this Lease and Tenant shall not have any claim against Landlord, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, by reason thereof. Tenant’s Improvements shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” on the date (the “Substantial Completion Date”) as of which a certificate of occupancy (temporary or permanent) permitting the use of the Premises has been issued and is available from the City of Cambridge (the “Certificate of Occupancy”) or the date Tenant receives Landlord’s architect’s certificate that the Premises have been substantially completed in accordance with the Plans (subject only to the completion of Punchlist Work (defined below)). Any Punchlist Work not fully completed (of which Tenant shall give Landlord notice as provided below) on the Term Commencement Date shall thereafter be so completed with reasonable diligence by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant’s Improvements by Landlord is due to Tenant Delays, then the Substantial Completion Date shall be deemed to be the date Tenant’s Improvements would have been Substantially Complete, if not for such Tenant Delays, as reasonably determined by Landlord. “Tenant Delays” shall mean delays caused by: (i) requirements of the Space Plans, Landlord’s Scope or Plans requested by Tenant that do not conform to Landlord’s building standards for office and laboratory build out, or which contain long lead-time or non-standard items requested by Tenant; (ii) any material change in the Space Plans, Landlord’s Scope or Plans requested by Tenant; (iii) any request by Tenant for a delay in the commencement or completion of Tenant’s Improvements for any reason; or (iv) any other act or omission of Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors which reasonably inhibits the Landlord from timely completing the Tenant’s Improvements. For purposes hereof, “Punchlist Work” is defined as minor or insubstantial details or defects of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments that do not significantly affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. If as a result of Tenant Delays the Premises are deemed ready for Tenant’s occupancy, pursuant to the foregoing (and the Term shall have commenced by reason thereof), but the Premises are not in fact

 

-3-


actually ready for Tenant’s occupancy, Tenant shall not (except with Landlord’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) be entitled to take possession of the Premises for use as set forth in Exhibit 1 until the Premises are in fact actually ready for such occupancy.

(e) Within seven (7) business days after the Term Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confer and create a specific list of any Punchlist Work with respect to the Tenant’s Improvements (a “Punchlist”). Except with respect to the items contained in the Punchlist, Tenant shall be deemed satisfied with the Tenant’s Improvements, Landlord shall be deemed to have completed all of its obligations under this Section 4.1 and Tenant shall have no claim that Landlord has failed to perform in full its obligations hereunder

(f) This Lease-is subject to the Landlord obtaining all permits, licenses and approvals necessary to allow Landlord to construct Tenant’s Improvements and obtain a certificate of occupancy, if required, with respect thereto; and if despite Landlord’s good faith efforts Landlord shall be unable to obtain such permits, license, approvals, or certificate of occupancy, if required, and is therefore unable to commence or complete Tenant’s Improvements, then this Lease may be terminated by Landlord by written notice to Tenant.

(g) Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises, without the obligation to pay rent, within thirty (30) days prior to the Specified Commencement Date, with prior notice to the Building property manager, during normal business hours and without payment of rent, to install its operational wiring, furniture, fixtures and equipment by, or under the direction or control of, Tenant and as is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall coordinate such entry with Landlord’s building manager, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Lease and the rules and regulations in effect from time to time, shall be at the risk of Tenant and shall not interfere with the completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Prior to entering the Building or Premises Tenant shall obtain all insurance it is required to obtain by the Lease and shall provide certificates of said insurance to Landlord. Such right of entry shall be deemed a license from Landlord to Tenant, and any entry thereunder shall be at the risk of Tenant.

(h) Except as is otherwise herein provided and except for the completion of Tenant’s Improvements, all work necessary to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, shall be performed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

5. USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the purposes as stated in Exhibit 1 and for no other purposes. Service and utility areas (whether or not a part of the Premises) shall be used only for the particular purpose for which they were designed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant agrees that it shall not use the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used for the preparation or dispensing of food, whether by vending machines or otherwise. So long as Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable security program for the Building and/or Complex, and provided Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, during the term, except in the case of force majeure, emergencies or closures due to casualty or condemnation or repairs, maintenance or alterations within the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the other terms and provisions of this Lease, Tenant may, with Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, install at its own cost and expense so-called hot-cold water fountains, coffee makers and so-called Dwyer refrigerator-sink-stove combinations for the preparation of beverages and foods, provided that no cooking, frying, etc., are carried on in the Premises to such extent as requires special exhaust venting, Tenant hereby acknowledging that the Building is not engineered to provide any such special venting.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit the use or occupancy of, or suffer or permit anything to be done in or anything to be brought into or kept in or about the Premises or the Building or any part thereof (including, without limitation, any materials,

 

-4-


appliances or equipment used in the construction or other preparation of the Premises and furniture and carpeting): (i) which would violate any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or that are otherwise applicable to or binding upon the Premises; (ii) for any unlawful purposes or in any unlawful manner; (iii) which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord shall in any way (a) impair the appearance or reputation of the Building; or (b) impair, interfere with or otherwise diminish the quality of any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, ventilating, air conditioning or other servicing of the Building or Premises, or with the use or occupancy of any of the other areas of the Building, or occasion discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance, or injury or damage to any occupants of the Premises or other tenants or occupants of the Building; or (iv) which is inconsistent with the maintenance of the Building as an office building of the first class in the quality of its maintenance, use, or occupancy. Tenant shall not install or use any electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, might cause any such impairment, interference, discomfort, inconvenience, annoyance or injury.

5.3 Licenses and Permits. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business, and if the failure to secure such license or permit would in any way affect Landlord, the Premises, the Building or Tenant’s ability to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license and submit the same to inspection by Landlord. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit. Tenant shall furnish all data and information to governmental authorities and Landlord as required in accordance with legal, regulatory, licensing or other similar requirements as they relate to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Building.

 

6. RENT

During the term of this Lease, the Yearly Rent and other charges, at the rate stated in Exhibit 1, shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord by monthly payments, as stated in Exhibit 1, in advance and without demand on the first day of each month for and in respect of such month. The rent and other charges reserved and covenanted to be paid under this Lease shall commence on the Term Commencement Date. If, by reason of any provisions of this Lease, the rent reserved hereunder shall commence or terminate on any day other than the first day of a calendar month, the rent for such calendar month shall be prorated. The rent and all other amounts payable to Landlord at the address provided in Exhibit 1 to this Lease or, if Landlord shall so direct in writing, to Landlord’s agent or nominee, in lawful money of the United States which shall be legal tender for payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, at the office of the Landlord or such place as Landlord may designate, and the rent and other charges in all circumstances shall be payable without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. Rental and any other sums due hereunder not paid on or before the date due shall bear interest for each month or fraction thereof from the due date until paid computed at the annual rate of four percentage (4%) points over the so-called prime rate then currently from time to time charged to its most favored corporate customers by the largest national bank (N.A.) located in the city in which the Building is located, or at any applicable lesser maximum legally permissible rate for debts of this nature.

 

7. RENTABLE AREA

Total Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building and the Complex are agreed to be the amounts set forth in Exhibit 1. Landlord reserves the right, throughout the term of the Lease, to recalculate the Total Rentable Area of the Building and/or the Complex.

 

8. SERVICES FURNISHED BY LANDLORD

8.1 Electric Current.

(a) As stated in Exhibit 1, Landlord will either furnish to Tenant, as an incident of this Lease, electric current for the operation of lighting fixtures and the 120-volt electrical outlets initially installed in the Premises and Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the cost of such electric current as measured by a separate submeter or checkmeter, as hereinafter set forth, or Landlord will require Tenant to contract with the company supplying electric current for the purchase and obtaining by Tenant of electric current directly from such company to be billed directly to, and paid for by, Tenant.

 

-5-


(b) If Landlord is providing electric current to Tenant, as aforesaid, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the entire cost of such electric current as follows:

(1) Commencing as of the Term Commencement Date and continuing until the procedures set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Article 8.1 (b) are effected, Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the same time and in the same manner that it pays its monthly payments of Yearly Rent hereunder, estimated payments (i.e., based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimate) on account of Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord for electricity consumed in the Premises.

(2) Periodically after the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall determine the actual cost of electricity consumed by Tenant in the Premises (i.e. by reading Tenant’s sub-meter and by applying an electric rate which shall not exceed the retail rate which would have been payable by Tenant had Tenant obtained electric services directly from the utility company providing electric current to Landlord.) If the total of Tenant’s estimated monthly payments on account of such period is less than the actual cost of electricity consumed in the Premises during such period, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days of when billed therefor. If the total of Tenant’s estimated monthly payments on account of such period is greater than the actual cost of electricity consumed in the Premises during such period, Tenant may credit the difference against its next installment of rental or other charges due hereunder, provided that any excess credit shall be repaid to Tenant within a reasonable time following the expiration of the Lease term provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease.

(3) After each adjustment, as set forth in Paragraph 2 above, the amount of estimated monthly payments on account of Tenant’s obligation to reimburse Landlord for electricity in the Premises shall be adjusted based upon the actual cost of electricity consumed during the immediately preceding period.

(c) If Landlord is furnishing Tenant electric current hereunder, Landlord, at any time, at its option and upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, may discontinue such furnishing of electric current to the Premises; and in such case Tenant shall contract with the company supplying electric current for the purchase and obtaining by Tenant of electric current directly from such company. In the event Tenant itself contracts for electricity with the supplier, pursuant to Landlord’s option as above stated, Landlord shall (i) permit its risers, conduits and feeders to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for the purpose of enabling Tenant to purchase and obtain electric current directly from such company, (ii) without cost or charge to Tenant, make such alterations and additions to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the Building as such company shall specify for the purpose of enabling Tenant to purchase and obtain electric current directly from such company, and (iii) at Landlord’s expense, furnish and install in or near the Premises any necessary metering equipment used in connection with measuring Tenant’s consumption of electric current and Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall maintain and keep in repair such metering equipment.

(d) Whether or not Landlord is furnishing electric current to Tenant, if Tenant shall require electric current for use in the Premises in excess of such reasonable quantity to be furnished for such use as hereinabove provided and if (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord’s facilities are inadequate for such excess requirements or (ii) such excess use shall result in an additional burden on the Building air conditioning system and additional cost to Landlord on account thereof, then, as the case may be, (x) Landlord, upon written request and at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, will furnish and install such additional wire, conduits, feeders, switchboards and appurtenances as reasonably may be required to supply such additional requirements of Tenant if current therefor be available to Landlord, provided that the same shall be permitted by applicable laws and insurance regulations and shall not cause damage to the Building or the Premises or cause or

 

-6-


create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations or repairs or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building or (y) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such additional cost, as aforesaid. Tenant acknowledges that it has been provided with an opportunity to confirm that the electric current serving the Premises will be adequate to supply its proposed permitted uses of the Premises.

(e) Landlord, at Tenant’s expense and upon Tenant’s request, shall purchase and install all replacement lamps of types generally commercially available (including, but not limited to, incandescent and fluorescent) used in the Premises.

(f) Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if the quantity, character, or supply of electrical energy is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements.

(g) Tenant agrees that it will not make any material alteration or material addition to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance first obtained, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and using contractor(s) approved by Landlord, and will promptly advise Landlord of any other alteration or addition to such electrical equipment and/or appliances.

8.2 Water. Landlord shall furnish hot and cold water for ordinary Premises, cleaning, toilet, lavatory and drinking purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose other than for the aforementioned purposes, Landlord may (i) assess a reasonable charge for the additional water so used or consumed by Tenant or (ii) install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. In the latter event, Tenant shall pay the cost of the meter and the cost of installation thereof and shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, together with the sewer charge based on said meter charges, as and when bills are rendered, and on default in making such payment Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant, and any charges shown on a separate water meter shall not be included in Operating Expenses hereunder. All piping and other equipment and facilities for use of water outside the building core will be installed and maintained by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

8.3 Elevators, Heat and Cleaning. Landlord shall: (i) provide necessary elevator facilities (which may be manually or automatically operated, either or both, as Landlord may from time to time elect) on Mondays through Fridays, excepting Massachusetts and federal legal holidays, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays, excepting legal holidays, from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (called “business days”) and have one (1) elevator in operation available for Tenant’s use, non-exclusively, together with others having business in the Building, at all other times; (ii) furnish heat (substantially equivalent to that being furnished in comparably aged similarly equipped office buildings in the same city) to the Premises during the normal heating season on business days; and (iii) cause the common areas of the Building to be cleaned on Monday through Friday (excepting Massachusetts or City of Cambridge legal holidays) in a manner consistent with cleaning standards generally prevailing in the comparable office buildings in the City of Cambridge. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with foregoing services shall be included as part of the Operating Costs (as defined below). Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for providing cleaning and janitorial services to the Premises in a neat and first-class manner consistent with the cleaning standards generally prevailing in the comparable buildings in the City of Cambridge or as otherwise reasonably established by Landlord in writing from time to time using an insured contractor or contractors selected by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord and such provider shall not interfere with the use and operation of the Building or Complex by Landlord or any other tenant or occupant thereof.

8.4 Air Conditioning. Landlord shall through the air conditioning equipment of the Building furnish to and distribute in the Premises air conditioning as normal seasonal changes may require on business days during the hours as aforesaid in Article 8.3 when air conditioning may reasonably be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord with regard to, and to abide by all the reasonable regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the air conditioning system.

 

-7-


8.5 Additional Heat and Air Conditioning Services. Landlord will use reasonable efforts upon reasonable advance written notice from Tenant of its requirements in that regard, to furnish additional heat or air conditioning services to the Premises on days and at times other than as above provided. Tenant will pay to Landlord a reasonable charge for any such additional heat or air conditioning service required by Tenant. As of the Execution Date, the current charge for such after hours additional heat and air conditioning services is approximately $55.00 per hour for the entire Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges that such charge is subject to increase from time to time.

8.6 Additional Air Conditioning Equipment. In the event Tenant requires additional air conditioning for business machines, meeting rooms or other special purposes, or because of occupancy or excess electrical loads, any additional air conditioning units, chillers, condensers, compressors, ducts, piping and other equipment, such additional air conditioning equipment will be installed, but only if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the same will not cause damage or injury to the Building or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants. At Landlord’s sole election, such equipment will either be installed:

(a) by Landlord at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in such an amount as will compensate it for the cost incurred by it in operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing, if necessary, such additional air conditioning equipment. At Landlord’s election, such equipment shall (i) be maintained, repaired and replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (ii) throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, purchase and maintain a service contract for such equipment from a service provider approved by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of both the form of service contract and of the service provider; or

(b) by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s prior approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications for such work. In such event: (i) such equipment shall be maintained, repaired and replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (ii) throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, purchase and maintain a service contract for such equipment from a service provider approved by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of both the form of service contract and of the service provider.

8.7 Repairs. Except as otherwise provided in Articles 18 and 20, and subject to Tenant’s obligations in Article 14, Landlord shall keep and maintain the roof, exterior walls, structural floor slabs, columns, elevators, public stairways and corridors, public lavatories, and other common equipment (including, without limitation, sanitary, electrical, heating, air conditioning, or other systems) serving both the Building and the Common Areas in good condition and repair. Landlord shall keep the paved portions of the Common Areas reasonably free of ice and snow.

8.8 Interruption or Curtailment of Services. When necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements which in the reasonable judgment of Landlord are desirable or necessary to be made, or of difficulty or inability in securing supplies or labor, or of strikes, or of any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, whether such other cause be similar or dissimilar to those hereinabove specifically mentioned until said cause has been removed, Landlord reserves the right to interrupt, curtail, stop or suspend (i) the furnishing of heating, elevator, air conditioning, and cleaning services and (ii) the operation of the plumbing and electric systems. Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause of any such interruption, curtailment, stoppage or suspension, but there shall be no diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation due from Landlord to Tenant hereunder, nor shall this Lease be affected or any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder reduced, and the Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for any such interruption, curtailment, stoppage, or suspension of services or systems. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen interruption or curtailment, Landlord shall endeavor to notify Tenant (which notification may be oral) in advance, if possible, of any interruption or curtailment.

 

-8-


8.9 Energy Conservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 8 or in this Lease contained, Landlord may institute, and Tenant shall comply with, such policies, programs and measures as may be necessary, required, or expedient for the conservation and/or preservation of energy or energy services, or as may be necessary or required to comply with applicable codes, rules regulations or standards, provided that Tenant has been notified in writing of all such policies, programs, or measures.

 

9. ESCALATION

9.1 Definitions. As used in this Article 9, the words and terms which follow mean and include the following:

(a) “Operating Year” shall mean a calendar year in which occurs any part of the term of this Lease.

(b) “Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share” shall initially be the figure as stated in Exhibit 1. Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share is the ratio of the Total Rentable Area of the Premises to the aggregate Total Rentable Area of the Building, from time to time. As changes or modifications to the Building occurs, Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share shall be adjusted to equal the then current ratio of the Total Rentable Area of the Premises to the aggregate Total Rentable Area within the Building which is then completed and as to which a certificate of occupancy is issued.

(c) “Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share” shall initially be the figure as stated in Exhibit 1. Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share is the ratio of the Total Rentable Area of the Premises to the aggregate Total Rentable Area, from time to time, of all buildings within the Complex which have been completed and for which a certificate of occupancy has been issued. As additional buildings are completed within the Complex, Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share shall be adjusted to equal the then current ratio of the Total Rentable Area of the Premises to the aggregate Total Rentable Area within the Complex which is then completed and as to which a certificate of occupancy is issued.

(d) “Taxes” shall mean the real estate taxes and other taxes, levies and assessments imposed upon the Building and the Common Areas of the Complex and upon any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof, or Landlord’s interest in the Building, the Common Areas, or such personal property; charges, fees and assessments for transit, housing, police, fire or other governmental services or purported benefits to the Building and/or the Common Areas; service or user payments in lieu of taxes; and any and all other taxes, levies, betterments, assessments and charges arising from the ownership, leasing, operating, use or occupancy of the Building, the Common Areas or based upon rentals derived therefrom, which are or shall be imposed by Federal, State, Municipal or other authorities. As of the Execution Date, “Taxes” shall not include any franchise, rental, income or profit tax, capital levy or excise, provided, however, that any of the same and any other tax, excise, fee, levy, charge or assessment, however described, that may in the future be levied or assessed as a substitute for or an addition to, in whole or in part, any tax, levy or assessment which would otherwise constitute “Taxes,” whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the Execution Date of this Lease, shall constitute “Taxes,” but only to the extent calculated as if the Complex is the only real estate owned by Landlord. “Taxes” shall also include expenses of tax abatement or other proceedings contesting assessments or levies. The parties acknowledge that, as of the Execution Date, Taxes are based upon several separate tax bills affecting the Complex. Taxes shall be allocated by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, among the Building (the portion of Taxes allocable to the Building being referred to herein as “Building Taxes”), the other buildings of the Complex, and the Common Areas (the portion of Taxes allocable to the Common Areas being referred to herein as “Common Area Taxes”).

(e) “Tax Period” shall be any fiscal/tax period in respect of which Taxes are due and payable to the appropriate governmental taxing authority, any portion of which period occurs during the term of this Lease, the first such Period being the one in which the Term Commencement Date occurs.

(f) “Operating Costs”:

 

-9-


(1) Definition of Operating Costs . “Operating Costs” shall mean all costs incurred and expenditures of whatever nature made by Landlord in the operation and management, for repair and replacements, cleaning and maintenance of the Building the Complex, and the Common Areas of the Complex including, without limitation, vehicular and pedestrian passageways related to the Complex, related equipment, facilities and appurtenances, elevators, cooling and heating equipment. In the event that Landlord or Landlord’s managers or agents perform services for the benefit of the Complex off-site which would otherwise be performed on-site (e.g., accounting), the cost of such services shall be reasonably allocated among the properties benefiting from such service and shall be included in Operating Costs. Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Costs among different tenants of the Building or Complex (the “Cost Pools”). Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, tenants that share particular systems or equipment or tenants that are similar users of particular systems or equipment such as by way of example but not limitation the office space tenants of the Building or Complex, the laboratory tenants of the Building or Complex and the retail space tenants of the Building or Complex. Operating Costs shall include, without limitation, those categories of “Specifically Included Operating Costs,” as set forth below, but shall not include “Excluded Costs,” as hereinafter defined.

(2) Definition of Excluded Costs . “Excluded Costs” shall be defined as

(a) mortgage charges;

(b) brokerage Commissions;

(c) salaries of executives and owners not directly employed in the management/operation of the Complex;

(d) the cost of work done by Landlord for a particular tenant for which Landlord has the right to be reimbursed by such tenant, and, subject to Subparagraph (3) below, such portion of expenditures as are not properly chargeable against income;

(e) ground lease rental;

(f) attorneys’ fees, leasing commissions and other costs and expense incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of, or persons, firms or entities with respect to the Building;

(g) expenses in connection with services or benefits which are not offered to Tenant;

(h) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant reimburses Landlord, outside of Operating Costs, or which Landlord provides exclusively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) but not all tenants;

(i) electric power and any other utility costs for which any tenant or occupant (except Landlord) directly contracts with the local public service company;

(j) the cost to construct any additions or expansions to the Building or Complex;

 

-10-


(k) any reserves for future expenditures not yet incurred;

(l) costs incurred by Landlord due to the gross negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its agent;

(m) advertising and promotional expenses in connection with the leasing of the Building;

(n) The costs of remediating or removing Hazardous Materials, as defined in Article 29.11 except: (i) any material or substance which, as of the Execution Date, exists in the Complex, which was not considered, as a matter of law, to be a hazardous substance, but which is subsequently determined to be a hazardous substance as a matter of law or (ii) any material or substance which is introduced to the Complex after the Execution Date, but, which was not considered, as a matter of law, to be a hazardous substance as of the time of its introduction to the Building, but which is subsequently determined to be a hazardous substance as a matter of law after its introduction to the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, environmental insurance costs and costs related to remediation, removal or treatment of lead paint or asbestos remediation required in connection with repairs, upgrades or improvements to the Building and/or Complex, the cost of which Landlord shall have the right to pass-through to Tenant as Operating Costs shall be included in Operating Costs; and

(o) Any costs associated with owning, operating or maintaining any parking facility, including, without limitation, the Garage (as defined in Section 29.14)

(3) Capital Expenditures .

(i) Replacements . If, during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall replace any capital items or make any capital expenditures (collectively called “capital expenditures”) the total amount of which is not properly includible in Operating Costs for the Operating Year in which they were made, there shall nevertheless be included in such Operating Costs and in Operating Costs for each succeeding Operating Year the amount, if any, by which the Annual Charge-Off (determined as hereinafter provided) of such capital expenditure (less insurance proceeds, if any, collected by Landlord by reason of damage to, or destruction of the capital item being replaced) exceeds the Annual Charge-Off of the capital expenditure for the item being replaced.

(ii) New Capital items . If a new capital item is acquired which does not replace another capital item which was worn out, has become obsolete, etc., then there shall be included in Operating Costs for each Operating Year in which and after such capital expenditure is made the Annual Charge-Off of such capital expenditure.

(iii) Annual Charge-Off . “Annual Charge-Off’ shall be defined as the annual amount of principal and interest payments which would be required to repay a loan (“Capital Loan”) in equal monthly installments over the Useful Life, as hereinafter defined, of the capital item in question on a direct reduction basis at an annual interest rate equal to the Capital Interest Rate, as hereinafter defined, where the initial principal balance is the cost of the capital item in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in

 

-11-


Building operating expenses including, without limitation, energy-related costs, and that such projected savings will, on an annual basis (“Projected Annual Savings”), exceed the Annual Charge-Off of such capital expenditure computed as aforesaid, then and in such events, the Annual Charge-Off shall be increased to an amount equal to the Projected Annual Savings; and in such circumstances, the increased Annual Charge-Off (in the amount of the Projected Annual Savings) shall be made for such period of time as it would take to fully amortize the cost of the capital item in question, together with interest thereon at the Capital Interest Rate as aforesaid, in equal monthly payments, each in the amount of one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Projected Annual Savings, with such payments being applied first to interest and the balance to principal.

(iv) Useful Life . “Useful Life” shall be reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item.

(v) Capital Interest Rate . “Capital Interest Rate” shall be defined as an annual rate of either one percentage point over the AA Bond rate (Standard & Poor’s corporate composite or, if unavailable, its equivalent) as reported in the financial press at the time the capital expenditure is made or, if the capital item is acquired through third-party financing, then the actual (including fluctuating) rate paid by Landlord in financing the acquisition of such capital item.

(4) Specifically Included Categories of Operating Costs . Operating Costs shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Taxes (other than real estate taxes): Sales, Federal Social Security, Unemployment and Old Age Taxes and contributions and State Unemployment taxes and contributions accruing to and paid by the Landlord on account of all employees of Landlord and/or Landlord’s managing agent, who are employed in, about or on account of the Complex, except that taxes levied upon the net income of the Landlord and taxes withheld from employees, and “Taxes” as defined in Article 9.1(d) shall not be included herein.

Water: All charges and rates connected with water supplied to the Building and related sewer use charges.

Heat and Air Conditioning: All charges connected with heat and air conditioning supplied to the Building.

Wages: Wages and cost of all employee benefits of all employees of the Landlord and/or Landlord’s managing agent who are directly employed in, about or on account of the Building.

Cleaning: The cost of labor (including third party janitorial contracts), supplies, tools and material for cleaning the Common Areas of the Building and the Common Areas of the Complex.

Elevator Maintenance: All expenses for or on account of the upkeep and maintenance of all elevators in the Building.

Management Fee: The cost of professional management of the Complex.

Administrative Costs: The cost of office expense for the management of the Complex, including, without limitation, rent, business supplies and equipment.

 

-12-


Electricity: The cost of all electric current for the operation of any machine, appliance or device used for the operation of the Premises and the Building, including the cost of electric current for the elevators, lights, air conditioning and heating, but not including electric current which is paid for directly to the utility by the user/tenant in the Building or for which the user/tenant reimburses Landlord. (If and so long as Tenant is billed directly by the electric utility for its own consumption as determined by its separate meter, or billed directly by Landlord as determined by a check meter, then Operating Costs shall include only Building and public area electric current consumption and not any demised Premises electric current consumption.) Wherever separate metering is unlawful, prohibited by utility company regulation or tariff or is otherwise impracticable, relevant consumption figures for the purposes of this Article 9 shall be determined by fair and reasonable allocations and engineering estimates made by Landlord.

Insurance, etc.: Fire, casualty, liability, rent loss and such other insurance as may from time to time be required by lending institutions on first-class office buildings in the City or Town wherein the Building is located and all other expenses customarily incurred in connection with the operation and maintenance of first-class office buildings in the City or Town wherein the Building is located including, without limitation, insurance deductible amounts and rental costs associated with the Building’s management office.

(5) Definitions of Building Operating Costs and Common Area Operating Costs . “Building Operating Costs” shall be defined as the amount of Operating Costs allocable to the Building in any Operating Year. “Common Area Operating Costs” shall be defined as the amount of Operating Costs allocable to the Common Areas in any Operating Year. All Operating Costs incurred by Landlord in respect of the Complex shall be allocated, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, among the Building, the other buildings of the Complex, and the Common Areas.

(6) Gross-Up Provision . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining the amount of Operating Costs for any calendar year or any portion thereof falling within the term, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Rentable Area of the Building shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during the period in question, then, at Landlord’s election, Operating Costs for such period shall be adjusted to equal the amount Operating Costs would have been for such period had occupancy been ninety-five percent (95%) throughout such period. The extrapolation of Operating Costs under this paragraph shall be performed by appropriately adjusting the cost of those components of Operating Costs that are impacted by changes in the occupancy of the Building.

9.2 Tax Share. Commencing as of the Term Commencement Date and continuing thereafter with respect to each Tax Year occurring during the term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with respect to any Tax Period, the sum of: (x) Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share of Building Taxes for such Tax Period, plus (y) Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share of Common Area Taxes for such Tax Period, such sum being hereinafter referred to as “Tax Share”. Tax Share shall be due within thirty (30) days of the date it is billed by Landlord. In implementation and not in limitation of the foregoing, Tenant shall remit to Landlord pro rata monthly installments on account of projected Tax Share, calculated by Landlord on the basis of the most recent Tax data or budget available. If the total of such monthly remittances on account of any Tax Period is greater than the actual Tax Share for such Tax Period, Tenant may credit the difference against the next installment of rental or other charges due to Landlord hereunder. If the total of such remittances is less than the actual Tax Share for such Tax Period, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days of when billed therefor.

Appropriate credit against Tax Share shall be given for any refund obtained by reason of a reduction in any Taxes by the Assessors or the administrative, judicial or other governmental agency responsible therefor. The original computations, as well as reimbursement or payments of additional charges, if any, or allowances, if any, under the provisions of this Article 9.2 shall be based on the original assessed valuations with adjustments to be made at a later date when the tax refund, if any, shall be paid to Landlord by the taxing authorities. Expenditures for legal fees and for other similar or dissimilar expenses incurred in obtaining the tax refund may be charged against the tax refund before the adjustments are made for the Tax Period.

 

-13-


9.3 Operating Expense Share. Commencing as of the Term Commencement Date and continuing thereafter with respect to each Operating Year occurring during the term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with respect to any Operating Year, the sum of: (x) Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share of Building Operating Costs for such Operating Year, plus (y) Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share of Common Operating Costs for such Operating Year, such sum being hereinafter referred to as “Operating Expense Share”. In implementation and not in limitation of the foregoing, Tenant shall remit to Landlord pro rata monthly installments on account of projected Operating Expense Share, calculated by Landlord on the basis of the most recent Operating Costs data or budget available. If the total of such monthly remittances on account of any Operating Year is greater than the actual Operating Expense Share for such Operating Year, Landlord may credit the difference against the next installment of rent or other charges due to Landlord hereunder. If the total of such remittances is less than actual Operating Expense Share for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord when billed therefor. Attached hereto as Exhibit 7 are Landlord’s estimated Building operating budget for Operating Year 2010. The foregoing information is provided for informational purposes only and Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the actual amount of Taxes and Operating Costs may differ from those set forth in the estimated budget and nothing shall preclude Landlord from determining Tenant’s Proportionate Building and Common Share of Taxes and Operating Costs based upon figures different from those contained therein.

9.4 Part Years. If the Term Commencement Date or the Termination Date occurs in the middle of an Operating Year or Tax Period, Tenant shall be liable for only that portion of the Operating Expense or Tax Share as the case may be, in respect of such Operating Year or Tax Period represented by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the herein term which falls within the Operating Year or Tax Period and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365), or the number of days in said Tax Period, as the case may be.

9.5 Effect of Taking. In the event of any taking of the Building or the land upon which it stands under circumstances whereby this Lease shall not terminate under the provisions of Article 20 then, Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share and Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect the proportion of the Premises and/or the Building remaining after such taking.

9.6 Tenant Audit Right. Landlord shall permit Tenant, at Tenant’s expense and during normal business hours, but only one time with respect to any Operating Year, to review Landlord’s invoices and statements relating to the Operating Costs for the applicable Operating Year for the purpose of verifying the Operating Costs and Tenant’s share thereof; provided that notice of Tenant’s desire to so review is given to Landlord not later than 30 days after Tenant receives an annual statement from Landlord, and provided that such review is thereafter commenced and prosecuted by Tenant with due diligence. Any Operating Costs statement or accounting by Landlord shall be binding and conclusive upon Tenant unless (i) Tenant duly requests such review within such 30-day period, and (ii) within 3 months after such review request, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that Tenant disputes the correctness of such statement, specifying the particular respects in which the statement is claimed to be incorrect. Tenant shall have no right to conduct a review or to give Landlord notice that it desires to conduct a review at any time Tenant is in default under the Lease. The review shall be completed by a qualified lease auditor approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) having at least 5 years experience. Such auditor conducting the review shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall not be compensated based upon a percentage of overcharges it discovers. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct a review, and no assignee shall conduct a review for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. Tenant agrees that all information obtained from any such Operating Costs review, including without limitation, the results of any Operating Costs review shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity. If, after such review, it is finally determined that: (i) Tenant has made an overpayment of its Operating Expense Share, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against future installments of Yearly Rent, except that is such overpayment is determined after the termination or expiration of the Term, Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of any such overpayment less any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord, and (ii) Tenant has made an underpayment of its Operating Expense Share, Tenant shall within thirty (30) business days of such determination, pay such underpayment to Landlord.

 

-14-


9.7 Survival. Any obligations under this Article 9 which shall not have been paid at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Lease shall survive such expiration and shall be paid when and as the amount of same shall be determined to be due.

 

10. CHANGES OR ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right, exercisable by itself or its nominee, at any time and from time to time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to: (i) the Building (including the Premises after notice to Tenant; provided that no prior notice need be given in the case of an emergency) and the fixtures and equipment thereof, (ii) the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, escalators, and stairways of the Building, and (iii) the Common Areas, and facilities located therein, as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building and/or the Common Areas, provided, however, that there be no unreasonable obstruction of the right of access to, or unreasonable interference with the use and enjoyment of, the Premises by Tenant. Nothing contained in this Article 10 shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or liability of Tenant with respect to making any repair, replacement or improvement or complying with any law, order or requirement of any governmental or other authority. Landlord reserves the right to adopt and at any time and from time to time to change the name or address of the Building. Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant shall give Tenant any right or easement for the use of any door, passage, concourse, walkway or parking area within the Building or in the Common Areas, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, walkways, parking areas and such conveniences may be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without affecting the obligation of Tenant hereunder or incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, provided, however, that there be no unreasonable obstruction of the right of access to, or unreasonable interference with the use of the Premises by Tenant.

If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily closed or darkened for any reason whatsoever including but not limited to, Landlord’s own acts, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor nor abatements of rent nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder nor constitute an eviction.

 

11. FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS-REMOVAL BY TENANT

All fixtures, non-movable or fixed equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the term, whether by Landlord at its expense or at the expense of Tenant (either or both) or by Tenant shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant during or at the end of the term unless Landlord otherwise elects to require Tenant to remove such fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances, in accordance with Articles 12 and/or 22 of the Lease. All electric, telephone, telegraph, communication, radio, plumbing, heating and sprinkling systems, fixtures and outlets, vaults, paneling, molding, shelving, radiator enclosures, cork, rubber, linoleum and composition floors, ventilating, silencing, air conditioning and cooling equipment, shall be deemed to be included in such fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances, whether or not attached to or built into the Premises. Where not built into the Premises, all removable electric fixtures, carpets, drinking or tap water facilities, furniture, or trade fixtures or business equipment or Tenant’s inventory or stock in trade shall not be deemed to be included in such fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances and may be, and upon the request of Landlord as set forth above, will be removed by Tenant upon the condition that such removal shall not materially damage the Premises or the Building and that the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building arising from installation or such removal shall be paid by Tenant.

 

-15-


12. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS BY TENANT

Tenant shall make no alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions or improvements in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and unless made by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord. No installations or work shall be undertaken or begun by Tenant until: (i) Landlord has approved written plans and specifications and a time schedule for such work; (ii) Tenant has made provision for either written waivers of liens from all contractors, laborers and suppliers of materials for such installations or work, the filing of lien bonds on behalf of such contractors, laborers and suppliers, or other appropriate protective measures approved by Landlord; and (iii) Tenant has procured appropriate surety payment and performance bonds. No amendments or additions to such plans and specifications shall be made without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent and approval required under this Article 12 shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord’s approval is solely given for the benefit of Landlord and neither Tenant nor any third party shall have the right to rely upon Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans for any purpose whatsoever. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any claim, injury or damage alleged to have been caused by the particular materials, whether building standard or non-building standard, appliances or equipment selected by Tenant in connection with any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises including, without limitation, furniture, carpeting, copiers, laser printers, computers and refrigerators. Any such work, alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions and improvements shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense and at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. If Tenant shall make any alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions or improvements (“Tenant Alterations”), then at the time of requesting consent therefore Tenant may make a written request to Landlord that such Tenant Alterations will not have to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. If Tenant makes such request, then unless the Landlord requires at the time it provides Landlord’s consent that such Tenant Alterations must be removed at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Lease or that Tenant must restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed at the Term Commencement Date, then Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Alterations at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay, as an additional charge, the entire increase in real estate taxes on the Building which shall, at any time prior to or after the Term Commencement Date, result from or be attributable to any alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises made by or for the account of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required (but Tenant shall be required to notify Landlord of such prior to commencement of work) for any alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Limited Alteration”): (1) is an interior alteration of a non-structural nature to the Premises; (2) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (3) will not affect the systems serving any portion of the Building (including, without limitation, any fire, safety, telecommunication, electrical, mechanical, ventilation or plumbing systems of the Building) and will not affect the structure of the Building; (4) does not cause any material penetration in or otherwise affect any walls, floors, roofs or other structural elements of the Building, (5) does not require the issuance of any permits, licenses, approvals or the like, (6) does not require unusual expense to readapt the premises to normal office use at the termination; and (7) does not cost more than $25,000.00 in the aggregate together with the costs of any other Limited Alterations previously undertaken; provided that all work shall be done by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord.

If, as a result of any alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions and improvements made by Tenant, Landlord is obligated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other federal, state or local laws or regulations and such compliance requires Landlord to make any improvement or alteration to any portion of the Building or the Complex, as a condition to Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay to Landlord prior to the construction of any such alteration, decoration, installation, removal, addition or improvement by Tenant, the entire cost of any improvement or alteration Landlord is obligated to complete by such law or regulation.

 

-16-


Without limiting any of the terms hereof, Landlord will not approve any alteration, decoration, installation, removal, addition or improvement requiring unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office use on lease termination or increasing the cost of construction, insurance or Taxes on the Building or of Landlord’s services to the Premises, unless Tenant first gives assurances or security acceptable to Landlord that such re-adaptation will be made prior to such termination without expense to Landlord and makes provisions acceptable to Landlord for payment of such increased cost.

 

13. TENANT’S CONTRACTORS-MECHANICS’ AND OTHER LIENS-STANDARD OF TENANT’S PERFORMANCE-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

Whenever Tenant shall make any alterations, decorations, installations, removals, additions or improvements in or to the Premises—whether such work be done prior to or after the Term Commencement Date—Tenant will strictly observe the following covenants and agreements:

(a) Tenant agrees that it will not, either directly or indirectly, use any contractors and/or materials if their use will create any difficulty, whether in the nature of a labor dispute or otherwise, with other contractors and/or labor engaged by Tenant or Landlord or others in the construction, maintenance and/or operation of the Building or any part thereof.

(b) In no event shall any material or equipment be incorporated in or added to the Premises, so as to become a fixture or otherwise a part of the Building, in connection with any such alteration, decoration, installation, addition or improvement which is subject to any lien, charge, mortgage or other encumbrance of any kind whatsoever or is subject to any security interest or any form of title retention agreement. No installations or work shall be undertaken or begun by Tenant until (i) Tenant has made provision for written waiver of liens from all contractors, laborers and suppliers of materials for such installations or work, and taken other appropriate protective measures approved by Landlord; and (ii) Tenant has procured appropriate surety payment and performance bonds which shall name Landlord as an additional obligee and has filed lien bond(s) (in jurisdictions where available) on behalf of such contractors, laborers and suppliers. Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Building for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant shall be discharged by Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense by filing the bond required by law or otherwise. If Tenant fails so to discharge any lien, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any expense or cost incurred by Landlord in so doing within fifteen (15) days after rendition of a bill therefor.

(c) All installations or work done by Tenant shall be at its own expense and shall at all times comply with (i) laws, rules, orders and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof; (ii) orders, rules and regulations of any Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other body hereafter constituted exercising similar functions, and governing insurance rating bureaus; (iii) Rules and Regulations of Landlord; and (iv) plans and specifications prepared by and at the expense of Tenant theretofore submitted to and approved by Landlord.

(d) Tenant shall procure and deliver to Landlord copies of all necessary permits before undertaking any work in the Premises; do all of such work in a good and workmanlike manner, employing materials of good quality and complying with all governmental requirements; and defend, save harmless, exonerate and indemnify Landlord from all injury, loss or damage to any person or property occasioned by or growing out of such work. Tenant shall cause contractors employed by Tenant to carry Worker’s Compensation Insurance in accordance with statutory requirements, Automobile Liability Insurance and, naming Landlord as an additional insured, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering such contractors on or about the Premises in the amounts stated in Article 15 hereof or in such other reasonable amounts as Landlord shall require and to submit certificates evidencing such coverage to Landlord prior to the commencement of such work.

 

-17-


14. REPAIRS BY TENANT-FLOOR LOAD

14.1 Repairs by Tenant . Tenant shall keep all and singular the Premises neat and clean (including periodic rug shampoo and waxing of tiled floors and cleaning of blinds and drapes) and in such repair, order and condition as the same are in on the Term Commencement Date or may be put in during the term hereof, reasonable use and wearing thereof and damage by fire or by other casualty excepted. For purposes of this Lease, the terms “reasonable use and wearing” and “ordinary wear and use” (as referred to in Article 22 herein) constitute that normal, gradual deterioration which occurs due to aging and ordinary use of the Premises despite reasonable and timely maintenance and repair, but in no event shall the aforementioned terms excuse Tenant from its duty to keep the Premises in good maintenance and repair or otherwise usable, serviceable and tenantable as required in the Lease. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the proper maintenance of all equipment and appliances operated by Tenant, including, without limitation, copiers, laser printers, computers and refrigerators. Tenant shall make, as and when needed as a result of misuse by, or neglect or improper conduct of, Tenant or Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or licensees or otherwise, all repairs in and about the Premises necessary to preserve them in such repair, order and condition, which repairs shall be in quality and class equal to the original work. Landlord may elect, at the expense of Tenant, to make any such repairs or to repair any damage or injury to the Building or the Premises caused by moving property of Tenant in or out of the Building, or by installation or removal of furniture or other property, or by misuse by, or neglect, or improper conduct of, Tenant or Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, contractors, or licensees.

14.2 Floor Load-Heavy Machinery. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot of area which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all business machines and mechanical equipment, including safes, which shall be placed so as to distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient in Landlord’s judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter, or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. If such safe, machinery, equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, Tenant agrees to employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s License to do said work, and that all work in connection therewith shall comply with applicable laws and regulations. Any such moving shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant and Tenant will defend, indemnify and save Landlord harmless against and from any liability, loss, injury, claim or suit resulting directly or indirectly from such moving. Proper placement of all such business machines, etc., in the Premises shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

 

15. INSURANCE, INDEMNIFICATION, EXONERATION AND EXCULPATION

15.1 General Liability Insurance. During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure, and keep in force and pay for:

(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance insuring Tenant on an occurrence basis against all claims and demands for personal injury liability (including, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness, disease, and death) or damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred from and after the time Tenant and/or its contractors enter the Premises in accordance with Article 4 of this Lease, of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000) Dollars in the event of personal injury to any number of persons or damage to property, arising out of any one occurrence, and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. Landlord may from time to time during the term increase the coverages required of Tenant hereunder to that customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are located on property similar to the Premises.

(b) Workers’ Compensation in amounts required by the State in which the Building is located and Employer’s Liability insurance in the amount of $3,000,000.00 per occurrence.

(c) Tenant shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all peril commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Tenant or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

-18-


(d) So called “Special Form” insurance coverage for all of its contents, furniture, furnishings, equipment, improvements, fixtures and personal property located at the Premises providing protection in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost basis of said items. If this Lease is terminated as the result of a casualty in accordance with Section 18, the proceeds of said insurance attributable to the replacement of all tenant improvements installed at the Premises by Landlord or at Landlord’s cost shall be paid to Landlord.

(e) Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or any mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time in form, in amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant would protect itself.

15.2 Certificates of Insurance. Such insurance shall be effected with insurers approved by Landlord, authorized to do business in the State wherein the Building is situated under valid and enforceable policies wherein Tenant names Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and Landlord’s Mortgagees as additional insureds. Such insurance shall provide that it shall not be canceled or modified without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to each insured named therein. On or before the time Tenant and/or its contractors enter the Premises in accordance with Articles 4 and 14 of this Lease and thereafter not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy, original copies of the policies provided for in Article 15.1 issued by the respective insurers, or certificates of such policies setting forth in full the provisions thereof and issued by such insurers together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of all premiums for such policies, shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord and certificates as aforesaid of such policies shall upon request of Landlord, be delivered by Tenant to the holder of any mortgage affecting the Premises.

15.3 General. Tenant will save Landlord, its agents and employees, harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees, from and against any and all claims, liabilities or penalties asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority arising from the Tenant’s breach of the Lease or:

(a) On account of or based upon any injury to person, or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring on the Premises on account of or based upon the act, omission, fault, negligence or misconduct of any person whomsoever (except to the extent the same is caused by the negligence of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees);

(b) On account of or based upon any injury to person, or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring elsewhere (other than on the Premises) in or about the Building (and, in particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, on or about the elevators, stairways, public corridors, sidewalks, concourses, arcades, malls, galleries, vehicular tunnels, approaches, areaways, roof, or other appurtenances and facilities used in connection with the Building or Premises) arising out of the use or occupancy of the Building or Premises by the Tenant, or by any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or on account of or based upon the act, omission, fault, negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors;

(c) On account of or based upon (including monies due on account of) any work or thing whatsoever done (other than by Landlord or its contractors, or agents or employees of either) on the Premises during the term of this Lease and during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that Tenant may have been given access to the Premises; and

(d) Tenant’s obligations under this Article 15.3 shall be insured either under the Commercial General Liability Insurance required under Article 15.1, above, or by a contractual insurance rider or other coverage; and certificates of insurance in respect thereof shall be provided by Tenant to Landlord upon request.

So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord will save Tenant, its agents and employees, harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Tenant, its agents and employees, from and against any and all claims, liabilities or penalties asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority on account of or based upon any injury to person, or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring in or about the Building or the Complex (other than on the Premises) and caused by the negligence or misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors.

 

-19-


15.4 Property of Tenant. In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, all merchandise, furniture, fixtures and property of every kind, nature and description related or arising out of Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder, which may be in or upon the Premises or Building, in the public corridors, or on the sidewalks, areaways and approaches adjacent thereto, shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and that if the whole or any part thereof shall be damaged, destroyed, stolen or removed from any cause or reason whatsoever, no part of said damage or loss shall be charged to, or borne by, Landlord.

15.5 Bursting of Pipes, etc. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, air contaminants or emissions, electricity, electrical or electronic emanations or disturbance, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances, equipment or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or caused by dampness, vandalism, malicious mischief or by any other cause of whatever nature, unless caused by or due to the negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees, and then only after (i) notice to Landlord of the condition claimed to constitute negligence and (ii) the expiration of a reasonable time after such notice has been received by Landlord without Landlord having taken all reasonable and practicable means to cure or correct such condition; and pending such cure or correction by Landlord, Tenant shall take all reasonably prudent temporary measures and safeguards to prevent any injury, loss or damage to persons or property. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any loss, the risk of which is covered by Tenant’s insurance or is required to be so covered by this Lease; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public, or quasi-public work; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building.

15.6 Repairs and Alterations-No Diminution of Rental Value. Except as otherwise provided in Article 18, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to Tenant arising from any repairs, alterations, additions, replacements or improvements made by Landlord, or any related work, Tenant or others in or to any portion of the Building or Premises or any property adjoining the Building, or in or to fixtures, appurtenances, or equipment thereof, or for failure of Landlord or others to make any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Building, or of the Premises, or in or to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof.

 

16. ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING AND SUBLETTING

 

16.1 Generally.

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that neither this Lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any interest herein or therein, will be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred, voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and that neither the Premises, nor any part thereof will be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, or used or occupied, or permitted to be used or occupied, or utilized for desk space or for mailing privileges, by anyone other than Tenant, or for any use or purpose other than as stated in Exhibit 1, or be sublet, or offered or advertised for subletting without, in each instance, the express, prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(b) Without limitation, it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold such approval from any assignment or subletting where, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee does not have a financial standing and credit rating reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (ii) the business in which the proposed assignee or sublessee is engaged could detract from the Building, its value or the

 

-20-


costs of ownership thereof; (iii) the rent to be paid by any proposed sublessee is less than the then current fair market rent; (iv) the proposed sublessee or assignee is a current tenant or a prospective tenant (meaning such tenant, within the past nine (9) months preceding the request for an assignment or sublease) has been shown space or has been presented with or has made an offer to lease space) of the Building; (v) the use of the Premises by any sublessee or assignee (even though a Permitted Use) violates any use restriction granted by Landlord in any other lease or would otherwise cause Landlord to be in violation of its obligations under another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party; (vi) if such assignment or subleasing is not approved of by the holder of any mortgage on the Building (if such approval is required); (vii) a proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business will impose a burden on the Building’s parking facilities, elevators, common areas, facilities, or utilities that is greater than the burden imposed by Tenant, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment; (viii) any guarantor of this Lease refuses to consent to the proposed transfer or to execute a written agreement reaffirming the guaranty; (ix) Tenant is in default of any of its obligations under the Lease at the time of the request or at the time of the proposed assignment or sublease, each beyond any applicable notice or cure period; (x) if requested by Landlord, the assignee or subtenant refuses to sign a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Landlord’s lender; (xi) Landlord has sued or been sued by the proposed assignee or subtenant or has otherwise been involved in a legal dispute with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (xii) the assignee or subtenant is involved in a business which is not in keeping with the then current standards of the Building; or (xiii) the assignment or sublease will result in there being more than two (2) subtenants on either floor of the Premises (e.g., the assignee or subtenant intends to use the Premises as an executive suite); or (xiv) the assignee or subtenant is a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or an agency, department or instrumentality of a governmental or quasi-governmental agency. Landlord may condition its consent upon such assignee or sublessee depositing with Landlord such additional security as Landlord may reasonably require to assure the performance and observance of the obligations of such party to Landlord. In no event, however, shall Tenant assign this Lease or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises to a proposed assignee or sublessee which has been judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or with respect to which an assignment has been made of property for the benefit of creditors, or with respect to which a receiver, guardian, conservator, trustee in involuntary bankruptcy or similar officer has been appointed to take charge of all or any substantial part of the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s property by a court of competent jurisdiction, or with respect to which a petition has been filed for reorganization under any provisions of the Bankruptcy Code now or hereafter enacted, or if a proposed assignee or sublessee has filed a petition for such reorganization, or for arrangements under any provisions of the Bankruptcy Code now or hereafter enacted and providing a plan for a debtor to settle, satisfy or extend the time for the payment of debts.

(c) Any request by Tenant for such consent shall set forth or be accompanied by, in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, the identification of the proposed assignee or sublessee, its financial condition and the terms on which the proposed assignment or subletting is to be made, including, without limitation, a signed copy of all assignment and sublease documents, and clearly stating the rent or any other consideration to be paid in respect thereto; and such request shall be treated as Tenant’s warranty in respect of the information submitted therewith. Tenant’s request shall not be deemed complete or submitted until all of the foregoing information has been received by Landlord. Landlord shall respond to such request for consent within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s receipt of all information, documentation and security required by Landlord with respect to such proposed sublease or assignment. In the event Landlord fails to respond in such fifteen (15) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such request for consent; provided that there appears in bold type on the exterior of the envelope containing Tenant’s request, as well as on the top of the written request itself, the statement (in a reasonably large size font and in bold) that Landlord’s failure to respond to the request within fifteen (15) business days after receipt thereof shall be deemed approval of the within request.

(d) The foregoing restrictions shall be binding on any assignee or sublessee to which Landlord has consented, provided, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Lease, Landlord’s consent to any further assignment, subleasing or any sub-subleasing by any approved assignee or sublessee may be withheld by Landlord at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(e) Consent by Landlord to any assignment or subleasing shall not include consent to the assignment or transferring of any lease renewal, extension or other option, first offer, first refusal or other rights granted hereunder, or any special privileges or extra services granted to tenant by separate agreement (written or oral), or by addendum or amendment of the Lease.

 

-21-


(f) In the case of any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises, the Tenant named herein shall be and remain fully and primarily liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder, notwithstanding such assignment or subletting, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the Yearly Rent and other amounts provided under this Lease, and the Tenant shall be deemed to have waived all suretyship defenses.

(g) In addition to the foregoing, it shall be a condition of the validity of any such assignment or subletting that the assignee or sublessee agrees directly with Landlord, in form satisfactory to Landlord, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Yearly Rent and other amounts provided for under this Lease, the covenant regarding use and the covenant against further assignment and subletting.

 

16.2 Reimbursement and Excess Rent.

(a) Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for the reasonable fees and expenses (including legal and administrative fees and costs) incurred by Landlord in processing any request to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, whether or not Landlord agrees thereto, and if Tenant shall fail promptly so to reimburse Landlord, the same shall be a default in Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease subject to the applicable grace and cure period set forth in Article 21.

(b) Without limitation of the rights of Landlord hereunder in respect thereto, if there is any assignment of this Lease by Tenant for consideration or a subletting of the whole of the Premises by Tenant at a rent which exceeds the rent payable hereunder by Tenant, or if there is a subletting of a portion of the Premises by Tenant at a rent in excess of the subleased portion’s pro rata share of the rent payable hereunder by Tenant, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, forthwith upon Tenant’s receipt of, in the case of an assignment, one-half of all of the consideration (or the cash equivalent thereof) therefor which exceeds the rent payable hereunder by Tenant and in the case of a subletting, one-half of all of any such excess rent. For the purposes of this subsection, the term “rent” shall mean all Yearly Rent, additional rent or other payments and/or consideration payable by one party to another for the use and occupancy of all or a portion of the Premises including, without limitation, key money, or bonus money paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant in connection with such transaction and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment or furniture transferred by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant in connection with any such transaction, but shall exclude any separate payments by Tenant for reasonable attorney’s fees, architectural and engineering fees, leasehold improvements and broker’s commissions in connection with such assignment or subletting.

(c) If the Premises or any part thereof are sublet by Tenant, following the occurrence of a default which has continued beyond the applicable cure period, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided hereunder or at law, may at its option collect directly from such sublessee(s) all rents becoming due to the Tenant under such sublease(s) and apply such rent against any amounts due Landlord by Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs such sublessee(s) to so make all such rent payments, if so directed by Landlord; and it is understood that no such election or collection or payment shall be construed to constitute a novation of this Lease or a release of Tenant hereunder, or to create any lease or occupancy agreement between the Landlord and such subtenant or impose any obligations on Landlord, or otherwise constitute the recognition of such sublease by Landlord for any purpose whatsoever.

(d) Tenant hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease entered into by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however,

 

-22-


that until a default occurs in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Landlord shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such rents to Landlord nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed to have assumed or recognized any sublease or to be liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such sublease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to return any security deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord the rents due as they become due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that such subtenant shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord, and that such subtenant shall pay such rents to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Tenant to the contrary. In the event Tenant shall default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease or Landlord terminates this Lease by reason of a default of Tenant, Landlord at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to Tenant or for any other prior defaults of Tenant under such sublease.

 

16.3 Certain Transfers.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 16, transactions with an entity (i) into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated (ii) to whom substantially all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred as a going concern or (iii) which controls or is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant shall not be deemed to be an assignment or subletting within the meaning of this Article requiring prior consent of Landlord (such entity being hereinafter called “Assignee”, provided that in any of such events (1) Landlord receives prior written notice of any such transactions, (2) the assignee or subtenant agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form satisfactory to Landlord, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant hereunder including, without limitation, the covenant against further assignment and subletting, (3) in no event shall Tenant be released from its obligations under this Lease, (4) any such transfer or transaction is for a legitimate, regular business purpose of Tenant other than a transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, and (5) the involvement by Tenant or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise) whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant’s assets occurs, will not result in a reduction of the “Net Worth” of Tenant as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to such Net Worth of Tenant as it is represented to Landlord at the time of the execution by Landlord of this Lease, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of Tenant was or is greater. “Net Worth” of Tenant for purposes of this section shall be the net worth and liquidity of Tenant (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. In addition, the public offering of shares or other ownership interest in Tenant or any private equity financing of Tenant shall not be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Article requiring prior consent of Landlord provided Tenant complies with the provisions of subparagraphs (1), (3), (4) and (5) above.

(i) Each present and future partner shall be personally bound by and upon all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed; and

(ii) In confirmation of the foregoing, Landlord may (but without being required to do so) request (and Tenant shall duly comply) that Tenant, at the time that Tenant admits any new partner to its partnership, shall require each such new partner to execute an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord whereby such new partner shall agree to be personally bound by and upon all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed, without regard to the time when such new partner is admitted to partnership or when any obligations under any such covenants, etc., accrue.

 

-23-


The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises or on the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest in any such other person, firm or corporation any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises or be deemed to effect or evidence any consent of Landlord, it being expressly understood that any such listing is a privilege extended by Landlord revocable at will by written notice to Tenant.

 

17. MISCELLANEOUS COVENANTS

Tenant covenants and agrees as follows:

17.1 Rules and Regulations. Tenant will faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, if any, annexed hereto and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Landlord hereafter at any time or from time to time may make and may communicate in writing to Tenant, which in the reasonable judgment of Landlord shall be necessary for the reputation, safety, care or appearance of the Building, or the preservation of good order therein, or the operation or maintenance of the Building, or the equipment thereof, or the comfort of tenants or others in the Building, provided, however, that in the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and any such regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control, and provided further that nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease as against any other tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant or such other tenant’s servants, employees, agents, contractors, visitors, invitees or licensees.

17.2 Access to Premises-Shoring. Tenant shall: (i) permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits in and through the Premises, provided the same do not materially reduce the floor area or materially adversely affect the appearance thereof; (ii) upon prior oral notice (except that no notice shall be required in emergency situations), permit Landlord and any mortgagee of the Building or the Building and land or of the interest of Landlord therein, and any lessor under any ground or underlying lease, and their representatives, to have free and unrestricted access to and to enter upon the Premises at all reasonable hours for the purposes of inspection or of making repairs, replacements or improvements in or to the Premises or the Building or equipment (including, without limitation, sanitary, electrical, heating, air conditioning or other systems) or of complying with all laws, orders and requirements of governmental or other authority or of exercising any right reserved to Landlord by this Lease (including the right during the progress of any such repairs, replacements or improvements or while performing work and furnishing materials in connection with compliance with any such laws, orders or requirements to take upon or through, or to keep and store within, the Premises all necessary materials, tools and equipment); and (iii) permit Landlord, at reasonable times, to show the Premises during ordinary business hours to any existing or prospective mortgagee, ground lessor, space lessee, purchaser, or assignee of any mortgage, of the Building or of the Building and the land or of the interest of Landlord therein, and during the period of twelve (12) months next preceding the Termination Date to any person contemplating the leasing of the Premises or any part thereof. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may enter the same by a master key, or may forcibly enter the same, without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s property), and without in any manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease. Provided that Landlord shall incur no additional expense thereby, Landlord shall exercise its rights of access to the Premises permitted under any of the terms and provisions of this Lease in such manner as to minimize to the extent practicable interference with Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises. If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the Premises or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations without any claims for damages or indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent.

 

-24-


17.3 Accidents to Sanitary and Other Systems. Tenant shall give to Landlord prompt notice of any fire or accident in the Premises or in the Building and of any damage to, or defective condition in, any part or appurtenance of the Building including, without limitation, sanitary, electrical, ventilation, heating and air conditioning or other systems located in, or passing through, the Premises. Except as otherwise provided in Articles 18 and 20, and subject to Tenant’s obligations in Article 14, such damage or defective condition shall be remedied by Landlord with reasonable diligence, but if such damage or defective condition was caused by Tenant or by the employees, licensees, contractors or invitees of Tenant, the cost to remedy the same shall be paid by Tenant. In addition, all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the investigation of any notice given by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant if the reported damage or defective condition was caused by Tenant or by the employees, licensees, contractors, or invitees of Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to claim any eviction from the Premises or any damages arising from any such damage or defect unless the same (i) shall have been occasioned by the gross negligence of the Landlord, its agents, servants or employees and (ii) shall not, after notice to Landlord of the condition claimed to constitute negligence, have been cured or corrected within a reasonable time after such notice has been received by Landlord; and in case of a claim of eviction unless such damage or defective condition shall have rendered the Premises untenantable and they shall not have been made tenantable by Landlord within a reasonable time.

17.4 Signs, Blinds and Drapes. Tenant shall put no signs in any part of the Building except that Tenant may install, at Tenant’s expense and subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), at sign at the entrances to the Premises. Landlord shall, at landlord’s expense, provide Building standard signage for Tenant on all directories in the Building and including on the three (3) exterior kiosk signs located at the pedestrian level entries to the Complex, the garage lobby entrance and the elevator lobby directory. No signs or blinds may be put on or in any window or elsewhere if visible from the exterior of the Building, nor may the building standard drapes or blinds be removed by Tenant. Tenant may hang its own drapes, provided that they shall not in any way interfere with the building standard drapery or blinds or be visible from the exterior of the Building and that such drapes are so hung and installed that when drawn, the building standard drapery or blinds are automatically also drawn. Any signs or lettering in the public corridors or on the doors shall conform to Landlord’s building standard design. Neither Landlord’s name, nor the name of the Building or Complex of which the Building is a part, or the name of any other structure erected therein shall be used without Landlord’s consent in any advertising material (except on business stationery or as an address in advertising matter), nor shall any such name, as aforesaid, be used in any undignified, confusing, detrimental or misleading manner.

17.5 Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements. Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice by Landlord to Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), and the dates to which the Yearly Rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, stating whether or not Landlord is in default in performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default and such other facts as Landlord may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the Building or of the Building and the land or of any interest of Landlord therein, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee thereof, any lessor or prospective lessor thereof, any lessee or prospective lessee thereof, or any prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof. Time is of the essence in respect of any such requested certificate, Tenant hereby acknowledging the importance of such certificates in mortgage financing arrangements, prospective sale and the like. Tenant hereby appoints Landlord Tenant’s attorney-in-fact in its name and behalf to execute such statement if Tenant shall fail to execute such statement within such ten (10) day period. Upon Landlord’s written request no more than once annually, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord copies of Tenant’s most recent annual, quarterly and monthly financial statements that have been prepared by Tenant, audited if available (if such audited financial statement is not available, such financial statement may be certified by an officer (vice president or higher) of Tenant). The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The financial statements shall include a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss, and the annual financial statement shall also include a statement of changes in financial position and appropriate explanatory notes. Landlord may deliver the financial statements to any prospective or existing mortgagee or purchaser of the Building and/or Complex; provided such entities are advised to keep the statements confidential.

 

-25-


17.6 Prohibited Materials and Property. Except as properly permitted by a Governmental Authority (as defined below) and provided Tenant complies with Section 29.11 of this Lease, Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Premises or elsewhere in the Building (i) any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance including, without limitation, any hazardous substances as defined under Massachusetts General Laws chapter 21E, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 USC §9601 et seq ., as amended, under Section 3001 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, or under any regulation of any governmental authority regulating environmental or health matters (except for standard office supplies stored in proper containers), (ii) any materials, appliances or equipment (including, without limitation, materials, appliances and equipment selected by Tenant for the construction or other preparation of the Premises and furniture and carpeting) which pose any danger to life, safety or health or may cause damage, injury or death; (iii) any unique, unusually valuable, rare or exotic property, work of art or the like unless the same is fully insured under all-risk coverage, or (iv) any data processing, electronic, optical or other equipment or property of a delicate, fragile or vulnerable nature unless the same are housed, shielded and protected against harm and damage, whether by cleaning or maintenance personnel, radiations or emanations from other equipment now or hereafter installed in the Building, or otherwise. Nor shall Tenant cause or permit any potentially harmful air emissions, odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors or emissions to emanate from or permeate the Premises. A “Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other government authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies.

17.7 Requirements of Law-Fines and Penalties. Tenant at its sole expense shall comply with all laws, rules, orders and regulations, including, without limitation, all energy-related requirements, of Federal, State, County and Municipal Authorities and with any direction of any public officer or officers, pursuant to law, which shall impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to or arising out of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse and compensate Landlord for all expenditures made by, or damages or fines sustained or incurred by, Landlord due to nonperformance or noncompliance with or breach or failure to observe any item, covenant, or condition of this Lease upon Tenant’s part to be kept, observed, performed or complied with. If Tenant receives notice of any violation of law, ordinance, order or regulation applicable to the Premises, it shall give prompt notice thereof to Landlord.

17.8 Tenant’s Acts—Effect on Insurance. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises or elsewhere in the Building which will invalidate or be in conflict with any insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein; and shall not do, or permit to be done, any act or thing upon the Premises which shall subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon said Premises or for any other reason. Landlord hereby acknowledges that, to the best of its knowledge and based upon the list of Hazardous Materials provided by Tenant prior to execution of this Lease and in accordance with Section 29.11(b) of this Lease, Tenant’s use of the Premises for laboratory and office use in compliance with its obligations under this Lease and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations shall not invalidate or be in conflict with any insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein. Tenant at its own expense shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other similar body having jurisdiction, and shall not (i) do, or permit anything to be done, in or upon the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein, except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization, or other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such quantity and manner of storage as will not increase the rate for any insurance applicable to the Building, or (ii) use the Premises in a manner which shall increase such insurance rates on the Building, or on property located therein, over that applicable when Tenant first took occupancy of the Premises hereunder. If by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions hereof the insurance rate applicable to any policy of insurance shall at any time thereafter be higher than it otherwise would be, the Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for that part of any insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord, which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant.

 

-26-


17.9 Miscellaneous . Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Premises or any fixtures, equipment or utilities therein or serving the same, to be overloaded, damaged or defaced, nor permit any hole to be drilled or made in any part thereof. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any employee, contractor, business invitee or visitor to violate any covenant, agreement or obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.

 

18. DAMAGE BY FIRE, ETC.

(a) If the Premises or the Building are damaged in whole or in part by any fire or other casualty (a “casualty”), the Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to the Landlord. Unless this Lease is terminated as provided herein, the Landlord, at its own expense (except for any insurance deductibles, which shall be deemed Operating Costs), and proceeding with due diligence and all reasonable dispatch, but subject to delays beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, shall repair and reconstruct the same so as to restore the Premises (but not any alterations or additions made by or for Tenant or any trade fixtures, equipment or personal property of Tenant except for Tenant’s Improvements) to substantially the same condition they were in prior to the casualty, subject to zoning, building and other laws then in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be obligated either to repair or rebuild if the damage or destruction results from an uninsured casualty or if the costs of such repairing or rebuilding exceeds the amount of the insurance proceeds (net of all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining same) received by Landlord on account thereof. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting from delays in repairing such damage.

(b) Landlord shall, within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of a casualty, provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the time required to repair the damage to the Premises or the Building, as provided herein; if such estimate is for a period of more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the occurrence of the casualty (or during the last eighteen (18) months of the term, for a period of more than ninety (90) days), the Premises shall be deemed “substantially damaged”. If the Premises or the Building are substantially damaged, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of such termination within sixty (60) days of the date of such casualty; and if the Premises or the Building are substantially damaged, and if as a result the Premises are rendered completely untenantable or inaccessible for the uses permitted under this Lease, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of such termination within sixty (60) days of the date of such casualty. Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as provided in this subsection (b) unless all similarly affected tenants are also terminated by Landlord.

(c) For so long as such damage results in material interference with the operation of Tenant’s use of the Premises which material interference causes Tenant to be unable to use the Premises, the Yearly Rent payable by Tenant shall abate or be reduced proportionately for the period, commencing on the day following such material interference and continuing until the Premises has been substantially restored. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such casualty was due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees or agents, such abatement or reduction shall be made only if and to the extent of any proceeds of rental interruption insurance actually received by Landlord and allocated to the Premises.

Any dispute between the parties relating to the provisions or obligations in this Article 18 shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to Article 29.5 hereof.

 

19. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

In any case in which Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord any loss, cost, damage, liability, or expense suffered or incurred by Landlord, Landlord shall allow to Tenant as an offset against the amount thereof (i) the net proceeds of any insurance collected by Landlord for or on account of such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense, provided that the allowance of such offset does not invalidate or prejudice the policy or policies under which such proceeds were payable, and (ii) if such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense shall have been caused by a peril against which Landlord has agreed to procure insurance coverage under the terms of this Lease, the amount of such insurance coverage, whether or not actually procured by Landlord.

 

-27-


In any case in which Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent shall be obligated to pay to Tenant any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense suffered or incurred by Tenant, Tenant shall allow to Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent, as the case may be, as an offset against the amount thereof (i) the net proceeds of any insurance collected by Tenant for or on account of such loss, cost, damage, liability, or expense, provided that the allowance of such offset does not invalidate the policy or policies under which such proceeds were payable and (ii) the amount of any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense caused by a peril covered by fire insurance with the broadest form of property insurance generally available on property in buildings of the type of the Building, whether or not actually procured by Tenant.

The parties hereto shall each procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any property insurance policy covering the Premises and the Building and personal property, fixtures and equipment located thereon and therein, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right of recovery in favor of either party, its respective agents or employees. Having obtained such clauses and/or endorsements, each party hereby agrees that it will not make any claim against or seek to recover from the other or its agents or employees for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other perils covered by such property insurance.

 

20. CONDEMNATION-EMINENT DOMAIN

(a) In the event of any condemnation or taking in any manner for public or quasi-public use, which shall be deemed to include a voluntary conveyance in lieu of a taking (a “taking”) of the whole of the Building, this Lease shall forthwith terminate as of the date when Tenant is required to vacate the Premises.

(b) Unless this Lease is terminated as provided herein, the Landlord, at its own expense, and proceeding with due diligence and all reasonable dispatch, but subject to delays beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises (but not any alterations or improvements made by or for Tenant, but including Tenant’s Improvements, or any trade fixtures, equipment or personal property of Tenant) and the necessary portions of the Building as nearly as practicable to the same condition as it was prior to such taking, subject to zoning and building laws then in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to restore the remaining portion of the Premises shall be limited to the extent of the condemnation proceeds (net of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with same) received by Landlord on account thereof. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting from delays in restoring the Premises.

(c) In the event that only a part of the Premises or the Building shall be taken, then, if such taking is a substantial taking (as hereinafter defined), either Landlord or Tenant may by delivery of notice in writing to the other within sixty (60) days following the date on which Landlord’s title has been divested by such authority, terminate this Lease, effective as of the date when Tenant is required to vacate any portion of the Premises or appurtenant rights. A “substantial taking” shall mean a taking which: requires restoration and repair of the remaining portion of the Building that cannot in the ordinary course be reasonably expected to be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days; results in the loss of reasonable access to the Premises or results in the loss of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable floor area of the Premises.

(d) If this Lease is not terminated as aforesaid, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided if as a result of which there is material interference with the operation of Tenant’s use of the Premises, then the Yearly Rent and additional rent payable by Tenant shall be justly and equitably abated and reduced according to the nature and extent of the loss of use thereof suffered by Tenant.

(e) Landlord shall have and hereby reserves and excepts, and Tenant hereby grants and assigns to Landlord, all rights to recover for damages to the Building, the Complex, and the leasehold interest hereby created (including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant), and to compensation accrued or hereafter to accrue by reason of such taking, and by way of confirming the foregoing, Tenant hereby grants and assigns, and covenants with Landlord to grant and assign, to Landlord all rights to such damages of compensation. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent Tenant from

 

-28-


prosecuting in any condemnation proceedings a separate claim for the value of any of Tenant’s personal property and for relocation expenses and business losses, provided that such action shall not affect the amount of compensation otherwise recoverable by Landlord from the taking authority.

Any dispute between the parties relating to the provisions or obligations in this Article 20 shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to Article 29.5 hereof.

 

21. DEFAULT

21.1 Conditions of Limitation-Re-Entry-Termination. This Lease and the herein term and estate are, upon the condition that if (a) subject to Article 21.7, Tenant shall neglect or fail to perform or observe any of the Tenant’s covenants or agreements herein, including (without limitation) the covenants or agreements with regard to the payment when due of rent, additional charges, reimbursement for increase in Landlord’s costs, or any other charge payable by Tenant to Landlord (all of which shall be considered as part of Yearly Rent for the purposes of invoking Landlord’s statutory or other rights and remedies in respect of payment defaults); or (b) Tenant shall vacate, desert or abandon the Premises or the same shall become, or shall appear to have become, vacant (whether or not the keys shall have been surrendered or the rent shall have been paid); or (c) intentionally omitted; or (d) Tenant shall make an assignment or trust mortgage, or other conveyance or transfer of like nature, of all or a substantial part of its property for the benefit of its creditors, or (e) intentionally omitted; or (f) intentionally omitted; or (g) the leasehold hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law and shall not be revested in Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter; or (h) a receiver, sequesterer, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to take charge of all or any part of Tenant’s property and such appointment shall not be vacated within thirty (30) days; or (i) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against Tenant pursuant to any of the provisions of any Act of Congress or State law relating to bankruptcy, reorganizations, arrangements, compositions or other relief from creditors, and, in the case of any proceeding instituted against it, if Tenant shall fail to have such proceedings dismissed within thirty (3 0) days or if Tenant is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as a result of any such proceeding, or (j) any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this Lease, or the term and estate thereby created, would (by operation of law or otherwise) devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant, except as expressly permitted under Article 16 hereof—then, and in any such event Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease; and thereupon (and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be available for arrears of rent or other charges due hereunder or preceding breach of covenant or agreement and without prejudice to Tenant’s liability for damages as hereinafter stated), upon the giving of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified therein as though that were the Termination Date as stated in Section 3.2. Without being taken or deemed to be guilty of any manner of trespass or conversion, and without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, Landlord may, forcibly if necessary, enter into and upon the Premises (or any part thereof in the name of the whole); repossess the same as of its former estate; and expel Tenant and those claiming under Tenant. Wherever “Tenant” is used in subdivisions (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and(i) of this Article 21.1, it shall be deemed to include any one of (i) any corporation of which Tenant is a controlled subsidiary and (ii) any guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The words “reentry” and “re-enter” as used in this Lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

21.2 Intentionally Omitted.

21.3 Damages-Termination. Upon the termination of this Lease under the provisions of this Article 21, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the rent and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the time of such termination, shall continue to be liable for any preceding breach of covenant, and in addition, shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord

either:

(x) the amount by which, at the time of the termination of this Lease (or at any time thereafter if Landlord shall have initially elected damages under subparagraph (y), below), (i) the aggregate of the rent and other charges projected over the period commencing with such termination and ending on the Termination Date as stated in Exhibit 1 exceeds (ii) the aggregate projected fair market rental value of the Premises for such period;

 

-29-


or:

(y) amounts equal to the rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant bad this Lease not been so terminated, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination and until the Termination Date as specified in Exhibit 1, provided, however, if Landlord shall re-let the Premises during such period, that Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such re-letting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such re-letting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease, as well as the expenses of re-letting, including altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, and all other similar and dissimilar expenses properly chargeable against the Premises and the rental therefrom, it being understood that any such re-letting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease; and provided, further, that (i) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder and (ii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Subparagraph (y) to a credit in respect of any net rents from a re-letting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit. If the Premises or any part thereof should be re-let in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot area basis shall be made of the rent received from such re-letting and of the expenses of re-letting.

In calculating the rent and other charges under Subparagraph (x), above, there shall be included, in addition to the Yearly Rent, Tax Share and Operating Expense Share and all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant, on the assumption that ah such amounts and considerations would have remained constant (except as herein otherwise provided) for the balance of the full term hereby granted.

Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the term of this Lease would have expired if it had not been terminated hereunder.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, in addition to the rent and other charges under Subparagraph (x) or (y) above, any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, any real estate commissions actually paid by Landlord and the unamortized value of any free rent, reduced rent, tenant improvement allowance or other economic concessions provided by Landlord. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages incurred hereunder after Tenant vacates the Premises in the event that this Lease is terminated by Landlord as a result of an event of default hereunder.

 

21.4 Fees and Expenses.

(a) If Tenant shall default in the performance of any covenant on Tenant’s part to be performed as in this Lease contained, Landlord may immediately, or at any time thereafter, without notice, perform the same for the account of Tenant. If Landlord at any time is compelled to pay or elects to pay any sum of money, or do any act which will require the payment of any sum of money, by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with any provision hereof, or if Landlord is compelled to or does incur any expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting, and/or defending any action or proceeding instituted by reason of any default of Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall on demand pay to Landlord by way of reimbursement the sum or sums so paid by Landlord with all costs and damages, plus interest computed as provided in Article 6 hereof.

 

-30-


(b) Tenant shall pay Landlord’s cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred (i) in enforcing any obligation of Tenant under this Lease or (ii) as a result of Landlord, without its fault, being made party to any litigation pending by or against Tenant or any persons claiming through or under Tenant.

21.5 Waiver of Redemption. Tenant does hereby waive and surrender all rights and privileges which it might have under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease for the term hereby demised after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as herein provided.

21.6 Landlord’s Remedies Not Exclusive. The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may at any time be lawfully entitled, and Landlord may invoke any remedy (including the remedy of specific performance) allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

21.7 Grace Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article contained, Landlord agrees not to take any action to terminate this Lease (a) for default by Tenant in the payment when due of any sum of money, if Tenant shall cure such default within five (5) days after written notice thereof is given by Landlord to Tenant, provided, however, that no such notice need be given and no such default in the payment of money shall be curable if on two (2) prior occasions, within a one (1) year period, there had been a default in the payment of money which had been cured after notice thereof had been given by Landlord to Tenant as herein provided or (b) for default by Tenant in the performance of any covenant other than a covenant to pay a sum of money, if Tenant shall cure such default within a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof given by Landlord to Tenant (the “Non-Monetary Grace Period”) (except where the nature of the default is such that remedial action should appropriately take place sooner, as indicated in such written notice), or within such additional period as may reasonably be required to cure such default if (because of governmental restrictions or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Tenant) the default is of such a nature that it cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period, provided, however, (1) that there shall be no extension of time beyond such thirty (30) day period for the curing of any such default unless, not more than ten (10) days after the receipt of the notice of default, Tenant in writing (i) shall specify the cause on account of which the default cannot be cured during such period and shall advise Landlord of its intention duly to institute all steps necessary to cure the default and (ii) shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, duly institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to cure such default and, (2) that no notice of the opportunity to cure a default need be given, and no grace period whatsoever shall be allowed to Tenant, if the default is incurable or if the covenant or condition the breach of which gave rise to default had, by reason of a breach on a prior occasion, been the subject of a notice hereunder to cure such default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to notice or the Non- Monetary Grace Period relating to its failure to (v) maintain all insurance as required in Article 15 above; (w) deliver to Landlord the Security Deposit as required by Section 29.13 below; (x) provide Landlord with Estoppel Certificates as required pursuant to Section 17.5 above; (y) provide Landlord with subordination agreements as required pursuant to Article 23 below; or (z) provide Landlord with the certificates of insurance required pursuant to Article 15 above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 21.7 contained, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any statutory notice and grace periods provided to Tenant by law are hereby expressly waived by Tenant.

 

22. END OF TERM-ABANDONED PROPERTY

Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises and all alterations and additions thereto, broom clean, in good order, repair and condition (except as provided herein and in Articles 8.7, 18 and 20) excepting only ordinary wear and use

 

-31-


(as defined in Article 14.1 hereof) and damage by fire or other casualty for which, under other provisions of this Lease, Tenant has no responsibility of repair or restoration. Tenant shall remove all of its property, including, without limitation, all telecommunication, computer and other cabling installed by Tenant in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building, and, to the extent specified by Landlord and subject to Section 12, all alterations and additions made by Tenant and all partitions made by Tenant wholly within the Premises, and shall repair any damages to the Premises or the Building caused by their installation or by such removal. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease.

Tenant will remove any personal property from the Building and the Premises upon or prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease and any such property which shall remain in the Building or the Premises thereafter shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned, and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, Landlord may receive and retain the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option, against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of Yearly Rent, additional or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under Article 21 hereof or pursuant to law.

If Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease without any agreement in writing between Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto, then, prior to the acceptance of any payments for rent or use and occupancy by Landlord, the person remaining in possession shall be deemed a tenant-at-sufferance. Whereas the parties hereby acknowledge that Landlord may need the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of the Lease for other tenants and that the damages which Landlord may suffer as the result of Tenant’s holding-over cannot be determined as of the Execution Date hereof, in the event that Tenant so holds over, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to all rental and other charges due and accrued under the Lease prior to the date of termination, charges (based upon fair market rental value of the Premises) for use and occupation of the Premises thereafter and, in addition to such sums and any and all other rights and remedies which Landlord may have at law or in equity, an additional use and occupancy charge in the amount of fifty percent (50%) of either the Yearly Rent and other charges calculated (on a daily basis) at the highest rate payable under the terms of this Lease, but measured from the day on which Tenant’s hold-over commenced and terminating on the day on which Tenant vacates the Premises or the fair market value of the Premises for such period, whichever is greater. In addition, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees, harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees, from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s hold-over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of the Lease.

 

23. SUBORDINATION

(a) Subject to any mortgagee’s or ground lessor’s election, as hereinafter provided for, this Lease is subject and subordinate in all respects to all matters of record (including, without limitation, deeds and land disposition agreements), ground leases and/or underlying leases, and all mortgages, any of which may now or hereafter be placed on or affect such leases and/or the real property of which the Premises are a part, or any part of such real property, and/or Landlord’s interest or estate therein, and to each advance made and/or hereafter to be made under any such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor. This Article 23 shall be self-operative and no further instrument or subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver promptly any certificate or instrument that Landlord and/or any mortgagee and/or lessor under any ground or underlying lease and/or their respective successors in interest may request, subject to Landlord’s, mortgagee’s and ground lessor’s right to do so for, on behalf and in the name of Tenant under certain circumstances, as hereinafter provided. Tenant acknowledges that, where applicable, any consent or approval hereafter given by Landlord may be subject to the further consent or approval of such mortgagee and/or ground lessor; and the failure or refusal of such mortgagee and/or ground lessor to give such consent or approval shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease contained, constitute reasonable justification for Landlord’s withholding its consent or approval.

 

-32-


(b) Any such mortgagee or ground lessor may from time to time subordinate or revoke any such subordination of the mortgage or ground lease held by it to this Lease. Such subordination or revocation, as the case may be, shall be effected by written notice to Tenant and by recording an instrument of subordination or of such revocation, as the case may be, with the appropriate registry of deeds or land records and to be effective without any further act or deed on the part of Tenant. In confirmation of such subordination or of such revocation, as the case may be, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and promptly deliver any certificate or instrument that Landlord, any mortgagee or ground lessor may request, subject to Landlord’s, mortgagee’s and ground lessor’s right to do so for, on behalf and in the name of Tenant under certain circumstances, as hereinafter provided.

(c) Without limitation of any of the provisions of this Lease, if any ground lessor or mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord by reason of the exercise of its rights under such ground lease or mortgage (or the acceptance of voluntary conveyance in lieu thereof) or any third party (including, without limitation, any foreclosure purchaser or mortgage receiver) shall succeed to such interest by reason of any such exercise or the expiration or sooner termination of such ground lease, however caused, then such successor may, upon notice and request to Tenant (which, in the case of a ground lease, shall be within thirty (30) days after such expiration or sooner termination), succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, provided, however, that such successor shall not: (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease; (ii) be subject to any offset, defense, or counterclaim which shall theretofore have accrued to Tenant against Landlord; (iii) have any obligation with respect to any security deposit unless it shall have been paid over or physically delivered to such successor; or (iv) be bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any previous payment of Yearly Rent for a period greater than one (1) month, made without such ground lessor’s or mortgagee’s consent where such consent is required by applicable ground lease or mortgage documents. In the event of such succession to the interest of the Landlord — and notwithstanding that any such mortgage or ground lease may antedate this Lease — the Tenant shall attorn to such successor and shall ipso facto be and become bound directly to such successor in interest to Landlord to perform and observe all the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease without the necessity of the execution of any further instrument. Nevertheless, Tenant agrees at any time and from time to time during the term hereof to execute a suitable instrument in confirmation of Tenant’s agreement to attorn, as aforesaid, subject to Landlord’s, mortgagee’s and ground lessor’s right to do so for, on behalf and in the name of Tenant under certain circumstances, as hereinafter provided.

(d) The term “mortgage(s)” as used in this Lease shall include any mortgage or deed of trust. The term “mortgagee(s)” as used in this Lease shall include any mortgagee or any trustee and beneficiary under a deed of trust or receiver appointed under a mortgage or deed of trust. The term “mortgagor(s)” as used in this Lease shall include any mortgagor or any grantor under a deed of trust.

(e) Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Landlord or any such mortgagee or ground lessor, and their respective successors in interest, acting singly, Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such certificate or instrument for, on behalf and in the name of Tenant, but only if Tenant fails to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such certificate or instrument within ten (10) days after Landlord or such mortgagee or such ground lessor has made written request therefor.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23, if all or part of Landlord’s estate and interest in the real property of which the Premises are a part shall be a leasehold estate held under a ground lease, then: (i) the foregoing subordination provisions of this Article 23 shall not apply to any mortgages of the fee interest in said real property to which Landlord’s leasehold estate is not otherwise subject and subordinate; and (ii) the provisions of this Article 23 shall in no way waive, abrogate or otherwise affect any agreement by any ground lessor (x) not to terminate this Lease incident to any termination of such ground lease prior to its term expiring or (y) not to name or join Tenant in any action or proceeding by such ground lessor to recover possession of such real property or for any other relief.

(g) In the event of any failure by Landlord to perform, fulfill or observe any agreement by Landlord herein, in no event will the Landlord be deemed to be in default under this Lease permitting Tenant to exercise any or all rights or remedies under this Lease until the Tenant shall have given written notice of such failure to any mortgagee (ground lessor and/or trustee) of which Tenant shall have been advised and until a reasonable period of time shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice, during which such mortgagee (ground lessor and/or trustee) shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to remedy such failure.

 

-33-


(h) Upon execution of this Lease, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from its present mortgagee in a commercially reasonably form.

 

24. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that if, and so long as, Tenant keeps and performs each and every covenant, agreement, term, provision and condition herein contained on the part and on behalf of Tenant to be kept and performed, Tenant shall quietly enjoy the Premises from and against the claims of all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord subject, nevertheless, to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease and to the mortgages, ground leases and/or underlying leases to which this Lease is subject and subordinate, as hereinabove set forth.

Without incurring any liability to Tenant, Landlord may permit access to the Premises and open the same, whether or not Tenant shall be present, upon any demand of any receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, sheriff, marshal or court officer entitled to, or reasonably purporting to be entitled to, such access for the purpose of taking possession of, or removing, Tenant’s property or for any other lawful purpose (but this provision and any action by Landlord hereunder shall not be deemed a recognition by Landlord that the person or official making such demand has any right or interest in or to this Lease, or in or to the Premises), or upon demand of any representative of the fire, police, building, sanitation or other department of the city, state or federal governments.

 

25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT-WAIVER-SURRENDER

25.1 Entire Agreement. This Lease and the Exhibits made a part hereof contain the entire and only agreement between the parties and any and all statements and representations, written and oral, including previous correspondence and agreements between the parties hereto, are merged herein. Tenant acknowledges that all representations and statements upon which it relied in executing this Lease are contained herein and that the Tenant in no way relied upon any other statements or representations, written or oral. Any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of this Lease in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

25.2 Waiver by Landlord. The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation, or to insist upon the strict performance, of any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations promulgated hereunder, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of such Rules and Regulations against Tenant and/or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

25.3 Surrender. No act or thing done by Landlord during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of

 

-34-


Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. In the event that Tenant at any time desires to have Landlord underlet the Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or Landlord’s agents are authorized to receive the keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of the obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby relieves Landlord of any liability for loss of or damage to any of Tenant’s effects in connection with such underletting.

 

26. INABILITY TO PERFORM-EXCULPATORY CLAUSE

(a) Except as provided in Articles 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, this Lease and the obligations of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all the other covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repairs, replacements, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strikes or labor troubles or any other similar or dissimilar cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including but not limited to, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any governmental agency or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war, hostilities or other similar or dissimilar emergency. In each such instance of inability of Landlord to perform, Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause of such inability to perform.

(b) Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim against Landlord, or Landlord’s agents or employees, or the assets of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents or employees, for breach of this Lease or otherwise, other than against Landlord’s interest in the Building of which the Premises are a part and in the uncollected rents, issues and profits thereof, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that in no event shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees (or any of the officers, trustees, directors, partners, beneficiaries, joint venturers, members, stockholders or other principals or representatives, and the like, disclosed or undisclosed, thereof) ever be personally liable for any such liability. This paragraph shall not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or to take any other action which shall not involve the personal liability of Landlord to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s assets other than the Landlord’s interest in said real estate, as aforesaid. In no event shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees (or any of the officers, trustees, directors, partners, beneficiaries, joint venturers, members, stockholders or other principals or representatives and the like, disclosed or undisclosed, thereof) ever be liable for consequential or incidental damages. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees (or any of the officers, trustees, directors, partners, beneficiaries, joint venturers, members, stockholders or other principals or representatives and the like, disclosed or undisclosed, thereof) ever be liable for lost profits of Tenant.

(c) Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under the Lease unless Tenant has given Landlord written notice of such default, and Landlord has failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives such notice or such longer period of time as Landlord may reasonably require to cure such default. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate the Lease nor shall Tenant’s obligation to pay Yearly Rent or other charges under this Lease abate based upon any default by Landlord of its obligations under the Lease.

 

27. BILLS AND NOTICES

Any notice, consent, request, bill, demand or statement hereunder by either party to the other party shall be in writing and, if received at Landlord’s or Tenant’s address, shall be deemed to have been duly given when either delivered or served personally or sent via overnight mail (via nationally recognized courier) or mailed by first class mail postage paid certified or registered mail return receipt requested, addressed to Landlord at its address as stated in Exhibit 1 with a copy to Landlord, c/o Beal and Company, Inc., One Kendall Square, Building 400, 2 nd Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; ATTN: General Manager and a copy to

 

-35-


Sherin and Lodgen LLP, 101 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, ATTN: Robert M. Carney, and to Tenant at the Premises (or at Tenant’s address as stated in Exhibit 1, if mailed prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises), and a copy to _____ or if any address for notices shall have been duly changed as hereinafter provided, if mailed as aforesaid to the party at such changed address. Either party may at any time change the address or specify an additional address for such notices, consents, requests, bills, demands or statements by delivering or mailing, as aforesaid, to the other party a notice stating the change and setting forth the changed or additional address, provided such changed or additional address is within the United States.

All bills and statements for reimbursement or other payments or charges due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be due and payable in full ten (10) days, unless herein otherwise provided, after submission thereof by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to make timely payment of any amounts indicated by such bills and statements, whether for work done by Landlord at Tenant’s request, reimbursement provided for by this Lease or for any other sums properly owing by Tenant to Landlord, shall be treated as a default in the payment of rent, in which event Landlord shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Lease for the nonpayment of rent.

 

28. PARTIES BOUND-SEIZING OF TITLE

The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party hereto is named or referred to, except that no violation of the provisions of Article 16 hereof shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant and that the provisions of this Article 28 shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 21 hereof.

If, in connection with or as a consequence of the sale, transfer or other disposition of the real estate (land and/or Building, either or both, as the case may be) of which the Premises are a part, Landlord ceases to be the owner of the reversionary interest in the Premises, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved from the performance and observance thereafter of all covenants and obligations hereunder on the part of Landlord to be performed and observed, it being understood and agreed in such event (and it shall be deemed and construed as a covenant running with the land) that the person succeeding to Landlord’s ownership of said reversionary interest shall thereupon and thereafter assume, and perform and observe, any and all of such covenants and obligations of Landlord.

 

29. MISCELLANEOUS

29.1 Separability. If any provision of this Lease or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is for any reason held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Lease (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

29.2 Captions, etc. The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provisions thereof References to “State” shall mean, where appropriate, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

29.3 Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not directly or indirectly dealt, with respect to the leasing of office space in the Building or the Complex of which it is a part (called “Building, etc.” in this Article 29.3) with any broker or had its attention called to the Premises or other space to let in the Building, etc. by anyone other than the broker, person or firm, if any, designated in Exhibit 1. Tenant agrees to defend, exonerate and save harmless and indemnify Landlord and anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord against any claims for a commission arising out of the execution and delivery of this Lease or out of negotiations between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of other space in the Building, etc., provided that Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the broker, person or firm, if any, designated in Exhibit 1.

 

-36-


29.4 Modifications. If in connection with obtaining financing for the Building, a bank, insurance company, pension trust or other institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not withhold, delay or condition its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created.

29.5 Arbitration. Any disputes relating to the provisions or obligations contained in Articles 2.1, 18 and 20 of this Lease as to which a specific provision for a reference to arbitration is made herein shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of applicable state law (as identified on Exhibit 1), as from time to time amended. Arbitration proceedings, including the selection of an arbitrator, shall be conducted pursuant to the rules, regulations and procedures from time to time in effect as promulgated by the American Arbitration Association. Prior written notice of application by either party for arbitration shall be given to the other at least ten (10) days before submission of the application to the said Association’s office in the City wherein the Building is situated (or the nearest other city having an Association office). The arbitrator shall hear the parties and their evidence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrator may be entered in the appropriate court of law (as identified on Exhibit 1); and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the Court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the State wherein the Building is situated by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. The costs and expenses of each arbitration hereunder and their apportionment between the parties shall be determined by the arbitrator in his award or decision. No arbitrable dispute shall be deemed to have arisen under this Lease prior to the expiration of the period of twenty (20) days after the date of the giving of written notice by the party asserting the existence of the dispute together with a description thereof sufficient for an understanding thereof.

29.6 Governing Law. This Lease is made pursuant to, and shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State wherein the Building is situated and any applicable local municipal rules, regulations, by-laws, ordinances and the like.

29.7 Assignment of Rents. With reference to any assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to or held by a bank, trust company, insurance company or other institutional lender holding a mortgage or ground lease on the Building, Tenant agrees:

(a) that the execution thereof by Landlord and the acceptance thereof by such mortgagee and/or ground lessor shall never be deemed an assumption by such mortgagee and/or ground lessor of any of the obligations of the Landlord hereunder, unless such mortgagee and/or ground lessor shall, by written notice sent to the Tenant, specifically otherwise elect; and

(b) that, except as aforesaid, such mortgagee and/or ground lessor shall be treated as having assumed the Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such mortgagee’s mortgage or deed of trust or termination of such ground lessor’s ground lease and the taking of possession of the demised Premises after having given notice of its exercise of the option stated in Article 23 hereof to succeed to the interest of the Landlord under this Lease.

29.8 Representation of Authority. By his or her execution hereof each of the signatories on behalf of the respective parties hereby warrants and represents to the other that he is duly authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of such party. If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant hereby appoints the signatory whose name appears below on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing this Lease for and on behalf of Tenant.

29.9 Expenses Incurred by Landlord Upon Tenant Requests. Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant for consents, approvals or execution of collateral documentation related to this Lease, including, without limitation, costs incurred by Landlord in the review and approval of Tenant’s

 

-37-


plans and specifications in connection with proposed alterations to be made by Tenant to the Premises, requests by Tenant to sublet the Premises or assign its interest in the Lease, the execution by Landlord of estoppel certificates requested by Tenant, and requests by Tenant for Landlord to execute waivers of Landlord’s interest in Tenant’s property in connection with third party financing by Tenant. Such costs shall be deemed to be additional rent under the Lease.

29.10 Survival. Without limiting any other obligation of the Tenant which may survive the expiration or prior termination of the term of the Lease, all obligations on the part of Tenant to indemnify, defend, or hold Landlord harmless, as set forth in this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations under Articles 13(d), 15.3, and 29.3) shall survive the expiration or prior termination of the term of the Lease.

29.11 Hazardous Materials. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the existence or use of “Hazardous Material” in or on the Premises, the Building or the Complex.

(a) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (EPCRTKA) 42 U.S.C. § 11001-11050, and all other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any local, state or federal governmental authority having jurisdiction concerning environmental, health and safety matters (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), including, but not limited to, any discharge into the air, surface, water, sewers, soil or groundwater of any Hazardous Material (as defined in Article 29.11(c)), whether within or outside the Premises within the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Lease requires, or shall be construed to require, Tenant to incur any liability related to or arising from environmental conditions (i) for which the Landlord is responsible pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or (ii) which existed within the Premises, Building or the Complex prior to the Term Commencement Date or the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises if such date is earlier than the Term Commencement Date.

(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises or otherwise in the Complex by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, without the prior written consent of Landlord, except for Hazardous Materials which are typically used in the operation of offices or laboratories, provided that such materials are stored, used and disposed of in strict compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and with good scientific and medical practice. Within five (5) days of Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of all Hazardous Materials, including quantities used and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request, used by Tenant in the Premises or otherwise in the Complex. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any of Tenant’s Hazardous Material which Tenant does not properly handle, store or dispose of in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and good scientific and medical practice, Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, no longer have the right to bring such material into the Premises, Building of which the Premises is a part or the Complex until Tenant has demonstrated, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that Tenant has implemented programs to thereafter properly handle, store or dispose of such material.

(c) As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste or petroleum derivative which is or becomes regulated by any Environmental Law, specifically including live organisms, viruses and fungi, medical waste, and so-called “biohazard” materials. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 1311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1317), (ii) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. Section 6903), (iii) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. Section 9601), (iv) defined as “hazardous substance” or “oil” under Chapter 21E of the General Laws of Massachusetts, or (v) a so-called “biohazard” or medical waste, or is contaminated with blood or other bodily fluids; and “Environmental Laws” include, without limitation, the laws listed in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv).

 

-38-


(d) Any increase in the premium for necessary insurance on the Premises or the Complex which arises from Tenant’s use and/or storage of these Hazardous Materials shall be solely at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall procure and maintain at its sole expense such additional insurance as may be necessary to comply with any requirement of any federal, state or local government agency with jurisdiction.

(e) Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities or losses (collectively “Losses”) which Landlord may reasonably incur arising out of contamination of real estate, the Complex or other property not a part of the Premises, which contamination arises as a result of: (i) the presence of Hazardous Material in the Premises, the presence of which is caused or permitted by Tenant, or (ii) from a breach by Tenant of its obligations under this Article 29.11. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, reasonable costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Premises based upon the circumstances identified in the first sentence of this Article 29.11(e). The indemnification and hold harmless obligations of Tenant under this Article 29.11(e) shall survive any termination of this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material in the Building or otherwise in the Complex caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Premises to a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws; provided that Landlord’s approval of such actions shall first be obtained, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, would not potentially have any materially adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, and, in any event, Landlord shall not withhold its approval of any proposed actions which are required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(f) On or before the date that Tenant, and anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant, vacates the Premises, and immediately prior to the time that Tenant delivers the Premises to Landlord, Tenant shall:

(1) Cause the Premises to be decommissioned in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and/or the Massachusetts Department of Public Health for the control of radiation, cause the Premises to be released for unrestricted use by the Radiation Control Program of the Massachusetts Department of Public Health for the control of radiation, and deliver to Landlord the report of a certified industrial hygienist stating that he or she has examined the Premises (including visual inspection, Geiger counter evaluation and airborne and surface monitoring) and found no evidence that such portion contains Hazardous Materials, as defined in this Article 29.11, or is otherwise in violation of any Environmental Law, as defined in this Article 29.11 hereof.

(2) Provide to Landlord a copy of its most current chemical waste removal manifest and a certification from Tenant executed by an officer of Tenant that no Hazardous Materials or other potentially dangerous or harmful chemicals brought onto the Premises from and after the date that Tenant first took occupancy of the Premises remain in the Premises.

 

29.12   Patriot Act.

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that:

 

  (A) Tenant is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law

 

  (B) Tenant is not, as of the date hereof:

 

  (i) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person (as hereinafter defined), including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person;

 

-39-


  (ii) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or

 

  (iii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate any of the prohibitions set forth in, any Anti-Terrorism Law; and

(C) Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, members or lease guarantor, as applicable, is a Prohibited Person.

If at any time any of these representations becomes false, then it shall be considered a material default under this Lease.

As used herein, “Anti-Terrorism Law” is defined as any law relating to terrorism, anti-terrorism, money-laundering or anti-money laundering activities, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act, the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Executive Order No. 13224, and Title 3 of the USA Patriot Act, and any regulations promulgated under any of them. As used herein “Executive Order No. 13224” is defined as Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001, and relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”, as may be amended from time to time. “Prohibited Person” is defined as (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224, or a person or entity owned or controlled by an entity that is listed in the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list. “USA Patriot Act” is defined as the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56), as may be amended from time to time.

29.13 Letter of Credit. In order to secure Tenant’s obligations to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on the date that Tenant executes and delivers the Lease to Landlord, an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (“Letter of Credit”) which shall be (1) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 6, (2) issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord with minimum assets of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000.00), upon which presentment may be made in Boston, Massachusetts, (3) in an amount equal to One Hundred Sixty-One Thousand Two Hundred and Ninety-Three and 00/100 ($161,293.00) Dollars, and (4) for a term of not less than one (l) year, subject to extension in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit. Tenant shall, on or before the date thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such Letter of Credit, deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit satisfying the foregoing conditions (“Substitute Letter of Credit”) in lieu of the Letter of Credit then being held by Landlord. Such Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewable provided that if the issuer of such Letter of Credit gives notice of its election not to renew such Letter of Credit for any additional period pursuant thereto, Tenant shall be required to deliver a Substitute Letter of Credit satisfying the conditions hereof, on or before the date thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such Letter of Credit. Tenant agrees that it shall from time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount required hereunder, is in effect until a date which is at least 45 days after the Termination Date of the Lease. If Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least 30 days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) as a security deposit pursuant to the terms of this Article 29.13.

 

-40-


In the event that Tenant is in default of its obligations under the Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, then the Landlord shall have the right, at any time after such, event, without giving any further notice to Tenant, to draw down from said Letter of Credit (Substitute Letter of Credit or Additional Letter of Credit, as defined below, as the case may be) (a) the amount necessary to cure such default or (b) if such default cannot reasonably be cured by the expenditure of money, to exercise all rights and remedies Landlord may have on account of such default, the amount which, in Landlord’s opinion, is necessary to satisfy Tenant’s liability on account thereof. In the event of any such draw by the Landlord, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) business days of written demand therefor, deliver to Landlord an additional Letter of Credit satisfying the foregoing conditions (“Additional Letter of Credit”), except that the amount of such Additional Letter of Credit shall be the amount of such draw. In addition, in the event of a termination based upon the default of Tenant under the Lease, or a rejection of the Lease pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit (from time to time, if necessary) to cover the full amount of damages and other amounts due from Tenant to Landlord under the Lease. Any amounts so drawn shall, at Landlord’s election, be applied first to any unpaid rent and other charges which were due prior to the filing of the petition for protection under the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees not to oppose, contest or otherwise interfere with any attempt by Landlord to draw down from said Letter of Credit including, without limitation, by commencing an action seeking to enjoin or restrain Landlord from drawing upon said Letter of Credit. Tenant also hereby expressly waives any right or claim it may have to seek such equitable relief. In addition to whatever other rights and remedies it may have against Tenant if Tenant breaches its obligations under this paragraph, Tenant hereby acknowledges that it shall be liable for any and all damages which Landlord may suffer as a result of any such breach.

Upon request of Landlord or any (prospective) purchaser or mortgagee of the Building, Tenant shall, at its expense, cooperate with Landlord in obtaining an amendment to or replacement of any Letter of Credit which Landlord is then holding so that the amended or new Letter of Credit reflects the name of the new owner of the Building or mortgagee, as the case may be.

To the extent that Landlord has not previously drawn upon any Letter of Credit, Substitute Letter of Credit, Additional Letter of Credit or Security Proceeds (collectively “Collateral”) held by the Landlord, and to the extent that Tenant is not otherwise in default of its obligations under the Lease as of the termination date of the Lease, Landlord shall return such Collateral to Tenant on the termination of the term of the Lease.

In no event shall the proceeds of any Letter of Credit be deemed to be a prepayment of rent nor shall it be considered as a measure of liquidated damages.

29.14 Parking. Commencing as of the Term Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the term of the Lease, the Landlord will make available to Tenant thirty-three (33) monthly parking passes for use in the One Kendall Square Garage (the “Garage”) which Landlord represents and warrants is owned in fee by it. Tenant shall have no right to sublet, assign, or otherwise transfer said parking passes except in connection with an assignment of this Lease or sublease of the Premises which is permitted pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Said parking passes shall be paid for by Tenant at the then current prevailing rate in the Garage, as such rate may vary from time to time. The current rate for such passes as of the Execution Date of this Lease is $220.00 per month. If, for any reason, Tenant shall fail timely to pay the charge for said parking passes, Landlord shall have the same rights against Tenant as Landlord has with respect to the timely payment of Yearly Rent hereunder. Said parking passes will be on an unassigned, non-reserved basis, and shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations from time to time in force. Tenant shall have the right, from time to time upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, to surrender one or more of such parking passes, and upon such surrender, Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations with respect to such surrendered passes; provided, however, in the event Tenant thereafter wants to secure additional passes, Landlord will make such passes available upon written request to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant have the right to use more than thirty-three (33) monthly parking passes.

 

-41-


29.15 Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term of the Lease.

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time, that Tenant is not in default beyond all applicable cure periods of its covenants and obligations under the Lease, and that Foundation Medicine, Inc., itself, or an Assignee (as defined in Article 16), is occupying at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises then demised to Tenant, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the commencement of the hereinafter described additional term, Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional five (5) year terms, the first such additional term commencing as of the day following the last day of the fifty-fourth (54 th ) month following the Term Commencement Date and expiring as of 13:59 p.m. EST on the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) month thereafter (the “First Extension Period”) and the second such period commencing on the day following the last day of the First Extension Period and expiring as of 11:59 p.m. EST on the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) month thereafter (the “Second Extension Period”). Tenant may exercise such option to extend by giving Landlord written notice on or before the first day of the twelfth (12 th ) month prior to the Termination Date (with regard to the First Extension Period) and the first day of the twelfth (12 th ) month prior to the expiration of the First Extension Period (with regard to the Second Extension Period). Upon the timely giving of such notice, the term of this Lease shall be deemed extended upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or renovate the Premises and that the Yearly Rent during such additional term shall be as hereinafter set forth. If Tenant fails to give timely notice, as aforesaid, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease, time being of the essence of this Article 29.15. If Tenant fails to timely exercise its rights hereunder, then within seven (7) days of Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a certification, in recordable form, confirming the Tenant’s failure to exercise (or waiver of) such right, and Tenant’s failure to so execute and deliver such certification shall (without limiting Landlord’s remedies on account thereof) entitle Landlord to execute and deliver to any third party, and record, an affidavit confirming the failure or waiver, which affidavit shall be binding on Tenant and may be conclusively relied on by third parties.

B. Yearly Rent. The Yearly Rent during the additional term shall be based upon ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Rental Value, as defined in Article 29.16, as of the commencement of the applicable additional term, of the Premises then demised to Tenant.

C. Tenant shall have no further option to extend the term of the Lease other than the two (2) additional five (5) year terms herein provided.

D. Notwithstanding the fact that, upon Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to extend the term of the Lease, such extension shall be self executing, as aforesaid, the parties shall promptly execute a lease amendment reflecting such additional term after Tenant exercises the herein option, except that the Yearly Rent payable in respect of such additional term may not be set forth in said amendment. Subsequently, after such Yearly Rent is determined, the parties shall execute a written agreement co nfirmin g the same. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Article 29.15, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

29.16 Definition of Fair Market Rental Value.

A. “Fair Market Rental Value” shall be computed as of the date in question at the then current Yearly Rent, including provisions for subsequent increases and other adjustments for leases or agreements to lease then currently being negotiated, or executed in comparable space located in the Complex, or if no such leases or agreements to lease are then currently being negotiated or executed in the Complex, the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by reference to leases or agreements to lease then currently being negotiated or executed for comparable space located elsewhere in buildings of a comparable nature and quality located in East Cambridge, Massachusetts. In determining Fair Market Rental Value, all relevant factors shall be taken into account and given effect, including, without limitation: size, location and condition of Premises, lease term, including renewal options, tenant’s obligations with respect to operating expenses and taxes, tenant improvement allowances, condition of building, and services and amenities provided by the Landlord.

 

-42-


B. Dispute as to Fair Market Rental Value:

Landlord shall initially designate Fair Market Rental Value and Landlord shall furnish data in support of such designation. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s designation of a Fair Market Rental Value, Tenant shall notify Landlord, by written notice given within thirty (30) days after Tenant has been notified of Landlord’s designation, of its disagreement whereupon the parties shall negotiate in good faith to arrive at a mutually agreeable Fair Market Rental Value. If the parties are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord, the parties shall submit such Fair Market Rental Value to arbitration. Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to arbitration as follows: Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by impartial arbitrators, one to be chosen by the Landlord, one to be chosen by Tenant, and a third to be selected, if necessary, as below provided. The unanimous written decision of the two first chosen, without selection and participation of a third arbitrator, or otherwise, the written decision of a majority of three arbitrators chosen and selected as aforesaid, shall be conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each notify the other of its chosen arbitrator within ten (10) days following the call for arbitration and, unless such two arbitrators shall have reached a unanimous decision within thirty (30) days after their designation, they shall so notify the President of the Boston Bar Association (or such organization as may succeed to said Boston Bar Association) and request him or her to select an impartial third arbitrator. All arbitrators shall have at least ten (10) years of professional experience as an office building owner, real estate manager or real estate broker dealing with like types of properties, to determine Fair Market Rental Value as herein defined. Such third arbitrator and the first two chosen shall, subject to commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, hear the parties and their evidence and render their decision within thirty (30) days following the conclusion of such hearing and notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. Landlord and Tenant shall bear the expense of the third arbitrator (if any) equally. The decision of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrators may be entered in the appropriate court of law (as identified on Exhibit 1); and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the Court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. If the dispute between the parties as to a Fair Market Rental Value has not been resolved before the commencement of Tenant’s obligation to pay rent based upon such Fair Market Rental Value, then Tenant shall pay Yearly Rent and other charges under the Lease in respect of the Premises in question based upon the Fair Market Rental Value designated by Landlord until either the agreement of the parties as to the Fair Market Rental Value, or the decision of the arbitrators, as the case may be, at which time Tenant shall pay any underpayment of rent and other charges to Landlord, or Landlord shall refund any overpayment of rent and other charges to Tenant.

29.17 Roof License; Generator.

(a) Tenant shall have the non-exclusive license, at no additional charge, to install, operate and maintain, all in good order and repair, Roof-top equipment including, upon prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, one (1) or more antennae, satellite or other communication devices (collectively with other roof-top transmission and reception equipment, “Antenna”), supplemental HVAC equipment (“Tenant’s HVAC Unit”) a roof-top emergency generator (“Generator”), and related mechanical or electrical equipment, conduits, cables, transmitters, receivers, and computer processing equipment (collectively, “Roof-top Equipment”) on a portion or portions of the roof of the Building (“Roof) in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including but not limited to Article 12, and all of the specifications relating thereto as reasonably promulgated by and amended by Landlord from time to time (the “Specifications”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the right granted to Tenant hereunder is a non-exclusive license and is not a lease or an appurtenant right to the Premises and, further, that Tenant’s liabilities under this Lease are not contingent or conditioned upon its ability to use the Roof-top Equipment and Tenant shall continue to be obligated to perform all of its obligations under the Lease if Tenant is unable to use the Roof-top Equipment. Tenant shall only use the Antenna to transmit and receive data transmissions for Tenant’s use in the Premises. No person or entity other than Tenant (or an Assignee, permitted subtenant or assignee, successor or assign) shall have the right to use or receive transmissions from the Antenna.

(b) The Roof-top Equipment installed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be installed at a location or locations on the Roof selected by Landlord, in its sole but reasonable discretion, and Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised in good faith, to require Tenant to relocate the Roof-top Equipment, from time to time, at

 

-43-


Tenant’s sole cost and expense, so long as the new location or locations are suitable for Tenant’s operations. Tenant’s ability to use the Roof for its Roof-top Equipment as provided hereunder shall be in conjunction with other Building tenants and occupants and shall be proportionately distributed (and Roof space may be reserved) by Landlord in connection with such distribution. Landlord makes no representation or warranty to Tenant that the Roof will be satisfactory to Tenant or will permit Tenant to send or receive the transmissions it desires, provided Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant to locate a satisfactory location on the Roof in connection with the Antenna. Prior to installing or replacing any Roof-top Equipment, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications for the installation thereof, as the case may be, prepared by a licensed engineer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “Plans”). The Plans shall be consistent with the Specifications, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and shall show the location of the installations of the Roof-top Equipment, any structural requirements and installations, and all related equipment and components on the Roof, the location and type of all piping, conduit, wiring, cabling, the manner in which same will be placed on and fastened to the Roof and any other information requested by Landlord, in Landlord’s good faith discretion. Landlord shall have the right to require that any Roof-top Equipment not be visible from any location on the ground and/or that the all such Roof-top Equipment be screened in a manner satisfactory to Landlord and that all Roof-top Equipment be installed in such a way so as to allow maintenance and repairs to the Roof from time to time, all in Landlord’s good faith discretion. Landlord shall have the right to employ an engineer or other consultant to review the Plans and the reasonable, actual cost of such engineer or consultant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after request therefor. After Landlord has approved the Plans and prior to installing the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or any Roof-top Equipment and any related equipment, wiring, conduit, piping, or cabling, Tenant shall obtain and provide to Landlord: (a) all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses, special zoning variances and authorizations, as required by applicable laws, rules, ordinances, regulations and restrictions, all of which Tenant shall obtain at its own cost and expense; and (b) a policy or certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Any alteration or modification of the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or any other Roof-top Equipment or any associated piping, conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment after the Plans have been approved shall require Landlord’s prior written approval, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s good faith discretion. Landlord makes no representation or warranty that Tenant will be permitted under applicable law to install the Roof-top Equipment on the Roof.

(c) Installation and maintenance of the Roof-top Equipment or any associated structural work, piping, conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment shall be performed solely by contractors approved by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion. Landlord may require Tenant to use a roofing contractor selected by Landlord to perform any work that could damage, penetrate or alter the Roof and an electrician selected by Landlord to install any associated piping, conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment on the Roof or in the Building. Landlord may require anyone going on the Roof to execute in advance a liability waiver satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the installation, operation and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment and Tenant shall release, defend, indemnify and save Landlord harmless against and from any liability, loss, injury, damage, claim or suit resulting directly or indirectly from the aforesaid installations, use of the Roof and the Use and operation of any of the Roof-Top Equipment, and this indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing limitations and/or restrictions shall not give rise to any right to terminate this Lease or any claim of breach of Landlord under this Lease or any claim for damages against Landlord or Landlord’s Agents at law or equity, including injunctive relief.

(d) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may decide, in its good faith discretion, from time to time, to repair or replace the Roof (hereinafter “Roof Repairs”). If Landlord elects to make Roof Repairs, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, temporarily remove or relocate the Roof-top Equipment so that the Roof Repairs may be completed. The cost of removing and reinstalling same shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, lost profits or other costs or expenses incurred by Tenant as the result of the Roof Repairs.

(e) On the termination or expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall remove the Roof-top Equipment and all associated conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment and repair any damages caused thereby, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant does not remove same on or before the date this Lease terminates or expires, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove and dispose of same and associated conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment,

 

-44-


and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses it incurs in removing and disposing of same and repairing any damages caused thereby. Tenant agrees that Landlord may dispose of the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or Roof-top Equipment and any associated conduit, wiring, cabling, equipment in any manner selected by Landlord.

(f) Tenant’s license to operate and maintain the Roof-top Equipment hereunder shall automatically expire and terminate on the date that the term of the Lease expires or is otherwise terminated. This license to operate and maintain the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or any other Roof-top Equipment shall also terminate, at Landlord’s option, if any of the following continue for more than three (3) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant: (a) the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or applicable Roof-top Equipment is causing physical damage to the Building or the Roof, (b) the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or applicable Roof-top Equipment is interfering with the normal or customary transmission or receipt of signals from or to the Building, (c) the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or applicable Roof-top Equipment is causing Landlord to be in violation of any agreement to which Landlord is a party or (d) the Antenna, Tenant’s HVAC Unit and/or applicable Roof-top Equipment is causing Landlord to be in violation any local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; provided, Tenant shall have the right to remedy any of the foregoing circumstances to ensure the cessation of damage, interference, or violation, as the case may be, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and thereupon Tenant may resume such use. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may suspend such right prior to the expiration of the three (3) day period but after notice (which may be oral) to Tenant under any of the following circumstances: (x) if necessary to prevent civil or criminal liability of in connection therewith; (y) if necessary to prevent an imminent and material interference of the conduct of business in the Building; or (z) if necessary to prevent injury to persons or imminent and material damage to the Building, Roof or other property therein (which shall include but not be limited to damage to or leaking of the Roof membrane).

29.18 Right of First Refusal to Lease. Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default hereunder, if at any time during the Term, Landlord shall receive a bona fide offer (the “Offer”) from any third party to lease the entire rentable square feet of space of the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ROFR Space”), and which Offer Landlord is prepared to accept, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “Right of First Refusal Notice”) of Landlord’s intent to accept such Offer. The Right of First Refusal Notice shall specify the rentable area of third (3 rd ) floor Landlord intends to Lease and the date upon which the space shall be available for occupancy. Tenant shall have the right (the “Right of First Refusal”), exercisable by a duly authorized officer of Tenant, within seven (7) business days of Tenant’s receipt of the Right of First Refusal Notice, to elect to lease the ROFR Space, in writing, and within ten (10) business days thereafter Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a supplemental agreement to this Lease pursuant to which Tenant shall lease the ROFR Space on the same terms and conditions specified in the this Lease except that (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to complete any work to ready the ROFO Space for Tenant’s occupancy, (ii) Landlord shall provide Tenant with an amount to complete its Tenant’s Improvements to the ROFR Space equivalent to those in Section 4 of this Lease (“ROFR Space TI Allowance”), but which ROFR Space TI Allowance shall be pro-rated based upon the amount of term remaining in the Lease and (iii) Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the ROFR Space no later than the date by which Landlord would have begun to receive rent under the terms of the Offer.

Should Tenant decline the Right of First Refusal or fail to accept its right to lease the ROFO Space in writing within seven (7) business days of receipt of the Right of First Refusal Notice, then Landlord shall be free to lease such space to the offering third party or any other third party upon such terms as Landlord deems acceptable and the Right of First Refusal under this Section 29.18 shall become null and void.

If Tenant exercises its Right of First Refusal, then Landlord shall tender the ROFR Space to Tenant, as provided above, to Tenant in its then “as is” condition (but subject to payment of the ROFR Space TI Allowance) within the time frame for availability for occupancy set forth in the Right of First Offer Notice and the term of the Lease with regard to the ROFR Space shall be coterminous with the term of the Lease with regard to the existing Premises; provided, however, that the tenant that occupied the ROFR Space immediately preceding the Right of First Refusal Notice shall have performed a decommissioning of the ROFR Space similar in nature to the requirements of Tenant pursuant to this Lease, that all written materials pertaining to such

 

-45-


decommissioning shall be delivered to Tenant along with the Right of First Refusal Notice provided same are available at the time of such notice (if not, such materials shall be delivered before the commencement of the term with regard to the ROFR Space), and the ROFR Space shall be free of any Hazardous Materials upon delivery to Tenant; and provided further, that if such Right of First Refusal Notice is sent within the last twenty months of the term then Tenant’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal shall be contingent on Tenant exercising its option to extend the term of the Lease.

The foregoing Right of First Refusal under this Section 29.18 is personal to and may only be exercised by Foundation Medicine, Inc., the original named tenant under this Lease, while Foundation Medicine, Inc. continues to occupy the Premises. The foregoing Right of First Refusal under this Section 29.18 shall not be exercisable by an assignee under this Lease or subleasee of all or a portion of the Premises except for an Assignee as defined in Article 16 of this Lease.

Tenant understands that its right under this Section are and shall be subject to and subordinate to any extension rights contained in the lease of the tenant of the offered space, and any expansion rights, options to lease or any rights of first negotiation, first offer or first refusal to lease granted to other tenants in the Building or Complex prior to the date of execution and delivery of this Lease.

29.19 Confidentiality

(a) In connection with the activities contemplated by this Lease, it is anticipated that Tenant may disclose or deliver to Landlord, or provide access to Landlord, to scientific or technical information, and business or financial information, possessed or obtained by, developed for or given to Tenant which is treated by Tenant as confidential or proprietary (“Confidential Information”). Tenant will, to the extent practical, use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with reasonable business practices, to label or identify as “CONFIDENTIAL” all the Confidential Information. Confidential Information will, however, include all information which due to its nature would cause a reasonable person to know that it is confidential and proprietary to Tenant.

(b) Landlord agrees that it will hold in confidence and not publish, disseminate or otherwise disclose, or deliver or make available to any third party outside its organization any Confidential Information, except as otherwise contemplated herein or as specifically authorized in writing by Tenant. Landlord agrees to use the Confidential Information solely in connection with the activities contemplated by this Lease and not exploit the Confidential Information for its own benefit or the benefit of another without the prior written consent of Tenant. Landlord will exercise commercially reasonable precautions to physically protect the integrity and confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Landlord may disseminate the Confidential Information only to its employees and consultants on a need-to-know basis in connection with the activities contemplated by this Lease or for the purpose of evaluating the Complex and only if they are obligated to protect the Confidential Information under terms substantially similar to those in this Lease. Landlord will have no obligation of confidentiality with respect to any portion of Confidential Information disclosed to it which:

(1) is or later becomes generally available to the public by use, publication or the like, through no fault of Landlord;

(2) is obtained from a third party without restriction who had the legal right to disclose the same to Landlord;

(3) Landlord already possesses, as evidenced by its written records, predating receipt thereof from Tenant (whether as a result of disclosure or delivery by Tenant or of Tenant providing access);

(4) is independently developed by Landlord without the use of Confidential Information, as evidenced by Landlord’s written records; or

 

-46-


(5) is disclosed by Landlord pursuant to a requirement of law, provided Landlord shall have complied with the succeeding paragraph.

If required, Landlord may disclose the Confidential Information to a governmental authority or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the disclosure is subject to all applicable governmental or judicial protection available for like material (provided, however, that the cost and expense to obtain any such protection shall be borne by Tenant) and reasonable advance written notice is given to Tenant.

Confidential Information will not be deemed to be in the public domain or in the possession of Landlord merely because it is embraced by generalized disclosures in the public domain nor will a combination of Confidential Information be deemed to fall within any of the exceptions set forth above simply because each of the elements is itself included within an exception if the significance of the combination does not fall within any of the exceptions.

(c) It is understood that all Confidential Information, and any information derived from it by Landlord, will remain the property of Tenant, and that no patent right or license is hereby granted by Tenant to Landlord by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed an obligation of Tenant to grant Landlord any rights in and to the subject matter of the Confidential Information.

(d) Upon expiration of the term of this Lease and after written request by Tenant, or sooner upon Tenant’s request, Landlord will promptly return to Tenant all tangible Confidential Information, including all copies and reproductions thereof.

Landlord agrees that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Section and that, in addition to all other remedies, Tenant will be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach by Landlord.

[Signatures appear on next page]

 

-47-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Indenture of Lease in multiple copies, each to be considered an original hereof, as a sealed instrument on the day and year noted in Exhibit 1 as the Execution Date.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
RB KENDALL FEE, LLC     FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert L. Beal     By:   /s/ Alexis Borisy
Name:   Robert L. Beal     (Name)   Alexis Borisy
Title:   Its Authorized Signatory     (Title)   CEO
      Hereunto Duly Authorized

IF TENANT IS A CORPORATION, A SECRETARY’S OR CLERK’S CERTIFICATE OF THE AUTHORITY AND THE INCUMBENCY OF THE PERSON SIGNING ON BEHALF OF TENANT SHOULD BE ATTACHED.

 

-48-


EXHIBIT 2

LEASE PLAN

 

-49-


 

LOGO

ONE KENDALL SQUARE - BUILDING 300 - 4TH FLOOR


 

LOGO

ONE KENDALL SQUARE - BUILDING 300 - 5TH FLOOR


EXHIBIT 3

PLAN OF COMPLEX

 

LOGO

 

-50-


EXHIBIT 4

TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

                 (“Tenant”) hereby certifies that it has entered into a lease with RB KENDALL FEE, LLC (“Landlord”) dated                    , 20     [, as amended by              dated                     , 20    ,] and verifies the following information as of the             day of             , 200    :

 

Address of Building:   

Building             , One Kendall

Square, Cambridge, MA 02139

Number of Rentable Square Feet in Premises:                r.s.f.
Term Commencement Date:                        , 20    
Rent Commencement Date:                        , 20    
Lease Termination Date:                        , 20    
Tenant’s Proportionate Common Share:        %
Tenant’s Proportionate Building Share:        %

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all improvements Landlord is obligated to make to the Premises, if any, have been completed to Tenant’s satisfaction, that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, and that as of the date hereof, there exist no offsets or defenses to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
      RB KENDALL FEE, LLC
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:   Robert L. Beal
Title:         Title:   Its Authorized Signatory
  Hereunto duly authorized      

 

-51-


EXHIBIT 5

SPACE PLANS AND LANDLORD’S SCOPE

 

-52-


 

LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square Cambridge,

Massachusetts

 

 

Scope Definition
1.    Summary
2.    Proposed Layout
3.    Architectural Finishes
   a)    Narrative
   b)    Table
4.   

Utility Requirements

 

June 29, 2010

 

Page 1 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Summary

This Scope Definition document provides the fit, finish, and utility expectations of Foundation Medicine (FM) for the proposed One Kendall Square Building 300 4 th and 5 th Floor tenant improvements. The document was prepared March 30, 2010 by the Richmond Group (TRG), together with the architectural firm Olson, Lewis, Dioli, and Doktor (OLDD) and the engineering firm AHA Engineers (AHA). It was reviewed with the Beal Companies on April 8, and updated on April 13, June 10 and again on June 29 , 2010. This narrative defines the scope of the project. Clarification on the responsible parties is defined in the Equipment Matrix.

Layout

The space is to have a clean and open look, accomplished via layout and select finishes. The attached schematic floor plans of the 4 th and 5 th floors are color coded showing the different types of spaces. The floor plans represent an in-process layout, as they are continuing to evolve during the preconstruction design period. FM intends to use the 5 th floor as office, kitchen, conference, and data storage. The proposed 4 th floor layout includes research lab, production lab, lab support, and office spaces. The communicating stair between floors is to be upgraded; it will remain at the current position and will enhance the open feel of the space.

Architectural Finishes

This section describes the proposed finishes in a detailed way, but with the purpose of giving an overall feel for the quality and type of some of the finishes being considered. In providing the finishes, TRG has shown a differentiation between Base Building and Tenant Improvements, with the understanding that the 4 th and 5 th floor modifications would be completed as one turn-key construction project. The Base / Tl space delineation is yet to be confirmed, but the goal here is to provide the FM expectations for the fit and finish of the different spaces.

Demolition

Much of the existing layout will be modified; therefore, there will be a significant amount of demolition on both floors. As part of the base building scope, It is expected that all existing asbestos-laden materials, including tile adhesives (if applicable), will be properly removed. It is also expected that existing window films will be removed (and much of the southern exposure will likely be replaced). FM is also hopeful to expedite the construction start by having Beal complete the demolition, and possibly the elevator, lobbies, toilet rooms, and some roof work early as separate projects.

 

Page 2 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Utility Requirements

The utility requirements for mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and electrical systems are listed in tables. The delineation between Base Building and Tenant Improvement utilities is to be confirmed. An equipment utility matrix has been developed to provide the specific criteria for the utilities needed for the final build-out. This matrix also differentiates in more detail which items, other than infrastructure utilities, are expected to be purchased and/or installed/connected as part of the turnkey scope.

Operational Priorities

The FM production and research facilities have operational priorities that are specific to the type of work being performed. It is important that power is maintained, and stand-by power will be required for certain data handling and collecting systems. These systems will need to operate within controlled environments, and stand-by power will be required for maintaining temperatures within key spaces. It is expected that labs and offices will maintain year-round temperature control. It is assumed that regular preventive maintenance will prevent failure of building systems; however, should base building equipment fail, it is expected that equipment will be repaired or replaced immediately, and that spare parts kept in inventory.

 

Page 3 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Architectural Finishes - Narrative

Base Building

Toilet Rooms

Toilet Rooms on both the 4 th and 5 th floor are to be renovated to the same finish level; new floor and wall tiles, patterns, lighting, ceiling type, toilet partitions, millwork details and bathroom accessories as the toilet rooms located at Building 700, First Floor Toilet rooms. This will also include sensors for flushing, sink supply water, soap and paper towel dispensing.

Elevator Lobbies

Lobbies on the 4 th and 5 th floor are to be finished to a similar level as the 1 st floor lobby. This includes full height millwork panels, hung vaulted GWB ceilings and both pendent light fixtures and sconces. Flooring will be a vinyl strip floor with pattern and specialized paint on all non-millwork walls. Primary doors will be 8’-0’. Doors to be a combination of full glass and laminate-wrapped. FM has entertained the idea of placing their reception desk and some waiting area furniture within the Lobby. FM understands that the elevator interiors will be renovated to align with the 1 st floor Lobby style.

Conference Room

A structural column impedes the conference room design and FM has requested to have this removed and structurally reinforced as required.

Exterior Glazing

Old cracked and otherwise damaged UV film shall be removed from exterior windows. New ceramic film shall be installed at all windows with a Southern exposure. New UV film is also required on all of the skylights in need of repair. In addition, FM’s window treatment expectation is for a manual driven shade at each penetration with a glare reducing shade of 2-3% openness.

Utility Rooms

FM is expecting to utilize some space in existing Mechanical and Electrical rooms on each floor to locate items such as air compressor, vacuum pump, water systems, transformers, and power panels. Minimum work will be required of these rooms architecturally.

 

Page 4 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Tenant Improvements

Offices

Executive offices shall include a full height demountable glass wall, aluminum framed storefront type, with mullion and frost pattern and full height sliding glass door at the corridor wall only. Door hardware will be from the manufacturers’ standard selection. Remaining office walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint, plus two accent colors, and sidelights adjacent to 8’ high hinged solid wood doors. Sidelight frames and door frames to be aluminum storefront type. Carpet to be loop graphic sculptured broadloom at 36oz. per square yard with an acrylic-based backing system to prevent edge ravel and delamination. Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. Lighting to be 2’ x 4’ recessed fluorescent basket type, direct/indirect fixture.

Open Offices

Walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint plus three accent colors. Carpet to be loop graphic sculptured broadloom at 36oz. per square yard and an acrylic-based backing system to prevent edge ravel and delamination (35% Carpet Pattern). Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. GWB ceilings with down lights to align with carpet pattern below. Lighting to be 2 x 4’ recessed fluorescent lens fixtures as required for appropriate foot-candles and pendent fixtures in the circulation areas. Existing pendent fixtures to be re-used and supplemented with new as required by quantity. Misc. Doors to be 8’ high hinged solid wood doors. Door frames to be aluminum storefront type.

Large Conference Rooms

Walls shall be GWB finished with vinyl wall covering and 6’ high fabric wrapped tack board above length of credenza. Carpet to be loop graphic sculptured broadloom at 36oz. per square yard and an acrylic-based backing system to prevent edge ravel and delamination (50% Carpet Pattern). Existing ceilings and lighting to remain, with possible improvements to lighting control. A 36-inch high wood veneer credenza shall be added with a solid surface top on each side of the folding partition. The folding partition shall either be replaced with new Modernfold single panel sliding partitions or existing shall be modified to fit new opening size. White boards with wood trim shall be included at each conference room for the full length of the end walls. Audio-visual components include ceiling mounted projectors and recessed screens. Doors to be 8’ high hinged solid wood doors with privacy glass sidelights adjoining. Sidelights and Door frames to be aluminum storefront type. Room darkening shades as required.

 

Page 5 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Small Conference Rooms, Copy/Print and Support

Small Conference rooms shall include a full height demountable glass wall with mullion and frost pattern and full height sliding glass door at the corridor wall only. To maintain optimal views of complex from the elevator lobby, photoelectric glass (not to exceed 2 yards ea) at each of the two small conference room window walls. Room darkening shades. Door hardware will be from the manufacturers standard selection. Remaining walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint, plus two accent colors. Flooring will be a vinyl strip floor with pattern. Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. Lighting to be 2” x 4’ recessed fluorescent lens fixtures as required for appropriate foot-candles and pendent fixtures in the circulation areas. Existing fixtures to be re-used and supplemented with new as required by quantity. A 36-inch high wood veneer credenza shall be added with a solid surface top at the conference room window wall. White boards and tack boards shall also be included for the full length of each adjacent wall. Audio-visual components include ceiling mounted projectors and recessed screens in the larger 4 th floor room. Print rooms and support shall have plastic laminate counters with wood edge band and wood veneer base and upper cabinets. Fabric wrapped tack boards to be included above work surfaces at each room.

Corridors 4 th Floor

Flooring will be a vinyl strip floor with pattern. Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. Existing pendent fixtures to be re-used and supplemented with new as required by quantity. Wall washers and sconces are included to supplement lighting and provide accent lighting. Walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint plus three accent colors.

Corridors 5 th Floor

Walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint plus three accent colors. Carpet to be loop graphic sculptured broadloom at 36oz. per square yard and an acrylic-based backing system to prevent edge ravel and delamination (35% Carpet Pattern). Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. GWB ceilings with down lights to align with carpet pattern below. Existing pendent fixtures to be re-used and supplemented with new as required by quantity. Wall washers and sconces are included to supplement lighting and provide accent lighting.

IT Room

The IT room shall include a full height demountable glass wall, aluminum framed storefront type, with mullion and frost pattern and full height sliding glass door at the corridor wall only. Door hardware will be from the manufactures standard selection. Remaining walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint, plus two accent colors. Ceilings to be 2’ x 2’ acoustic ceiling tile grid system. Lighting to be 2’ x 4’ recessed fluorescent basket type, direct/indirect fixture. Flooring shall be a homogenous conductive static dissipative tile.

 

Page 6 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Communicating Stair

Walls shall be GWB finished with base wall paint plus three accent colors. Carpet to be loop graphic sculptured broadloom at 36oz. per square yard and an acrylic-based backing system to prevent edge ravel and delamination (50% Carpet Pattern) along with vinyl strip flooring with pattern. The existing ceilings/soffits are to remain and receive paint. Existing pendent fixtures to be re-used and supplemented with new linear wall mount cove fixtures. Wall washers and sconces are included to supplement lighting and provide accent lighting. The stair stringers are to be stripped and resurfaced. The stair treads are to be replaced and risers may be added. The hand rail and glass railings are to be replaced with an updated design which is in line with the One Kendall Square complex.

Production Lab

The BL2 Production Labs shall include a full height demountable glass wall, aluminum framed storefront type, with mullion pattern and back painted glass to 42 inches above finished floor and full height sliding glass doors. Door hardware will be from the manufactures standard selection, including electric push buttons. Remaining walls shall be GWB finished with epoxy wall paint, plus two accent colors. Flooring will be sheet vinyl with pattern. Ceilings to be 2’ x 4’ acoustic ceiling tile with vinyl shield. Lighting to be 1’ x 4’ recessed fluorescent lens fixtures over benches and as required for appropriate foot-candles. Pass-thru units will be located between Production labs. Casework to be either fixed, mobile, or a combination of the two, including fume hoods as on the plan. The center areas of the labs will contain ceiling utility panels.

Research Lab

Research Lab walls shall be GWB finished with epoxy wall paint, plus two accent colors. Door hardware will be from the manufacturer’s standard selection. Flooring will be vinyl composition tile with pattern. Ceilings to be 2’ x 4’ lay-in acoustic ceiling tile. Lighting to be 1’ x 4’ recessed fluorescent lens fixtures over benches and as required for appropriate foot-candles. Casework to be either fixed, mobile, or a combination of the two, including fume hoods as on the plan. The center areas of the labs will contain ceiling utility panels.

Lab Support

Walls shall be GWB finished with epoxy wall paint, plus two accent colors. Flooring will be vinyl composition tile, sheet vinyl or epoxy as required. Ceilings to be 2’ x 4’ acoustic ceiling tile or acoustic ceiling tile with vinyl shield. Lighting to be 1’ x 4’ recessed fluorescent lens fixtures over benches and as required for appropriate foot-candles.

 

Page 7 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Base Building (4 th  & 5 th floor Cores) - Architectural Finishes Table

 

Room Type

  

Walls

   Floors    Ceiling
Lobby   

Similar to 1 st

floor lobby

   Vinyl Tile, patterned    GWB Ceiling Panels,
similar to 1
st floor lobby
Conference    Remove existing central column    Not applicable    Not applicable
Toilet Rooms    Tile (per building 700 1 st floor)    Tile (per building 700 1 st
floor)
   Acoustic Ceiling Tile, 2’x2’
Mechanical Rooms    Existing to remain    Sealed Concrete    Existing to remain
Electrical Rooms    Existing to remain    Sealed Concrete    Existing to remain

 

Page 8 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Tenant Improvements - Architectural Finishes Table

 

Room Type

  

Walls

   Floors    Ceiling
Office    Paint, including accent colors    Carpet (up to 4 types)    Acoustic Ceiling Tile, 2’x2’
Open Office    Paint, including accent colors    Carpet, patterned (up to 4
types)
   Acoustic Ceiling Tile, 2’x2’
Conference    Replace existing mobile partition. Room darkening shades.    Carpet, patterned (up to 4
types)
   Existing to remain (or
replace with similar)
Communicating Stair Area    Paint, including accent colors    Carpet and Vinyl Tile,
patterned. Stair upgrade
(TBD)
   Existing to remain (with the
addition of new lighting)
Production Lab    Epoxy paint    Seamless Vinyl, patterned    Acoustic Ceiling Tile, Vinyl
Shield, 2’x4’
Lab    Epoxy paint    Vinyl Tile    Acoustic Ceiling Tile, 2’x4’
Lab Support & Lab Corridors    Epoxy paint    Seamless Vinyl, Vinyl Tile,
or Epoxy
   Acoustic Ceiling Tile, Vinyl
Shield, 2’x4’

 

Page 9 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Base Building - Utility Requirements

 

HVAC    AHU   

New rooftop packaged unit with 21,000 CFM capacity of 100% outside air, 85% filters, delivering 55 degrees supply air temperature year round.

 

Connection to existing base building DDC.

 

Office – 5,000 CFM of 100% outside air.

 

Lab – 16,000 CFM of 100% outside air.

   Ductwork    Replace ductwork risers to accommodate new air flow requirement.
   Boiler    Existing 1394 MBH gas fired boilers to remain on roof (test and refurbish as necessary; replace if necessary). Run both boilers simultaneously at 50% capacity. Re-pipe to parallel flow in lieu of series flow for redundancy.
   Exhaust Fans   

New VFD exhaust fans for tenant labs to match supply air requirements. Existing fans can be tested, rebuilt, and retested which is acceptable. Maintain spare parts. Provide new exhaust fans with VFD’s to supplement additional requirements to match supply air flow.

 

Mechanical, electrical, and toilet room exhaust.

   Heat Pumps    Replace existing units with new to meet tenant requirements.
   Condenser Water Loop    Provide condenser water capacity 24 / 7 for office and lab areas for supplemental cooling requirements.
Plumbing    Backflow Prevention    Test existing units, repair and/or replace, install new if missing.
   pH    Clean and test existing tank, provide new chemical tanks, monitoring recorders and controls and new chemical feed tanks and controls.
   RODI    New equipment (provided by Tenant, with power connection by landlord) to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix, including resistivities of 2 megohm RO and 18 megohm Dl.

 

Page 10 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

   VAC    Landlord to recondition existing equipment to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix.
   CA    New duplex air compressor / desiccant dryer, 100-125 psi, sized to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix.
   Natural Gas    Install new pipe to rooftop unit, or verify existing piping has sufficient capacity.
   Tepid Water    Existing to remain.
Fire Protection    Sprinkler Main    Confirm sprinkler main is adequately sized to 4 th & 5 th floors. Provide base building area sprinkler heads.
   Fire Alarm    Provide integration into Base Building system.
Electrical    Power   

14 W/SF per floor and the ability to re-use existing disconnects panels and transformers if applicable.

Distribution to floors.

   Stand-by Power   

Total stand-by power. Replace existing stand-by generator with new 200 KW estimated, to be determined by tenant requirements.

 

Rooftop sound attenuation as required.

   Life Safety    Emergency lighting and signage at lobbies.
   Tel / Data    Service to secondary demarcation room.
   Security    Tenant to provide proximity card reader preparation at doors as indicated on equipment utility matrix and plan. Stairwells to maintain secure 4 th and 5 th floors, while meeting code requirements.

 

Page 11 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

Tenant Improvements - Utility Requirements

 

HVAC    AHU(s)    Server & Sequencer Rooms require ± 3°F, year-round cooling and stand-by power. Systems proposed are Liebert type units with condenser water requirement, drycooler and pumps with redundancy. Rack integrated Liebert units are also being considered. Current assumption is 10 racks/room or 20 tons of cooling required for these two rooms alone.
   Reheat Coils    Lab temperature set point of 72 degrees.
   Heat Pumps    Office Temperature of 75 degrees, zoning to be determined.
   Exterior Walls    Air treatment at exterior window areas for server and sequencer rooms.
Plumbing    pH    Distribution, including waste above ceiling of 3 rd floor.
   RODI    Distribution to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix
   VAC    Distribution to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix
   CA    Distribution to meet tenant requirements per the equipment utility matrix.
   Natural Gas    None required.
   Tepid Water    Distribution within each floor to recessed combination eyewash / eye shower units.
Fire Protection    Sprinkler    Distribution within each floor. Density for design, ie ordinary hazard group I or group II.
   Specialty System    High Temp heads in Glasswash room.
   Fire Alarm    Distribution within each floor
Electrical    Power   

Distribution within each floor.

 

Wire mold to be a combination of 2400 and 4000 series at benches and equipment walls.

 

Floor boxes at conference rooms and office workstations as required.

 

AV conduit and power wiring as required.

 

Automated doors for Production Labs as required.

 

Page 12 of 13


LOGO

Foundation Medicine, Inc.

Building 300, One Kendall Square

Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

   Stand-by Power    Distribution within each floor as required on the equipment utility matrix.
   Life Safety    Emergency lighting and signage within each floor (except for lobbies and other base building areas)
   Tel / Data   

Distribution from secondary demarcation room to floors.

 

Ring and string of tel/data if required.

 

Cable rack for data wire distribution.

 

Page 13 of 13


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT 6

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

DATE:

BENEFICIARY:

RB KENDALL FEE, LLC

c/o Beal and Company, Inc.

177 Milk Street

Boston, MA 02109

AS “LANDLORD”

APPLICANT:

 

 

Building             

One Kendall Square, MA 02139

AS “TENANT”

AMOUNT: US $            (                     AND

00/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE:            

LOCATION: AT OUR COUNTERS IN BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS

DEAR SER/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “B” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. A DATED CERTIFICATION FROM THE BENEFICIARY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OR AGENT, FOLLOWED BY ITS DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING THE FOLLOWING:

(A) “THE AMOUNT REPRESENTS FUNDS DUE AND OWING TO US FROM APPLICANT PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE BY AND BETWEEN BENEFICIARY, AS LANDLORD, AND APPLICANT, AS TENANT.”

OR

(B) “WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED NOTICE FROM                     BANK THAT LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             WILL NOT BE RENEWED, AND THAT WE HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FROM APPLICANT SATISFACTORY TO US AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.”

 

PAGE 1 OF 3

 

-53-


IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             DATED

THE LEASE AGREEMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE AGREEMENT BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS CREDIT SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CLAIM OR DEFENSE, REAL OR PERSONAL, OF ANY PARTY AS TO THE ENFORCEABILITY OF THE LEASE BETWEEN YOU AND TENANT, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT OUR OBLIGATION SHALL BE THAT OF A PRIMARY OBLIGOR AND NOT THAT OF A SURETY, GUARANTOR OR ACCOMMODATION MAKER. IF YOU DELIVER THE WRITTEN CERTIFICATE REFERENCED ABOVE TO US, (I) WE SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION TO DETERMINE WHETHER ANY OF THE STATEMENTS THEREIN ARE TRUE, (II) OUR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER IF THE STATEMENTS MADE IN SUCH CERTIFICATE ARE UNTRUE IN WHOLE OR IN PART, AND (III) OUR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER IF TENANT DELIVERS INSTRUCTIONS OR CORRESPONDENCE TO WHICH EITHER (A) DENIES THE TRUTH OF THE STATEMENT SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE REFERRED TO ABOVE, OR (B) INSTRUCTS US NOT TO PAY BENEFICIARY ON THIS CREDIT FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWS ARE ALLOWED. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE NOTIFY YOU BY REGISTERED MAIL/OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESSES THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WELL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND SIX (6) MONTHS BEYOND LEASE EXPIRATION.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT COST TO THE BENEFICIARY, ONE OR MORE TIMES BUT IN EACH INSTANCE TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AND ONLY IN THE FULL AMOUNT AVAILABLE TO BE DRAWN UNDER THE LETTER OF CREDIT AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSFER AND ONLY BY THE ISSUING BANK UPON OUR RECEIPT OF THE ATTACHED “EXHIBIT A” DULY COMPLETED AND EXECUTED BY THE BENEFICIARY AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS, IF ANY.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO 10:00 A.M. E.S.T. TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT:                    

 

PAGE 2 OF 3

 

-54-


IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             DATED

BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS             , ATTENTION:                     OR BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT: (617)             ; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (617)            , ATTENTION:                     WITH ORIGINALS TO FOLLOW BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE.

PAYMENT AGAINST CONFORMING PRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE MADE BY BANK DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS OF THE BANK’S OFFICE WITHIN ONE (1) BUSINESS DAY AFTER PRESENTATION.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE DRAWERS, ENDORSERS AND BONAFIDE HOLDERS THAT THE DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO THE DRAWEE, IF NEGOTIATED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500.

 

           

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

    

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

  

 

PAGE 3 OF 3

 

-55-


EXHIBIT “A”

DATE:

TO:

 

   RE: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             ISSUED

ATTN:

   BY L/C AMOUNT:

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

(ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

SINCERELY,

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

 

        (NAME OF BANK)

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

-56-


EXHIBIT “B”

 

 

DATE:                     

   REF. NO.                     

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                        US$                     

USDOLLARS

 

    
    

DRAWN UNDER              BANK, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.              DATED                     

 

TO:

                        BANK      
  

 

        
               
                        , MA                 (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)   

 

       
Authorized Signature  

 

-57-


EXHIBIT 7

ESTIMATED BUDGET

 

-58-


ONE KENDALL SQUARE

Building 300 - Lab

RSF: 65,418

CY 2010 Estimated OPEX/RETX

OPEX:

 

Description

   Total
Complex
Operating
Expenses
          Building
Specific
Operating
Expenses
     TOTAL
OPERATING
EXPENSES
 

Payroll

     85,321.53            —        

Janitorial/Trash/Day Porter

     38,494.58            21,874.70      

Utilities

     1,050.92            99,932.90      

Repair & Maintenance

     10,952.16            82,117.81      

Security & Alarms

     43,226.17            4,240.02      

General & Administrative

     12,752.08            61,881.00      

Grounds Care

     6,182.60            944.16      

Snow Removal

     1,799.39            —        

Parking Maintenance

     —              —        
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CAMC

   $ 199,779.44       +    $ 270,990.59       $ 470,770.03   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
OPEX TOTAL COST/RSF:       $ 7.20   

RE TAX:

 

Description

   Total
Complex
RETX
Expenses
            Building
Specific
RETX
Expenses
     TOTAL
RETX
EXPENSES
 
           
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real Estate Tax

   $ —           +       $ 297,207.02       $ 297,207.02   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

RETX TOTAL COST/RSF:

  

   $ 4.54   

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION

LEASE

THIS LEASE (“ Lease ”) is dated as of February 4, 2013 (“ Effective Date ”) between the Landlord and the Tenant named below, and is of space in the Building described below.

Preamble

Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into a long term lease arrangement providing for the build out and lease of premises consisting of approximately 61,226 rentable square feet in the Building (the “ Permanent Space ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in a document entitled, “Lease Proposal Foundation Medicine”, dated January 14, 2013 (the “Lease Proposal”). Pending the negotiation of that lease and the improvement of the Permanent Space, Landlord agrees to provide a short term lease for premises located outside the Permanent Space on the first floor of the Building in order to accommodate Tenant’s relocation needs subject to the terms and provisions as hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE I

BASIC DATA; DEFINITIONS

1.1 Basic Data . Each reference in this Lease to any of the following terms shall be construed to incorporate the data for that term set forth in this Section:

Landlord: 150 Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Landlord’s Address: c/o Skanska USA Commercial Development Inc., 253 Summer Street Boston, MA 02210, Attn: Shawn Hurley.

Tenant: Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Tenant’s Address: Prior to the Term Commencement Date: 300 One Kendall Square, Suite B3501, Cambridge, MA 02139. After the Term Commencement Date: 150 Second Street, Cambridge, MA 02139.

Building: The building located at 150 Second Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Land: The parcel of land upon which the Building is situated as further described on the attached Exhibit A .

Property: The Land together with the Building and other improvements thereon.

Premises: The space located on the first floor of the Building and shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Premises Rentable Area: Approximately, but no greater than 10,000 rentable square feet.


Base Rent: The Base Rent for the Term is $12,250.00 per month inclusive of all charges for real estate taxes, insurance and operating expenses except as expressly set forth herein and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.2.

Additional Rent: All charges and sums which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, other than and in addition to Base Rent.

Rent: Base Rent and Additional Rent.

Term Commencement Date: See Section 4.1.

Rent Commencement Date: The Term Commencement Date.

Expiration Date: The earlier of: (i) the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) month following the Term Commencement Date; or (ii) the Early Termination Date as defined in Section 2.4.

Term: The period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and expiring at 11:59 p.m. on the Expiration Date, unless terminated sooner on an Early Termination Date as defined in Section 2.4 or otherwise as provided herein.

General Liability Insurance: $2,000,000.00 per occurrence/$5,000,000.00 aggregate (combined single limit) for property damage, bodily injury and death.

Permitted Use: General office purposes.

Brokers: Jones Lang LaSalle and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners.

Agents: Officers, directors, members, managers, partners, employees, servants, agents and representatives.

Force Majeure: Collectively and individually, strikes, lockouts or other labor troubles, fire or other casualty, accidents, acts of God, governmental preemption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency, shortages of fuel, supplies or labor, or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform an obligation, excluding financial constraints of such party.

Business Days: All days except Saturdays, Sundays, and other days when federal or state banks in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are not open for business.

Normal Business Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on all Business Days.

Applicable Law: All laws, rules, regulations, statutes, orders, ordinances, by-laws, permitting and licensing requirements, as amended from time to time, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and any applicable state and local regulations regarding architectural access or comparable regulations imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

2


Governmental Authority: All governmental or quasi governmental bodies, agencies, departments, boards, offices, commissions or authorities possessing or claiming jurisdiction with regard to the Tenant or the Property.

1.2 Exhibits . All Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE II

PREMISES, APPURTENANT RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS;

EARLY TERMINATION

2.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises, to have and to hold, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Exceptions/Exclusions . Excepted and excluded from the Premises and the Common Facilities are the ceiling, floor, perimeter walls and exterior windows (except the inner surface of each thereof), and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, but the entry doors to the Premises are a part thereof, together with related glass and finish work. Landlord shall have the right to place in the Premises (making reasonable efforts not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises) interior storm windows, sun control devices, utility lines, cables and wiring, equipment, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts and the like.

2.2 Appurtenant Rights and Landlord Reservations .

(a) Appurtenant Rights; Parking .

Subject to the matters set forth in subsection (i) below, Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right to use, and permit its invitees to use in common with Landlord and others, public or common lobbies, hallways, loading docks and common walkways necessary for access to the Building and the Premises, common bathrooms; and other areas or facilities (if any) which are located in or on the Property and designated by Landlord from time to time for the non-exclusive use of tenants and other occupants of the Building (collectively, the “Common Facilities” ).

Tenant’s employees and invitees shall be entitled to use up to ten (10) parking spaces on an unreserved, non-exclusive basis, of which seven (7) of such parking spaces shall be located in the Building garage at a monthly fee of $225 per space and three (3) of such parking spaces shall be located in the surface lot adjacent to the Building at a monthly fee of $175 per space. If additional parking spaces are available in the Building garage or adjacent surface lot at any time during the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use such additional spaces on a monthly basis at the lesser of the rates set forth in the preceding sentence and the parking rates then in effect.

(i) Limitations . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall always be subject to (a) reservations, restrictions, easements and encumbrances of record, as amended from time to time, (b) such rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord with respect to the Property pursuant to Section 6.3(c) (the “Rules and Regulations” ), and (c) Landlord’s reservations set forth in subsection (b) below or elsewhere in this Lease.

 

3


(b) Landlord Reservations .

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to: (i) grant, modify and terminate easements and other encumbrances so long as the same do not materially and adversely interfere with the Permitted Use of the Premises by Tenant, (ii) designate and change from time to time areas and facilities that may be used by Tenant provided such designations or changes do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises , (iii) make additions to the Building, (iv) demolish portions of the Building and other improvements on the Land provided such demolition does not materially adversely affect the Premises, (v) construct other improvements at the Property, (vi) post “For Sale” and “For Lease” signs on the Property at any time during the Term, (vii) change the name and street address of the Building, and (viii) relocate Tenant, upon prior written notice delivered not less than 30 days prior to relocation, to other comparable space within the Building at any time during the Term; provided, however, that Landlord shall pay all reasonable costs of moving Tenant to such other space including the breakdown, move and set-up of furniture and equipment, the establishment of all telephonic, computer, internet and other electronic connections, moving files, and replacing stationery and signage with substantially equivalent materials.

Landlord further reserves the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours for the purpose of inspecting the Premises, doing maintenance, making repairs and replacements, reading meters or otherwise exercising its rights or fulfilling its obligations under this Lease, including without limitation, its rights as set forth in Section 9.1 hereof, and Landlord also shall have the right to make access available at all reasonable hours to prospective or existing mortgagees, purchasers or tenants of any part of the Property. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to market the Premises for lease during the Term. Except in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to notify Tenant in advance of any such entry, to avoid disruption to Tenant’s operations, and to provide Tenant with peaceful enjoyment of the Premises.

2.3 Access/Security . Tenant shall have access to the Premises at all times, subject to security precautions from time to time in effect (and subject always to restrictions based on emergency conditions. If and to the extent that Tenant desires to provide security for the Premises or for such persons or their property, Tenant shall be responsible at its own expense for so doing, after having first consulted with Landlord and after obtaining Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall maintain an internal and external security system for the Building in accordance with customary building security procedures that incorporates methods to address security issues and breaches immediately when they arise; provided, that Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s security arrangements may not involve on-site security personnel directly located at the Building.

2.4 Early Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Term of this Lease shall automatically terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the Lease Commencement Date as defined in the lease by and between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the Permanent Space; or (ii) the ninetieth (90 th ) day after Landlord

 

4


provides written notice of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole discretion provided that but for a Default of Tenant hereunder Landlord shall not terminate this Lease if the parties enter into a lease for the Permanent Space (in either case of (i) or (ii), the “ Early Termination Date ”).

ARTICLE III

BASE RENT

3.1 Payment .

The first month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, equal monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease. In the event that any installment of Base Rent or any payment of Additional Rent is not paid when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an administrative fee equal to 5% of the overdue amount.

3.2 Adjusted Rent .

If Landlord and Tenant are unable to enter into a separate lease agreement for the lease of the Permanent Space based on the Lease Proposal, notwithstanding their best efforts exercised in good faith to do so (a “ Failure to Lease Permanent Space Event ”), then the Base Rent shall automatically increase retroactively from the Rent Commencement Date to $525,000.00 per annum payable in monthly installments of $43,750.00. Tenant shall receive a credit against the adjusted rent for all amounts of Base Rent previously paid. In addition to the adjusted Base Rent, Tenant shall be responsible retroactively for the payment to Landlord, as Additional Rent, of Tenant’s pro rata share for the Premises Rentable Area as a percentage of all real estate taxes, insurance and operating expenses pertaining to the Building.

ARTICLE IV

TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

4.1 Term Commencement Date . The “Term Commencement Date” shall be the day following the date on which Landlord substantially completes Landlord’s Work, as defined in Section 5.1.

Subject to the foregoing provision, Landlord anticipates that the Term Commencement Date shall be 45 days from the Effective Date. Promptly upon the occurrence of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant written notice confirming same, but Landlord’s failure to deliver such notice shall not constitute a default by Landlord or affect the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder.

 

5


ARTICLE V

CONDITION OF PREMISES

5.1 Preparation of the Premises . Prior to the delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall cause to be designed and constructed at its own expense the improvements to the Premises shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Exhibit C (collectively, “ Landlord’s Work ”). All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner.

Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Work to comply with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 1201 et seq. and applicable state and municipal laws, ordinances, and any regulation of any public authority as they relate to the Premises and the Building. Tenant may not make any alterations to the Premises.

5.2 Early Entry . During the performance of Landlord’s Work, Tenant’s vendors shall have access to the Premises for installation of telecommunications wiring and installation of furniture, provided that such installation is coordinated with Landlord to avoid additional costs by Landlord and delay of completion of Landlord’s Work.

ARTICLE VI

USE OF PREMISES

6.1 Permitted Use . Tenant agrees that the Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant only for the Permitted Use and for no other use without Landlord’s prior express written consent.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it has performed all investigations it has deemed necessary to satisfy itself that the use of the Premises for the Permitted Use is authorized under Applicable Law, including without limitation, all zoning laws in effect in the City of Cambridge, and that Landlord has made no representations or warranties to Tenant with respect thereto.

6.2 Signage . Tenant shall furnish at Tenant’s expense and Landlord shall install, at Landlord’s expense Tenant entry signage on the interior entry of all doors to the Premises. Such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant will not place on the exterior of the Premises (including both interior and exterior surfaces of doors and interior surfaces of windows) or on any part of the Building outside the Premises or any portion of the Premises visible from outside the Premises, any sign, symbol, advertisement or the like visible to public view outside of the Premises. Landlord shall provide at Landlord’s expense identification of Tenant’s name and suite on the Building directory.

6.3 Other Requirements . Tenant agrees to conform to the following provisions during the Term of this Lease:

(a) Tenant shall not perform any act or carry on any practice which may injure the Premises, or any other part of the Building or the Property;

(b) Tenant shall, in its use of the Premises, comply with Applicable Law; and

 

6


(c) Tenant shall abide by the Rules and Regulations from time to time established by Landlord, the current version of which are attached hereto as Exhibit D . Landlord will not adopt any Rules and Regulations that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s occupancy and enjoyment of the Premises for the Permitted Use. In the event that there shall be a conflict between such Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

6.4 Hazardous Materials .

Tenant will be responsible for (and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from) any Environmental Conditions on, in or under the Premises caused by Tenant or any party acting under Tenant’s control. “ Environmental Conditions ” mean conditions where Hazardous Materials are present to the extent that any reporting, remediation or other action is required under any Environmental Laws. “ Hazardous Materials ” include: (i) any flammable, explosive, toxic, radioactive, biological, corrosive or otherwise hazardous chemical, substance, liquid, gas, device, form of energy, material or waste or component thereof, (ii) petroleum-based products, diesel fuel, paints, solvents, lead, radioactive materials, cyanide, arsenic, biohazards, printing inks, acids, metals, pesticides, ammonia compounds, and any other items which are found to have an adverse effect on the environment or the health and safety of persons or animals, and (iii) any item defined as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous waste”, “regulated substance” or “toxic substance” under any Laws, and all regulations, guidelines, directives and other requirements thereunder, all as may be amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”). The within covenants and indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Landlord expressly reserves the right to enter the Premises to perform regular inspections upon at least 24 hours prior written notice to Tenant, and only in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or business operations.

ARTICLE VII

INSTALLATIONS AND ALTERATIONS BY TENANT

7.1 General . Tenant shall have no authority, without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, to alter, remodel, reconstruct, demolish, add to, improve or otherwise change the Premises, except that Tenant shall have such authority, without the consent of Landlord, to make repairs to the Premises and do such things as are appropriate to comply with the obligations imposed on Tenant under other provisions of this Lease.

7.2 Tenant’s Removable Property . All articles of personal property and all business fixtures, machinery and equipment and furniture owned or installed by Tenant solely at its expense in the Premises ( “Tenant’s Removable Property” ) shall remain the property of Tenant free of an Landlord’s lien or other encumbrance that may be asserted by Landlord, and shall be removed by Tenant at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, provided that Tenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage to the Property caused by such removal.

 

7


7.3 Mechanics’ Liens . Tenant shall not cause or permit to be recorded, filed, claimed or asserted against the Premises any mechanic’s lien for supplies, machinery, tools, equipment, labor or material contracted for by, through or under such party and furnished or used in connection with any construction, development, alteration, improvement, addition to, demolition of, repair to or maintenance of the Premises, or any tax lien, judgment lien or other involuntary lien of any nature, and if Tenant causes or permits any such lien to be so recorded, filed, claimed or asserted, Tenant shall cause the same to be released or discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter. If Tenant breaches the foregoing covenant, then Landlord may cause any such claimed lien to be released of record by bonding or payment or any other means available. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all sums paid and costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the nondefaulting party in connection therewith.

ARTICLE VIII

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall not assign, transfer, license or sublease (in whole or in part or parts) this Lease or its rights hereunder (in whole or in part or parts), without Landlord’s consent which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

ARTICLE IX

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS

9.1 Landlord’s Obligations . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord agrees to keep in good order, condition and repair the roof, Structure (as defined below) the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior window units and glass and exterior doors and related glass), all shared Building Systems and Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Structure” means the load bearing portions of the walls, columns, beams, concrete slab, footings, and structural beams of the roof, in each case as necessary to preserve the load bearing capacity thereof. Landlord also agrees to (a) keep and maintain all Common Facilities in a good and clean order, condition and repair, (b) keep all driveways, pedestrian walkways, and parking areas on the Property reasonably free of snow and ice and free of accumulation of dirt and rubbish, and (c) keep and maintain all landscaped areas on the Property in a neat and orderly condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to maintain, repair or replace (i) Tenant’s Removable Property, (ii) , any improvements to the Building or equipment located within the Premises, or located elsewhere on the Property and serving the Premises exclusively constructed or installed by Tenant, or (iii) any supplemental equipment or Building Systems installed by Tenant or at Tenant’s request or as a result of Tenant’s requirements in excess of building standard design criteria (collectively, “Tenant’s Exclusive Facilities” ).

Landlord reserves the right, exercisable by itself or its employees, agents or contractors, at any time and from time to time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and, except in the event of an emergency, upon prior written notice to Tenant, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Building (including the Premises) and the fixtures and equipment of the Building, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, and stairways of the Building, as it may deem necessary or desirable, and to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or

 

8


passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building; provided, however, that Tenant is given reasonable advance notice of alterations or repairs, there be no unreasonable obstruction of the right of access to, or material interference with the use and enjoyment of, the Premises by Tenant, except temporarily during construction or other work and with reasonable alternative arrangements furnished during such construction at Landlord’s cost to mitigate the effects of such disruption. Landlord shall perform such activities in a manner which minimizes disruption of the business operations conducted within the Premises, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to employ labor at so-called “overtime” or other premium pay rates. Nothing contained in this ARTICLE IX shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or liability of Tenant with respect to making or causing to be made any repair, replacement or improvement or complying with any law, order or requirement of any governmental or other authority. Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant shall give Tenant any right or easement or the use of any door or any passage or any concourse connecting with any other building or to any public convenience, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses and such other conveniences may be regulated or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder and without Landlord incurring any liability to Tenant therefor.

Landlord shall not be responsible to make any improvements or repairs to the Building other than as expressly provided in this Section 9.1, unless expressly provided otherwise in this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Landlord shall in no event be responsible for any (i) repair of glass in the Premises, the doors (or related glass and finish work) leading to the Premises, or (ii) any condition in the Premises, the Building or the Property caused by any act or neglect of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents, invitees or independent contractors.

Landlord shall never be liable for any failure to perform any of its maintenance, repair or replacement obligations under this Lease unless Tenant has given notice to Landlord of the need to perform the same, and Landlord fails to commence to perform the same within a reasonable time thereafter, or fails to proceed with reasonable diligence, competence or care to complete such performance.

9.2 Tenant’s Obligations .

(a) Except to the extent specifically required of Landlord under Section 9.1 , Tenant will keep the Premises and Tenant’s Exclusive Facilities and every part thereof neat, clean and sanitary, and will keep its trash free of rodents and vermin and suitably store same at Tenant’s sole cost in the Premises or at other locations in the Building or on the Property designated by Landlord, and in receptacles approved by Landlord, from time to time, and will maintain the Premises (including without limitation, any interior glass and Tenant’s Exclusive Facilities, but excluding glass on exterior walls), and the Structure in good order, condition and repair, excepting only reasonable wear and tear of the Premises, and damage by fire or other casualty or as a consequence of the exercise of the power of eminent domain; and Tenant shall surrender the Premises and Tenant’s Exclusive Facilities (with the exception of Tenant’s Removable Property) to Landlord, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in such condition. Without limitation, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with, and cause the Premises and Tenant’s Exclusive Facilities to comply with all Applicable Law and the standards recommended by the local Board of Fire Underwriters applicable to Tenant’s use and occupancy

 

9


of the Premises, and shall, at Tenant’s expense, timely obtain all permits, licenses and the like required thereby. Subject to Section 11.3 regarding waiver of subrogation, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairs and replacements which may be made necessary by reason of damage to the Building to the extent caused by any negligence of Tenant, or its Agents, invitees or independent contractors (including any damage by fire or other casualty arising therefrom).

(b) If Tenant is required to repair, replace or maintain any portion of the Building pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and Tenant fails to commence to perform such act within ten (10) days’ after Landlord’s written notice, or fails to complete such act so commenced within thirty (30) days of said notice, unless such act could not reasonably be completed within thirty (30) days, then within such period as reasonably determined by Landlord (except that no notice shall be required in the event of an emergency), Landlord may perform such act (but shall not be required to do so) and be reimbursed for its costs. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage whatsoever that may accrue to Tenant’s stock or business or property by reason of Landlord’s performing such acts.

ARTICLE X

UTILITIES AND OTHER SERVICES

10.1 Heating, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning . Landlord shall, during Normal Business Hours, furnish at its cost (subject to the provisions of Section 3.2) heating and cooling as normal seasonal changes may require to provide reasonably comfortable space temperature and ventilation for occupants of the Premises under normal business operation. If Tenant shall require air conditioning, heating or ventilation outside the hours and days above specified, Tenant shall pay therefor such charges on a pro rata basis for the Premises Rentable Area as may from time to time be in effect for the Building upon demand as Additional Rent. In the event Tenant introduces into the Building personnel or equipment which overloads the capacity of any Building System or in any other way interferes with the Building System’s ability to perform adequately its proper functions, supplementary systems may, if and as needed and upon prior notice to Tenant, at Landlord’s option, be provided by Landlord, and the cost of such supplementary systems shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent.

10.2 Electricity and Telephone .

(a) General . Tenant shall pay all charges for electricity and telephone services directly to the utility provider.

 

10


(b) Electricity . Tenant agrees to pay all charges for electricity for lighting and equipment in the Premises. If the Premises are separately metered, then Tenant shall pay the electric company furnishing the electricity directly and, if requested by Landlord, provide Landlord with evidence of such payment. If the Premises are not separately metered, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand from time to time, as additional rent, the cost of all electricity consumed in the Premises, as said cost shall be the actual cost without markup as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time based on methods reasonably approved by Tenant.

(c) Capacity . Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that its electrical demand requirement shall be ordinary and customary for the Permitted Use, and that it has no reason to believe that such demand requirement will adversely affect the Building’s electrical system. Tenant’s use of electrical energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the maximum capacity permitted from time to time under Applicable Law and Tenant shall repair any damage caused by Tenant’s failure to observe such requirements.

(d) No Landlord Liability . Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure or defect in the supply or character of electrical energy furnished to the Premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public or other utility serving the Building with electricity unless due to the act or omission of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or independent contractors. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense that Tenant may sustain or incur if the quantity, character or supply of electrical energy is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements unless due to the negligent act or omission of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or independent contractors.

(e) Limitation on Equipment . In order to assure that the capacity of the electrical system of the Building is not exceeded and to avert possible damage thereto, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, connect any fixtures, appliances or equipment to the Building’s electric distribution system other than ordinary and customary electrical equipment normally found in business offices and not drawing more than the building standard, as adjusted by Landlord from time to time.

10.3 Other Services . Landlord shall also provide the following services:

(a) Water and sewer service to the common area bathrooms.

(b) Cleaning and janitorial services for the common areas of the building, substantially in accordance with the cleaning standards from time to time in effect for the Building.

Temporary Interruption of Service . Landlord reserves the right to curtail, suspend, interrupt and/or stop for a temporary period of time the supply and/or flow of water, sewage, electrical current, cleaning and other services, and to curtail, suspend, interrupt and/or stop use for a temporary period of time of entrances and/or lobbies serving as access to the Building, or other portions of the Property, without thereby incurring any liability to Tenant, when necessary or advisable, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by reason of accident or

 

11


emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements necessary or advisable, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, or when prevented from supplying such services or use due to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, invitees or independent contractors or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant or by Force Majeure. If Landlord acts in accordance with the foregoing, no diminution or abatement of Base Rent or Additional Rent, nor any direct, indirect or consequential damages shall be claimed by Tenant as a result of, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected or reduced by reason of, any such interruption, curtailment, suspension or stoppage in the furnishing of the foregoing services or use, irrespective of the cause thereof. In addition, failure or omission on the part of Landlord to furnish any of the foregoing services or use as provided in this Article shall not: (i) be construed as an eviction of Tenant, actual or constructive; (ii) entitle Tenant to an abatement of Base Rent or Additional Rent; (iii) release Tenant from prompt fulfillment of any of its covenants under this Lease; or (iv) except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents, render the Landlord liable in damages.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

11.1 Indemnification .

(a) Tenant’s Indemnity . Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents, Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against all claims, losses, cost, damages, liabilities or expenses of whatever nature arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever to any person, or to the property of any person: (i) occurring in or about the Premises; (ii) occurring outside of the Premises but on or about the Property, where such accident, damage or injury results or is claimed to have resulted from any act or omission on the part of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, invitees or independent contractors ; (iii) arising from the use or occupancy of the Premises or of any business conducted therein, and, in any case under clauses (i) through (ii), occurring (A) after the Term Commencement Date until the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, and (B) thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of all or any part of the Premises; or (iv) arising from any default or breach by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents under the terms or covenants of this Lease. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include an indemnity against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or any proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof, including without limitation, reasonable Attorneys’ Fees and costs at both the trial and appellate levels; provided, notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, except for Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of Article IV, Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any loss of business or any other indirect or consequential damages suffered by Landlord from whatever cause. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, regardless of the cause of such expiration or earlier termination. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to third parties to the extent caused by the negligence or misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents.

 

12


11.2 Insurance .

(a) Tenant’s Commercial General Liability . Tenant agrees to maintain in full force from the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term of this Lease, and thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of all or any part of the Premises, a policy of commercial general liability insurance (using the current Insurance Services Offices (“ ISO ”) form) under which the insurer agrees to indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to hold Landlord, and those in privity of estate with Landlord, harmless from and against all cost, expense and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages set forth in Section 11.1(a), subject to standard terms and conditions set forth in such policy.

(b) Tenant Property Damage Insurance . Tenant agrees to maintain in full force from the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term of this Lease, and thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of all or any part of the Premises, a policy of property damage insurance (ISO Causes of Loss – Special Form) with a business income endorsement and a utility services – time element limited endorsement, under which the insurer agrees to indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to hold Landlord, and those in privity of estate with Landlord, harmless from and against all cost, expense and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages set forth in Section 11.1(a), subject to standard terms and conditions set forth in such policy.

(c) Tenant Insureds/Umbrella Policy . With respect to the above-referenced commercial general liability and property insurance policies:

(i) Insured/Named Insureds . Tenant shall be named as an insured and Landlord and such other persons as are in privity of estate with Landlord as may be set out in a notice to Tenant from time to time, shall named as additional insureds; and

(ii) Umbrella Policy . Tenant may satisfy such insurance requirements by including the Premises in a so-called “blanket” and/or “umbrella” insurance policy, provided that the amount of coverage allocated to the Premises shall fulfill the requirements set forth herein. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy shall be written on an “occurrence” basis, and shall be in at least the amounts of the General Liability Insurance specified in Section 1.1 or such greater amounts as Landlord in its reasonable discretion shall from time to time request.

(d) Tenant Casualty Insurance . Tenant agrees to maintain in full force from the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term of this Lease, and thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of all or any part of the Premises, property insurance (ISO Causes of Loss – Special Form) on a “replacement cost” basis, insuring Tenant’s Removable Property, and Landlord’s Work, to the extent that the same have not become the property of Landlord.

(e) Tenant’s General Insurance Requirements . Each policy required hereunder shall be non-cancelable, and non-amendable solely with respect to Landlord and

 

13


Landlord’s said designees interests in such policies, without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. With respect to all insurance which Tenant is required to carry hereunder. Tenant shall, prior to entering the Premises for any reason, deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with respect thereto.

(f) Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall insure the Property, including the Building and Premises, against damage by fire and other standard perils, and shall carry public liability insurance, all in such reasonable amounts as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area. Tenant acknowledges that insurance carried by Landlord shall not be in lieu of any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, or Tenant’s Agents, contractors or invitees for any damage to or loss of personal property (including, but not limited to, claims for the interruption of or loss to Tenant’s business arising from the loss of personal property ) based on, arising out of or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, repairs to any portion of the Premises or the Property, any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance and/or any other crime or casualty, the actions of any other tenants of the Building or of any other person or persons, or any leakage in any part or portion of the Premises or the Building, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into, or flow from any part of the Premises or the Building, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Building, except for damage to or loss of personal property of Tenant’s Agents, invitees and independent contractors when due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents.

11.3 Waiver of Subrogation . The parties hereto shall each procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement to, any property insurance policy on the Property, including the Building and the Premises, or any personal property, fixtures or equipment located thereon or therein, pursuant to which the insurer waives subrogation or consents to a waiver of right of recovery in favor of either party and its respective Agents. Having obtained such clauses and/or endorsements, each party hereby agrees that it will not make any claim against or seek to recover from the other or its Agents for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other perils covered by such property insurance.

ARTICLE XII

FIRE, EMINENT DOMAIN, ETC.

If the Premises shall be damaged by fire or casualty, the rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall abate or be reduced proportionately for the period in which, by reason of such damage, there is substantial interference with the operation of Tenant’s use of the Premises, having regard to the extent to which Tenant may be required to discontinue Tenant’s use of the Premises, but such abatement or reduction shall end if and when Landlord shall have substantially restored the Premises (exclusive of any of Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, equipment and the like or work performed therein by Tenant) to substantially the condition in which the Premises were in prior to such damage .

If any part of the Building is taken by any exercise of the power of eminent domain, as a result of which there is substantial interference with the operation of Tenant’s use of the Premises, then the rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall be justly and equitably abated and reduced according to the nature and extent of the loss of use thereof suffered by Tenant.

 

14


If the Premises or the Building are substantially effected by fire, casualty or a taking by an exercise of the right of eminent domain (the term “substantially effected” meaning damage of such a character that (i) the Premises are rendered totally or partially inaccessible or unusable by Tenant in the ordinary conduct of the Tenant’s business, and (ii) the same cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired or replaced within ninety (90) days from the time that repair work would commence or the taking is completed), then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to the other party of such election so to do, whereupon this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.

ARTICLE XIII

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

13.1 Tenant .

(a) Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate containing such statements of fact as Landlord reasonably requests.

(b) Financial Statements . Tenant shall, without charge therefor, at any time, within ten (10) business days following a request by Landlord, deliver to Landlord, or to any other party designated by Landlord and is bound by confidentiality restrictions acceptable to Tenant, a true and accurate copy of Tenant’s most recent financial statements.

13.2 Landlord .

(a) Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, on payment of the Rent and observing, keeping and performing all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed, kept and performed, Tenant shall lawfully, peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term hereof, without hindrance or ejection by any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord to have title to the Premises superior to Tenant. The foregoing covenant of quiet enjoyment is in lieu of any other covenant, express or implied.

13.3 As to Both Parties .

(a) Recording . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease or any notice thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE XIV

HOLDING OVER; SURRENDER

14.1 Holding Over . Any holding over by Tenant after the Expiration Date shall be treated as a daily tenancy at sufferance at a rent equal to 200% of the Adjusted Rent as set forth in Section 3.2 (prorated on a daily basis). Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all damages, direct and/or indirect, sustained by reason of any such holding over. In all other respects, such holding over shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as far as applicable.

 

 

15


14.2 Surrender of Premises . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises in the condition in which the same are required to be kept pursuant to Section 9.2, together with Landlord’s Work, excepting only ordinary wear and use and damage by fire or other casualty for which, under other provisions of this Lease, Tenant has no responsibility to repair or restore. Upon such expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove from the Premises (i) all of Tenant’s Removable Property, and (ii) to the extent specified by Landlord at the time of their installation, all Landlord’s Work, and all partitions wholly within the Premises unless installed initially by Landlord in preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy; and shall repair any damages to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. Any Tenant’s Removable Property which shall remain in the Building or on the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned, and either may be retained by Landlord as its property or may be disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEES

15.1 Rights of Mortgagees . This Lease is and shall be subordinate to any mortgage from time to time encumbering the Premises, whether executed and delivered prior to or subsequent to the date of this Lease, if the holder of such mortgage shall so elect. Tenant agrees to execute such instruments of subordination in confirmation of the foregoing agreement as such holder may reasonably request.

ARTICLE XVI

DEFAULT; REMEDIES

16.1 Tenant’s Default .

(a) If at any time subsequent to the date of this Lease any one or more of the following events (each a “Default of Tenant” ) shall happen:

(i) Tenant shall fail to pay the Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder when due and such failure shall continue for three (3) days after written notice to Tenant from Landlord; or

(ii) Tenant shall neglect or fail to perform or observe any other covenant herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed and Tenant shall fail to remedy the same within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant specifying such neglect or failure; provided, however that if such failure is of such a nature that Tenant cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall have an additional period, not to exceed ninety (90) days after the notice described in this subsection (ii), to remedy same, so long as Tenant promptly commences (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) and prosecutes such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity; or

 

16


(iii) Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall be adjudicated insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief for itself under any present or future Federal, State or other statute, law or regulation for the relief of debtors (other than the Bankruptcy Code, as hereinafter defined), or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or

(iv) An Event of Bankruptcy (as hereinafter defined) shall occur with respect to Tenant; or

(v) A petition shall be filed against Tenant under any law (other than the Bankruptcy Code) seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any present or future Federal State or other statute, law or regulation and shall remain undismissed or unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive), or if any trustee, conservator, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or any substantial part of its properties shall be appointed without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant and such appointment shall remain unvacated or unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive);

(vi) If: (x)  Tenant shall fail to pay the Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder when due or shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed and Tenant shall cure any such failure within the applicable grace period set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) above; or (y)  a Default of Tenant of the kind set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) above shall occur and Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, permit Tenant to cure such Default of Tenant after the applicable grace period has expired; and the same or a similar failure shall occur two times within the next 365 days (whether or not such similar failure is cured within any applicable grace period);

then in any such case Landlord may terminate this Lease as hereinafter provided.

(vii) For purposes of subsection (a)(iv) above, an “Event of Bankruptcy” means the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant, or the entry of an order for relief against Tenant, under Chapter 7, 11, or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the term “Bankruptcy Code” means 11 U.S.C §101, et seq .

16.2 Landlord’s Remedies .

Upon the occurrence of a Default of Tenant, Landlord lawfully may immediately terminate this Lease by providing notice to Tenant and may use due course of law to evict Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant, and may use any other lawful remedies; and Tenant covenants that in case of such termination, Tenant will forthwith pay to Landlord as damages a sum equal to the amount by which the rent and other payments called for hereunder for the remainder of the term exceed the fair rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the

 

17


term, and, in addition thereto, will during the remainder of the term, pay to Landlord on the last day of each calendar month the difference, if any, between the rental (including without limitation Base Rent and Additional Rent) which would have been due for such month had there been no such termination and the sum of the amount being received by Landlord as rent from occupants of the Premises, if any, and the applicable prorated amount of the damages previously paid to Landlord.

16.3 Waiver .

(a) Failure on the part of Landlord or Tenant to complain of any action or non-action on the part of the other, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never by a waiver by Tenant or Landlord of any of their respective rights hereunder. Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by the other.

(b) No payment by Tenant, or acceptance by Landlord, of a lesser amount than that due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account of the earliest installment of any payment due from Tenant hereunder. The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant.

16.4 Landlord’s Default . Landlord shall in no event be in default under this Lease unless Landlord shall neglect or fail to perform any of its obligations hereunder and shall fail to remedy the same within thirty (30) days after notice to Landlord specifying such neglect or failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that Landlord cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and to prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity.

16.5 Tenant’s Remedies . In the event of Landlord’s default under this Lease, and failure to cure same within any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall have the remedies available to it at law and in equity, as the same may be limited or waived by the terms hereof. Tenant acknowledges that its covenant to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder is independent of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and that in the event that Tenant shall have a claim against Landlord, Tenant shall not have the right to deduct the amount allegedly owed to Tenant from any Base Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder, it being understood that Tenant’s sole remedy for recovering upon such claim shall be to bring an independent legal action against Landlord.

 

18


16.6 Landlord’s Liability .

(a) General . Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s equity interest in the Property at the time of recovery for recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and agrees that neither Landlord nor any Successor shall be personally liable for any such judgment, or for the payment of any monetary obligation to Tenant. The provision contained in the foregoing sentence is not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or any Successor, or to take any action not involving the personal liability of Landlord or any Successor to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s or any Successor’s assets other than Landlord’s or any Successor’s equity interest in the Property. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Landlord shall never be liable to Tenant for any loss of business or any other indirect or consequential damages suffered by Tenant from whatever cause.

ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

17.1 Brokerage . The parties warrant and represent that they have dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the Brokers. No commission shall be due in connection with this lease transaction, unless a Failure to Lease Permanent Space Event (as defined in Section 3.2) occurs.

17.2 Invalidity of Particular Provisions . If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.3 Provisions Binding, Etc . Except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant (except in the case of Tenant, only such successors and assigns as may be permitted hereunder) and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. Any reference in this Lease to successors and assigns of Tenant shall not be construed to constitute a consent by Landlord to such assignment by Tenant.

17.4 Notice . All notices or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered in person (with receipt therefor), if sent by reputable overnight delivery or courier service (e.g., Federal Express) providing for receipted delivery, or if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to Landlord at Landlord’s Address, with a copy to John P. Dougherty, Esq., Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP, World Trade Center West, 155 Seaport Boulevard, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2604, and to Tenant, at Tenant’s Address .

 

19


Receipt of notice or other communication shall be conclusively established by either (i) return of a return receipt indicating that the notice has been delivered; or (ii) return of the letter containing the notice with an indication from the courier or postal service that the addressee has refused to accept delivery of the notice. Either party may change its address for the giving of notices by notice to the other party given in accordance with this Section 17.4.

17.5 When Lease Becomes Binding; Entire Agreement; Modification . The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. This Lease is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Premises and expressly supersedes any negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings and proposals or other written documents relating hereto. This Lease may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any Agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

17.6 Headings and Interpretation of Sections . The article, section and paragraph headings throughout this Lease are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease.

17.7 Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby each waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either against the other, on or in respect of any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

17.8 Time Is of the Essence . Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

17.9 Multiple Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

17.10 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be duly executed, under seal, by persons hereunto duly authorized, as of the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

150 SECOND STREET, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Shawn Hurley
Name: Shawn Hurley
Title: Manager

 

TENANT:

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Steven J. Kafka
Name: Steven J. Kafka
Title: Chief Business Officer

 

21


EXHIBIT A

Description of Land

That certain parcel of land with the buildings thereon situated in Cambridge, Middlesex County, Massachusetts being bounded and described as follows:

65 Bent Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

WESTERLY

   on Second Street, two hundred (200) feet;

NORTHERLY

   on Charles Street, three hundred (300) feet;

EASTERLY

   on land of owners unknown, two hundred (200) feet;

SOUTHERLY

   on Bent Street, three hundred (300) feet.

Containing 60,000 square feet of land, any or all of said measurements being more or less.

Subject to that certain Ground Lease dated November 12, 2010 by and between Bent Associates Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership, as ground lessor, and 150 Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as ground lessee, notice of which Ground Lease is recorded with the Middlesex County South District Registry of Deeds in Book 55812, Page 1.

Being the same premises conveyed by Quitclaim Deed dated December 26, 1985 and recorded with said Deeds in Book 16676, Page 105.


EXHIBIT B

Plan of Premises


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Specifications


EXHIBIT C

 

Tenant Fit-Out Space   
150 Second Street, Cambridge, MA    02/06/13
Elkus Manfredi Architects, Project #10106.01   

SECTION 09999

SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

 

ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
ACT-1    ITEM: Ceiling Tile
   LOCATION: Typical throughout
   MFR: Armstrong or Equal
   CODE: Ultima Fine Fissured High NRC/1821
   COLOR: White
   NOTE: 24" x 24" x  3 / 4 " thk. beveled tegular edge tile w/ Silhouette XL 9/16" with 1/8" reveal fineline tee system / acoustic rating
   NRC = .7
   CONTACT:
CARPET
CPT-1    ITEM: Carpet
   LOCATION: Typical carpet throughout, unless noted otherwise
   MFR: J+J Invision
   CODE: Emerge Modular (7982), 24" x 24"
   COLOR: 1480 Morph
   NOTE: 1/3 Ashlar layout. See plans for pattern direction.
   CONTACT: Lauren Burke, Allegheny Contract Flooring. Cell: 203-722-5638
   lburke@alleghenycontract.com
  
CPT-2    ITEM: Carpet
   LOCATION: Conference Rooms/Offices/Reception as noted on the plan
   MFR: The Mohawk Group
   CODE: Coordination, 24"x24"
   COLOR: 3253 This One
   NOTE: Quarter turned.
   CONTACT: Lauren Burke, Allegheny Contract Flooring. Cell: 203-722-5638
   lburke@alleghenycontract.com
  
WALL BASE
WB-1    ITEM: Wall Base
   LOCATION: Typical throughout, unless noted otherwise
   MFR: Roppe
   CODE: Vinyl - 2" High
   COLOR: 193 Black Brown
   NOTE: Straight base, except at RF-1 & RF-2
   CONTACT:

 

SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

09999-1


Tenant Fit-Out Space   
150 Second Street, Cambridge, MA    02/06/13
Elkus Manfredi Architects, Project #10106.01   

 

PAINT
PT-1    ITEM: Paint
   LOCATION: Typical paint throughout, unless noted otherwise
   MFR: Benjamin Moore
   CODE: 967
   COLOR: Cloud White
   NOTE: Eggshell Finish
   CONTACT: 1.888.854.9889
PT-2    ITEM: Paint
   LOCATION: Accent walls as noted on plans
   MFR: Benjamin Moore
   CODE: 2170-30
   COLOR: Autumn Cover
   NOTE: Eggshell Finish
   CONTACT: 1.888.854.9889
PT-3    ITEM: Paint
  

LOCATION: Ceiling, Soffits

MFR: Benjamin Moore

   CODE: White to match ACT
   COLOR: see above
   NOTE: Flat Finish
   CONTACT: 1.888.854.9889
RESILIENT FLOORING
RF-1    ITEM: VCT Tile
   LOCATION: Staff Lounge, Coats/Equipment Room & Copy Room
   MFR: Mannington Commercial
   CODE: Progressions
   COLOR: 55141 Cool White
   NOTE: Checkerboard layout, see plans.
   CONTACT:
RF-2    ITEM: VCT Tile
   LOCATION: Staff Lounge, Coats/Equipment Room & Copy Room
   MFR: Mannington Commercial
   CODE: Progressions
   COLOR: 55129 Putty
   NOTE: Checkerboard layout, see plans.
   CONTACT:

 

SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

09999-2


Tenant Fit-Out Space   
150 Second Street, Cambridge, MA    02/06/13
Elkus Manfredi Architects, Project #10106.01   

 

PLASTIC LAMINATE
PL-1   

ITEM: Plastic Laminate

LOCATION: Staff Lounge

MFR: Pionite

CODE: AG021 Suede

COLOR: Sable

  

NOTE: Base Cabinet Verticals (Cabinet interiors to be black melamine finish)

CONTACT:

PL-2    ITEM: Plastic Laminate
   LOCATION: Staff Lounge
   MFR: Pionite
   CODE: AW141 Suede
   COLOR: Rock of Ages
   NOTE: Counter top and backsplash
   CONTACT:
WOOD
WD-1   

ITEM: Solid Core Wood Veneer Doors

LOCATION: All new doors, unless otherwise noted

MFR: Kamco Supply

CODE: Ash (TBD) Veneer Door

   COLOR: Stained to match base cabinet Plastic Laminate, PL-1
   NOTE: Birch veneer may substitute for Ash if lead time for ash is prohibitive
   CONTACT: Jim Limerick, 508-587-1384

- END OF SECTION -

 

SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

09999-3


EXHIBIT D

150 Second Street

Building Rules and Regulations

Tenant (and tenant employees and contractors) shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules & Regulations:

 

  1. The sidewalks, entrances, service elevator lobby, corridors, stairwells, and fire exits of the building shall not be encumbered by any tenant or its agents, employees, licensees or guests or shall be used for tenant’s premises provided that the fire exits and stairwells shall be so used only in case of an emergency.

 

  2. All deliveries to and removals from the building of furniture, equipment and supplies shall be by way of the loading dock – a platform (delivery entrance) located at the ground level of the building and accessible from the street and then only during such hours as may be prescribed by the owner’s representative (Monday through Friday, 7AM – 5PM). During such hours there shall be no separate charge to tenant for the normal use of the loading dock or freight elevator. After such hours there will be hourly costs for security guards to operate the elevator and to guard the loading dock.

 

  3. The loading dock and service elevator are for pick ups and deliveries only. Due to limited space at the loading dock, there is a vehicle parking limit of thirty (30) minutes, unless special arrangements are made with the Property Management Office. Persons using service elevators will sign in at the security desk in the main lobby and be issued a floor pass. Each tenant will supply a list of authorized employees that require access to the freight elevators.

 

  4. All incoming and outgoing shipments must be moved directly, by the delivery or pick up agent from the delivery entrance: such shipments will not be held at the delivery entrance. Building operating personnel are not authorized to sign receipt for shipments to or from the building.

 

  5. Furniture, equipment and supplies and other packaged materials and items requiring the use of a hand truck, pallet truck or other type of wheeled transport, shall be moved only upon the service elevator.

 

  6. All large deliveries, pick ups, moves and removal of demolition materials must be transported on the service elevator after hours , with prior approval of the owner’s representative and at the expense of the tenant. The removal of demolition material and the delivery of sheet rock will require the smoke detectors in the freight elevators to be disabled.

 

  7. No hand truck, pallet truck or other type of wheeled transport shall be used in the lobbies, corridors or elevators of the building.

 

  8. The owner’s representative reserves the right to inspect all items to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all items which violate any provision of the rules and regulations or which may, in the reasonable judgment of the owner’s representative, constitute a hazard or danger to the building, its equipment or occupants.


  9. Any damage to the building or any part thereof caused by the moving in our out of the building of furniture, equipment, supplies, or other items, shall be repaired by the owner’s representative at the expense of the tenant responsible.

 

  10. Tenant shall notify the property management office when safes or other heavy equipment are to be taken in or out of the building, and such moving shall only be done after written permission is obtained from the property management office on such conditions, as the property management office shall require. Additional costs related to the installation of such equipment, shall, as for elevator use or window removal, will be borne by tenant.

 

  11. All construction and demolition work requires a written request to be approved by the property management office who will act reasonably in connection therewith. Tenant and tenant’s contractor will be required to follow the 150 Second Street Tenant Improvement Rules and Regulations that is available upon request at the property management office. Upon completion of approved work, tenant must provide “As-Built” drawings in both CAD and black line form to the owner’s representative.

 

  12. Access to the area above the ceiling must be scheduled and approved by the property management office. All ceiling tiles must be back in place by the end of the working day.

 

  13. The property management office reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the building and the public facilities, as well as the facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as they deem best for the benefit of the tenants.

 

  14. The property management office reserves the right to exclude from the building, during non-business hours, all persons who do not present a valid building access photo id card.

 

  15. The property management office must be given advance written notification of any after-hour functions or deliveries requiring access via loading dock or building services. Tenant shall reimburse the owner’s representative for any costs incurred in connection with these services.

 

  16. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors in any tenant’s premises and no lock on any door therein shall be changed or altered in any respect without property management approval.

 

  17. No acids, vapors, or other materials shall be discharged into non-designated waste lines, vents or flues of the building. The water wash closets and other plumbing fixtures in or serving any tenant’s premises (not specifically designed for this purpose) shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweeping shall be deposited therein. The property management office shall repair any damage resulting to the same from misuse by a tenant, at the expense of the tenant.


  18. No tenant shall obtain, or accept for use in its premises, drinking water, food, beverage dispensers or vending machines of any kind without the written consent of the property management office, and then only from such suppliers in such places within the tenant’s premises and under such regulations as may be prescribed by the property management office.

 

  19. If a tenant’s premises becomes infested with vermin, such tenant, at its sole cost and expense, unless it is clearly determined that the same has been caused entirely by others, shall cause it premises to be exterminated by such exterminators as shall be approved by the property management office at such times and to such extent as the property management office deems necessary.

 

  20. No part of the tenant’s premises shall be occupied at any time as sleeping quarters and no part of the building shall be used for gambling or for any immoral or unlawful purposes or practices. No intoxicating liquor shall be sold in any part of the building unless allowed by the lease agreement.

 

  21. No animals or birds, bicycles, skate boards, in-line skater or other vehicles shall be allowed in the corridors, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks, walkways, gardens, or elsewhere in or around the building.

 

  22. Canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

  23. A building directory with the names of the tenants will be provided and maintained by the property management office. The property management office at the tenant’s expense will make changes in the directory, within a reasonable time period after written notice from the tenant.

 

  24. Tenants may be requested to assign from their employees, personnel to perform specific tasks required by the building’s emergency evacuation plan. Person so assigned shall be made available from time to time for instructions by the building life safety director.

 

  25. Access to building tele/com centers and closets will be provided by building security only. All tenant tele/com vendors must follow 150 Second Street’s Low Voltage Cabling Policy manual that is available at the property management office. Anyone requesting access must have a valid id from the telecommunication company that employs them or be listed on the approved access list that is maintained at the property management office.

 

  26. Building maintenance will provide access to the building electric closets only. Tenants will be required to notify the property management office by electronic mail should a vendor require access. All tenant vendors must have a valid id from the company that employees them or be listed on the approved access list that is maintained at the property management office.


  27. Portable electric heaters, fans or desktop heating appliances (coffee cup warmers) are not allowed inside any tenant spaces or common areas within the building, unless approved by the property management office.

 

  28. Prior written approval, which shall be at the sole discretion of the property management office, must be obtained for installation of any window shades, blinds, drapes or any other window treatment of any kind.

 

  29. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purpose for which constructed, no other unsuitable material shall be placed therein.

 

  30. Owner and property management office shall have the right to prescribe the weight and position of heavy equipment or objects, which may overstress any portion of the floors of the premises. All damage done to the building by the improper placing of such heavy items will be repaired at the sole expense of the tenant.

 

  31. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven into or inserted in any part of the building except as approved by the property management office, permitted by tenant’s lease, or as reasonably necessary to permit tenant to hang pictures and other wall decorations within the premises.

 

  32. Tenant shall comply with all requirements necessary for the security of the premises, including the use or property removal passes for the removal of office equipment/packages, and use of security control cards for access to the building at all times.

 

  33. Smoking is not permitted in the 150 Second Street common areas including exterior entrances, vestibules, corridors, restrooms, stairwells and parking garage. Additionally, smoking is not allowed within 25 feet of the front of the entrance of the building as well as the loading dock entrance. Tenant must comply with requests by the owner’s representative concerning informing their employees of items of importance to the owner.

 

  34. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the premises, unless electrical holdbacks have been installed.

 

  35. Owner reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors during hours when the building is closed. Access to the building may be refused unless person seeking access has proper identification or has previously arranged a pass for access to the building. The owner and its representative shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, owner reserves the right to prevent access to the building during the continuance of it by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.


  36. No furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be brought into or removed from the building or carried up or down in elevators, except upon prior notice to the property management office and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be designated by the owner. Tenant shall provide the property management office with not less than 24 hours prior notice of the need to utilize the elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide owner with a reasonable period to schedule such use and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the building. In no event shall tenant’s use of the elevators for any such purpose be permitted during the building’s prescribed business hours.

 

  37. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvass any occupant of the building and shall cooperate with the owner or owner’s agent to prevent it.

 

  38. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

 

  39. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which is supplied by the owner without the prior written consent of the owner.

 

  40. Cooking shall not be permitted or done by any tenant on the premises, nor shall the premises be used for the storage of merchandise for lodging of for any improper objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, laboratory approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used on the premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to owner and other tenants.

 

  41. Owner will approve where and how telephone wires are to be introduced to the premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of the owner. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the premises shall be subject to the approval of the owner.

 

  42. Tenant, it’s employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairwells or elevators and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the premises.

 

  43. Tenant shall store all trash and garbage within the interior of the premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of Cambridge without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times, as owner shall designate.

 

  44. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the premises form theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the premises closed, when the premises are not occupied.


  45. Owner may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants. This shall not prevent the owner from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the building.

 

  46. No awnings or other projects shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of the owner. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the premises without prior written consent of the owner. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by the owner.

 

  47. Food vendors shall be allowed in the 150 Second Street building upon receipt of a written request from the tenant. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the property management office. Under no circumstances shall the food vendor display their products in a public or common area including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in the immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from 150 Second Street.

 

  48. Tenant shall comply with any non smoking ordinances adopted by any applicable governmental authority. In addition, owner reserves the right to designate in owner’s sole discretion, the only outside areas of the premises where smoking shall be permitted.

 

  49. Owner and its agent have the right to evacuate 150 Second Street in the event of an emergency or catastrophe.

 

  50. Owner and its agent reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rule and Regulations or to make such other further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in owner’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the premises and building, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants. Owner shall not be responsible to tenant or to any other person for the non-observance of the Rules and Regulations and tenant shall agree to abide by these rules as a condition of its occupancy of the premises.

Exhibit 10.11

LEASE

Between

150 SECOND STREET, LLC

as Landlord,

and

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.

as Tenant,

For Premises located at:

150 Second Street

Cambridge, Massachusetts


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1 Basic Lease Provisions

     1   

1.2 Definitions

     5   

ARTICLE 2 PREMISES; APPURTENANT RIGHTS; RESERVATIONS

     8   

2.1 Lease of Premises

     8   

2.2 Appurtenant Rights

     9   

2.3 Landlord Reservations

     10   

ARTICLE 3 DELIVERY OF PREMISES; ACCEPTANCE

     10   

3.1 Delivery of Premises; Acceptance of Premises

     10   

3.2 Acknowledgment of Lease Commencement Date

     11   

ARTICLE 4 RENT

     11   

4.1 Base Rent

     11   

4.2 Base Rent Abatement Period

     11   

4.3 Additional Rent

     14   

4.4 Intentionally Omitted

     14   

4.5 Operating Expense Payments

     14   

4.6 Taxes

     17   

ARTICLE 5 CONDITION OF PREMISES; CONSTRUCTION

     18   

5.1 Base Building Work

     18   

5.2 Tenant’s Work

     19   

5.3 Intentionally Deleted

     21   

5.4 Landlord’s Contribution

     21   

5.5 Measurement of Premises

     23   

ARTICLE 6 USE

     23   

6.1 Use

     23   

ARTICLE 7 PARKING

     24   

7.1 Parking

     24   

ARTICLE 8 UTILITIES; SERVICES

     26   

8.1 Utilities; Services

     26   

8.2 Shafts and Risers

     27   

8.3 Rooftop Premises

     28   

8.4 Tenant’s Generator

     28   

8.5 Access

     29   

ARTICLE 9 ALTERATIONS

     29   

9.1 Alterations and Tenant’s Property

     29   

 

i


ARTICLE 10 REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

     30   

10.1 Landlord’s Repairs

     30   

10.2 Tenant’s Repairs

     31   

ARTICLE 11 MECHANIC’S LIENS

     31   

11.1 Mechanic’s Liens

     31   

ARTICLE 12 INDEMNIFICATION

     32   

12.1 Indemnification

     32   

ARTICLE 13 INSURANCE

     33   

13.1 Insurance

     33   

ARTICLE 14 RESTORATION

     35   

14.1 Restoration

     35   

ARTICLE 15 CONDEMNATION

     36   

15.1 Condemnation

     36   

ARTICLE 16 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     36   

16.1 Events of Default

     36   

16.2 Landlord’s Remedies

     38   

ARTICLE 17 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     40   

17.1 General Prohibition

     40   

17.2 Permitted Transfers

     40   

17.3 Additional Conditions

     42   

17.4 No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents

     42   

17.5 No Waiver

     43   

17.6 Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee

     43   

ARTICLE 18 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     43   

18.1 Estoppel Certificate

     43   

ARTICLE 19 SUBORDINATION

     44   

19.1 Subordination

     44   

19.2 Ground Lease

     44   

ARTICLE 20 SURRENDER

     44   

20.1 Surrender

     44   

ARTICLE 21 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

     45   

21.1 Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity

     45   

21.2 Business

     46   

21.3 Tenant Representation and Warranty

     47   

21.4 Testing

     47   

21.5 Control Areas

     48   

21.6 Intentionally Deleted

     48   

21.7 Tenant’s Obligations

     48   

21.8 Definitions

     48   

 

ii


ARTICLE 22 TENANT’S REMEDIES/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     49   

22.1 Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability

     49   

22.2 Limitation on Landlord’s Liability

     49   

ARTICLE 23 INSPECTION AND ACCESS

     50   

23.1 Inspection and Access

     50   

ARTICLE 24 SIGNAGE

     50   

24.1 Signs; Exterior Appearance

     50   

ARTICLE 25 HOLDING OVER

     51   

25.1 Holding Over

     51   

ARTICLE 26 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     51   

26.1 Waiver of Jury Trial

     51   

ARTICLE 27 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     52   

27.1 Security Deposit

     52   

ARTICLE 28 RIGHT TO EXTEND TERM

     53   

28.1 Extension Rights

     53   

28.2 Arbitration

     54   

28.3 Rights Personal

     54   

28.4 Exceptions

     55   

28.5 No Extensions

     55   

28.6 Termination

     55   

ARTICLE 29 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

     55   

29.1 Tenant’s Right of First Offer

     55   

ARTICLE 30 MISCELLANEOUS

     56   

30.1 Notices

     56   

30.2 Joint and Several Liability

     56   

30.3 Financial Information

     56   

30.4 Recordation

     57   

30.5 Interpretation

     57   

30.6 Not Binding Until Executed

     57   

30.7 Limitations on Interest

     57   

30.8 Choice of Law

     58   

30.9 Time

     58   

30.10 OFAC

     58   

30.11 Incorporation by Reference

     58   

30.12 Entire Agreement

     58   

30.13 No Accord and Satisfaction

     58   

30.14 Hazardous Activities

     58   

30.15 REIT/UBTI

     59   

 

iii


30.16 Quiet Enjoyment

     59   

30.17 Prorations

     59   

30.18 Rules and Regulations

     59   

30.19 Security

     59   

30.20 Force Majeure

     60   

30.21 Brokers

     60   

30.22 Severability

     60   

 

iv


LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this Lease ) is made as of the 27 th day of March 2013 ( Effective Date ), between 150 SECOND STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ), and FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS; DEFINITIONS

1.1 Basic Lease Provisions.

 

Landlord:   150 Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Landlord’s Address:  

c/o Skanska USA Commercial Development Inc.

253 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Charles Leatherbee

Tenant:  

Foundation Medicine, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Tenant’s Original Address:  

300 One Kendall Square, Suite B3501

Cambridge, MA 02139

Address:  

150 Second Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts

Premises:  

That portion of the Project known as Suite 101, containing approximately 61,591 rentable square feet, comprising the entire second floor and a portion of the first floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A .

Project:  

The real property on which the building (the Building ”)

in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .

Base Rent:  

$56.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum with annual escalations as set forth in the following table:


Period

  Rate per RSF     Annual Base Rent     Monthly Base Rent  

Months 1 (from Lease Commencement Date) through 12*

  $ 56.00      $ 3,449,096.00      $ 287,424.67   

Months 13 through 24*

  $ 57.68      $ 3,552,568.88      $ 296,047.41   

Months 25 through 36

  $ 59.41      $ 3,659,121.31      $ 304,926.78   

Months 37 through 48

  $ 61.19      $ 3,768,753.29      $ 314,062.77   

Months 49 through 60

  $ 63.03      $ 3,882,080.73      $ 323,506.73   

Months 61 through 72

  $ 64.92      $ 3,998,487.72      $ 333,207.31   

Months 73 through 84

  $ 66.86      $ 4,117,974.26      $ 343,164.52   

Months 85 through 95

  $ 68.87      $ 4,241,772.17      $ 353,481.01   

 

* Notwithstanding anything in this Section of the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to: (i) an abatement of Base Rent in the amount of $3,000,000 commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.2; and (ii) an abatement of Base Rent pertaining to 5,000 RSF of the Premises applied on a monthly basis for the twelve (12) month period following the Rent Commencement Date.

 

Rent Commencement Date:    The date following the Lease Commencement Date on which the full amount of the Rent Abatement has been fully applied to the Base Rent under this Lease subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.2.
Rentable Area of Premises:    61,591 rentable square feet
Rentable Area of Project:    123,210 square feet
Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses:    49.99%
Lease Commencement Date:    The earlier of: (i) the Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work (as set forth in Section 5.4); or (ii) September 1, 2013.

 

2


Base Term:    Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the seventh anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs, except that if such anniversary is the first day of a calendar month, the expiration shall be the last day of the month immediately prior to such anniversary.
Extension Term:    One option for five (5) years as set forth in Section 28.
Landlord’s Contribution:    Subject to Section 5.4 below, $150 per RSF of the Premises calculated to equal $9,238,650 based on Premises containing 61,591 RSF, and at Tenant’s option, an additional $20 per RSF calculated to equal $1,231,820.
Permitted Use:    General office, research and development, laboratory and other related uses, consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof.
  
Wiring and ACH Instructions for Rent Payment:   

Bank:                          Bank of America

Account Name:         150 Second Street LLC

Account Number:

ACH Routing /ABA 

Wire Routing /ABA 

Mail Code:                GA1-006-09-10

                                  Atlanta Plaza Building

                                 600 Peachtree St NE

                                  Atlanta, GA 30308-2265

Parking:    As set forth in Section 7.
Security Deposit:    $1,724,548.02 subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 27.
General Liability Insurance:    $2,000,000.00 per occurrence/$3,000,000.00 aggregate (combined single limit) for property damage, bodily injury and death.
Right of First Offer:    As set forth in Section 29.
Landlord’s Notice Address:   

c/o Skanska USA Commercial Development Inc.

253 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Charles Leatherbee

 

3


Tenant’s Notice Address:    Prior to the Lease Commencement Date:
   300 One Kendall Square, Suite B3501
   Cambridge, MA 02139
   Attention: Robert Hesslein, General Counsel
   After the Lease Commencement Date:
   150 Second Street
   Cambridge, MA 02139
   Attention: Robert Hesslein, General Counsel
Brokers:    Jones Lang LaSalle and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, LLC

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

EXHIBIT A - PLAN OF PREMISES, STORAGE SPACES AND SHARED SPACES

EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

EXHIBIT C - PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

EXHIBIT D - ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

EXHIBIT E - RENT CERTIFICATE

EXHIBIT F - BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS

EXHIBIT G - LANDLORD TENANT MATRIX

EXHIBIT H - TENANT’S CONCEPT PLAN

EXHIBIT I - TENANT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES

EXHIBIT J - PARKING PLAN

EXHIBIT K - NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT L - SIGNAGE PLAN

EXHIBIT M - RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

4


1.2 Definitions .

“Abated Base Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“ADA” shall mean the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

“Additional Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.

“AIA” shall mean the American Institute of Architects.

“Alterations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

“Annual Estimate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Annual Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Arbitrator” shall mean any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

“Assignment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 hereof.

“Assignment Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 hereof.

“Assignment Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 hereof.

“Base Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Base Rent Abatement Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Base Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday and (b) any Federal holiday or (c) a day on which banks are not open for business generally in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

“Broker” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Building Systems” shall mean the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project.

 

5


“Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

“Common Areas” shall mean the portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project.

“Default Rate” shall mean an annual rate equal to the lesser of 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law.

“Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 hereof.

“Environmental Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.1 .

“Environmental Requirements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.8 hereof.

“Excess Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.4 hereof.

“Expense Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Extension Proposal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.2 hereof.

“Extension Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.1 hereof.

“Extension Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.1 hereof.

“Force Majeure” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.20 hereof.

“Governmental Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 hereof.

“Ground Lease” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.2 hereof.

“Ground Lessor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.2 hereof.

“Haz Mat Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.2 hereof.

“Hazardous Materials Clearances” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

“Hazardous Materials List” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.2 hereof.

“Hazardous Materials” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 21.8 hereof.

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.1 hereof.

“Independent Review” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Initial Rent Abatement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Installations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

 

6


“Landlord’s Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.

“Legal Requirement(s)” shall mean all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Project, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the ADA.

“Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 27.1 hereof.

“Market Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.1 hereof.

“Material Service Interruption” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

“Maximum Restoration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

“Mortgage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.1 hereof.

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury.

“OFAC Rules” shall mean the rules of OFAC and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto.

“OKS Rent Savings Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“One Kendall Square Lease” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Operating Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

“Permitted Assignment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 hereof.

“Permitted Use” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Premises” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Proceeding for Relief” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1(f) hereof.

“Project” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Related Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

“Removable Installations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

“Rent” shall mean Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

“Rent Abatement Conditions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Rentable Area of the Premises” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

7


“Rentable Area of the Project” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Rent Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

“Security Deposit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 27.1 hereof.

“Service Interruption” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

“Service Interruption Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 .

“Surrender Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.1 hereof.

“Swing Space Lease” shall mean that certain Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of February 4, 2013 pertaining to certain premises located on the first floor of the Building.

“Taking” and “Taken” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.1 hereof.

“Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 hereof.

“Tenant HazMat Operations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.1 hereof.

“Tenant Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.

“Tenant’s Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

“Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 hereof.

“Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter.

“Tenant’s Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .

“Utilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

“Restoration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

ARTICLE 2

PREMISES; APPURTENANT RIGHTS; RESERVATIONS

2.1 Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord.

 

8


Excepted and excluded from the Premises and the Common Areas (as defined below) are the ceiling, floor, perimeter walls and exterior windows (except the inner surface of each thereof), and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, but the entry doors to the Premises are a part thereof, together with related glass and finish work. Landlord shall have the right to place in the Premises interior sun control devices, utility lines, cables and wiring, equipment, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts and the like, provided that any such installations shall be located above the ceiling or within the walls (except for the interior sun control devices which shall be located in or near the windows) and shall not otherwise materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

2.2 Appurtenant Rights . Subject to the matters set forth in the following paragraph, Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right to use, and permit its invitees to use in common with Landlord and others, the following areas of the Property (collectively, the Common Areas ”) (i) public or common lobbies, hallways, stairways, and common walkways necessary for access to the Building and the Premises, and if the portion the Premises on any floor includes less than the entire floor, any common toilets, any corridors required, for access to the Premises and any elevator lobby of such floor; and (ii) the access driveways, parking areas (as the same may be designated or modified by Landlord from time to time), loading areas, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, if any, and other areas or facilities, if any, which are located in or on the Property and designated by Landlord time to time for the non-exclusive use of tenants and other occupants of the Building.

If Landlord intends to perform work in the area above the ceiling to the Premises or on the floor slab above the Premises in connection with the build out of any other space in the Building or otherwise as permitted herein and such work is likely to interfere unreasonably with Tenant’s use of the Premises due to the intrusion, noise or vibration of the work, Landlord shall provide Tenant at least fifteen (15) day’s prior notice of such access, except in the event of an emergency, and will use reasonable efforts to coordinate such work to minimize any disruption to Tenant and where feasible will cause the work to be performed outside of normal business hours.

Landlord has designated certain areas located on the ground level and garage level of the Building for Storage Space and Shared Space, as shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit for use by the tenants of the Building. Tenant shall be allocated Tenant’s Share of the Storage Space and Shared Space, the location and use of which shall be reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant subject to applicable Legal Requirements, circulation requirements and Landlord’s reasonable requirements and conditions (including, without limitation, consideration for the utility of the unused portions of the Storage Space and Shared Space by other tenants of Building). Without limiting Tenant’s right to use the Shared Space in accordance with the terms this Section, Landlord authorizes Tenant’s use of Tenant’s Share of the Shared Space for the installation and use of an acid neutralization tank and/or similar storage tanks with appropriate partitioning at Tenant’s cost subject to applicable Legal Requirements and Landlord’s reasonable requirements and conditions. The Storage Space and Shared Space shall be leased to Tenant on of the terms and conditions of this Lease which are applicable to the Premises except as follows: (i) the rent for Tenant’s Share of the Storage Space shall be the then applicable market rate (currently $18.00 per RSF); (ii) Landlord shall not have any obligation to make any or alterations to the Storage Space and Shared Space to prepare such space for Tenant’s use; (iii) Tenant shall use Tenant’s Share of the Storage Space and Shared Space solely for the storage or

 

9


use of Tenant’s property or equipment and for no other purpose and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements; (iv) Tenant, at its sole expense, shall keep Tenant’s Share of the Storage Space and Shared Space clean and in good condition; and (vi) Landlord shall not be required to provide any services for the Storage Space and Shared Space.

Tenant shall have the right to use the main lobby of the Building for events upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord subject to: (i) the Legal Requirements; (ii) the Rules and Regulations; (iii) any reasonable conditions that Landlord may impose with respect to the requested use of the main lobby; (iv) the rights of any other tenants or occupants in the Building; and (v) the condition that such use does not adversely affect the use and enjoyment of any other tenant or occupant in the Building.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall always be subject to (a) reservations, restrictions, easements and encumbrances and other matters of record as of the date of this Lease as shown on Exhibit C and such future matters which do not unreasonably interfere with the use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Uses or materially increase Tenant’s costs under this Lease or in connection with the use and occupancy of the Premises (“ Permitted Encumbrances ”), (b) such reasonable rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord with respect to the Property pursuant to Section 30.18 (the Rules and Regulations ”), and (c) Landlord’s reservations set forth in Section 2.3 below or elsewhere in this Lease.

2.3 Landlord Reservations . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to: (i) grant, modify and terminate Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) designate and change from time to time areas and facilities so to be used, (iii) make additions to Building, (iv) construct other buildings and improvements at the Property, (v) post “For Sale” “For Lease” signs on the Property at any time during the Term, and (vi) change the name and address of the Building (provided that Landlord agrees not to name the Building after another tenant of the Building. Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Project (including the Premises but, with respect to the Premises, only for purposes of repairs, maintenance, replacements and other rights expressly reserved to Landlord herein) and the and equipment therein, as well as in or to the street entrances and/or the Common Areas, as it reasonably deem necessary or desirable, provided, however, that there be no material obstruction or modification of access to, or material interference with the use or enjoyment of, the Premises parking spaces by Tenant. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord expressly reserves the right to temporarily close all, or any portion, of the Common Areas for the purpose of making repairs or changes thereto.

ARTICLE 3

DELIVERY OF PREMISES; ACCEPTANCE

3.1 Delivery of Premises; Acceptance of Premises . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant upon the Effective Date provided that Tenant has delivered the Security Deposit to Landlord and complied with the requirements of Article 13. Except as set forth in Section 5.1, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the time of delivery, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Article 6 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed.

 

10


Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3.2 Acknowledgment of Lease Commencement Date . Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Lease Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such dates are established accordance with the requirements of this Lease substantially in the form of the of Lease Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided, however, failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this and, if applicable, the Extension Term which Tenant may elect pursuant to Article 28 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

RENT

4.1 Base Rent . The first month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable on the Lease Commencement Date and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, equal monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 1.2 ) due hereunder except for any abatement, reduction or set-off as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

4.2 Base Rent Abatement Period . Notwithstanding anything in this Section of the Lease to the contrary, so long as Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 16.1) under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to: (i) an abatement of Base Rent in the amount of $3,000,000 commencing on the Lease Commencement Date so long as Tenant complies with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section ( Initial Rent Abatement ”); and (ii) an abatement of Base Rent pertaining to 5,000 RSF of the Premises applied on a monthly basis for the twelve (12) period following the Rent Commencement Date. The period during which the foregoing Base Rent abatement rights are in effect shall be referred to as the Base Rent Abatement Period the amount of Base Rent permitted to be abated shall be referred to as the “ Abated Base Rent ”.

 

11


During the Base Rent Abatement Period, only Base Rent shall be abated as provided in this Section, and all Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

As an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease, Landlord offers the Initial Rent Abatement in order to offset Tenant’s rent obligation under its current lease pertaining to the premises located at 300 One Kendall Square, Suite B3501, Cambridge, Massachusetts (“ One Kendall Square Lease ”), a true, accurate and complete copy of which Tenant has provided to Landlord.

In order to receive the Initial Rent Abatement, Tenant shall comply with the following requirements (collectively, the Rent Abatement Conditions ”):

 

  i. Upon the Lease Commencement Date and the first day of each successive month thereafter until the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the One Kendall Square Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Rent Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (“ Rent Certificate ”) whereby Tenant certifies to Landlord, among other things, the amount of Tenant’s actual out of pocket rent payment under the One Kendall Square Lease for the applicable monthly period.

 

  ii. Upon Landlord’s receipt of the Rent Certificate, Tenant’s obligation to pay the Base Rent for the applicable month shall abate.

If the Rent Certificate indicates that Tenant’s out of pocket rent obligation under the One Kendall Square Lease is reduced or eliminated by virtue of entering into an assignment or sublease, termination agreement or suffering a recapture of such premises or other such means (each, an OKS Rent Savings Event ”), Landlord and Tenant shall split Tenant’s rent savings under the One Kendall Square Lease on a 60% to Landlord and 40% to Tenant basis after the deduction of reasonable documented transaction costs, including, but not limited to legal and brokerage fees, architectural and engineering fees, rental concessions and tenant improvement allowances, and any profits that Tenant is obligated to split with the landlord under the One Kendall Square Lease. If an OKS Rent Savings Event occurs, the amount of the Initial Rent Abatement that may be applied to Base Rent hereunder shall be reduced by the portion of the rent savings allocated to Landlord under the prior sentence. If an OKS Rent Savings Event occurs and the amount of the rent savings under the One Kendall Square Lease is greater than the remaining amount of the Initial Rent Abatement at such time, then Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, the rent savings allocated to Landlord amortized over the remainder of the stated term of the One Kendall Square Lease. The following examples illustrate three (but not all) possible scenarios that may arise in any given month under these Section:

(a) No OKS Rent Savings Event Occurs:

 

  1. Tenant submits a Rent Certificate to Landlord evidencing that no OKS Rent Savings Event has occurred.

 

  2. Tenant pays the monthly base rent of approximately $85,000 to landlord under the One Kendall Square Lease.

 

12


  3. No Base Rent is paid to Landlord and the amount of the unapplied Initial Rent Abatement is reduced by the $287,424.67 rent payment otherwise due Landlord pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof.

(b) OKS Rent Savings Event Occurs Before the Expiration of the Base Rent Abatement Period :

 

  1. Tenant submits a Rent Certificate to Landlord evidencing that Tenant and the landlord under the One Kendall Square Lease have entered into a lease termination agreement (i.e. an OKS Rent Savings Event) yielding a rent savings of $500,000 (after deduction of Tenant’s reasonable documented transaction costs).

 

  2. Landlord’s share of the rent savings is $300,000 and Tenant’s share of the rent savings is $200,000.

 

  3. Tenant pays the net monthly rent (or no monthly rent, as the case may be) due to landlord under the One Kendall Square Lease after accounting for the rent savings under the One Kendall Square Lease.

 

  4. No Base Rent is paid to Landlord and the amount of the unapplied Initial Rent Abatement is reduced by $300,000 (the amount of Landlord’s share of the rent savings).

 

  5. The Rent Commencement Date is accelerated accordingly based on the amount of Landlord’s share of the rent savings.

 

  6. If the OKS Rent Savings Event occurs due to Tenant entering into a sublease for the premises under the One Kendall Square Lease, the rent savings and the corresponding reduction in the Initial Rent Abatement would be accounted for on a monthly basis as the actual rent savings is realized by Tenant under the One Kendall Square Lease.

(c) OKS Rent Savings Event Occurs After the Expiration of the Base Rent Abatement Period :

 

  1. Tenant submits a Rent Certificate to Landlord evidencing the occurrence of an OKS Rent Savings Event and rent savings of $500,000 (after deduction of Tenant’s reasonable documented transaction costs).

 

  2. Landlord’s share of the rent savings is $300,000 and Tenant’s share of the rent savings is $200,000.

 

  3. Tenant pays the net monthly rent (or no monthly rent, as the case may be) due to landlord under the One Kendall Square Lease after accounting for the rent savings under the One Kendall Square Lease.

 

13


  4. Assuming five months remaining in the Term under the One Kendall Square Lease, the monthly amount of the Landlord’s share of the rent savings amortized on a straight line basis over the unexpired portion of the Term under the One Kendall Square Lease is $60,000 ($300,000 ÷ 5 months).

 

  5. Since the amount of the Initial Rent Abatement has been exhausted, Tenant pays the applicable monthly Rent to Landlord plus additional rent of $60,000.

In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the numeric examples provided above and the written provisions set forth in this Section, the written text shall govern.

If Tenant fails to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.2, Tenant shall be obligated to pay the applicable Base Rent. If a Rent Certificate is inaccurate or if Tenant and Landlord have failed to properly account for a previously-occurring OKS Rent Savings Event, then Tenant shall be obligated to prepare and deliver a Rent Certificate addressing such inaccuracy or failure and shall pay to Landlord the Landlord’s share of any previously Abated Base Rent or shall receive an abatement of Base Rent, as the case may be.

4 .3 Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 4.5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay to Landlord the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4.4 Intentionally Omitted .

4.5 Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the Annual Estimate ) not later than November 30 of the preceding calendar year, which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. During each month of the Term commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate, for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. If Landlord fails to give Tenant the Annual Estimate prior to the beginning of any calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses in accordance with the previous Annual Estimate, until Tenant receives a new from Landlord.

The term Operating Expenses means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord in operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the Building and the Project including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 4.5 ), capital repairs and improvements (1) reasonably projected to reduce the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant or (2) required to comply with any Legal Requirements that first become effective and applicable to the Project after the date of this Lease, amortized over-the useful life of such capital items as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, costs for transportation services and a property management fee not to exceed 3.0% of Base Rent, excluding only:

 

14


(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenses for the Project except as expressly permitted above;

(c) interest, principal and other payments pursuant to a Mortgage (as defined in Section 19.1) debts of Landlord, ground rent, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, promotional, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

(i) The cost of any work or services performed for any other property other than the Project, including, without limitation, salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(j) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and executives of Landlord and administrative employees above the grade of property manager or building supervisor and Landlord’s general overhead;

(k) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(l) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

 

15


(m) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 1.2 );

(n) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(o) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(p) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(q) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(r) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(s) costs for remediation, abatement, removal or encapsulation of Hazardous Materials at the Project other than routine cleaning and maintenance which may involve the same;

(t) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein; and

(u) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an Annual Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be credited against the next due amounts of Rent, provided that any overpayment shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days if the Term has ended, provided that if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

 

16


The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 60 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 60 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, provided that Tenant pays any amount due on the Annual Statement if applicable, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the Expense Information ”). If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses stated in the Annual Statement or any adjustments made thereafter by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses that vary according to occupancy of the Project for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

Tenant’s Share shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably adjust Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises, which adjustment may be reviewed by Tenant as part of the Independent Review. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as Rent .”

4.6 Taxes . Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Lease Commencement or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as Taxes ”), imposed by any federal, state, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-quasi-public agencies (collectively, Governmental Authority ”) during the Term, including,

 

17


without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or of leasing space in the Project. The prorated portion of any Taxes that are due and payable pertaining to periods prior to the Lease Commencement Date or after the expiration of the Term shall not be Tenant’s obligation to pay hereunder. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. If a in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Share of Taxes, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is expressly increased by the taxing authority by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITION OF PREMISES; CONSTRUCTION

5.1 Base Building Work .

(a) Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant upon the Effective Date with the work (“ Landlord’s Work ”) more particularly described in the base building specifications attached hereto as Exhibit F ( “Base Building Specifications ”) completed. Landlord’s Work comply with the Legal Requirements and shall be consistent with Class A standards for and office space, and substantially in conformance with, and not materially inconsistent with, the Base Building Specifications. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with all base systems, including, but not limited to, HVAC, electrical, life safety and plumbing systems in working order, in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements and suitable for laboratory purposes. The allocation of the responsibilities between the Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work set forth on the Landlord/Tenant Matrix attached hereto as Exhibit G (“ Landlord/Tenant Matrix ”).

 

18


(b) Tenant agrees (i) except as otherwise provided herein to the contrary, to accept possession of the Premises in the condition described in the Base Building Specifications and otherwise in “as is” condition, (ii) that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises or the Building except as provided herein, and (iii) Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy except as provided herein. Landlord will remedy any defect in workmanship, materials or equipment furnished by Landlord pursuant to this Section, excluding reasonable wear and tear and improper use by Tenant, provided Tenant notifies Landlord of the defect within 12 months after the Lease Commencement Date.

5.2 Tenant’s Work.

(a) Tenant shall prepare, at its sole cost and expense (against which the Landlord’s Contribution may be applied), a set of design/development plans in conformance with the concept plan approved by Landlord (subject to Landlord’s review of further details regarding access, maintenance and ventilation issues in connection with the cold room located on the second floor along the window line) and attached hereto as Exhibit H , Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit I (“ Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines ”) and the allocation of responsibilities set forth in the Landlord/Tenant Matrix sufficient for Landlord to approve Tenant’s proposed design of the Premises (“ Design/Development Plans ”), and a full set of final permit-ready construction drawings (“ Final Construction Drawings ”) for the interior finish and layout of the initial improvements (“ Tenant’s Work ”) which Tenant desires to have performed in the Premises. The Design/Development Plans and the Final Construction Drawings are collectively referred to herein as the Plans .” Provided that no Default has occurred and remains outstanding, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant up to $6,159.10 ($.10 per RSF) for out of pocket costs incurred in preparing the initial test fit of the Premises.

(b) The Plans shall be submitted to Landlord, together with a construction budget setting forth the anticipated costs for the Tenant’s Work, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the Plans, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Landlord shall respond in any event within fifteen (15) days of receiving them. No work shall be conducted by or on behalf of Tenant until the Final Construction Drawings have been approved for such work in writing by Landlord. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense (against which the Landlord’s Contribution may be applied), Tenant shall cause the Plans to be revised in manner sufficient to remedy the Landlord’s reasonable objections and/or respond to the reasonable concerns and for such revised Plans to be redelivered to Landlord, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove such portions of the Plans to which Landlord previously commented seven (7) days following the date of resubmission. Landlord may not disapprove anything on a set of Plans which it has previously approved in an earlier set of Plans unless new revealed by the applicable later iteration of Tenant’s Plans provides Landlord with a reasonable basis for doing so. Landlord’s failure to timely respond to Tenant’s submitted Plans or revised Plans shall be deemed to be approval thereof provided that upon submitting such plans, Tenant provides written notice to Landlord stating “IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND TO THE ENCLOSED PLANS WITHIN 15 DAYS (OR 7 DAYS AS APPLICABLE), LANDLORD’S APPROVAL SHALL BE DEEMED GIVEN PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2(b) OF THE LEASE” in upper case boldface type in the top margin of such notice. Landlord’s approval is solely given for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant under this Section and neither Tenant nor any third party shall have the right to rely upon Landlord’s approval of the Plans for any other whatsoever.

 

19


(c) Landlord shall not charge Tenant any coordination, overhead or contractor supervision fees in connection with Tenant’s Work; provided, however that Landlord shall be reimbursed from the Landlord’s Contribution for any reasonable third-party, out of pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of Tenant’s Work.

(d) The Plans shall be stamped by a Massachusetts registered architect and engineer, such architect and engineer and Tenant’s general contractor and subcontractors, being subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall comply with the Legal Requirements and the requirements of the Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines. The final approved Plans shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits, approvals and licenses required for Tenant’s Work.

(e) Tenant’s Work shall be completed in accordance with the Plans and no material changes to Tenant’s Work shall occur without Landlord’s approval as set forth herein. All of the Tenant’s Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines and completed in a first class workmanlike manner. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the effect of the Tenant’s Work on the Building’s structure and systems, whether or not Landlord has consented to the Alterations, and shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord that can be demonstrated by clear evidence to have been caused by reason of any faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors. All of Tenant’s Work shall be performed in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and to minimize any material interference with Building operations.

(f) Tenant shall use diligent efforts to keep the Project and Tenant’s leasehold interest therein free of any liens or claims of liens arising from acts or omissions of Tenant, or its subtenants, contractors or others claiming by, through or under Tenant, and shall discharge or bond any such liens within ten (10) Business Days following notice to Tenant of their filing. Tenant shall provide evidence of such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord as an additional insured. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any cost, claim, or liability arising from any work done by or at the direction of Tenant.

(g) All alterations affixed to the Premises shall become part thereof and therein at the end of the Term. However, if Landlord gives Tenant a notice, at the time Landlord approves the Plans, to remove any alterations, Tenant shall do so and shall pay the cost of and any repair required by such removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, within four weeks after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease and provided that Tenant continues pay the periodic Rent obligation pending completion of the work, Tenant shall remove the stairwell shown on the Plans and installed as part of Tenant’s Work and restore the applicable to the condition existing as of the Effective Date. Tenant may elect to have Landlord perform stairwell infill restoration work at Tenant’s cost (in which case, no Rent shall be due Landlord assuming that Tenant is not otherwise is in possession of the Premises) upon written notice to Landlord at least six months prior to the expiration of the Term. If Tenant makes such election,

 

20


Landlord will solicit at least three bids from contractors at least four months prior to the of the Term. Landlord will choose the lowest qualified bidder and arrange for such restoration work to be performed at Tenant’s cost within four weeks after the expiration or earlier of the Term of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has entered into a lease agreement with a tenant that desires that the stairwell remains in place, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the staircase or pay for Landlord to do so.

(h) All of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, movable partitions, and any alterations not affixed to the Premises shall remain Tenant’s property, removable at any time. If Tenant fails to remove any such materials at the end of the Term, Landlord may do so and store them at Tenant’s expense, without liability to Tenant, and may sell them at public or private sale and apply the proceeds to any amounts due hereunder, including costs of removal, storage and sale.

(i) Tenant desires to achieve a LEED Gold Certification for Tenant’s Work from the United States Green Building Council. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall cooperate with such process and provide all information and documentation reasonably required in connection therewith provided that such cooperation shall not cause Landlord to incur any cost or liability including, without limitation, required modifications to Landlord’s Work. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a warranty or guaranty that Tenant’s aspirational LEED certification will necessarily be achieved or maintained.

5.3 Intentionally Deleted .

5.4 Landlord’s Contribution . (a)  As an inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to the terms set forth in this Section, provide to Tenant a special tenant improvement allowance for the actual costs incurred with respect to the hard and soft of design and performance of the Tenant’s Work (including without limitation, architectural and engineering fees, project management fees, signage expenses, data/telecom cabling and security) up to a maximum aggregate amount of Nine Million Two Hundred Thirty Eight Thousand Six Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($9,238,650.00) [$150.00 per RSF] less any past due expenses owed to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (“ Initial Allowance ”).

(b) As a further inducement to Tenant’s entering into this Lease, upon Tenant’s written request prior to Tenant’s submission of the Final Construction Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval in accordance with Section 5.2(b), Landlord shall provide an additional allowance to fund such excess costs (which costs may include, without limitation, costs in connection with design and construction costs and expenses) up to a maximum aggregate amount of One Million Two Hundred Thirty One Eight Hundred Twenty and 00/100 Dollars ($1,231,820.00) [$20.00 per RSF] less any past due expenses owed to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (“ Additional Allowance ”) (the Initial Allowance and the Additional Allowance, are hereinafter referred to, singly or collectively, as the “ Landlord’s Contribution ”).

(c) If the Additional Allowance is provided, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional rent the monthly installment of amortization of the Additional Allowance actually disbursed by Landlord in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the funded amount of the Additional Allowance over the unexpired portion of Base Term on a direct reduction basis payable in equal monthly installments including interest at the annual rate of eight percent (8%).

 

21


(d) Landlord shall pay to Tenant an amount not to exceed Landlord’s Contribution to the extent permitted pursuant to this Section, provided that as of the date on which Landlord is required to make payment thereof pursuant to this Section: (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, and (ii) no Event of Default then exists. Tenant shall pay all costs of the Tenant’s Work in excess of Landlord’s Contribution. Each funded requisition for Landlord’s Contribution shall be applied first on account of any hard construction costs and labor directly related to the Tenant’s Work and materials delivered to the Building in connection with the Tenant’s Work, and then, second on account of any soft construction costs or design fees. Upon the completion of the Tenant’s Work and acquisition of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section, any amount of Landlord’s Contribution which has not been previously requisitioned may be applied to reimburse Tenant for out of pocket relocation expenses and furniture, fixtures and equipment.

(e) Landlord shall make progress payments on account of Landlord’s Contribution to Tenant on a monthly basis, for the work performed during the previous month, less such retainage ( Retainage ) as is provided for in Tenant’s construction contract(s) and contracts for the purchase and delivery of furniture, fixtures and equipment, provided that such contracts shall require Retainage of not less than five percent (5%) of the total contract price (in the aggregate) (which 5% Retainage shall not be in addition to the amounts retained under such contracts).

(f) Landlord shall pay Landlord’s Proportion (hereinafter defined) of the cost shown on each requisition submitted by Tenant to Landlord until the entirety of Landlord’s Contribution has been exhausted. Landlord’s Proportion shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is Landlord’s Contribution and the denominator of which is the total contract price for Tenant’s Work (as evidenced by reasonably detailed documentation delivered to Landlord with the requisition first submitted by Tenant).

(g) Landlord’s progress payments shall be made payable directly to Tenant or, upon Tenant’s written request, to Tenant’s general contractor, within thirty (30) days following delivery to Landlord of requisitions therefor. Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to each requisition in to verify the amount thereof. Tenant shall submit requisition(s) no more often than monthly, such requisition shall be executed by a duly authorized officer of Tenant, and shall be by (i) with the exception of the first requisition, copies of partial waivers of lien from all contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers covering all work and materials which were subject of previous progress payments by Landlord and Tenant, (ii) a certification from Tenant’s architect on a completed AIA Form G702, and (iii) a requisition certificate on a completed AIA Form G703. Landlord shall hold such Retainage and disburse the Retainage, or portions thereof requisitioned by Tenant from time to time on account of subcontractors who have completed respective portions of the job, upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s requisition therefor accompanied by all documentation required under the foregoing provisions of this Section, together with (A) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and issuance of any required approvals, permits and sign offs for the work of such subcontractor, or

 

22


with respect to the work of the Tenant’s general contractor, the Tenant’s Work, by Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction thereover (including issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy) ( Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Work ), and (B) issuance of final lien waivers by all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers covering all of the Tenant’s Work or the thereof as applicable (which final lien waivers may be conditioned upon, or delivered concurrent with, payment of such Retainage). If Tenant fails to pay to Tenant’s contractors the amounts paid by Landlord to Tenant in connection with any previous requisition(s), Landlord shall thereafter have the right to have Landlord’s Contribution paid directly to Tenant’s contractors. In addition, concurrent with the final requisition for the Retainage, Tenant shall submit “as-built” plans and specifications for the Tenant’s Work. The right to receive Landlord’s Contribution is for the exclusive benefit of Tenant, and in no event shall such right be assigned to or be enforceable by for the benefit of any third party, including any contractor, subcontractor, materialman, laborer, architect, engineer, attorney or other person or entity (excepting only to a permitted assignee of this Lease pursuant to Article 17).

If Landlord fails to fund Landlord’s Contribution notwithstanding Tenant’s compliance with the foregoing conditions, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s written demand, the unfunded amount of the Landlord’s Contribution shall accrue interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid, and Tenant may offset such owed amounts from subsequent installments of Rent which abatement shall be applied up to a maximum of seventy five percent (75%) of each monthly installment of Rent until the total cost incurred by Tenant is reimbursed.

5.5 Measurement of Premises .

If requested by Tenant, the Premises shall be measured according to the BOMA Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, modified as is customary for laboratory buildings in the Boston/Cambridge area market, to include mechanical shafts dedicated solely to tenant use in the tenant rentable area. The following are expressly excluded from the measurement of the Premises and reserved to Landlord: all the perimeter walls of the Premises (except the inner surfaces thereof), the Common Areas, and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use of all of the foregoing. If the measurement of the Premises determines that the area of the Premises is greater or less than ten percent (10%) of the area of the Premises set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, then whenever the size of the Premises is necessary for any computation, size shall be the adjusted size as herein determined.

ARTICLE 6

USE

6.1 Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions in Section 1.1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all Legal Requirements now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, ADA ). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 4.6 ) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void

 

23


or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance cost, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section. Tenant will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the capacity of the as set forth in this Lease.

Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises or the Project that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement (to the extent that such Claims do not arise from the failure of Landlord’s Work to comply with any Legal Requirements).

ARTICLE 7

PARKING

7.1 Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project to use Tenant’s pro rata share of the non-reserved parking spaces at the Project at the then-then-current prevailing rate equal to (a) .65 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (or 40 spaces based on 61,591 RSF) for the parking spaces located in the Building at the current monthly fee of $225 per space, and (b) .35 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (or 21 spaces based on 61,591 RSF) for surface parking spaces located on the adjacent lot at the current monthly fee of $175 per space, as such rates may vary from time to time as shown on the parking plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT J ( Parking Plan ) . Subject to Landlord’s reasonable requirements or conditions and any applicable Legal Requirements, Tenant may designate and mark (by virtue of signage reasonably approved by Landlord) at Tenant’s cost portion of Tenant’s allocated parking spaces for visitor parking on a reserved basis in locations to be reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

If additional parking spaces are available in the Building garage or adjacent surface lot, Landlord shall offer to Tenant the first right to use such additional spaces on a monthly basis and the parking rates then in effect, subject only to the rights of other tenants of the Building to use

 

24


pro rata share of the garage and surface lot spaces allocable to such tenants. If Tenant does not such spaces, Landlord shall have the right to allocate such spaces to other occupants in the Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and this Lease shall not be affected, if any parking rights of Tenant hereunder are impaired by Applicable Law. The parking spaces shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be in effect for the use of the parking garage/areas from time to time (including, without limitation, Landlord’s right, without additional charge to Tenant above the prevailing rate for parking spaces, to institute a valet or attendant-managed parking system) provided that access to the parking spaces by Tenant’s employees shall be on a 24/7 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have the right to the surface parking spaces to the following garages in order of priority: (1) the CambridgeSide Galleria Parking Garage located at 100 CambridgeSide Place in Cambridge; (2) the First Street Garage located on Spring Street in Cambridge; and (3) the common parking facility that serves the buildings located at 350 Kendall Street, 650 East Kendall Street, 675 West Kendall Street, 500 Kendall Street and 350 3 rd Street (Watermark Cambridge), each located in Cambridge. If parking spaces are not available in such garages, then Landlord shall have the right to relocate surface parking spaces to an alternate public parking facility of comparable quality located no further than one quarter mile from the Project and located within the City of Cambridge. Tenant shall be responsible for the actual fee for such offsite parking spaces which fee shall not to exceed the published parking rates for monthly parking for the respective parking garage from time to and shall not include any mark-up of such fee by Landlord or the owner or operator of the parking garage. If the actual fee for the offsite parking spaces exceeds the published parking rates, shall provide Tenant a credit for the amount by which the actual fee exceeds the published rates on a monthly basis. If the actual fee for the offsite parking spaces is less than the published parking rates, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional rent the amount by which the published parking rates exceed the actual fee incurred by Tenant on a monthly basis.

Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date and each anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice of the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant that Tenant is committed to using each year. If the number of parking spaces requested by Tenant is less than the 40 garage spaces and 21 surface spaces allocated to Tenant, then Landlord reserves the right to allocate the excess parking spaces to other occupants in the Building on monthly basis. Upon sixty (60) days notice from Tenant, Landlord shall arrange for such reallocated parking spaces to be restored for Tenant’s non-exclusive use.

Tenant shall have no right to hypothecate or encumber the parking spaces, and shall not sublet, assign, or otherwise transfer the parking spaces other than to employees of Tenant occupying the Premises or to a permitted transferee pursuant to Section 17 of this Lease.

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, for so long as the Parking and Traffic Demand Management Plan dated April 2008 as approved by the City of Cambridge on April 28, 2008, including the conditions set forth in such approval (as amended from time to time, the remains applicable to the Project, (i) offer to subsidize mass transit monthly passes for all of its employees; (ii) implement a Commuter Choice Program; (iii) discourage single-occupant vehicle use by its employees; (iv) promote alternative modes of transportation and use of alternative hours; (v) meet with Landlord and/or its representatives no more than quarterly to discuss transportation programs and initiatives; (vi) participate in annual surveys monitoring transportation programs and initiatives; (vii) cooperate with Landlord in connection with

 

25


transportation programs and initiatives promulgated pursuant to the PTDM; (viii) provide alternative work programs (such as telecommuting, flex-time and compressed work weeks) to its employees in order to reduce traffic impacts in Cambridge during peak commuter hours; and (ix) otherwise cooperate with Landlord in encouraging employees to seek alternate modes of transportation.

ARTICLE 8

UTILITIES; SERVICES

8.1 Utilities; Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section, and cold water for restrooms, drinking and office kitchen purposes, sewer connection, heated and chilled water for the HVAC system serving the Premises, electricity in an amount at least equal to 12 watts per usable square foot for office and 15 watts per rentable square foot for laboratory on 70% laboratory use and 30% office use, gas service for the HVAC system and water for sprinklers (collectively, Utilities ”) as more particularly set forth in the Base Building Specifications. Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Utilities will separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider as provided in the Landlord/Tenant Matrix attached hereto as Exhibit G . Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use. Tenant supply its own cleaning and rubbish removal service. Landlord at Landlord’s cost shall supply a dumpster or compactor at the loading dock for Tenant’s use for the disposal of non-hazardous, non-controlled substances.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that there shall be an interruption, curtailment or suspension of any service required to be provided by Landlord pursuant to this Lease (and no reasonably equivalent alternative service or supply is provided by Landlord) that shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of a material portion of the Premises, and Tenant actually ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises (any such event, a “Service Interruption ”), and if (a) such Service Interruption shall continue for five (5) consecutive Business Days following receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant describing such Service Interruption (the Service Interruption Notice ”) and (b) such Service Interruption shall not have been caused, in whole or in part, by reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or by an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees (a Service Interruption that satisfies the foregoing conditions being referred to hereinafter as a Material Service Interruption ”) then, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Base Rent, based on the nature and duration of the Material Service Interruption, the area of the Premises affected, and the then current Base Rent amounts, for the period that shall begin on the sixth Business Day after such Material Service Interruption and that shall end on the day such Material Service Interruption shall cease. In all events, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to restore the service interruption as soon as is reasonably practicable.

 

26


8.2 Shafts and Risers . During the Term, Landlord grants to Tenant a non-exclusive license to use a portion (reasonably specified by Landlord based on Tenant’s Plans and generally based on Tenant’s Share) of the Building risers and other Building communications pathways reasonably designated by Landlord ( Communications Pathways ) for the installation, maintenance, operation, replacement and/or removal at Tenant’s sole expense of certain cables, conduits, innerducts and connecting hardware approved by Landlord (any such cables, conduits, innerducts and connecting hardware installed within the Communications Pathways, as the same may be modified, altered or replaced during the Term, are collectively referred to herein as the Connecting Cables ). Any such approvals shall be granted, and installation performed, in accordance with the terms of Section 11 below. With respect to each cable placed in the Communications Pathways from and after the Execution Date, Tenant shall label such cable (at floor of the Building where the cable originates and the floor where such cable terminates and at each access point in between at which such cable is pulled) with identification information as reasonably required by Landlord which shall be consistent with commercial practice in the Cambridge/Kendall Square submarket. Landlord makes no warranties or representations to as to the suitability of the Communications Pathways for the installation and operation of the Connecting Cables and Tenant hereby accepts the same in their as is, where is condition with all faults on the date hereof, provided, however, Landlord shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure such Communications Pathways are dry and free of interference from electrical cables and other base building devices likely to interfere with the operation of such Connecting Cables. In the that at any time during the Term, Landlord reasonably determines, that the operation and/or periodic testing of the Connecting Cables interferes with the operation of the Building or the business operations of any of the occupants of the Building, then Tenant shall, upon reasonable notice from Landlord attempt to correct such interference in accordance with commercially reasonable approaches. Tenant is expressly forbidden to serve other tenants or occupants of the Building, to serve any locations outside the Building, or to resell any communications services without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this license, Tenant shall remove the Connecting Cables from the Communications Pathways and restore any damage to the Building related to the removal of the Connecting Cables caused by Tenant, which obligations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In addition, Landlord may, upon reasonable written notice (which notice shall not be required in the event of an emergency), suspend this license and/or relocate the Connecting Cables in the event of any repair or construction affecting the Communications Pathways, provided, however, prior to making any such repair or construction, Landlord shall ensure that Tenant has an alternative means of communicating in a manner consistent with the operation and standards of the Connecting Cables at the time of such license suspension and at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. After the completion of such repair and/or construction, this license shall be reinstated with such reasonable modifications as may require and for which Landlord shall reimburse Tenant to ensure consistency with the new of the Communications Pathways. Subject to earlier termination pursuant to the provisions of this Section, this license shall be coterminous with the Lease.

 

27


8.3 Rooftop Premises . During the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use a portion the rooftop of the Building reasonably designated by Landlord (the Rooftop Premises ) at no additional rental cost for the installation of HVAC equipment, antennas, satellite dishes or other communications device and certain mechanical devices necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises, all of which shall have been approved by Landlord (any devices and/or equipment installed within the Rooftop Premises, as the same may be modified, altered or during the Term, is collectively referred to herein as Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment ”). approval of such devices and/or equipment shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that the proposed devices and/or equipment (i) do not interfere with any base building equipment operated by Landlord on the roof; (ii) will not affect the structural integrity of the Building or void the for the roof or the roof membrane; (iii) shall be adequately screened so as to minimize the of such devices and/or equipment; and (iv) shall be adequately sound-proofed to meet all requirements of Legal Requirements. Tenant shall not install or operate Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment until Tenant has obtained and submitted to Landlord copies of all required governmental permits, licenses, and authorizations necessary for the installation and operation thereof. In addition, Tenant shall comply with all reasonable construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord in connection with the installation, maintenance and operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment. Landlord shall provide reasonable utility service (at Tenant’s reasonable cost) to the Rooftop Premises or to Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing and maintaining Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment in good order, condition and repair and for the cost of repairing any damage to the Building, or the cost of any necessary improvements to the Building, caused by or as a result of the installation, replacement and/or removal of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment. Landlord makes no warranties or representations to Tenant as to the suitability of the Rooftop Premises for the installation and operation of Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall use Landlord’s roof contractor (if such roof is under warranty such contractor) or another contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord for any work impacting the roof or roof membrane. If Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment damages the roof (other than ordinary wear and tear damage or damage arising from extraordinary events of a nature not controllable by Tenant such as high winds, fire, electrical storms and the like) or invalidates or adversely affects any warranty, Tenant shall be fully responsible for the cost of repairs directly related and limited the damage caused by Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment (and any subsequent repairs to the roof to the extent that any warranty is invalidated or adversely affected). Except as set forth in the next sentence, Landlord shall elect, at the time of Landlord’s approval thereof, either to require Tenant convey to Landlord, in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00), all of Tenant’s right, title and in and to all or any portion of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment or to remove such Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment or a portion thereof at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless this Lease has been terminated due to a Default by Tenant, Tenant may remove Tenant’s satellite dishes and generators and equipment appurtenant thereto at the expiration of the Term at Tenant’s cost provided that Tenant complies with any reasonable requirements or conditions imposed by Landlord and that Tenant remains responsible for the cost repairs directly related and limited to the damage caused by the removal of such equipment.

8.4 Tenant’s Generator . Landlord shall provide a location on the roof of the Building to be mutually agreed upon which Tenant may install one or more emergency generators, shall have no obligation to provide emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant. Tenant shall contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines.

 

28


8.5 Access . Subject to reasonable security procedures that Landlord may institute time to time to prevent unauthorized access to the Building, Tenant shall have access to the Premises, the Rooftop Premises, the Building garage and surface lot, the guest parking spaces, the freight elevator and freight loading dock, and any other appurtenant areas, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. A security card will be issued to all permitted Building occupants. An access card will be required for access to the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekdays and 24 hours a day on weekends. Landlord shall install a card access system on the elevators providing Tenant with the ability to lock off any full floors that it occupies.

ARTICLE 9

ALTERATIONS

9.1 Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 10.1 ) ( Alterations ), shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s sole and discretion. However, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alterations that (a) are not visible from the exterior of the Building; (b) will not adversely affect the Building Systems or structural elements; and (c) either are of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, pictures and installing carpeting, or cost less than $75,000 in any one instance. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 Business Days in advance of any construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Landlord shall not charge Tenant any coordination, overhead or contractor supervision fees in connection with the Alterations; provided, however that Landlord shall be reimbursed for any reasonable third-party, out of expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of the Alterations. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup. The construction of Tenant’s Work shall be governed by the provisions contained in Section 5.2, and not the provisions of this Article 9.

 

29


Tenant-shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) Connecting Cable as required in Section 8.2, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. Landlord hereby waives any lien or other interest in any of Tenant’s Property and Removable Installations and shall confirm such waiver in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant provided that Landlord shall be paid for Landlord’s reasonable out of pocket expenses in connection with the waiver process.

For purposes of this Lease, (x)  Removable Installations means any Installations that Tenant desires to have removed from the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term which Landlord agrees in writing may be removed by Tenant, (y)  Tenant’s Property means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z)  Installations means all property of any kind paid for by Landlord, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

ARTICLE 10

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

10.1 Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense subject to the provisions of Section 4.5 hereof, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including roof, HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other

 

30


building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project ( Building Systems ), in good repair, comparable to other first class lab research buildings in the Kendall Square area and compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured and damages and damage caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, Tenant Parties ) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance but no event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, or such longer time as is reasonably necessary if more than 30 days are reasonably required to complete such repairs so as Landlord commences such repairs within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently attempts to complete the same. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled Section 14.1.

10.2 Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Section 10.1 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of walls, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such within 30 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 30 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Articles 13 and 14, Tenant shall bear the uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

ARTICLE 11

MECHANIC’S LIENS

11.1 Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or

 

31


materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 Business Days after written notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

ARTICLE 12

INDEMNIFICATION

12.1 Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, Claims ”) for injury or death to or damage to property (a) occurring within the Premises, or (b) occurring outside of the Premises and caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or (c) arising from a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, in all cases unless solely by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, servants, employees, and contractors. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises), unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, servants, employees, and contractors, but subject to waiver of claims and subrogation provisions of Article 13. Tenant further hereby irrevocably waives any and all for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

Landlord hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property sustained or occurring in or about the Building (other than the Premises) and caused by the gross negligence or wilfull misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, servants, employees, and contractors unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, and contractors, but subject to waiver of claims and subrogation provisions of Article 13.

The provisions of this Section 12.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of Lease.

 

32


ARTICLE 13

INSURANCE

13.1 Insurance . (a)  Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted any activity, or place any equipment in or about the Premises or the Building which will in any way increase the rate of fire insurance or other insurance on the Building pertaining to the Permitted Use in compliance with the terms of the Lease provided that the Hazardous Materials List (defined in Section 21.2) does not change. If any increase in the rate of fire insurance or other insurance is stated by any insurance company to be due to any activity or equipment of Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building, such statement shall be conclusive evidence that the increase in such is due to such activity or equipment and, as a result thereof, Tenant shall be liable for the amount such increase. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such amount upon written demand from Landlord and such sum shall be considered additional rent payable hereunder.

(b) Landlord shall insure the Building, other than Tenant’s Work and Alterations, against loss due to fire and other casualties included in standard extended coverage insurance policies in an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the replacement cost thereof (with a waiver of co-insurance), exclusive of architectural and engineering fees, excavations, footings and foundations. Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain commercial general liability insurance (written on an occurrence basis) covering the Project. Such insurance shall need not cover (a) Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment or other personal property of Tenant on the Premises, or (b) any portion of the Tenant’s Work.

(c) Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and throughout the Term, Tenant shall obtain and maintain (1) commercial general liability insurance (written on an occurrence basis) including coverage provided in the current Insurance Services Office commercial general liability policy form insuring the indemnification obligations assumed by Tenant under this Lease, premises and operations coverage, broad form property damage and independent contractors coverage, and containing an endorsement for personal injury and an endorsement for the Amendment of Pollution Exclusion, (2) all-risk property insurance, (3) business interruption insurance (in an amount no less than the Base Rent and Additional Rent in effect during any year), (4) comprehensive automobile liability insurance (covering any automobiles owned or operated by Tenant, if any), (5) worker’s compensation insurance, (6) during all periods alcoholic beverages are dispensed or sold by Tenant at the Building or the Premises, liquor liability insurance or host liquor liability insurance as the case may be, (7) employer’s liability insurance, and (8) such additional insurance relating to Tenant’s use and storage of Hazardous Materials as may be necessary to comply with any requirement of any Governmental Authority. Such commercial general liability insurance shall be in an amount (which may include umbrella liability insurance) of no less than Two Million Dollars combined single limit per occurrence with a Three Million Dollar ($3,000,000) annual aggregate. Such property insurance shall be in an amount not less than that required to replace of Tenant’s Work at Tenant’s expense, all Alterations and all other contents of the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s trade fixtures, decorations, furnishings, equipment and personal property). Such automobile liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident. Such worker’s compensation insurance shall carry minimum limits as defined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located the same may be amended from time to time). Such employer’s liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) for each accident, Five Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease-policy limit, and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) disease-each employee.

 

33


(d) All such insurance required under this Section shall: (1) be issued by a company that is licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located and that has a rating equal to or exceeding A: VII from Best’s Insurance Guide; (2) in the case of the commercial general liability insurance, name Landlord and if designated by Landlord, the managing agent of the Building and the holder of any mortgage as additional insureds; (3) in the case of the all-risk property insurance and business interruption insurance, contain an endorsement that such policy shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the insured may have waived its right of action against any party prior to the occurrence of a loss; (4) in the case of the all-risk property insurance and business interruption insurance, provide that the insurer thereunder waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against Landlord, its partners, agents, employees, representatives and mortgage holders and all trustees and beneficiaries with respect thereto, in connection with any loss or damage covered by such, policy; (5) be reasonably acceptable in form and content to Landlord if not on customary industry form and content; (6) be primary and noncontributory; (7) contains an endorsement (or an insurer undertaking in a certificate or otherwise), to the extent obtainable, prohibiting cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance or material reduction in coverage without the insurer first providing Landlord thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such proposed action; and (8) not contain any deductible provision that is not commercially reasonable unless such provision is first approved in writing by Landlord (provided that Tenant’s deductible of $25,000 as of the Effective Date is deemed approved). Landlord reserves the right from time to time to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts of commercial general liability insurance or reduced deductible amounts (based on Landlord’s reasonable review of Tenant’s ability to pay anticipated claims) to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project or customarily required for similar projects. Tenant shall deliver a certificate of all such insurance and receipts evidencing payment therefor (and, upon request, copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements and declarations) to Landlord on or before the Effective Date and at such other times as Landlord may request (and pending such delivery of the insurance certificate, Landlord may defer commencement of the Tenant’s Work).

(e) Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord and the holder of any mortgage from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for damage to property for which Landlord is or may otherwise be held liable to the extent Tenant either is required to maintain property insurance pursuant to this Article with respect to the property so damaged, or receives insurance proceeds on account thereof. Landlord hereby waives and releases Tenant from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for damage to property for which Tenant is or may be otherwise held liable to the extent Landlord either is required to maintain property insurance pursuant to this Article with respect to the property so damaged, or receives insurance proceeds on account thereof. In the case of the all-risk property insurance, both parties shall secure waiver of subrogation endorsements from their respective insurance carriers as to the other party.

 

34


ARTICLE 14

RESTORATION

14.1 Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 30 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is reasonably estimated to exceed 9 months (the Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 45 after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding Landlord’s election restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within Business Days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (including Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work, but excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as Hazardous Materials Clearances ”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Tenant may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Tenant.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 30.20) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration deemed necessary by Tenant in accordance with its then current operations and not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Rent shall be abated from the date of such casualty until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than two months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration.

 

35


The provisions of this Lease, including this Section, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

ARTICLE 15

CONDEMNATION

15.1 Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a Taking or Taken ), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and shall be apportioned as of said date. In addition, if a Taking of the whole or any material part of Premises or the Project would in the reasonable judgment of Tenant either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the date that Landlord’s title has been of such property. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

ARTICLE 16

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

16.1 Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due and such default shall continue for more than five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord.

 

36


(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed and Tenant shall fail to replace such insurance before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(d) Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 15 days after written notice from Landlord.

(e) Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a Proceeding for Relief ”) ; (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(f) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Article 18 or 19 within 5 Business Days after a second notice requesting such document.

(g) Swing Space Lease . A “Default of Tenant” (as defined in the Swing Space Lease) occurs under the Swing Space Lease.

(h) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given pursuant to this Section hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to this Section is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

 

37


16.2 Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the Default Rate, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due more than once in any eighteen month period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 5% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor unless such process is accomplished by Landlord in violation of applicable Legal Requirements;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing subsection (i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

38


(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

As used in the foregoing subsection (c)(ii) (A) and (B), the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in subsection (c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover Rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Intentionally Deleted.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, upon the occurrence of a monetary Default or Default pertaining to Tenant’s failure to comply with the requirements of Article 21, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 21.4 hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Tenant ever be liable to Landlord for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages under this Lease except as may arise in connection with Tenant’s holding over of the Premises as set forth in Article 25.

(d) Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at

 

39


any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives all right of redemption in Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages following termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 17

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

17.1 General Prohibition . Without Landlord’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed subject to and on the conditions described in this Section, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect.

17.2 Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted (as defined below), then at least 15 Business Days, but not more than 45 Business Days, before date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the Assignment Notice ) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 Business Days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, or (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion; or (iii) if the proposed assignment, hypothecation or other transfer or subletting concerns (x) an entire floor of the Building or (y) more than (together with all other then subleases) 50% of the Premises with a proposed sublease term that would expire during the last months of the Term, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an Assignment Termination ”). Among other reasons, it be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any Alterations that would

 

40


substantially lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require substantially increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the assignee lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment–(4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the business of the proposed or subtenant is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (5) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal (6) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee subtenant; (7) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an existing tenant in the Building or a prospective tenant with whom Landlord has been in negotiations; or (8) if the assignment or subletting concerns more than 50% of the Premises, the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of the proposed assignee or subtenant is less than $10,000,000. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 Business Days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall Landlord for its reasonable, out of pocket costs in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents (provided that expenses shall not exceed $5,000 in any one instance with respect to the approval of any assignments or sublets unless such assignment or sublease does not occur in the ordinary course business (e.g. is in connection with a bankruptcy or reorganization of tenant), involves additional documentation beyond Landlord’s customary form of consent or significant negotiation of the same, or Landlord provides unusual or extraordinary services in connection therewith).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a Control Permitted Assignment ”) shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ( GAAP )) of the assignee is not less than the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a Corporate Permitted Assignment ). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as Permitted Assignments .”

 

41


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, Tenant shall have the right to obtain financing from investors (including venture capital funding and corporate partners) which invest in private companies or undergo a public offering which results in a change in control of Tenant without such change of control constituting an assignment under this Section requiring Landlord consent, provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the financing prior to closing of the financing, and (ii) provided that in no event shall such financing result in a change use of the Premises from the use contemplated by Tenant at the commencement of the Term.

17.3 Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in Default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

17.4 No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease and any tenant improvement expenses paid by Tenant in excess of Landlord’s Contribution) ( Excess Rent ”), then Tenant be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any

 

42


thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect and retain such rent.

17.5 No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

17.6 Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, if the proposed assignee or sublessee has operations in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts that are or have been subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority and such operations are substantially comparable to the operations proposed by the assignee or sublessee for the Premises in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority) pertaining to a use similar to the Permitted Use, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to assignment or subletting to any such party.

ARTICLE 18

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

18.1 Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 Business Days of written notice Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement to Landlord, or any prospective or lender, in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered Tenant for execution. Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days of written notice from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver a comparable statement to Tenant.

 

43


ARTICLE 19

SUBORDINATION

19.1 Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, provided that the Holder of such Mortgage delivers to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement on such holder’s standard and customary form provided that such holder is an institutional lender or investor. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term Mortgage whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the Holder of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

19.2 Ground Lease . Landlord represents and warrants that Landlord has enforceable leasehold rights in the land comprising the Project by virtue of the Ground Lease dated November 12, 2010, by and between Bent Associates Limited Partnership, as landlord (“ Ground Lessor ”), and Landlord as tenant (“ Ground Lease ). Landlord represents and warrants that the Ground Lease is in full force and effect and, to its knowledge, there are no defaults under the Ground Lease as of the date hereof. Landlord shall cause the Ground Lessor to enter into a subordination and non-disturbance agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K for Tenant’s benefit.

ARTICLE 20

SURRENDER

20.1 Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition the Premises are required to be maintained during the Term, along with any Alterations or Installations permitted Landlord to remain in the Premises pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party or subtenant (collectively, Tenant Operations ”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 14 and 15 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the Surrender Plan ”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant

 

44


with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which shall not exceed $5,000. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section.

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Article 21 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

ARTICLE 21

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21.1 Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnitv . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in

 

45


violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party or subtenant. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises is caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party or subtenant otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses Environmental Claims ”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 20, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which existed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises, or (iii) contamination caused by Landlord or any Landlord Party. Landlord hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any Environmental Claims arising as result of such contamination described in clause (i) and (iii) of the immediately prior sentence.

21.2 Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section to Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Lease Commencement Date a list

 

46


identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises ( Hazardous Materials List ). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Material is brought onto, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or of from, the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the Haz Mat Documents ”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Lease Commencement Date, if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to installed in the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted in compliance with the applicable Legal Requirements and subject to any reasonable conditions or requirements imposed by Landlord); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance Article 20 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by competitors.

21.3 Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

21.4 Testing . If any Governmental Authority requires testing to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use, then Landlord shall have the right to conduct such testing at Tenant’s expense. If Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to (and such Governmental Authority), which tests are certified to Landlord (and such Authority), Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant

 

47


such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is under this Section, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing for which Tenant is responsible hereunder in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which may have against Tenant.

21.5 Control Areas . Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

21.6 Intentionally Deleted .

21.7 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

21.8 Definitions . As used herein, the term Environmental Requirements means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term Hazardous Materials means and includes any substance, material, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

 

48


ARTICLE 22

TENANT’S REMEDIES/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

22.1 Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as reasonably necessary, provided that Landlord shall diligently and continuously pursue such Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease arising or accruing during the period of such Landlord’s ownership of the Premises, and not thereafter, will be binding upon Landlord. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

22.2 Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ARISING AS A RESULT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD PARTY, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY

 

49


INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

ARTICLE 23

INSPECTION AND ACCESS

23.1 Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of making such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to the Lease, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers lenders and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants, and at any time during the Term for any other business purpose. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions pertaining to the Project, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder

ARTICLE 24

SIGNAGE

24.1 Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Building. Landlord shall provide at Landlord’s expense building standard signage in the lobby and at Tenant’s entrance. If Tenant occupies the entire floor, Tenant may install at Tenant’s expense Tenant’s signage in the elevator lobby in a size and location to be determined and subject to Landlord’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Provided that Tenant occupies at least 50,000 rentable square feet, Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to install at Tenant’s expense exterior signage on the Building facade in one the three locations designated as area 1, area 2 or area 3 shown on the attached Exhibit L , as

 

50


Tenant may elect, with modest lighting, but in a design, size, construction and operation subject Landlord’s approval which shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed, and subject to the applicable Legal Requirements of the City of Cambridge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant occupies less than 50,000 rentable square feet but at least one entire floor of the Building, Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to install at Tenant’s expense exterior signage on the Building facade in a size and location to be determined, subject to the rights of tenants, and subject to Landlord’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld, or delayed and the applicable Legal Requirements of the City of Cambridge. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs relating to the permitting, installation and maintenance of the signage. Additional exterior signage shall be limited to one future tenant and the size of such exterior signage shall not exceed the size of Tenant’s exterior signage.

ARTICLE 25

HOLDING OVER

25.1 Holding Over . If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Base Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, plus all other Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

ARTICLE 26

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

26.1 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

51


ARTICLE 27

SECURITY DEPOSIT

27.1 Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the Security Deposit ) for the performance all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth in Section 1.1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the Letter of Credit ) : (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord’s choice, and (vi) transferable without fee or cost to Landlord. Landlord hereby approves Silicon Valley Bank as the issuer of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Letter Credit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under Lease. The Letter of Credit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 16.1 ), Landlord may draw all or any part of the Letter of Credit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord’s right to use the Letter of Credit under this Section includes the right to use the Letter Credit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall on demand a new Letter of Credit or amend the existing Letter of Credit to restore the Letter of Credit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now hereafter in force which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the Default of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be applied first to the of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. The Letter of Credit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Provided that no Default (as defined in Section 16.1) or event that with the passage of or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default has occurred that remains uncured, amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $862,274.00 effective as of the Rent Commencement Date, whereupon, within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant’s written request, any portion of the Security Deposit in excess of the respective reduced amounts shall, if held by Landlord in cash, be refunded to Tenant, without interest, or Landlord shall agree to an appropriate replacement or amendment of the Letter of Credit in order to effect such reduction.

 

52


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any uncured monetary Default exists as of such reduction date, such reduction will occur at the later of: (i) one year from the original reduction date; or (ii) such time as the Default shall have been cured. If any uncured material non-monetary Default exists of such reduction date, such reduction will occur at the later of: (i) six months from the original reduction date; or (ii) such time as the Default shall have been cured. If any event that with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a monetary Default or material non-monetary Default exists as of such reduction date, such reduction will occur at such time as the uncured default shall have been cured.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

ARTICLE 28

RIGHT TO EXTEND TERM

28.1 Extension Rights . Tenant shall have one right (an Extension Right ”) to extend the term of this Lease for five (5) years (an Extension Term ) on the same terms and as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Landlord’s Work) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right no sooner than fifteen (15) months earlier than and at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be equal to the Market Rate (as defined below). As used herein, Market Rate shall mean the then market rental rate for space that includes laboratory and office space in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transportation as the Premises, as determined pursuant to the provisions of this Article 28. In addition, Landlord may impose a market rent for the parking rights provided hereunder.

Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of exercise of the Extension Right, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant Landlord’s estimate of the Market Rate for the Extension Term. Within twenty (20) days after Landlord delivers Landlord’s estimate of the Market Rate to Tenant, Tenant may provide written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to rescind the exercise of Extension Right whereupon the Base Term shall expire as set forth herein and Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease. If Tenant has not elected rescind the exercise of the Extension Right, and if, on or before the date which is 45 days after delivery of Landlord’s estimate of the Market Rate Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in this Article. Except as set forth in this paragraph, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Article, Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

 

53


28.2 Arbitration .

Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate that the submitting party believes to be correct ( Extension Proposal ). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within seven (7) days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within ten (10) days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The two Arbitrators so appointed shall, within five (5) Business Days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the two Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(a) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate is not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate for the Extension Term.

(b) An Arbitrator shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than ten (10) years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than fifteen (15) years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

28.3   Rights Personal . The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and any transferee pursuant to a Permitted Assignment and is not otherwise assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease.

 

54


28.4 Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, at Landlord’s option, the Extension Right shall not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease three or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

28.5 No Extensions . The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Right.

28.6 Termination . The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any Default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted three or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

ARTICLE 29

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

29.1 Tenant’s Right of First Offer . After the initial lease-up of the entire Building (or before the initial lease-up thereof after the 24 th month following the Lease Commencement Date), Tenant shall have an on-going Right of First Offer to lease any space (“ Offer Space ”) in the Building subject to the right of Landlord to extend or renew any then current lease (or enter into a new lease with the same tenant even if no extension or renewal rights are contained in the current lease) and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Landlord shall give notice (“ Offer Notice ) to Tenant of the availability anticipated availability) of such space, setting forth the terms and conditions on which Landlord would lease such space to Tenant which terms shall include rent at the Market Rate. The term of the lease for the Offer Space shall be co-terminus with the Term for Premises provided that there is at least three (3) years of unexpired Term remaining in the Base Term or Extension Term. Otherwise the term pertaining to the Offer Space shall be five (5) years unless a longer term is requested by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable by notice to Landlord given on or before the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after receipt of the Offer Notice to lease such space on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice. If Tenant shall not elect to lease such space within the ten (10) Business period, Landlord shall be free to lease such space on any terms and conditions, provided, however, that the new lease shall contain a net effective rental rate (taking into account

 

55


relevant factors, including the average annual base rent and additional rent (less concessions) tenant improvement allowances and other economic inducements) equal to least ninety five percent (95%) of such net effective rental rate set forth in Landlord’s Notice to Tenant. If, within six months after Tenant’s actual or deemed rejection, desires to lease the Offer Space at a net effective rental rate less than ninety five percent (95%) of the net effective rental rate set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice, then, prior to leasing the Offer Space to a third party, Landlord shall again give Tenant an Offer Notice of the availability of the Offer Space and an opportunity to lease the same.

(b) If Landlord has not leased the Offer Space within six (6) months of the date of Landlord’s Offer Notice for such space, then Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall once again apply to such space and Landlord must continue to first offer such space to Tenant prior to leasing to a third party at all times during the Term after the expiration of any such six (6) month period (provided that the six month deadline shall be extended as necessary if Landlord has commenced negotiations with a prospective tenant but not yet in good faith executed a lease during the six month period).

(c) The terms and provisions of Sections 28.3-28.6 shall be incorporated into this Section and pertain to Tenant’s option to exercise its Right of First Offer as if originally stated herein.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

30.1 Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

30.2 Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and liable for the obligations of Tenant.

30.3 Financial Information . Upon request from Landlord given not more than once in any twelve month period unless a Default shall have occurred and remain outstanding, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of Tenant’s most recent annual financial statements and Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements, in form prepared by Tenant. If Tenant becomes a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section shall not apply. Such financial information shall be provided subject to the requirement that Landlord agree to: (a) in confidence all such financial information and not disclose the financial information to third parties other than Landlord’s affiliates, attorneys, lenders and consultants without the prior consent of Tenant; (b) use the financial information solely in connection with this Lease; (c) treat the financial information with the same degree of care it uses to protect its own but in no event with less than a reasonable degree of care; (d) reproduce the financial information solely to the extent necessary in connection with this Lease, with all such reproductions being considered

 

56


confidential; and (e) disclose solely to its employees or consultants on a need-to-know basis; provided, however, that (i) any such employees and consultants are bound by written obligations of confidentiality at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Lease, and (ii) Landlord remains liable for the compliance of such employees and consultants with such obligations.

Landlord will not have obligations of non-disclosure and non-use with respect to any portion of the financial information that Landlord can demonstrate, by clear and convincing evidence: (a) is generally known to the public at the time of disclosure or becomes generally known through no wrongful act on the part of Landlord; (b) is in Landlord’s possession at the time of disclosure other than as a result of Landlord’s breach of any legal obligation; (c) becomes known to Landlord through disclosure by sources other than Tenant having the legal right to disclose such financial information; or (d) is independently developed by Landlord without reference to or reliance upon the financial information as evidenced by written records.

If Landlord is required by a governmental authority or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction to disclose any of the financial information, Landlord will give Tenant prompt written notice thereof and Landlord shall take all reasonable and lawful actions to avoid or minimize the degree of such disclosure. Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant in any efforts to seek a protective order.

30.4 Recordation . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but upon request of either party, both parties shall execute and deliver a notice of this Lease in form appropriate for or registration, and if this Lease is terminated before the Term expires, an instrument in such acknowledging the date of termination.

30.5 Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

30.6 Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

30.7 Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

57


30.8 Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

30.9 Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

30.10 OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the of the Office of Foreign Assets Control ( OFAC ) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the OFAC Rules ), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

30.11 Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

30.12 Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

30.13 No Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

30.14 Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

 

58


30.15 REIT/UBTI . The Landlord and the Tenant hereby agree that it is their intent that minimum rent and all other additional rent and any other rent and charges payable to the under this lease (hereinafter individually and collectively referred to in this Section as Rent ) shall qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Sections 512(b)(3) and 856(d) the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the Code ) and the U.S. Department of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the Regulations ). In the event that (i) the Code or the Regulations, or interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service contained in rulings or other similar public pronouncements, shall be changed so that any Rent no longer so qualifies as “rent from real property” for purposes of either said Section 512(b)(3) or Section 856(d) or (ii) the Landlord, in its sole discretion, determines that there is any risk that all or part any Rent shall not qualify as “rents from real property” for the purposes of either said Sections 512(b)(3) or 856(d), such Rent shall be adjusted in such manner as the Landlord may require so that it will so qualify; provided, however, that any adjustments required pursuant to this Section shall be made so as to produce the equivalent (in economic terms) Rent as payable prior to such adjustment and shall not materially adversely affect the operations of Tenant in the Premises, parties agree to execute such further commercially reasonable instrument as may reasonably be required by the Landlord in order to give effect to the foregoing provisions of this Section.

30.16 Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

30.17 Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

30.18 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit M . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

30.19 Security . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the and that Tenant is not providing any security services with respect to areas outside of the Tenant agrees that, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be entitled to install and maintain security devices and services as it deems appropriate within the Premises, and Landlord acknowledges

 

59


the scope of such security devices and services may include surveillance and monitoring of areas outside of the Premises provide that such devices do not affect the rights and use and enjoyment other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

30.20 Force Majeure . Neither party shall be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder (other than monetary obligations) when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the control of such party (“ Force Majeure ”).

30.21 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction and that no broker brought about this transaction, other than the Brokers listed in Section 1.1 hereof. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims any broker, other than the Brokers named in Section 1.1, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to leasing transaction. Landlord will be responsible to pay the commissions due to the named pursuant to a separate agreement.

30.22 Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

[Signatures on next page]

 

60


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Michael Pellini
Name:   Michael Pellini, MD
Title:   President & CEO
LANDLORD:

150 SECOND STREET, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Shawn Hurley
  Shawn Hurley, Manager
By:   /s/ Mats Johansson
  Mats Johansson, Manager

 

61


EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

PLAN OF PREMISES, STORAGE SPACES AND SHARED SPACES

(Attached)


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

That certain parcel of land with the buildings thereon situated in Cambridge, Middlesex County, Massachusetts being bounded and described as follows:

65 Bent Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

WESTERLY    on Second Street, two hundred (200) feet;
NORTHERLY    on Charles Street, three hundred (300) feet;
EASTERLY    on land of owners unknown, two hundred (200) feet;
SOUTHERLY    on Bent Street, three hundred (300) feet.

Containing 60,000 square feet of land, any or all of said measurements being more or less.

Subject to that certain Ground Lease dated November 12, 2010 by and between Bent Associates Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership, as ground lessor, and 150 Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as ground lessee, notice of which Ground Lease is recorded with the Middlesex County South District Registry of Deeds in Book 55812, Page 1.

Being the same premises conveyed by Quitclaim Deed dated December 26, 1985 and recorded with said Deeds in Book 16676, Page 105.


EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


Fidelity National Title Insurance Company

SCHEDULE B

OWNER’S POLICY

Owner’s Policy No.: 27306-82121850

This policy does not insure against loss or damage by reason of the following:

 

  1. Liens for taxes and assessments which become due and payable subsequent to the Date of Policy. Note: Taxes are paid through December 31, 2010 .

 

  2. Rights of tenants in possession under unrecorded leases as listed on Schedule B attached .

 

  3. Rights to maintain foundation of wall as set forth in deed dated July 22, 1965 recorded in Book 11673, Page 520.

 

  4. Order of Taking by the City of Cambridge for sidewalk purposes dated August 3, 1949 and recorded in Book 7321, Page 539 , as affected by Order dated September 12, 1949 recorded in Book 7478, Page 260.

 

  5. Notice of Variance by the City of Cambridge Board of Zoning Appeals dated May 7, 1982 recorded in Book 14832, Page 501 .

 

  6. Notice of Activity and Use Limitation dated October 13, 2004 recorded in Book 44244, Page 407 .

 

  7. Notice of Decision by the City of Cambridge Planning Board recorded April 8, 2010 in Book 54516, Page 247 .

 

  8. Assignment, Certificate and Indemnity Concerning Lessor’s Interest in Leases dated December 26, 1985, recorded in Book 16676, Page 109.

 

  9. Plan entitled: “ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey in Cambridge, MA, 69 Bent Street and 29 Charles Street, dated June 14, 2010, last revised September 10, 2010, prepared for Skanska USA Commercial Development, Inc.” by Hancock Associates, discloses the following:

 

  (a) Overhead wire from Parcel I crosses land of abutter;

 

  (b) Exhaust on metal platform projects onto land of abutter;

 

  (c) Abutter’s sign is on the building;

 

  (d) Building comer projects over property line.

 

  (e) Metal security doors, lights, sign and building corners project into Bent Street.

 

  (f) Building corner, steel bracket and light on the building project into Second Street.

 

  (g) Roof gutter and sign (“Kendall Press”) project into Charles St.

 

  (h) Abutter’s sign (“Soldanor Realty Company”) on building projects onto the premises;

 

  (i) Abutter’s sign and vent (B & D Realty Trust) project onto the premises;

 

  (j) Electric conduit runs between shack and abutting building;

 

  (k) “Fire Exit” for abutter accesses the premises;

 

  (l) Utility lines extend from Bent Street, Second Street, and Charles Street onto the premises.

 

  14. Decision by the City of Cambridge recorded on September 7, 2010 in Book 55323, Page 557,

 

  15. Lease from Bent Associates Limited Partnership, as Landlord to 150 Second Street, LLC, as tenant, Notice of Lease of which is dated November 12, 2010 and recorded on November 12, 2010 in Book 55812, Page 1.


Fidelity National Title Insurance Company

SCHEDULE B

OWNER’S POLICY

 

  16. Notice of Permit Cooperation Obligations by and between Bent Street Land Company LLC and 150 Second Street, LLC dated November 12, 2010 and recorded in Book 55812, Page 17.

 

  17. Notice of Sublease of Surface Parking Spaces and Option to Sublease Structured Parking Spaces by and between Bent Street Land Company and 150 Second Street, LLC dated November 12, 2010 and recorded in Book 55812, Page 28.

Note: This policy omits any covenants, conditions or restrictions referred to above, if any, based upon race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, handicap, national origin, ancestry, or source of income, as set forth in applicable state or federal law, except to the extent that said covenants, conditions or restrictions are permitted by applicable state or federal law.


EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this      day of             ,         , between 150 SECOND STREET, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and             , a              corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated             ,             (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Lease Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,          and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on             ,         . The Rent Commencement Date is             ,         . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Lease Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Acknowledgment of Lease Commencement Date to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

 

  ,
a              corporation
By:  

 

Its:  

 

LANDLORD:
150 SECOND STREET, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

RENT CERTIFICATE

150 Second Street, LLC

c/o Skanska USA Commercial Development Inc.

253 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02210

 

Re:    Lease dated as of July 13, 2010 by and between RB Kendall Fee, LLC (“ Landlord ”), and Foundation Medicine, Inc. (“ Tenant ”), pertaining to the entire fourth floor consisting of 11,466 rentable square feet and the entire fifth floor consisting of 11,040 rentable square feet of the building (collectively, the “ Premises ”) located at 300 One Kendall Square, Cambridge, Massachusetts (“ Lease ”).

The undersigned hereby certifies, represents and warrants to 150 Second Street, LLC and its successors, assigns, affiliates and lenders (together, the “ New Landlord ”), as follows and acknowledges that this certification, representation and warranty are being relied upon by the New Landlord in connection with provisions of Section 4.2 of the Lease Agreement dated as of March 27, 2013 by and between New Landlord and Tenant pertaining to certain premises located at 150 Second Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts:

1. Tenant has previously delivered a true, accurate and complete copy of the Lease to the New Landlord and there have been no amendments, modifications, side letters or other agreements relating to the Lease since such delivery. The Lease is in full force and effect.

2. The term of the Lease expires on October 31, 2015.

3. Tenant has paid to Landlord the monthly fixed rent of $         and monthly additional rent for operating costs and taxes of $         due under the Lease through the period ended             , 20    .

4. Tenant is not entitled to, and has made no agreement(s) with Landlord concerning, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent payments, credit or offset or deduction in rent, or any other type of rental concession, including, without limitation, lease support payments, lease buy-outs, or rental concessions pertaining to any unfunded tenant improvement allowance.

5. Tenant has neither assigned its interest under the Lease, by operation of law or otherwise, nor entered into any sublease, concession agreement or license pertaining to the Premises or any portion thereof.

6. Tenant has no option to reduce the Premises or no right to terminate the Lease prior to the stated expiration date other than as specifically set forth in the Lease with respect to casualty and condemnation. The Landlord has no right to recapture any portion of the Premises prior to the stated expiration date other than as specifically set forth in the Lease with respect to casualty and condemnation.

 

E-1


7. [If an OKS Rent Savings Event has occurred, in lieu of Sections 4, 5 or 6 above, as the case may be, insert in substantially the following form : Tenant has entered into a sublease pertaining to the Premises. The monthly base rent and escalations due to Landlord is $         for the period ended             . The documented out of pocket transaction costs to Tenant in connection with the sublease is $            . The rent payable under the sublease is $         for the period ended             .

Or in the alternative, as the case may be : Tenant’s rent obligations under the Lease have terminated or been reduced by virtue of              (for example, lease termination agreement). The aggregate amount of rent savings under the Lease through the original expiration date of the term of the Lease is $        . The documented out of pocket transaction costs to Tenant in connection with the (lease termination agreement) is $        .]

Executed under seal as of the      day of             , 20    .

 

FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC .,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS


LOGO    3.5.13

 

Base-Building Core & Shell Definition

150 Second Street – Cambridge, MA

1. GENERAL

Landlord is to deliver building for Use Group B and S-2, using Type I-B Construction in accordance with 780 CMR Massachusetts State Building Code – 8 th Edition.

 

  A. Basement Level – 12’-2” Floor-to-floor height.

 

  B. Ground Floor – 14’-8” Floor-to-floor height.

 

  C. Second Floor – 14’-8” Floor-to-floor height.

 

  D. Third Floor – 14’-8” Floor-to-floor height.

 

  E. Total area is approximately 123,210 RSF subject to final measurement.

 

  F. Structure designed to accommodate finish ceiling height of 9’-4” AFF.

 

  G. Slab to underside of beam dimension is 11’ typical with ability for utilities to be run though open webbed joists.

 

  H. General column spacing is 32’ x 45’.

 

  I. Building/Core and Shell Project designed to achieve LEED Gold Certification (NC).

2. FOUNDATIONS AND SLAB-ON-GRADE

 

  A. Foundations consist of spread footings with a perimeter foundation wall. Basement slab consists of 5” reinforced concrete slab-on-grade.

 

  B. All foundation, slab-on-grade, and slabs-on-deck concrete will be controlled and tested in accordance with applicable building codes and standards. Concrete compressive strengths will be as required to meet structural requirements, but no less than 4,000 psi.

 

  C. Concrete reinforcing steel conforms to ASTM 615.

 

  D. Welded wire mesh conforms to ASTM 185.

 

  E. Slab-on-grade designed for a 100 psf live load.

3. STRUCTURE

 

  A. The structure has been designed with the following live loads:

 

  1. Wind and seismic loads in accordance with State Building Code.

 

  2. Tenant area floors – 100 psf.

 

  3. Mechanical equipment rooms – 150 psf

 

  4. Penthouse Roof – 20 psf Minimum Live Load and in accordance with governing building codes, plus allowances for specific snow drifting and equipment loads.

 

  B. The structure consists of an internally-braced steel frame supporting composite 3” metal deck with 4 1/2 “NW concrete fill at tenant floors, reinforced with 6x6 W.W.F.

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

  C. All steel is ASTM A36, A572 grade 50, A992 grade 50, A500 grade B, or as required. All shop and field-welded connections are welded in accordance with AWS standards. Bolted field connections have been made with 3/4” diameter A325 high-strength bolts, minimum.

 

  D. Floor deck at tenant floors consists of minimum 18 gauge steel or as engineered. All metal deck will conform to the Steel Deck Institute’s Code of Recommended Standard Practice.

 

  E. Composite steel floor deck concrete cover at floors have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi and reinforced with welded wire mesh.

 

  F. Structure is fireproofed where required by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Building Code.

 

  G. Fire exit stairs are standard steel pan stair assemblies with painted steel handrails and concrete treads.

 

  H. Miscellaneous iron items (elevator sill angles, ladders, railings, access platforms, stairs for accessing all equipment in compliance with OSHA and applicable codes, loose lintels, expansion plates, toilet partition support frames, etc.) are provided as needed.

4. ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING

 

  A. Roofing system is a loose-laid, mechanically-fastened or fully adhered, single-ply membrane, TPO type similar to Carlisle.

 

  B. Roof insulation is extruded polystyrene board similar to Styrofoam by Dow, conforming to requirements of the Massachusetts State Energy Code and is acceptable for use with the roofing membrane specified.

 

  C. Roof accessories such as bonding adhesive, splicing cement, lap sealant, tape, water cut-off mastic, etc., are compatible with the roofing membrane specified. Typical roof penetrations are flashed with material matching the roof system.

 

  D. Metal flashing has been provided and a perimeter coping/gravel stop is anodized extruded or painted brake-formed aluminum.

 

  E. Elevator pits are waterproofed as required.

 

  F. Compatible roof walkway pads by the roofing manufacturer have been provided for base building equipment access and servicing.

 

  G. Base building includes a prescribed method for exterior window. Equipment to be provided by property management personnel.

5. EXTERIOR WALLS

 

  A. The Building is clad with a combination of cementitious fiberboard, strip windows, curtain wall and composite metal panels. All glass is new energy efficient “low E” glass.

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

 

  B. Entrance doors are aluminum storefront doors. BOH doors are painted hollow metal.

 

  C. Loading dock exterior doors are electronically operated, high-cycle aluminum doors by Rytec or similar.

6. INTERIOR FINISHES

 

  A. Main entrance floor finish is terrazzo flooring. Lobby walls are finished with a combination of wood paneling/glass/resin synthetic panel feature wall and painted drywall and ceilings.

 

  B. Core Toilet floors are ceramic tile or similar. Marble thresholds are provided at door openings where ceramic tile abuts other floor finishes. All toilet room wet walls are covered with ceramic tile or similar up to ceiling. Paint is provided for the remaining walls. Toilet ceilings are acoustical tegular tile suspended ceilings with an exposed suspension grid, or drywall. Lavatory counters are polished granite or similar with under mounted sinks. All toilet spaces throughout the building are of the same color and level of finish. Automatic flushometers and touchless faucets have been installed on all lavoratories, water closets, and urinals.

 

  C. Door frames are hollow metal (cold-formed steel). Solid core, wood veneer doors are provided for common area amenities such as toilet rooms. Painted hollow metal doors are provided for Base Building service areas. All doors and hardware comply with regulations of the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board and The Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

  D. Landlord has provided the Base Building mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, telephone/data riser closets and janitorial closets in core area on typical floors and ground floor.

 

  E. Inside face of typical exterior walls consists of the back of the facade cladding system with insulation, fireproofed as required by code.

 

  F. Lobby and Base Building interior lighting consists of architecturally specified efficient lighting.

 

  G. Typical stair finishes include concrete floors and treads, painted steel risers and rails, primed and painted drywall surfaces.

7. SPECIALTIES & EQUIPMENT

 

  A. Building Directory’s will be provided by Base Building. Base Building will specify and install signage required by code, including City of Cambridge Inspectional Services and Fire Dept. for Base Building portion of construction.

 

  B. Metal toilet partitions are steel panels with brushed stainless steel finish, and floor-mounted.

 

  C. Toilet room accessories, brushed stainless steel, Bobrick Co., or equal: recessed paper towel dispenser; toilet paper holders; soap dispensers; grab bars.

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

8. VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION

 

  A.

Two (2) gearless, standard elevators based on the following quantities, speeds and capacity: One (1) 3,500 #, 200fpm passenger elevator serving Basement through 3 rd floors and One (1) 4,000, 200fpm, double-sided combination service / passenger elevator serving Basement through penthouse floors. Interior cab finishes are similar in quality and context to ground floor lobby.

9. PLUMBING

 

  A. Domestic water system supplied by dual metered service from public water mains. Piping is type “L” copper. Two (2)  125 gallon, gas-fired domestic water heaters are provide re-circulating hot water to accommodate core toilet rooms and tempered water risers.

 

  B. Stormwater is reclaimed from a portion of the roof; collected in an underground storage tank and reused for toilet and urinal flushing to supplement potable water requirement. Overflow from tank and the remainder of the roof discharges to a storm infiltration system.

 

  C. Low pressure gas service provided to all base building equipment. Gas riser is sized with additional capacity to supply tenant provided generators.

 

  D. Typical toilet rooms on floors 1-3 have fixture count as required by code. All water closets and urinals are wall hung to facilitate floor cleaning. All fixtures are “low-flow” type, hands-free . Lavatory sinks are under mounted and have metered and motion sensor operated faucet controls with hot water flow restrictors.

 

  E. Showers are provided on the first floor.

 

  F. Non-potable cold water risers are provided to supply non-potable connection at each floor.

 

  G. Clear water waste receivers aree provided at each floor to accept RO reject water, condensate and similar clean water. This water can also be collected in the above-mentioned tank for reuse.

10. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

 

  A. Fire protection is fed from a 6” service from the public water main. An in-line, vertical fire pump feeds two (2) 6” combined standpipes, to provide pressure for the sprinkler system.

 

  B. Hose connections for Fire Department use will be provided as required by code for base building only. Piping will be black steel pipe schedule 10 for pipe 2 1/2” and larger and schedule 40 for pipe 2” and smaller. All piping, valves and equipment is UL-Listed and labeled. Tamper switches are provided on all control valves.

 

  C. Automatic sprinkler system is supplied from the combination sprinkler/standpipe risers in each stair. The sprinkler systems on each floor is connected to the riser in each stair. All occupied space in the building is fully sprinklered using upright sprinkler heads, at a density in accordance with code. Sprinkler coverage is designed for light hazard protection in core and common areas, ordinary hazard group 1 protection in mechanical and storage areas, and up to ordinary hazard group 2 in tenant lab areas.

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

11. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

 

  A. The cooling system includes a chilled water plan consisting of three (3) 300-ton water-cooled centrifugal chillers, associated pumps, and distribution to two (2) custom manufactured variable volume air handling units with a nominal capacity of 82,000CFM. Heat is rejected to the atmosphere by two (2) 625-ton cooling towers equipped with whisper quiet fans.

 

  B. Heating is provided by hot water risers fed from four (4) 2,700-MBH gas-fired, condensing boilers. Valved branch lines on the hot water risers is provided to each floor for tenant use.

 

  C. Laboratory exhaust is provided by two (2) 82,000 CFM variable volume exhaust air handlers with energy recovery systems to transfer heat from the exhaust to the outside air entering the building.

 

  D. Space is provided for additional tenant dedicated air handlers, exhaust air handlers, cooling towers, boilers and chillers.

 

  E. Tenant supplemental cooling capacity is provided by secondary condenser water risers connected to the building’s cooling towers by 140 ton plate and frame heat exchanger providing approximately 45 tons of cooling to each floor.

 

  F. Garage exhaust is equipped with a total capacity of 20,600CFM exhaust control with carbon monoxide sensors and VFD control.

 

  G. The Building Automation System is equipped with Direct Digital Control (DDC). The DDC system incorporates a complete graphics interface package to monitor and control all HVAC systems. The system is expandable to include all tenant systems and equipment.

 

  H. One 660 gallon double wall fuel storage tank is provided to feed the life-safety emergency generator in the mechanical penthouse.

 

  G. Toilet areas have exhaust air systems maintaining an exhaust rate of 75CFM/fixture.

 

  H. Base building provides infrastructure for approximately 75 degrees Fahrenheit, dry bulb at 55% relative humidity during the cooling season and approximately 70 degrees Fahrenheit during the heating season; both based on ASHRAE design conditions of the City of Boston.

OUTDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS ( ASHRAE 1%)

 

A.     Summer:

   91 F dry bulb
   88 degrees Farhrenheit dry bulb, 73 degree Farhrenheit wet bulb

B.     Winter:

   6 degrees Fahrenheit Dry Bulb

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS

 

A.     Summer:

   74 F dry bulb 50 % RH

B.     Winter:

   72 F dry bulb 20% RH

VENTILATION

 

Minimum Outside Air: In accordance with the Massachusetts State Building Code, 8th Edition

 

Anticipated occupancy:    7 people per 1000sf for office
   50 people per 1000sf for conference room
Ventilation Rate:    1.7 CFM/sq ft

INTERNAL HEAT GAIN

 

Occupants:    108sf/person (useable sf)
Lighting    1.0 watts/useable sf
Power    7 watts/useable sf

 

  G. Outside air for ventilation is provided by four ventilation riser ducts stubbed into 1 location on each floor in accordance with current codes and ASHRAE standards. Ventilation and exhaust airflows for Tenant needs shall be designed by Tenant designers. Available floor exterior static pressure allowance shall be 0.75”wc.

 

  I. Base Building mechanical equipment is provided with necessary acoustical vibration isolation as recommended by an independent acoustical consultant to achieve a Sound Transmission Class in accordance with code.

12. ELECTRICAL

 

  A. Base building service is a metered 3,000-amp 277/480V 3-phase, 4 wire electric service

 

  B. Each tenant floor is served by a separately unmetered 800-amp 277/480V 3-phase, 4 wire electric service capable of providing 12w/sf of tenant floor power

 

  C. Spare capacity is provided at the building switchgear for additional electric service as required.

 

  D. A 250 KW, diesel engine generator to accommodate base building life safety requirements is provided.

 

  E. One telephone/data closet per floor is provided in base building for tenant installed risers and distribution cabling, consisting of three (3) riser sleeves at 5” each

 

  F. A fully addressable code compliant fire alarm system is installed with sufficient power supplies and infrastructure capacity at the head end for the future tenant tie-in. The tenant is responsible for electronic release devices and locking mechanisms at stair tower egress doors if the tenant intends to use stairwells for inter-floor travel. The tenant is to supply, install and coordinate all fire alarm notification and initiating devices within the tenant space connected to base building systems. Base Building egress stairwell doors will be passage type, unlocked.

 

  G. Fire alarm system includes a City of Cambridge Master Box, all front end equipment, common area ADA notification and alarm initiating devices, elevator

 

LOGO


LOGO    3.5.13

 

  recall, and terminal boxes on each floor for connection of tenant fire alarm and notification devices to the base building system. The fire alarm terminal cabinets shall be located in the electrical closets.

 

  H. Base building security system provides building perimeter security with card readers and CATV. Tenant security system is to be designed by the tenant for its specific needs. Tenant will be responsible for system design, distribution wiring and installing all the cameras, access control, and related appurtenances as part of TI.

—END—

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

LANDLORD TENANT MATRIX


LOGO

 

Skanska Commercial Development Inc

150 Second Street

3.5.13

 

 

Allocation of Responsibility Between Landlord and Tenant Work

 

 

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

SITE IMPROVEMENTS:    Entrance Plaza, perimeter sidewalks, street trees, street lights and furniture in accordance with the Approved Project.    X   
   Telephone conduit from outside building into basement floor telephone room.    X   
   Cable/Data conduit from outside building into basement telephone room    X   
   Electrical Service to building    X   
   Gas Service to building for base building and tenant systems    X   
   Domestic sanitary sewer connection to street    X   
   Lab waste sanitary sewer connection from tenant pH room in basement floor to building drain.    X   
   Domestic and fire protection water service to building.    X   
CODE COMPLIANCE:    Building construction in accordance with requirements of Massachusetts State Building Code, 8th edition (as amended, restated, or superseded as applicable)    X    X
STRUCTURE:    Floor systems capable of supporting a live / partition load of 100 lbs. psf on all floors    X   

 

   Page 1 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   14’8” Floor to floor heights, 12’ floor to floor height in B1    X   
  

Floor construction to accommodate 100lbs/sf on floors 1 through 3. Penthouse floor construction to accommodate

150lbs/sf

   X   
   Structural modifications to increase floor live load capacity       X
   Structural modifications to accommodate tenant specific openings including but not limited to shafts, risers, and interconnecting stairs       X
   Framed openings for base building supply air and tenant exhaust shafts    X   
   All catwalks and dunnage required to support and enable access to Base Building mechanical equipment.    X   
   All structural modifications, dunnage, catwalks and other requirements necessary to support and enable access to Tenant equipment in Penthouse       X
   Miscellaneous metal items such as brackets or supports and concrete housekeeping pads required for tenant supplied equipment       X
   Structural assemblies requiring fire-proofing to be sprayed with cementitious fireproofing system    X    X
BUILDING ENVELOPE:    Environmentally responsible sustainable building design that achieves LEED Gold Certification.    X   
   Facade of aluminum and glass window wall, cementitious rain screen and metal panels, with thermally insulated glass including light-gauge metal stud back-up with insulation where required    X   

 

   Page 2 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Overhead coiling doors at loading dock and at parking garage entry    X   
   Acoustic roof screen to conceal tenant exhaust fans and standby generators    X   
   Architecturally integrated, enclosed mechanical penthouse with space for tenant mechanical equipment.    X   
   Any modifications to facade, penthouse or screen wall system necessary to accommodate tenant requirements, provided that any such modifications must be approved by Landlord.       X
ROOFING:    TPO system with walking pads to all base building mechanical equipment.    X   
   Roofing penetrations for tenant equipment or systems, to be made in accordance with roofing manufacturer’s details and warranty requirements       X
   Walking pads to tenant special mechanical equipment.       X
COMMON AREAS:    Entrance lobby with finishes that include stone, tile & carpet flooring, wood or stone wall accents, drywall and suspended ceilings and appropriate accent lighting.    X   
   Finished egress stairways and corridors as required for occupant circulation and emergency egress    X   
   Men’s and Women’s shower rooms located near first floor bathrooms    X   
   Exterior loading area with two truck bays with access and space for one rubbish dumpster    X   
   Loading Dock Lift (if required)       X
   Ground floor recycling room    X   

 

   Page 3 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Basement level parking area    X   
   Bike racks located in basement    X   
   Finished basement floor main electrical service rooms, water and fire pump room    X   
   Finished toilet rooms, janitor closets, telephone and electric closets, and egress stairways serving each floor.    X   
   Construction of code-required corridor system on each floor, including door packages, ready for Tenant finish if tenant occupies entire floor.       X
   Construction of and finish for common corridors and elevator lobbies on multi-tenant floors.    X   
   Rooftop mechanical penthouse and screened roof area for base building mechanical equipment. Rooftop expansion space allocated for tenant mechanical equipment in designated locations within the screen wall.    X   
   Doors and frames at common areas: hollow metal frames; hollow metal doors at service areas, solid core wood doors at other areas, and lever hardware    X   
   Doors, frames, and hardware to tenant areas       X
ELEVATORS         
   One gearless passenger elevator with 3,500 lb. capacity    X   
   One gearless combination freight/passenger elevator with 4,000lb capacity    X   
   Dedicated shaft way for third elevator    X   

 

   Page 4 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Third Elevator if required       X
WINDOW TREATMENT:    Supply and installation of building standard blinds for all windows       X
   Modifications to window wall system approved by Landlord       X
   Signage, lighting and other brand identity treatments approved by Landlord       X
TENANT AREAS:    Construction of and finishes for corridors and elevator lobbies for single tenanted floors       X
   Light gauge framing, insulation & vapor barrier on inside face of exterior walls.    X   
   Interior wall furring and sills (if applicable) and drywall finish at perimeter walls.       X
   Interior drywall soffit at perimeter of building with blocking for building standard window treatments.       X
   Partitions, ceilings, flooring, painting, doors, millwork and all related finishes for office and laboratory build out within Tenant premises       X
HVAC:         
   Processed condenser water system capable of providing 45 Tons per floor    X   
   (2) Condenser Water Supply and Return Distribution Risers connected to a plate/frame heat exchanger with 2 1/2” valves capped on floors 1 through 3 for tenant distribution and 1 1/2” valves capped in the basement on the east side of the building.    X   
   Condenser Water on-floor distribution       X

 

   Page 5 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Central Chilled Water Plant sized to provide cooling with 100% outside air at 1.7CFM per usable sf    X   
   Allotted space for future 150ton chiller to accommodate expansion of system to 2CFM per usable sf       X
   Processed Chilled Water system capable of providing 45 Tons per floor with energy recovery taken into account    X   
   Plate and Frame heat exchanger, associated piping and pumps to connect chilled water riser to existing chillers and/or future 150ton chiller       X
   (2) Processed Chilled Water Supply and Return Distribution Risers      
   Processed Chilled Water Supply and Return riser connection in penthouse to tenant provided chiller (if required)       X
   Tenant Chiller for Tenant Process Chilled Water       X
   Penthouse air handling units capable of providing 1.7 CFM per usable sf. Vertical supply ducts sized to accommodate 2.0CFM stubbed out in (2) locations per floor    X   
   Additional AHU to exceed 1.7CFM/sf of supply       X
   General laboratory exhaust fans capable of exhausting 1.7 CFM per usable sf. Vertical exhaust ducts sized to accommodate 2.0CFM stubbed out in (2) locations per floor    X   
   Additional laboratory exhaust fans to exceed 1.7CFM/sf of exhaust       X
   All on-floor supply and exhaust distribution in tenant spaces       X

 

   Page 6 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Central Heating Plant consisting of condensing boilers supplying hot water to AHU’s and other shell and core heating elements.    X   
   Allotted space for future condensing boiler    X   
   Future boiler and associated piping and pumps to accommodate expansion of system to 2CFM per usable sf       X
   (2) Hot water supply and return distribution risers with 2 1/2” valves capped on floors 1 though 3 for tenant distribution. 1 1/2” riser drops to basement level on the East side of the building.    X   
   All hot water supply and return on-floor distribution for tenant use       X
   Any additional mechanical equipment and/or any modifications to Base Building equipment to increase the mechanical capacity of the building.       X
   Ductwork, VAV boxes, registers and controls for HVAC in lobby spaces and core areas, including toilet exhaust system.    X   
   Supply and exhaust air distribution within the tenant space including all medium pressure and low pressure ducts, diffusers, registers, grilles, terminal volume control boxes, VAV boxes, fan powered units, reheat coils, baseboard radiation and hot water piping.       X
   Toilet and/or shower ventilation requirements for additional tenant locker rooms and restrooms as required.       X

 

   Page 7 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

  

Central DDC computerized energy management system for applicable core and shell system with expansion capacity

for tenant fit out systems.

   X   
   Temperature controls within tenant space, and links to base building system.       X
   Dedicated kitchen exhaust system       X
   All components of tenant exhaust systems, including fume hoods, floor distribution ductwork, specialty high corrosive system ducts and dedicated exhaust fans, controls, equipment dunnage and sound attenuation.       X
   Dedicated air handler, additional cooling, additional heating and associated ductwork, equipment and controls if required for a Tenant Animal Care Facility.       X
   Specialized tenant systems and equipment including supplemental or spot cooling, steam boilers, dedicated rated exhaust for H2 or H3 storage rooms, air and vacuum systems and all related HVAC equipment.       X
   Additional sound attenuation necessary to ensure tenant’s equipment complies with local noise regulations.       X
   Carbon Monoxide Monitored garage exhaust system    X   
   Fuel oil storage tank, transfer pumps and distribution piping for Base Building life safety emergency generator    X   
   Fuel oil system tenant provided stand-by generator.       X

 

   Page 8 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   BTU Meters connected to BAS for hot, condenser, and processed chilled water at floor connections       X
   Air monitoring flow stations connected to BAS by monitoring supply and exhaust at terminal units or at floor take-offs       X
GAS:    Gas service capable of providing low-pressure (10” w.g.) service.    X   
   Gas piping for Base Building equipment.    X   
   6” Gas service brought to tenant non-roofed penthouse for tenant provided generator capable of providing 8000 cfh (tenant premises to dictate allocation)    X   
   Gas Sub-meter for tenant use       X
   Gas connection to tenant generator       X
   Any and all tenant required gas service and distribution for on-floor use       X
PLUMBING:    Domestic water service, with back-flow prevention and duplex booster.    X   
   (2) Gas Fed Boilers providing hot water to restrooms and tempered water risers    X   
   Hot water supply and return risers and distribution to restrooms    X   
   Core and Restroom plumbing and fixtures to meet code requirements    X   
   (1) 4” Domestic Cold water riser with 1” connections valved and capped on floors 1 through 3    X   
   Water Sub-meter and on-floor distribution of domestic cold water       X

 

   Page 9 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Hot water plumbing including heaters, boilers, distribution and associated equipment for tenant use       X
   (2) 2” Tempered Water Risers valved and capped on floors 1 through 3 providing 70-90 degree water    X   
   Tempered Water Sub-meter and on-floor distribution for tenant use       X
   (2) 3” Nonpotable Water risers fed from 2 booster pumps stubbed out on floors 1 though 3    X   
   Nonpotable Water submeter and on-floor distribution       X
   Installation of Tenant’s non-potable/potable water heaters.       X
   Tenant metering, sub metering, distribution and backflow prevention at laboratory connections.       X
   Waste and vent risers for tenant non-lab waste    X   
   Connection to non-lab waste and vent       X
   Shaft Space for lab waste and vent risers       X
   Lab waste and vent risers for tenant use       X
   Domestic sanitary sewer, storm, and water to/from city    X   
   Roof and canopy storm drains    X   
   Production and distribution of clean steam including fuel source.       X
   Steam generator, fuel source, floor by floor humidification associated steam piping and reducing stations.       X

 

   Page 10 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   All non-base building plumbing including kitchen, cafeteria and specialized equipment.       X
   Reserved, allocated space in basement for tenant’s acid neutralization system    X   
   Acid waste neutralization equipment, lifting stations and laboratory waste lines including distribution, pumps, and risers.       X
   Manifolds, piping, floor drains, equipment and other requirements for laboratory gases, compressed air, vacuum systems and RO/DI water systems. Distributed vertical utility chases are provided.       X
   Waste stacks to receive base building and tenant clear water wastes (e.g., a.c. condensate, RO reject).    X   
ELECTRICAL:    Base building electric metered by Nstar at main switchboard    X   
   Tenant electric metered by Nstar on tenant floor       X
   Tenant submeter for any specialized and/or processed loads (data center, etc.)       X
   Life safety lighting and other “Legally Required” emergency power systems.    X   
   Automatic transfer switch for emergency and egress lighting       X
   Building electrical service to provide two 3,000 Ampere 480/277 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire via main switchboards in main electrical room.    X   
   Allocation of approximately 12 watts/sf in office and 15 watts/sf for lights and power based on 30% lab an 70% office    X   

 

   Page 11 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   (2) 4” Conduits from unmetered switchboard in basement to 800AMP unmetered wireway    X   
   Conductor from basement switchboard to 800 AMP wireway in each floor’s electric room       X
   CT cabinet, utility meter, high voltage, low voltage and distribution for tenant power       X
   All power for any and all systems within tenant space       X
   Lighting & receptacles serving core areas.    X   
   Building Exterior lighting package.    X   
   Exterior and Interior Signage lighting package       X
   Diesel fuel life safety generator to provide emergency power for MA code-required egress lighting, fire alarm systems, common area emergency egress lighting and exit signs, capacity to serve emergency egress and exit lighting in tenant areas and lab exhaust fans.    X   
   Emergency Transfer switch(s) capable of providing power to code required emergency equipment.    X   
   Back-up generator and systems, including transfer switch, distribution, controls and associated appurtenances       X
   Emergency egress and exit lighting in core areas.    X   
   Emergency egress and exit lighting fixtures in tenant area, connected to Base Building life safety emergency generator.       X

 

   Page 12 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

FIRE PROTECTION:    Sprinkler service entrance including fire department connection, alarm valve, backflow protection and standpipe in each stair.    X   
   Fire Pump and all related controls    X   
  

Core and stair area sprinkler heads and

piping.

   X   
   Flow control valve station in stair at each floor.    X   
   Primary sprinkler distribution on each floor.    X   
   All run outs, drops, heads and related equipment within tenant premises.       X
   All run outs, drops, heads and related equipment within unleased and unoccupied space within the building as required to obtain a building occupancy permit.    X   
   Special extinguishing systems.       X
   Fire Extinguisher Cabinets in core area with appropriate Fire Extinguisher    X   
   Fire Extinguisher Cabinets in tenant area (building standard) with appropriate Fire Extinguisher       X
   Additional hose connection in fit-up spaces to meet 150 foot distance requirements of Cambridge Fire Department.       X
FIRE ALARM:    Base building expandable addressable fire alarm system that meets all code requirements.    X   
   Detection and annunciation devices (i.e. horns and strobes) in core areas and stair entries.    X   

 

   Page 13 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   Detection, annunciation and all wiring in tenant areas and as required to tie into base building system.       X
TELECOMMUNICATIONS    Main Distribution Frame (MDF) telephone room, core riser closets on each floor with sleeves through slab.    X   
   (4) 4” Conduits from City Service Ductbank into main tel/data closet in basement    X   
   Primary POS and distribution into tenant space       X
   Telephone and data wiring, conduits and outlets for Tenant areas from core closets.       X
   Audio-visual connections and systems for Tenant areas.       X
   Any special equipment needed to provide specific requirements for tenants telephone equipment.       X
SECURITY:    (Base) Building security network system for monitoring and access control.    X   
   Card access at Building main entries, service doors, and traveling cable for security in elevators.    X   
   Card access in elevator cabs if required       X
   Electric door hardware and wiring on interior emergency egress doors in Stair #1 only.    X   
   Electric door hardwayre and wiring on interior emergency egress does in Stair #2       X
   Card access and/or alarm systems into or within Tenant’s premises. Emergency egress doors must be tied into Base Building Fire Alarm system.       X

 

   Page 14 of 15    LOGO


LOGO

 

ELEMENT

  

DESCRIPTION

  

BASE BUILDING
WORK

  

TENANT

WORK

   CCTV DVR surveillance in basement and at ground floor entries    X   
SIGNAGE:    Building and site exterior address, directional, and any common identity signage to owner standards.    X   
   Building common area interior signage.    X   
   Signage within tenant’s space.       X
   Exterior Signage subject to Landlord Approval       X

 

   Page 15 of 15    LOGO


EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

TENANT’S CONCEPT PLAN


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT I TO LEASE

TENANT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES


 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Table of Contents

Section I: Rules & Procedures for Tenant Contractors

Section II: Insurance Requirements for Tenant Contractors

Section III: Close-Out Requirements for Tenant Contractors

Section IV: Tenant Improvement Standards

Section V: LEED Guidelines

Part A: Introduction and General Information

Part B: LEED-CS and LEED-CI Certification

1. Sustainable Sites (SS)

2. Water Efficiency (WE)

3. Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

4. Materials and Resources (MR)

5. Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)

6. Innovation in Design (ID)

Appendix A: Reference Material

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Section I: Rules & Procedures for Tenant Contractors

Introduction

The following requirements apply only to Tenant’s contractors and have been developed to ensure that modifications or improvements to the building and/or building systems and equipment are completed to building standards while maintaining a level of safety consistent with industry standards. The review of tenant plans and/or specifications by Landlord and its insurers, consultants or other representatives, does not imply that any plans so reviewed comply with applicable laws, ordinances, codes, standards or regulations. Nor does Landlord’s review or approvals imply that any work is to be performed at Landlord’s expense.

Landlord has the explicit right to remove from the project any person who does not comply with these rules after one day’s notice.

Part A: General

 

1. No work will be performed until the Landlord has received two (2) sets of signed and sealed drawings and specifications and has given written approval.

 

2. All modifications to the building or to the building systems and equipment must comply with state, federal and local codes and ordinances.

 

3. Prior to the work commencing, a building permit must be obtained and displayed and a certificate of insurance from the contractor must be furnished to the Landlord naming the as additional insureds all parties specified in the Lease.

 

4. At the completion of the work, the Leasehold Contractor shall furnish to the Landlord two (2) hard copies of redlined “as builts” as installed by the Leasehold Contractor and one (1) complete CADD.DWG disk file showing the final architectural and engineering drawings.

 

5. The contractor must notify the Landlord of all work scheduled and must provide the Landlord with a list of all personnel working in the building.

 

6. The contractor must furnish the Landlord with a list of all subcontractors including emergency phone and/or pager numbers prior to commencing the work.

 

7. The contractor must provide an on-site project superintendent at all times that construction work is underway. This supervisor must be knowledgeable of the project’s scope of work and have adequate on-site reference materials including plans, specifications and MSDS information on all materials used in the performance of the work.

 

8.

All workers must be dressed appropriately (appropriate dress will include hard

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

  hat, appropriate foot ware, etc.) to meet building safety standards that have been provided to Tenant in writing. Shirts must be worn at all times. No shorts are permitted.

 

9. All carts must be furnished with pneumatic tires and rubber bumpers.

 

10. Smoking is not allowed in the building.

 

11. The use of radios is prohibited.

 

12. Prior to the start of work, all blinds must be raised and bagged, all windowsills and other base building components must be adequately protected and the protection must be maintained. Workers must not stand on windowsills or other building components.

 

13. Any work that requires access to another tenant’s space must first be coordinated through the Landlord.

 

14. Dumping of construction debris into building drains, mop sinks, trash dumpsters, etc. is strictly prohibited. If this does occur, the contractor shall be charged 200% of the cost of clearing any drain, including administrative time, where evidence of this is found.

 

15. Base building restrooms within the construction area will be available for use by the contractor unless landlord dedicates an alternate location. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the restrooms and for cleaning and stocking during construction. All other base building restrooms shall be locked and are not to be used by construction personnel.

 

16. Use of the building stairwells for moving construction materials and construction personnel shall be limited to the stairwell designated by Landlord. No material may be brought through the Building lobby. Any damage done to the stairwell (rails, doors and frames, sheetrock, ceilings etc.) shall be repaired by the Tenant contractor at its sole expense to the satisfaction to the Landlord.

 

17. The contractor shall repair all construction disturbed by the new tenant work or damaged by the contractor’s or subcontractor’s personnel.

 

18. After initial occupancy of the building, no work will be performed from 8:00 am to 8:00 pm Monday through Friday and 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Saturday that will disturb or inconvenience any existing tenants in the building (e.g. core drilling, shooting track, noxious odors, etc.). The Landlord must preapprove any work that entails noise, vibration or noxious odors.

 

19. All structural revisions, including but not limited to penetrations of slabs, are to be reviewed by Landlord’s engineer.

 

20. Any roof related work must be performed by the roofing contractor designated by the Landlord.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

21. The contractor shall immediately report all accidents to the Landlord in writing after first notifying the Landlord by telephone.

 

22. Landlord shall provide the name of the manufacturer of lockset and key cores for compatibility with building master keying system.

Part B: Life Safety

 

1. Contractor shall furnish Landlord one set of sprinkler shop drawings and hydraulic calculations for approval by the Landlord’s insurance company once they are completed by subcontractor and ready for submittal to the Fire Marshall. Once approved by the Fire Marshall, the contractor shall furnish Landlord one set of the approved sprinkler shop drawings.

 

2. Contractor will not disconnect, tamper with, delete, obstruct, relocate, or expand any life safety equipment, except as indicated on drawings approved by the Landlord. Contractor shall not interfere with or delay any other inspections scheduled prior to Contractors inspections or testing.

 

3. The contractor must take necessary precautions to prevent accidental fire alarms. Any fees or costs charged to the Landlord by the local fire department that arise from accidental fire alarms caused by the contractor will be paid by the contractor. The Landlord strongly suggests that, during any work that increases the likelihood of an accidental fire alarm such as demolition or sprinkler work, a person approved by the Landlord be designated to “watch” the fire alarm panel.

 

4. Any unit or device temporarily incapacitated will be red-tagged “Out of Service” and the Landlord will be alerted prior to the temporary outage.

 

5. The base building fire alarm system shall monitor all tenant installed special fire extinguisher/alarm detection systems. The connections to the base building fire alarm system will be at the tenant’s expense. To the extent the Premises are occupied, or same is otherwise required under Legal Requirements, fire “watch” shall also be provided by tenant contractor during any period fire alarm system is placed out of service for work or connection to base building.

 

6. All Tenant installed fire alarm initiation and notification devices that connect with the base building fire alarm system shall match the base building system and be approved by the Landlord.

 

7. All connections to the building’s existing fire alarm system are to be made only by the subcontractor specified by the Landlord.

 

8. All fire alarm testing will be scheduled at least 72 hours in advance with the Landlord and other contractors and must occur after normal business hours if the building is occupied.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

9. Combustible and hazardous materials are not allowed to be stored in the building without prior written approval of the Landlord. Material safety data sheets on all materials to be stored in the building must be kept on site and a copy submitted to the Landlord.

 

10. Dust protection of smoke detectors must be installed and removed each day (if operational). Dust protection is required during construction to avoid false fire alarms and damaging of detector system. Filter media must be installed over all return air paths to any equipment rooms prior to demolition. The media must be maintained during construction and removed at substantial completion.

 

11. The building is to be fully protected by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Landlord’s standards and specifications.

 

12. All sprinkler systems and equipment are to be designed and installed in accordance with the current standards of the National Fire Protection Association.

 

13. All equipment, devices and materials used in the installation must be listed by UL and FM Approved.

 

14. Connections to the base building sprinkler system/standpipe riser shall be provided with a control valve and water flow alarm device. Sprinkler system control valves shall be UL Listed and FM Approved, clockwise closing, indicating valves with supervisory switches.

 

15. All corrective work to the fire alarm system due to the contractor’s work shall be charged to the contractor.

 

16. All fire alarm wiring in public areas (outside of Tenant demising walls) shall be in rigid conduit.

Part C: Parking — Loading Dock

 

1. Contractors, subcontractors and their personnel will not use the loading dock area for parking without first obtaining permission from the Landlord 24 hours in advance to assure dock availability. Unauthorized vehicles will be ticketed and towed.

 

2. Use of the loading dock for deliveries/trash removal must be scheduled through the Landlord.

 

3. Material that does not fit into the service elevator must be delivered through a window opening. The contractor will be required to properly remove and replace the glass and to adequately protect the window framing with prior approval from the Landlord.

 

4. Any instance that requires the removal and replacement of exterior glass, must be approved by Landlord and performed by Landlord approved contractor.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Part D: Utilities

 

1. Utilities (i.e. electric, gas, water, telephone/cable) must not be cut off or interrupted without 48 hour notice and written permission of the Landlord.

Part E: Security

 

1. The contractor will be responsible for controlling any keys or access cards furnished by the Landlord and will return them to the Landlord.

 

2. The contractor will be responsible for locking any secure area made available to the contractor whenever that area is unattended.

 

3. Contractors may be required to wear identification badges, in which case the badges will be issued by the Landlord to the contractor.

Part F: Elevators

 

1. No passenger elevators will be used to move construction material or construction personnel.

 

2. The passenger/service elevator can be used to move construction personnel at any time during the day, provided the elevator doors are not held open. The service elevator can not be used to move construction materials into the building during building operating hours between the hours of 8:00 am and 8:00 p.m. unless approved in writing by Landlord. All other usage must be scheduled with the Landlord with at least 48 hours notice.

 

3. Any costs to repair damage to the elevators including dust or dirt in machine rooms or shaft or costs for service calls resulting from the contractor’s operations will be charged to the contractor.

 

4. Any work on the elevators, call buttons and signal lanterns must be approved by Landlord and coordinated with building management.

Part G: Cleaning

 

1. The contractor will remove all trash and debris daily or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the building. The building trash compactors or containers are not to be used for construction debris.

 

2. Walk-off mats or other protection must be provided at door entrances where work is being performed.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3. Carpeting shall be protected by plastic runners or hardboard as necessary to maintain cleanliness and to protect carpets from damage.

 

4. Tile, terrazzo and wood floors shall be protected from damage as necessary.

 

5. Contractor will furnish a vacuum(s) with a supply of clean bags and an operator to facilitate ongoing clean-up.

 

6. Trash removal will be scheduled and coordinated with the Landlord and undertaken only through the service elevator.

 

7. Contractors must remove all food cartons and related debris from the work area on a daily basis.

 

8. Driveway and street cleaning by Contractor will be required when Contractor’s work has created mud or debris.

Part H: Mechanical and Electrical Work

 

1. Before any new electrical or mechanical equipment is installed in the building, the contractor must submit a copy of the manufacturer’s data sheets along with complete shop drawings and submittals to the Landlord for approval.

 

2. Any installation or modification to building HVAC or electrical systems must be first submitted to the Landlord for review. This includes base building systems as well as supplemental units and/or exhaust systems.

 

3. The mechanical and electrical plans must be prepared by a licensed engineer and engineer and must show size and location of all supply and return grilles.

We may require that the Landlord’s MEP engineer review the MEP drawings. In that event the tenant will pay for the cost of this review. We will notify the tenant prior to engaging the Landlord’s engineer.

 

4. Contractors modifying ductwork, air grilles, VAV boxes, etc., must balance the air and water systems as necessary. All air balancing is to be done in the presence of the Landlord. Two copies of all balance reports shall be submitted to Landlord for review and approval.

 

5. Any domestic or condenser water connections made to the building’s piping system, must include a high quality isolation valve, (brass bodied gate or ball-type) and adequate system drain valves. If the system piping is of a different material a dielectric union must be installed. All valves and equipment must be easily accessible; access doors are required in drywall or other fixed construction.

 

6. Exhaust fans from cooking areas may not discharge into a return ceiling plenum. Such fans will be ducted to the outside via exhaust shafts or other routes as approved by the Landlord.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

7. Where independent tenant-owned air conditioning units are installed, an electric submeter with a output that is compatible with the base building management system must be used or a flat rate electricity charge will be paid by the Tenant based on anticipated consumption.

 

8. The installation of tenant equipment (except emergency lighting per code) on the base building emergency power supply systems is not permitted. Tenant may seek Landlord review and approval for special circumstances.

 

9. Any existing mechanical or electrical systems and their controls that are to remain shall be properly commissioned. That is, at the beginning of the job the systems will be turned over to the contractor in working condition by the Landlord. Before beginning any work, the contractor should inspect the mechanical or electrical systems and their controls to ensure their working condition. The contractor should advise the Landlord of any noted deficiencies. At the end of the job, the contractor will be responsible for the proper operation of the mechanical and electrical systems. If the contractor fails to note any deficiencies at the outset of the job, the contractor will, nevertheless, be required to correct the problems before the Landlord accepts the system.

 

10. All circuit breaker panels must be clearly and accurately identified with typed labels.

 

11. Tenant shall properly protect any of its mechanical equipment with prefilters, dust covers etc. prior to start of work, and shall not disturb any similar prefilters and covers covering base building mechanical equipment. Protection shall be removed and equipment wiped down at completion.

 

12. Energy management and building control work is to be performed by Landlord’s designated subcontractor.

 

13. Tenant installed equipment that supplements existing base building equipment such as VAV boxes, fire alarm devices, control work etc., shall be identical to the existing base building equipment to facilitate warranty and maintenance operations.

 

14. All concealed equipment shall be located with necessary accessibility for maintenance and repair.

 

15. Contractor shall contract Landlord 48 hours in advance for Landlord wall and ceiling close-in inspectors.

 

16. No flexible conduit installed in the electrical closets. All runs inside the closet must be electrical metallic tubing (EMT).

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

 

Section II: Insurance Requirements for Tenant Contractors

Introduction

Tenant’s Con tractors shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the contractor, his agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the contractor’s bid, unless otherwise specified.

Part A: Minimum Scope of Insurance

Coverage shall be at least as b road as:

 

1. Insurance Services Office “occurrence” form CG 00 01 (ed. 10/93) covering commercial general liability or its equivalent.

 

2. Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 (ed. 6/92) covering automobile liability, Code 1 “Any Auto” and Endorsements CA 22 32 ed. 4/92) and CA 01 12 (ed. 6/91).

 

3. Workers compensation insurance as required by labor code of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, and employers liability insurance.

Part B: Minimum Limits of Insurance

Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:

 

1. Commercial general liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for death, bodily injury and property damage. Minimum $2,000,000 aggregate. (The general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate shall be twice the required limit.).

 

2. Automobile liability: $1,000,000 per person/$2,000,000 per accident for death, bodily injury and property damage.

 

3. Workers compensation and employers liability: Workers compensation limits as required by the labor code of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located and employers liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident.

 

4. Umbrella Liability: $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate (The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location).

Part C: Coverages

 

1. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage

(a) The managing agent of the Building, the holder of any mortgage, and

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

their respective officers and employees are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, or used by the contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the contractor.

The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded.

(b) The contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Landlord, its officers, officials, and employees. Any other insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Landlord, its officers, officials, and employees shall be excess of and not contribute with the contractor’s insurance.

(c) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the agency, its officers, officials, and employees.

(d) The contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.

The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the Landlord, its officers, officials, and employees for losses arising from work performed by the contractor for the Landlord.

Part D: All Coverages

Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after 30 days’ prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the city.

Part E: Acceptability of Insurers

Insurance is to be placed with insurers licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, that have been approved in advance by the Landlord, with a Best’s rating of no less than A:XI unless specific approval has been granted by the Landlord.

Part F: Verification of Coverage

Contractor shall furnish the Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the coverages required by this Article. The certificates for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

certificates are to be on ACORD Form 27 and/or ACORD Form 25-S, or other forms that are similarly binding on insurers, which forms are to be received and approved by the Landlord before work commences. In addition, the Landlord shall require an endorsement naming the Landlord, the managing agent of the Building, the holder of any mortgage and their respective officers and employees as additional insureds or loss-payees (whichever is applicable). The Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to deliver complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.

Part G: Subcontractors

Contractors shall include all subcontractors as insureds under their policies or shall furnish separate certificates for each subcontractor in the form described in clause E above. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. Commercial general liability coverage shall include independent contractors coverage, and the contractor shall be responsible for assuring that all subcontractors are properly insured.

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Section III: Close-Out Requirements for Tenant Contractors

The following are required from the general contractor prior to final payment being made:

 

1. Two complete sets of all Operations and Maintenance Manuals bound in notebooks with an index, as specified in the project manuals.

 

2. Two sets of blackline prints and one(1) CADD.DWG disk file including architectural, structural, plumbing, fire protection, elevator, mechanical, and electrical drawings. The as-built drawings must include modifications made to the specifications, schedules and details and all changes initiated by requests for information and field orders.

 

3. Copies of all building permits and certificates of occupancy, or occupancy permits.

 

4. Final Releases of Liens from the general contractor and all subcontractors.

 

5. One copy of all warranties bound in notebooks with a corresponding warranty log.

 

6. One complete set of all approved submittals and shop drawings and a copy of the final submittal log.

 

7. A complete list of all persons, including names, addresses, phone numbers and contact persons that will be providing warranty service during the warranty periods.

 

8. One copy of NEBB certified air and water balancing reports.

 

9. When the general contractor considers the work to be ready for final acceptance, written certification from the general contractor shall be submitted stating the following:

 

(a) Work has been completed in accordance with the contract documents and Tenant Plans;

 

(b) All punch list items and other deficiencies identified by the Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected;

 

(c) Work has been inspected for compliance with the contract documents and Tenant Plans;

 

(d) All mechanical and electrical equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Landlord’s representative and are operational.

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


LOGO

 

1.0 Ceiling

1.1 All tile and grid shall be standard white, Class A fire rated, and contain recycled content.

1.2 Perimeter Soffit detail shall be constructed as follows:

 

LOGO

2.0 Wall Finishes

2.1 All partitions shall be finished with paint and standard base unless alternate is proposed.

 

(a)

Standard resilient wall base shall be 2  1 / 2 ” high. Cove base shall be used at all resilient or exposed flooring. Straight base shall be used at all carpeted flooring.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3.0 Doors/Hardware

3.1 Suite Entry—Glass Double Doors . Doors shall be 3’x8’,  1 / 2 ” frameless glass with polished edges and top and bottom rails. Hardware shall include vertical pull bar with back to back mounting through door, a recessed and concealed header, and door closer. Standard hardware to be brushed stainless steel.

3.2 Corridor Wood Doors . Doors shall be 3’x8’. Doors shall be flush, solid-core, paint-grade wood door with aluminum frame assembly. Doors shall have mortised locksets and be equipped with a recessed, concealed header and door closer. Standard hardware to be brushed stainless steel.

3.3 Interior Wood Doors . Doors shall be 3’x8’. Doors shall be flush, solid-core, paint-grade wood door with aluminum frame assembly. Doors shall have butt hinges, cylindrical locksets and be equipped with a surface mounted door closer. Standard hardware to be brushed stainless steel.

4.0 Lighting

Suggested Guidelines

Use of indirect pendant mounted ambient lighting system to reflect off high ceiling is preferred, with a design work surface illumination level of 25 – 30 foot-candles.

Use of LED lighting is recommended for task lighting;

Use light colored ceiling materials to reflect indirect lighting

5.0 Partitions

Suggested Guideline

Use low partitions (below 42”) to promote better lighting/day lighting and allow views to perimeter whenever possible

In an attempt to maximize natural day lighting the use of light shelves and reflective ceiling materials is encouraged to bounce light deep within the building.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

6.0 Suite Entry Signage

Subject to Article 24 of the Lease.

7.0 Window Blinds

In accordance with landlord specified treatments.

8.0 Flooring

Carpet and vinyl flooring adhesive to be low VOC.

9.0 HVAC

9.1 See Building Shell Definition

9.2 Subject to Landlord approval, Tenant may elect to install supplemental HVAC systems. All supplemental HVAC systems shall be sub metered. Supplemental HVAC is not included in the turnkey cost – and would be paid for by Tenant.

10.0 Telephone/Data

10.1 Pull string and trim ring at locations determined by Tenant. Entire cable plant will be contracted for directly between the Tenant and their vendor.

10.2 All necessary communications equipment is the responsibility of the Tenant and shall be located completely with Tenant space.

11.0 General Plumbing Requirements

11.1 Any plumbing fixtures installed in the Tenant Premises shall be EPA Water Sense rated fixtures or equivalent.

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Part A: Introduction and General Information

Why Green?

Buildings in the United States consume over 80% of the total electricity and more than 30% of total energy used annually. Buildings also utilize significant amounts of fresh water during both construction and occupancy. Material waste during construction accounts for up to 53% of landfill waste, depending on location. A well designed, sustainable building works to reduce impact on the environment while garnering financial and health-related benefits for the Owner and Tenants.

Currently, people spend over 90% of their time in buildings- much of that time at work. One benefit of a green building for occupants is the more comfortable and controllable environment designed into sustainable buildings. The impact of such an attribute can be manifested in increased employee retention and productivity.

United States Green Building Council and LEED

The United States Green Building Council (USGBC) is a nonprofit organization committed to expanding sustainability in the built environment. Its mission is to transform the way buildings and communities are designed, built and operated, enabling an environmentally and socially responsible, healthy, and prosperous environment that improves the quality of life. LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) is a voluntary, consensus-based national rating system for developing high-performance, sustainable buildings.

Developed by the USGBC, LEED addresses all building types and emphasizes state-of-the-art strategies for sustainable site development, water savings, energy efficiency, materials and resource selection, and indoor environmental quality. LEED is a voluntary rating system for green building design and construction that provides immediate and measurable results for building owners and occupants.

Opportunities for Tenants

Tenants at 150 Second have a remarkable opportunity to help lead the shift to sustainability in buildings, and in the process define a new kind of workplace. By locating in a LEED Gold building, tenants will benefit from a high performance building with excellent indoor air quality and ample daylight and views. These and other elements combine to create a healthier workplace and improve the indoor environment for all

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

employees. In addition, 150 Second has set a higher standard with high-performance technologies that use less energy, consume less water, and leave a smaller footprint on the city’s resources. Some of the building’s innovative features will be noticed at once: low flow plumbing fixtures and the zero irrigation rain garden. Others, such as energy-saving base building mechanical systems will exist behind the scenes, quietly but significantly setting the building apart from its neighbors.

The LEED Guidelines that follow summarize the measures that Skanska has taken to achieve LEED Gold certification for 150 Second. These guidelines are intended to help tenants understand and take full advantage of the high-performance features of the building, and to provide guidance in ways that tenants can reinforce these features in their own workplaces.

Skanska set a goal of achieving LEED Gold for the base building at 150 Second using LEED for Core and Shell (LEED-CS) version 2009. We can only design and build the building, however. It is up to our tenants to fit it out and operate it in an environmentally friendly way. To do this, we recommend you use the LEED for Commercial Interiors (LEED-CI) rating system. The intent of LEED-CI is to assist in the creation of high-performance, healthy, durable, affordable and environmentally sound commercial interiors. Together LEED-CS and LEED-CI address the commercial office real estate market for both developers and tenants enabling significant benefits through improved indoor air quality, maximized day lighting and lower energy costs. A copy of the LEED-Cl 2009 Scorecard and link to the Rating System are included in Appendix A for reference by tenants who wish to explore more information on timing and detailed strategies.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Project Data

 

Floor Area:    123,210 rentable square feet (total)
Occupancy Group:    Group S-2, Low Hazard Storage (Parking Garage)
   Group B, (30%) and Lab areas (70%)
Construction Type:    IB
Building Address:    150 Second Street
   Cambridge, MA 02141

Part B: LEED-CD and LEED-CI Certification

Base Building Certification at 150 Second

The LEED Guidelines that follow summarize the measures Skanska has undertaken to achieve LEED certification under the LEED for Core and Shell (LEED-CS) rating system. It is intended to help tenants understand and take full advantage of the high-performance features of the building, and to provide guidance to assist tenants in reinforcing these features in their own workplaces. It will also provide tenants with guidance and information on achievement of LEED for Commercial Interiors (LEED-CI).

Sustainable Sites (SS)

The LEED requirements for the Sustainable Sites category are predominantly base-building responsibilities. A tenant applying for LEED for Commercial Interiors (LEED-CI) certification automatically gains five credits simply by choosing to be a tenant in the LEED-CS building at 150 Second.

SSp1: Erosion and Sedimentation Control

Intent Reduce pollution from construction activities by controlling soil erosion, waterway sedimentation and airborne dust generation.

LEED-CS This prerequisite is normally required as a routine part of the site design and city entitlement process. 150 Second complied with the requirements of this pre-requisite

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

by developing and adhering to a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan as required by the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Tenants benefit by knowing that the construction process of the LEED-CS building had minimal negative impact on the local environment in terms of loss of soil, sedimentation of local storm-sewer systems, and localized air pollution.

LEED-CI No related LEED-CI credit.

SSc1: Site Selection

Intent Avoid development of inappropriate sites and reduce the environmental impact from the location of a building on the site.

LEED-CS 150 Second meets all of the stated criteria for this credit. By developing in a dense, urban neighborhood, urban sprawl is reduced, as is the pressure to develop in environmentally sensitive areas. The LEED-CS building did not develop on prime farmland, within a flood plain, near wetland areas, on land protected for endangered species, or on former public parkland. Location by the tenant in 150 Second helps to preserve these valuable environmental resources.

LEED-CI No related LEED-CI credit. Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building. This is associated with LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection.

SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity

Intent Channel development to urban areas with existing infrastructure to protect greenfields, and persevere habitat and natural resources.

LEED-CS 150 Second is located on a previously developed site, within one-half mile of a dense residential zone and within close pedestrian access to more than ten basic community services. Pedestrians also have easy access to all community services. Tenants benefit from the close proximity of numerous services such as restaurants, shopping, and groceries. The close proximity of neighborhood and community services help to reduce pollution caused by the use of motor vehicles. 150 Second also meets the development density path of this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will earn six LEED-CI points through SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LOGO

SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment

Intent Remediate and redevelop sites deemed as contaminated in order to restore the health of the site and avoid development of greenfield sites.

LEED-CS 150 Second is located on a site that was previously contaminated. The site has been remediated. Remediation and redevelopment of brownfield sites is a huge undertaking by a developer, and Skanska is proud to have redeveloped this site and make it suitable for living and working conditions.

LEED-CI Brownfield redevelopment is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc4.1: Alternative Transportation-Public Transportation Access (LEED-CI SSc3.1)

Intent Locate project near public transportation to reduce the number of vehicles on the road and to reduce land redevelopment for parking.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS 150 Second is located within one-quarter mile walking distance of the Lechmere T stop and multiple bus lines. Locating in close proximity to rail and multiple bus lines is beneficial to tenants and their visitors because of the convenience of public transit access. This also reduces the need to drive cars to the site, thereby reducing environmental impacts associated with pollution and development.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will earn six points meeting the credit requirements of SSc3.1: Alternative Transportation-Public Transportation Access in the LEED-CI rating system.

SSc4.2: Alternative Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms (LEED-CI SSc3.2)

Intent Include bike racks and showering facilities to encourage building occupants to bike to the site, in an effort to reduce the number of vehicles on the road and to reduce land development for parking.

LEED-CS 150 Second provided 22 long-term and 8 exterior bike storage spaces for an estimated >8% of the assumed building users and provided 2 shower and changing rooms. This exceeds the requirement of racks for 3% of all building users and provided showering for an estimated 0.5% of full-time equivalent (FTE) occupants

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may be able to earn two points for LEED-CI SSc3.2: Alternative Transportation-Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms. However, LEED-CI projects must provide bike racks for 5% of tenant occupants and showers for 0.5% of FTE. Tenants should verily that the bike racks and showers provided in the base building meet the required numbers for the tenant space. The base building provides sufficient bike storage to satisfy the requirements. for 600 total peak users and changing facilities for 400 total FTE’s.

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

 

SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation – Low-Emitting and Fuel-Efficient Vehicles

Intent Encourage the use of low-emitting and fuel-efficient (LE/FE) vehicles by providing preferred parking spaces for LE/FE vehicles.

LEED-CS 150 Second will offer 5 preferred spaces for vehicles that meet the LEED definition of Low-Emitting and Fuel Efficient Vehicles.

LEED-CI There is no related LEED-CI credit.

SSc4.4: Alternative Transportation – Parking Capacity (LEED-CI SSc3.3)

Intent Minimize parking spaces and provide preference to carpool and vanpool vehicles, in an effort to reduce the number of vehicles on the road and to reduce land development for parking.

LEED-CS 150 Second minimized the total parking capacity to not exceed local zoning requirements but was not required to provide preferred parking for carpools or vanpools to meet the credit requirements. Parking capacity was minimized in an effort to reduce land development.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may be able to earn two points for LEED-CI SSc3.3: Alternative Transportation – Parking Availability, which requires minimized parking for tenants and preferred parking for carpools and vanpools. Tenants in a LEED-CS building do not automatically meet this credit and will have to determine the maximum number of parking spaces available to them and provide the preferred parking spaces. See the LEED-CI Rating System for exact requirements.

SSc5.1: Site Development – Protect or Restore Habitat

Intent Conserve native habitat in an effort to promote biodiversity.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI There is no related LEED-CI credit.

SSc5.2: Site Development – Maximize Open Space

Intent Provide a high ratio of open space to development footprint to promote biodiversity.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS Although 150 Second did not pursue this LEED credit, the Project increased the amount of vegetated open space which provides tenants with added amenities and park space.

LEED-CI There is no related LEED-CI credit.

SSc6.1: Stormwater Design – Quality Control

Intent Limit disruption of natural hydrology by reducing impervious cover, increasing onsite infiltration, and managing stormwater runoff quantities.

LEED-CS 150 Second implemented a stormwater management plan that reduced the stormwater runoff by 25% compared to pre-development volumes. Tenants and the local community benefit from the stormwater management plan due to less stormwater runoff and less contamination entering local waterways. Post development conditions show 44.92% reduction in 2 year, 24-hour design storm.

LEED-CI Stormwater management is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc6.2: Stormwater Design – Quality Control

Intent Limit disruption of natural hydrology by reducing impervious cover, increasing on-site infiltration, and managing the quality of storm water runoff.

LEED-CS 150 Second has provided a new stormwater technology that captures and treats stormwater runoff from 90% of the annual rainfall and removes at least 95.58% of total suspended solids. Tenants and the local community benefit from the stormwater management plan due to less stormwater runoff and less contamination entering local waterways.

LEED-CI Stormwater management is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc7.1 Heat Island Effect – Nonroof

Intent Reduce heat island effect (thermal gradient differences between developed and undeveloped areas) to minimize impact on microclimate, and human and wildlife habitat.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS 150 Second has placed 84% of the total parking capacity under a white roof in an effort to reduce the heat island effect. By placing the majority of parking spaces under one cover in a stacked parking garage, 150 Second is able to reduce the amount of asphalt required for the same number of parking spaces and therefore minimize local heat island effects.

LEED-CI The heat island effect is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect – Roof

Intent Reduce heat island effect (thermal gradient differences between developed and undeveloped areas) to minimize impact on microclimate, and human and wildlife habitat.

LEED-CS 150 Second installed a light colored roof which reduces the heat island effect. Tenants will benefit from more efficient operations of the HVAC system in the building, which is passed on to the tenants in reduced energy costs.

LEED-CI The heat island effect is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction

Intent Reduce the impacts of lighting on nocturnal environments, reduce glare, and minimize light trespass from interior windows.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Light pollution reduction is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

SSc9: Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines

Intent Provide tenants with a descriptive tool that both educates and helps implement sustainable design and construction features in their tenant improvement build-out.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines benefit the LEED-CS certified project for two important reasons. First, the Guidelines help tenants design and build sustainable interiors and adopt green building practices; second, the Guidelines help in coordinating LEED-CI and LEED-CS certifications. These Guidelines are a tool to enable tenants of 150 Second to design and implement sustainable, green building interiors that will benefit the overall health and quality of life for building occupants.

LEED-CI No related LEED-CI credit.

Water Efficiency (WE)

WEp1: Water Use Reduction – 20% Reduction and WEc3: Water Use Reduction

Intent Maximize water efficiency within buildings to reduce the burden on municipal water supply and wastewater systems.

LEED-CS 150 Second installed base building fixtures to achieve the prerequisite of 20% water reduction but also earned additional points and achieved an overall water use reduction of 39% for showers, low-flush toilets and low-flush urinals. In total, these measures will reduce water consumption of the building by approximately 250,000 gallons per year.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will also need to meet the 20% water use reduction prerequisite. This prerequisite addresses only toilets, urinals, lavatory faucets, prerinse spray valves and showerheads. 150 Second has ultra low-flow metering lavatories, low-flow showers, low-flow toilets and low-flush urinals that tenants will be using and can take advantage of in compliance with LEED-CI. The tenant’s participation in this credit guideline could further support reduction of water use. 150 Second encourages tenants to employ water efficient fixtures in other areas of their space such as installing ultra flow faucets (0.5 gpm) in pantry/kitchenette laboratory and/or prerinse spray valves below the baseline. By employing similar strategies for the tenant space, the tenant has the opportunity to achieve up to 11 points for WEc1: Water Use Reduction within the LEED-CI rating system.

Goals for Tenant Water Fixtures:

 

 

Low Flow Water Closets (1.28 gpf) - Already in core toilet rooms.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

Pint Flush Urinals (0.125 gpf) - Already in core toilet rooms.

 

 

Ultra Low Flow Metering Lavatories (0.83 g/cycle) - Already in core toilet rooms.

 

 

Ultra Low Flow Kitchen and Janitorial Sinks (1.0 gpm)

 

 

Ultra Low Flow Shower Fixtures (1.5 gpm) - Already in core shower rooms.

 

 

Residential Dishwashers (Energy Star)

 

 

Commercial Dishwashers (1.0 gallons/rack)

 

 

Residential Clothes Washers [4.5 WF (gallons/ft 3 /cycle)]

 

 

Commercial Clothes Washer [7.5 WF (gallons/ft 3 /cycle)]

WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping

Intent Reduce potable water consumption for irrigation through the use of high-efficient technologies and low-water consuming plantings.

LEED-CS 150 Second installed limited turf grass and drought-resistant plants that require no permanent irrigation. These measures have resulted in a 100% potable water use reduction for irrigation.

LEED-CI Water-efficient landscaping is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies

Intent Reduce wastewater generation and minimize the impact on municipal wastewater treatment plants.

LEED-CS 150 Second installed an onsite rainwater storage system that treats water to tertiary standards. The treated rainwater is then reused for the toilets and urinals. This rainwater storage system reduces water use for toilets and urinals by 85%.

LEED-CI Innovative wastewater technologies are covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Energy and Atmosphere (EA)

EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning and EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning (LEED-CI, EAc2: Enhanced Commissioning)

Intent

Fundamental: To verify that the project’s energy-related systems are installed, calibrated and perform according to the owner’s project requirements, basis of design and construction documents. Benefits of commissioning include reduced energy use, lower operating costs, reduced contractor callbacks, better building documentation, improved occupant productivity and verification that the systems perform in accordance with the owner’s project requirements.

Enhanced: To begin the commissioning process early in the design process and execute additional activities after systems performance verification is completed.

LEED-CS 150 Second performed enhanced commissioning of all base building energy systems, including base building HVAC system and controls, domestic hot water, core and lobby lighting systems and controls and building management system. This process helped to assure all energy-related systems are operating as intended.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are required to perform fundamental commissioning of their energy-related systems. Additionally, tenants can achieve five points if they elect to perform enhanced commissioning (EAc2).

EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

Intent To establish the minimum level of energy efficiency for the proposed building and systems to reduce environmental and economic impacts associated with excessive energy use.

LEED-CS 150 Second performed whole building energy simulation using ASHAE 90.1-2007 Appendix G and has met the requirements for energy performance. 150 Second energy simulation demonstrated an improvement of 43% over ASHRAE 90.1-2007. The building envelope was designed to improve energy efficiency and reduce the cost of energy for the entire building, these savings are passed on to the tenant.

LEED-CI Minimum Energy Performance of the tenant space is a prerequisite in the LEED-CI rating system CAp2. Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are required to comply with the mandatory provisions and prescription requirements of ASHRAE 90.1-2007, as well as reduce connected lighting power density by 10% from ASHRAE 90.1-2007 and install Energy Star appliances for at least 50% of eligible equipment. Tenants occupying space in 150 Second will benefit from the energy efficiencies of the base building systems but will not be automatically guaranteed credit compliance.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management

Intent To reduce stratospheric ozone depletion.

LEED-CS 150 Second installed new HVAC systems which contained no Chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)-based refrigerants which thereby reduce the buildings impact on the ozone.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are required to comply with this prerequisite through either the purchase of new HVAC equipment which contains no CFC-based refrigerants or upgrading of existing equipment which contains CFC-based refrigerants.

EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance

Intent To achieve increasing levels of energy performance beyond the prerequisite standard and to reduce environmental and economic impacts associated with excessive energy use.

LEED-CS 150 Second performed whole building energy simulation using ASHAE 90.1-2007 Appendix G and has met the requirements for energy performance. 150 Second energy simulation demonstrated an improvement of 43% over ASHRAE 90.1-2007.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can earn points for further enhancing energy efficiency. These combined strategies will contribute toward further reductions in environmental and economic impacts for the project. Points are achievable across different areas of energy related systems as follows:

EAc1.1: Optimize Energy Performance - Lighting Power : Projects can achieve up to five points for further reductions in lighting power density below ASHRAE 90.1-2007.

Recommendations for Tenant Lighting Systems:

 

   

Display lighting: metal halide, fluorescent, or LED lamps rather than halogen.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EAc1.2: Optimize Energy Performance - Lighting Controls : Projects that install lightning controls such as daylight and occupancy sensors can achieve up to three points in and contribute towards increased energy conservation.

Recommendations for Tenant Lighting Controls:

 

   

Install daylight responsive controls in all regularly occupied spaces within 15 feet of windows and under skylights.

EAc1.3: Optimize Energy Performance - HVAC : Through increased HVAC equipment efficiencies and appropriate zoning and controls, which result in HVAC performance above ASHRAE 90.1-2007, projects are eligible for up to 10 points.

Recommendations for Tenant HVAC Systems:

 

   

High SEER condensing units - minimum 14 SEER.

 

   

Air source heat pump heating.

 

   

Electronically Controlled Motors (ECM) in fan coils.

 

   

Demand ventilation controls with CO 2 sensors.

EAc1.4: Optimize Energy Performance - Equipment and Applications : Selecting energy-efficient equipment and appliances, as qualified by EPA’s Energy Star Program, can contribute up to 4 points.

EAc2: On-Site Renewable Energy

Intent To encourage and recognize increasing levels of on-site renewable energy self-supply to reduce environmental and economic impacts associated with fossil fuel energy use.

LEED-CD 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI On-site renewable energy is covered under LEED-CI SSc1: Site Selection, where tenants earn five points for locating in a LEED-CS building.

EAc5: Measurement and Verification (LEED-CI, EAc3)

Intent To provide for the ongoing accountability of building energy consumption over time.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can earn points by providing ongoing accountability and optimization of their energy and water consumption over time. 150 Second has provided tenants a lease agreement in which energy costs are paid by the tenants and not included in the base rent, making the tenants eligible for three points in LEED-CI (EAc3-Measurement & Verification). Furthermore, the base building central monitoring system allows tenants the ability to easily install submetering devices within their space.

EAc6: Green Power (LEED-CI, EAc4)

Intent To encourage the development and use of grid-source, renewable energy technologies on a net-zero pollution basis.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can earn five points by engaging in a 2 year renewable energy contract through LEED-CI EAc4. The contract amount must be for at least 50% of the energy consumed in the tenant space for at least 8 kilowatt hours per square foot of tenant space.

Materials and Resources (MR)

MRp1: Storage and Collection of Recyclables

Intent Facilitate the reduction of waste generated by building occupants that is hauled to and disposed of in landfills.

LEED-CS 150 Second provides a centrally located, easily accessible area for recycling of paper, cardboard, glass, plastics and metals, for the base building and tenant occupants. The recycling storage area is located at Room 119 near the loading dock.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are provided with an easily accessible dedicated area for tenants recycling (paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics and metals). This is a prerequisite in the LEED-CI rating system (MRp1) and LEED-CI projects will automatically earn this prerequisite. Tenants are strongly encouraged to create a dedicated recycling area on each floor to facilitate efficient sorting and recycling of waste materials.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

MRc1.1: Tenant Space - Long-term Commitment (LEED-CI Only)

Intent To encourage choices that conserve resources, reduce waste and the environmental impacts of tenants related to materials, manufacturing and transportation.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are encouraged to pursue a ten-year lease. Doing so will help earn LEED-CI MRc1.1.

MRc1.2: Building Reuse - Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements

Intent To reduce the environmental impact of new construction by salvaging old building stock.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants LEED-CI at 150 Second may earn a point for the interior salvage of the floors, walls and doors, as long as tenants preserve these elements during fit-out. Projects can up to two points for MRc1.2: Building Reuse-Maintain Interior Nonstructural Components for maintain 40% or 60% of interior components.

MRc2: Construction Waste Management

Intent Divert Construction and demolition debris from disposal in landfills and incinerators. Redirect recyclable recovered resources back to the manufacturing process. Redirect reusable materials to appropriate sites.

LEED-CS 150 Second implemented a Construction Waste Management Plan that resulted in diverting over 95% of the project’s construction and demolition waste from being disposed in landfills.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can develop and implement their own construction waste management plan during the construction of the tenant space, and by recycling 50% or 75% of construction, demolition and packaging debris, tenants can qualify for up to two points for MRc2.1: Construction Waste Management.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

MRc3: Materials Reuse (LEED-CI, MR3.1)

Intent To reduce the environmental impact of new construction by salvaging materials.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can earn up to two LEED-CI points under MRc3.1: Materials Reuse by using salvaged old doors and windows to make interior partitions, and an additional credit for MRc3.2: Materials Reuse - Furniture and Furnishing for reusing furniture.

MRc3.2: Materials Reuse - Furniture and Furnishing (LEED-CI Only)

Intent To reduce the environmental impact of new construction by salvaging materials.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can refurnish, reuse or salvage 30% of their total furniture cost to earn an additional LEED-CI point.

MRc4: Recycled Content

Intent Increased demand for building products that incorporate recycled content materials, thereby reducing impacts resulting from extraction and processing of virgin materials.

LEED-CS 150 Second specified the use of a minimum of 20% of building materials (by cost) as recycled materials, containing post-consumer or post-industrial recycled content.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can specify 10% - 20% of materials to have recycled content, out of the total amount of construction materials and furnishings, the tenant can achieve two LEED points through MRc4: Recycled Content. Consider specifying products such as structural steel, gypsum board and concrete to have high-recycled content.

MRc5: Regional Materials

Intent Increase demand for building materials and products that are extracted and manufactured within the region, thereby supporting the use of indigenous resources and reducing the environmental impacts resulting from transportation.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS 150 Second specified the use of a minimum of 10% of building materials (by cost) to be regionally extracted and manufactured (within 500 miles of the site).

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can specify 20% of the combined value of construction materials and furnishings to be manufactured regionally (within 500 miles of the site) to earn a LEED-CI point for MRc5: Regional Materials. If 10% of those materials are also extracted, harvested or recovered from within 500 miles of the project, tents earn an additional point under MRc5, Option 2.

MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials (LEED-CI Only)

Intent To reduce the environmental impact of finite raw materials that have long-cycles of growth.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are encouraged to specify a minimum of 5% of the total value of all building materials from rapidly renewable sources to earn a LEED-CI point through MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials. Rapidly renewable materials are agricultural products, either fiber or animal, which take ten years or less to grow or raise and then harvested in an ongoing and sustainable fashion. Bamboo, wool, carpets, cork, rubber, strawboard and wheatboard are all examples of rapidly renewable resources.

MRc6: Certified Wood (LEED-CI, MRc7)

Intent Encourage environmentally responsible forest management.

LEED-CS 150 Second specified a minimum of 50% of wood-based products to be harvested in accordance with the Forest Stewardship Council’s (FSC) Principles and Criteria, for base building wood components. FSC certification means that the forest managers employed environmentally and socially responsible forest management practices. FSC wood has been specified for base building finishes such as the lobby wall paneling and cabinetry.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are encouraged to specify certified wood for new wood products and materials for their space. A minimum of 50% of certified wood used in the project is required to achieve a LEED-CI point through MRc7: Certified Wood.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)

IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance

Intent To establish minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance to enhance indoor air quality in buildings, thus contributing to the comfort and well-being of the occupants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has met the requirements of Section 4 through 7 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality for the base building, and goes beyond the ventilation rates required by the prerequisite to provide 30% more ventilation than required by the ASHRAE standard. The base building HVAC system supports this design by providing at least 20 cubic feet per minute of outside air per person, based on standard occupancy densities. The tenants from this by increased productivity.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are required to supply minimum levels of ventilation through compliance with ASHRAE 62.1-2007. Depending on the location of the tenant spaces, tenants may need to provide adequate ventilation for their spaces to meet LEED-CI IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance. Some spaces in the tenant building will automatically comply, others will need to provide ventilation in their own spaces. Contact building management for details on your tenant space.

IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control

Intent To minimize exposure of building occupants, indoor surfaces and ventilation air distribution systems to environmental tobacco smoke (ETS).

LEED-CS 150 Second has prohibited smoking inside the building, and prohibited smoking on the property from within 25 feet of entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will automatically comply with this prerequisite, through LEED-CI IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control,

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

due to the building’s no smoking policy. Tenants are prohibited from smoking within the building and have been provided designated smoking areas which are at least 25 feet away from building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows. Signage indicating that smoking is not allowed within 25 feet of the all entrances will be provided for the entire building.

IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring

Intent To provide capacity for ventilation system monitoring to help promote occupant comfort and well-being.

LEED-CS 150 Second has installed a permanent monitoring system to ensure that ventilation systems in all public spaces maintain design minimum requirements. This has been accomplished through the incorporation of CO 2 monitoring devices and outdoor airflow measurement devices within the base building. Furthermore, the installed system in the base building is capable of being expanded to provide CO 2 monitoring within the tenant spaces.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can achieve one point for installing permanent ventilation monitoring systems within their tenant space, through IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring.

IEQc2: Increased Ventilation

Intent To provide additional outdoor air ventilation to improve indoor air quality (IAQ) and promote occupant comfort, well-being and productivity.

LEED-CS 150 Second has increased breathing zone outdoor air ventilation rates to all occupied spaces by at least 30% above the minimum rates required by ASHRAE 62.1-2007 for the base building. Furthermore, the base building systems have provided tenants with the ability to achieve LEED-CI, IEQc2: Increased Ventilation within their space by providing increased ventilation for each zone.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can achieve one point, through LEED-CI IEQc2: Increased Ventilation, by providing additional air ventilation through appropriate mechanical or natural ventilation design strategies. The base building has provided the ability to easily facilitate increased ventilation within the tenant space.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

IEQc3: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - During Construction (LEED-CI, IEQc3.1)

Intent To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation and promote the comfort and well-being of construction workers and building occupants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has developed and implemented an IAQ management plan for the construction and pre-occupancy phases for the base building. As a result, the base building has provided a healthy indoor environment for tenants as they commence occupancy in their space. Measures taken as part of the IAQ plan included enclosed space ventilation, protection of absorption materials from moisture damage, replacement of filters prior to occupancy, among other requirements from the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association (SMACNA) guidelines.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point, through LEED-CI IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Management Plan - During Construction, for developing and implementing their own IAQ management plan for the construction and preoccupancy phases of the tenant space.

IEQc3.2: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - Before Occupancy

Intent To reduce indoor air quality (IAQ) problems resulting from construction or renovation to promote the comfort and well-being of construction workers and building occupants.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CD credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by performing a building flush-out or air testing the tenant space to ensure a healthy indoor environment.

IEQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials-Adhesives & Sealants

Intent To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has complied with the applicable volatile organic compound (VOC) requirements for all adhesives and sealants installed within the weather barrier for the base building. As a result, the base building has provided a healthy indoor environment for tenants as they commence occupancy in their space.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by ensuring that all adhesives and sealants installed within the tenant space comply with the applicable VOC limits.

IEQc4.2: Low-Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings

Intent To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has complied with the applicable volatile organic compound (VOC) requirements for all paints and coatings installed within the weather barrier for the base building. As a result, the base building has provided a healthy indoor environment for tenants as they commence occupancy in their space.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by ensuring that all paints and coatings installed within the tenant space comply with the applicable VOC limits.

IEQc4.3: Low-Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems

Intent To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has complied with the applicable standards for all flooring systems installed within the weather barrier for the base building. As a result, the base building has provided a healthy indoor environment for tenants as they commence occupancy for their space.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by ensuring that all flooring systems installed within the tenant space comply with the applicable standards.

IEQc4.4: Low-Emitting Materials-Composite Wood and Agrifiber Product

Intent To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminant that are odorous, irritating and/ or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CS All composite wood and agrifiber products used on the interior of 150 Second have contained no added urea-formaldehyde resins for the base building. As a result, the base building has provided a healthy indoor environment for tenants as they commence occupancy in their space.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by ensuring that all composite wood and agrifiber products installed within tenant space contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins.

IEQc4.5: Low-Emitting Materials - Systems Furniture and Seating (LEED-CI Only)

Intent To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of installers and occupants.

LEED-CS No related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by ensuring that all systems furniture and seating installed within the tenant space comply with the applicable standards.

IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control

Intent To minimize building occupant exposure to potentially hazardous particulates and chemical pollutants.

LEED-CS 150 Second has complied with the applicable measures for indoor chemical and pollutant source control for the base building.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by minimizing and controlling the entry of pollutants into the tenant space through the employment of all applicable requirements of LEED-CI IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control. The base building has provided a permanent entryway system at all major entrances, sufficient exhaust and sealing of housekeeping and janitorial rooms, MERV-13 filtration on air handling units and closed containment systems for all hazardous liquid wastes, In addition, tenants are required to provide a 10-foot long entryway system for all main entrances.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting

Intent To provide a high level of lighting system control by individual occupants or groups in multi-occupant spaces (e.g., classrooms and conference areas) and promote their productivity, comfort and well-being.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by providing individual lighting control for at least 90% of occupants of the tenant space and for all multi-occupant spaces.

IEQc6: Controllability of Systems-Thermal Comfort (LEED-CI, IEQc6.2)

Intent To provide a high level of thermal comfort control by individual occupants or groups in multi-occupant spaces (e.g. classrooms and conference areas) and promote their productivity, comfort and well-being.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second may achieve one point by providing individual thermal comfort controls for at least 50% of occupants of the tenant space and for all multi-occupant spaces.

IEQc7: Thermal Comfort - Design (LEED-CI, IEQc7.1)

Intent To provide a comfortable thermal environment that promotes occupant productivity and well-being.

LEED-CS 150 Second has designed and installed the HVAC system and building envelope to meet the requirements of ASHRAE-55-2004 for the base building. ASHRAE-55 requires the regulation of temperature and humidity levels within the building based on climate zone. The base building has provided the ability for tenants to comply with the requirements of ASHRAE 55-2004 during build-out of their tenant space.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED Cl at 150 Second will achieve one point by demonstrating that the HVAC system meets the requirements of ASHRAE-55-2004.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification (LEED-CI Only)

Intent To provide for the assessment of building occupants’ comfort over time.

LEED-CS There is no related LEED-CS credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second can achieve one point by meeting the following requirements:

 

 

Achieving IEQc7.1

 

 

Providing a permanent monitoring system and process for corrective action to ensure that building performance meets the desired comfort criteria.

 

 

Conduct a thermal comfort survey of tenant space occupants within 6-18 months after occupancy.

IEQc8.1: Daylight and Views - Daylight

Intent To provide occupants with a connection between indoor spaces and the outdoors through the introduction of daylight and views into the regularly occupied areas of the building.

LEED-CS 150 Second did not pursue this credit.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will achieve one point by providing sufficient daylight to at least 75% of regularly spaces. To do so tenants must be sure that their fit-out does not compromise the daylight provided by the base building, new simulations may need to be run.

IEQc8.2: Daylight and Views - Views

Intent To provide occupants with a connection between indoor spaces and the outdoors through the introduction of daylight and views into the regularly occupied areas of the building.

LEED-CS 150 Second has achieved direct views to the outdoor environment through vision glazing for 91% of regularly occupied areas. The calculation of views for tenant spaces was done using a feasible tenant layout per the default occupancy counts.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second will achieve one point by providing direct views to the outdoor environment through vision glazing for at least 90% of regularly occupied areas. To do so tenants must be sure that their fit-out does not compromise the views provided by the base building. Tenants should consider using an open plan, desk partitions less than 42” in height in areas where views to the outside area possible, and glass partitions around common meeting areas.

Innovation in Design (ID)

IDc1: Innovation in Design

Intent To provide design teams and projects the opportunity to be awarded points for exceptional performance above the requirements set by LEED and to develop innovation ideas in green building categories not specifically addressed by LEED.

LEED-CS 150 Second has four points in the LEED ID category:

 

 

The base building has achieved exemplary performance under SSc4.1.

 

 

The base building has achieved exemplary performance under MRc2.

 

 

The base building has achieved exemplary performance under SSc2.

 

 

The base building participated in Pilot Credit 12 Reduced Automobile Dependence.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are encouraged to achieve all four ID credits through creative design and management of their built-out space.

IDc2: LEED Accredited Professional

Intent To support and encourage the design integration required by LEED green buildings and to streamline the application and certification process.

LEED-CS 150 Second has accomplished this through the participation of many LEED Accredited Professionals on the design team and a sustainability consultant. The use of a LEED-AP as a responsible member of the design team for the base building and any tenant improvements will help ensure that the design and material specifications for the project will properly address the established sustainable design criteria for the project.

LEED-CI Tenants attempting LEED-CI at 150 Second are encouraged to include at least one principle participant on the project team, who has successfully completed the LEED Accredited Professional exam. Tenants can achieve one point for LEED-CI.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Appendix A: Reference Material

Tenants should refer to the link below for a reference guide for the LEED 2009 for Commercial Interiors (LEED-CI) Rating System. http://www.usgbc.org/ShowFile.aspx?DocumentID=5543

For reference, tenants should see to the LEED-CI 2009 Scorecard below

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT J TO LEASE

PARKING PLAN


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT K TO LEASE

NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT dated as of the      day of March, 2013 by and among BENT ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company formerly known as Bent Associates Limited Partnership (“ Landlord ”), FOUNDATION MEDICINE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”) and 150 SECOND STREET, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).

Reference is made to the Ground Lease (the “ Ground Lease ”) dated November 12, 2010 from Landlord, as lessor, to Tenant, as lessee, pertaining to premises at 65 Bent Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts, more fully described therein (the “ Premises ”).

Reference is also made to the Lease Agreement (the “ Sublease ”) dated as of March     , 2013, from Tenant, as sublessor, to Subtenant, as sublessee, of premises described therein (the “ Sublease Premises ”), the Sublease being a sublease under the Ground Lease.

In consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. In the event of termination or expiration of the Ground Lease for any reason or the exercise by Landlord of any of its rights thereunder to take possession of the Premises, the following provisions shall be applicable:

 

  (a) So long as Subtenant shall not be in default of any obligation under the Sublease beyond any applicable grace and cure period, Landlord agrees, for itself and any subsequent owner claiming through or under it, that the Sublease and the rights of Subtenant thereunder shall continue in full force and effect and the peaceful possession and enjoyment of the Sublease Premises shall not be terminated or disturbed (whether by a termination of the Ground Lease or otherwise), except in the event that Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Sublease under the terms and provisions thereof; and

 

  (b)

Landlord or any successor to it, if it be the holder (each a “ Successor ”) shall assume and perform the remaining obligations of Tenant as and for the balance of the then remaining term of the Sublease, subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Sublease, and Subtenant will attorn to and recognize the Successor as the sublessor under the Sublease, such assumption and attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be subject to any claims, offsets or defenses which Subtenant might have against any prior tenant under the Ground Lease (including Tenant), nor shall Landlord be liable for any act or omission of any prior tenant under the Ground Lease (including Tenant), nor shall Landlord be bound by any rent or additional rent which Subtenant might have paid for more than the current month, nor shall Landlord be bound by any security deposit which Subtenant might have paid unless the same shall have been transferred by

 

K-1


  Tenant to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be obligated to complete Landlord’s Work or fund the Landlord’s Contribution as such terms are defined in the Sublease or reimburse Tenant the amount set forth in Section 5.2 of the Sublease (but nothing in this sentence shall prohibit Subtenant from the exercise of its express offset rights as further set forth in Section 5.4 of the Sublease).

2. This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors in interest of the parties hereto. This agreement may not be changed, waived, or terminated except in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, or termination is sought.

WITNESS the execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
By  

 

TENANT:
By  

 

SUBTENANT:
By  

 

 

K-2


EXHIBIT L TO LEASE

SIGNAGE PLAN


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT M TO LEASE

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant (and tenant employees and contractors) shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules & Regulations:

 

  1. The sidewalks, entrances, service elevator lobby, corridors, stairwells, and fire exits of the building shall not be encumbered by any tenant or its agents, employees, licensees or guests or shall be used for tenant’s premises provided that the stairwells shall be may be so used.

 

  2. All deliveries to and removals from the building of furniture, equipment and supplies shall be by way of the loading dock – a platform (delivery entrance) located at the ground level of the building and accessible from the street and then only during such hours as may be prescribed by the owner’s representative (Monday through Friday, 7AM – 5PM). During such hours there shall be no separate charge to tenant for the normal use of the loading dock or freight elevator. After such hours there will be hourly costs for security guards to operate the elevator and to guard the loading dock.

 

  3. The loading dock and service elevator are for pick ups and deliveries only. Due to limited space at the loading dock, there is a vehicle parking limit of thirty (30) minutes, unless special arrangements are made with the Property Management Office. Persons using service elevators will sign in at the security desk in the main lobby and be issued a floor pass. Each tenant will supply a list of authorized employees that require access to the freight elevators.

 

  4. All incoming and outgoing shipments must be moved directly, by the delivery or pick up agent from the delivery entrance: such shipments will not be held at the delivery entrance. Building operating personnel are not authorized to sign receipt for shipments to or from the building.

 

  5. Furniture, equipment and supplies and other packaged materials and items requiring the use of a hand truck, pallet truck or other type of wheeled transport, shall be moved only upon the service elevator.

 

  6. All large deliveries, pick ups, moves and removal of demolition materials must be transported on the service elevator after hours , with prior approval of the owner’s representative and at the expense of the tenant. The removal of demolition material and the delivery of sheet rock will require the smoke detectors in the freight elevators to be disabled.

 

M-1


  7. No hand truck, pallet truck or other type of wheeled transport shall be used in the lobbies, corridors or elevators of the buildings, other than in the loading dock corridor to and including the freight elevator.

 

  8. Except as otherwise permitted in the Lease, the owner’s representative reserves the right to inspect all items to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all items which violate any provision of the rules and regulations or which may, in the reasonable judgment of the owner’s representative, constitute a hazard or danger to the building, its equipment or occupants.

 

  9. Any damage to the building or any part thereof caused by the moving in our out of the building of furniture, equipment, supplies, or other items, shall be repaired by the owner’s representative at the expense of the tenant responsible.

 

  10. Tenant shall notify the property management office when safes or other heavy equipment are to be taken in or out of the building, and such moving shall only be done after written permission is obtained from the property management office on such conditions, as the property management office shall require. Additional costs related to the installation of such equipment, shall, as for elevator use or window removal, will be borne by tenant.

 

  11. All construction and demolition work requires a written request to be approved by the property management office who will act reasonably in connection therewith. Tenant and tenant’s contractor will be required to follow the 150 Second Street Tenant Improvement Rules and Regulations that is available upon request at the property management office. Upon completion of approved work, if applicable, Tenant must provide “As-Built” drawings in both CAD and black line form to the owner’s representative.

 

  12. Access to the area above the ceiling must be scheduled and approved by the property management office. All ceiling tiles must be back in place by the end of the working day.

 

  13. The property management office reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the building and the public facilities, as well as the facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as they deem best for the benefit of the tenants.

 

  14. The property management office reserves the right to exclude from the building, during non-business hours, all persons who do not present a valid building access photo id card that are not otherwise escorted by a Tenant representative.

 

M-2


  15. The property management office must be given advance written notification of any after-hour functions or deliveries requiring access via loading dock or building services. Tenant shall reimburse the owner’s representative for any third party out of pocket costs incurred in connection with these services.

 

  16. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors in any tenant’s premises and no lock on any door therein shall be changed or altered in any respect without property management approval.

 

  17. No acids, vapors, or other materials shall be discharged into non-designated waste lines, vents or flues of the building. The water wash closets and other plumbing fixtures in or serving any tenant’s premises (not specifically designed for this purpose) shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweeping shall be deposited therein. The property management office shall repair any damage resulting to the same from misuse by a tenant, at the expense of the tenant.

 

  18. If a tenant’s premises becomes infested with vermin, such tenant, at its sole cost and expense, unless it is clearly determined that the same has been caused entirely by others, shall cause it premises to be exterminated by such exterminators as shall be approved by the property management office at such times and to such extent as the property management office deems necessary.

 

  19. No part of the tenant’s premises shall be occupied at any time as sleeping quarters and no part of the building shall be used for gambling or for any immoral or unlawful purposes or practices. No intoxicating liquor shall be sold in any part of the building unless allowed by the lease agreement.

 

  20. No animals or birds, bicycles, skate boards, in-line skater or other vehicles shall be allowed in the corridors, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks, walkways, gardens, or elsewhere in or around the building.

 

  21. Canvassing, soliciting or peddling in the building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

  22. A building directory with the names of the tenants will be provided and maintained by the property management office. The property management office at the tenant’s expense will make changes in the directory, within a reasonable time period after written notice from the tenant.

 

  23. Tenants may be requested to assign from their employees, personnel to perform specific tasks required by the building’s emergency evacuation plan. Person so assigned shall be made available from time to time for instructions by the building life safety director.

 

M-3


  24. Access to building tele/com centers and closets will be provided by building security only. Anyone requesting access must have a valid id from the telecommunication company that employs them or be listed on the approved access list that is maintained at the property management office.

 

  25. Tenant shall have access to the building electric closets, upon prior notice to Building maintenance and provided that such access is conducted it the presence of a Building maintenance representative. Tenants will be required to notify the property management office by electronic mail should a vendor require access. All tenant vendors must have a valid id from the company that employees them or be listed on the approved access list that is maintained at the property management office.

 

  26. Portable electric heaters, fans or desktop heating appliances (coffee cup warmers) are not allowed inside any tenant spaces or common areas within the building, unless approved by the property management office.

 

  27. Prior written approval, which shall be at the sole discretion of the property management office, must be obtained for installation of any window shades, blinds, drapes or any other window treatment of any kind.

 

  28. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purpose for which constructed, no other unsuitable material shall be placed therein;

 

  29. Owner and property management office shall have the right to prescribe the weight and position of heavy equipment or objects, which may overstress any portion of the floors of the premises. All damage done to the building by the improper placing of such heavy items will be repaired at the sole expense of the tenant.

 

  30. No nails, hooks or screws shall be driven into or inserted in any part of the building except as approved by the property management office, permitted by tenant’s lease, or as reasonably necessary to permit tenant to hang pictures and other wall decorations within the premises.

 

  31. Tenant shall comply with all requirements necessary for the security of the premises, including the use or property removal passes for the removal of office equipment/packages, and use of security control cards for access to the building at all times.

 

  32. Smoking is not permitted in the 150 Second Street common areas including exterior entrances, vestibules, corridors, restrooms, stairwells and parking garage. Additionally, smoking is not allowed within 25 feet of the front of the entrance of the building as well as the loading dock entrance. Tenant must comply with requests by the owner’s representative concerning informing their employees of items of importance to the owner.

 

M-4


  33. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the premises, unless electrical holdbacks have been installed.

 

  34. Owner reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors during hours when the building is closed. Access to the building may be refused unless person seeking access has proper identification or has previously arranged a pass for access to the building. The owner and its representative shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, owner reserves the right to prevent access to the building during the continuance of it by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

  35. No furniture, freight, equipment or other bulky matter will be brought into or removed from the building or carried up or down in elevators, except upon prior notice to the property management office and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be reasonably designated by the owner. Tenant shall provide the property management office with reasonable prior notice of the need to utilize the elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide owner with a reasonable period to schedule such use and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the building. In no event shall tenant’s use of the elevators for any such purpose be permitted during the building’s prescribed business hours.

 

  36. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvass any occupant of the building and shall cooperate with the owner or owner’s agent to prevent it.

 

  37. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

 

  38. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which is supplied by the owner without the prior written consent of the owner.

 

  39. Cooking shall not be permitted or done by any tenant on the premises, nor shall the premises be used for the storage of merchandise for lodging of for any improper objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, laboratory approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used on the premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to owner and other tenants.

 

M-5


  40. Owner will approve where and how telephone wires are to be introduced to the premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of the owner. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the premises shall be subject to the approval of the owner.

 

  41. Tenant, it’s employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairwells or elevators and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the premises.

 

  42. Tenant shall store all trash and garbage within the interior of the premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the City of Cambridge without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times, as owner shall designate.

 

  43. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the premises form theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the premises closed, when the premises are not occupied.

 

  44. Owner may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants. This shall not prevent the owner from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the building.

 

  45. No awnings or other projects shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of the owner. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the premises without prior written consent of the owner. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by the owner.

 

  46. Food vendors shall be allowed in the 150 Second Street building upon receipt of a written request from the tenant. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the property management office. Under no circumstances shall the food vendor display their products in a public or common area including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in the immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from 150 Second Street.

 

  47. Tenant shall comply with any non smoking ordinances adopted by any applicable governmental authority. In addition, owner reserves the right to designate in owner’s sole discretion, the only outside areas of the premises where smoking shall be permitted.

 

M-6


  48. Owner and its agent have the right to evacuate 150 Second Street in the event of an emergency or catastrophe.

 

  49. Owner and its agent reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rule and Regulations or to make such other further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in owner’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the premises and building, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants. Owner shall not be responsible to tenant or to any other person for the non-observance of the Rules and Regulations and tenant shall agree to abide by these rules as a condition of its occupancy of the premises.

 

M-7

Exhibit 10.12

L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

T HIS L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT N O . 1881 (this “Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 1, 2010, by and between L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. ( “Lender ”) and F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation ( “Borrower ”) and sets forth the terms and conditions upon which Lender will lend and Borrower will repay money. In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions . Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are defined in the California Uniform Commercial Code ( “UCC ”).

ACH ” means the Automated Clearing House electronic funds transfer system.

Advance ” means a Loan advanced by Lender to Borrower hereunder.

Affiliate ” means a person or entity that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a person or entity.

Basic Rate ” means a per annum rate of interest equal to 8.25%.

Borrower’s Books ” means all of Borrower’s books and records, including records concerning Collateral, Borrower’s assets, liabilities, business operations or financial condition, on any media, and the equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” means 100% of Eligible Equipment.

Collateral ” means all property financed with the proceeds of this Agreement in which Lender now has or hereafter obtains a security interest or which is listed on any UCC-1 and on any UCC-3 amendment thereof naming Borrower as Debtor in any capacity and Lender or an affiliate of Lender as Secured Party including Exhibit A attached hereto.

Commitment ” means an aggregate of $5,000,000, available in 2 tranches. Tranche 1, in the amount of $3,000,000 ( “Tranche 1 ”) shall be available immediately upon the closing of this Agreement; Tranche 2, in the amount of $2,000,000 ( “Tranche 2 ”) shall be available upon the close of the New Equity Financing.

Commitment Fee ” means $7,500.

Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i)  January 31, 2012; (ii)  any Default or Event of Default; (iii)  the date on which a representative of Third Rock Ventures, L.P. or its Affiliate is no longer serving as a board member on Borrower’s Board of Directors; or (iv)  the date on which Borrower ceases to be in the business of developing and manufacturing next generation personalized oncology testing solutions.

Default ” means any event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means the lesser of 18% per annum or the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

Disclosure Schedule ” means the schedule attached as Schedule 1 hereto.

Eligible Equipment ” means various new and used office equipment, computers and peripherals, office furniture, laboratory equipment and furniture, analytical and test equipment, and any other equipment approved by Lender in its reasonable discretion, and that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties herein; up to 35% of cumulative Eligible Equipment at the time of any Advance may consist of software, laboratory consumables (including but not limited to reagents, sequencing reagents, bait sets, chemicals, library preparation kits, systems and oligos), leasehold improvements, freight, installation and engineering expenses, sales tax and other taxes, insurance and other costs reasonably approved by Lender.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8 .

 

1


Funding Date ” means any date on which an Advance is made to or on account of Borrower hereunder.

Incumbency Certificate ” means the document in the form of Exhibit E.

Indebtedness ” means (i)  all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase of property or services, (ii)  all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (iii)  all capital lease obligations, and (iv)  all contingent obligations, including guaranties and obligations of reimbursement or respecting letters of credit.

Lender’s Expenses ” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, modification, administration, or enforcement of the Loan or Loan Documents, or the exercise or preservation of any rights or remedies by Lender, whether or not suit is brought; provided, however , that Lender’s Expenses for the preparation and negotiation of the initial set of Loan Documents and all other Lender’s Expenses accrued or incurred prior to the date of this Agreement shall not exceed $7,500.

Lien ” means any lien, security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, charge, claim, or other encumbrance.

Loan ” means all of the Advances, however evidenced, and all other amounts due or to become due hereunder.

Loan Commencement Date ” means for any particular Advance the first business day of the calendar month following the 6 month anniversary of the Funding Date.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Notes and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into between Borrower and Lender in connection with the Loan, all as amended or extended from time to time.

New Equity Financing ” means an equity financing in one or more closings consummated by Borrower after the date of this Agreement whereby Borrower receives an aggregate of at least $10,000,000 in gross proceeds.

Note ” means a Secured Promissory Note in the form of Exhibit B .

Notice of Borrowing” means the form attached as Exhibit D .

Obligations ” means all Loans, debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, Lender’s Expenses and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Lender of any kind or description (whether pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise (with the exception of the Warrant), and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including any of the same obtained by Lender by assignment or otherwise, and all amounts Borrower is required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents, by law, or otherwise.

Permitted Liens ” means: (i)  Liens in favor of Lender; (ii)  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, that do not jeopardize Lender’s interest in any Collateral; (iii)  Liens to secure payment of worker’s compensation, employment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations of Borrower on which Borrower is current and are in the ordinary course of its business; provided none of the same diminish or impair Lender’s rights and remedies respecting the Collateral; and (iv)  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business.

Regulated Substance ” means any substance, material or waste the use, generation, handling, storage, treatment or disposal of which is regulated by any local or state government authority, including any of the same designated by any authority as hazardous, genetic, cloning, fetal, or embryonic.

Responsible Officer ” means each person as authorized by the board of directors of Borrower as set forth on the Incumbency Certificate.

Term ” means the period from and after the date hereof until the full, final and indefeasible payment and performance of all Obligations.

Warrant ” means the Warrant in favor of Lender and its affiliates to purchase securities of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

2


1.2 Interpretation . References to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” and “Schedules” are to articles, sections, exhibits and schedules herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. “Hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. “Including” is not limiting. All accounting and financial computations shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”). “Or” is not necessarily exclusive. All interest computation shall be based on a 360-day year and actual days elapsed prior to the Loan Commencement Date and on a 360-day year and 30 day month on and after the Loan Commencement Date.

2. T HE L OANS

2.1 Commitment. Subject to the terms hereof, Lender will make Advances to Borrower up to the principal amount of the Commitment, not to exceed 100% of the Borrowing Base at the time of any such Advance, on or before the Commitment Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary, Lender’s obligation to make any Advances or to lend the undisbursed portion of the Commitment shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date. Repaid principal of the Advances may not be re-borrowed.

2.2 The Advances. A Note setting forth the specific terms of repayment will evidence each Advance. No Advance will be made for less than $100,000, unless less than $100,000 remains available under the Commitment for borrowing. Absence of a Note evidencing any portion of the Loan shall not impair Borrower’s obligation to repay it to Lender.

2.3 Terms of Payment, Repayment.

(a) Repayment . Borrower shall repay the principal and pay interest on each Advance on the terms set forth in the applicable Note. Amounts not paid when due hereunder or under the Note shall bear interest at the Default Rate. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that Lender has received payments that, if interest, would exceed the maximum lawfully permitted, Lender will instead apply such money to fees and expenses and then to early prepayment of principal.

(b) ACH. All payments due to Lender must be, at Lender’s option, paid to Lender in cash or through ACH. Borrower shall execute and deliver the ACH Authorization Form substantially in the form of Exhibit G . If the ACH payment arrangement is terminated for any reason, Borrower shall make all payments due to Lender at Lender’s address specified in Section 11 .

(c) Default Rate . While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest on the Loan shall be increased to the Default Rate. Lender’s failure to charge or accrue interest at the Default Rate during the existence of a Default shall not be deemed a waiver by Lender of its right or claim thereto.

(d) Date . Whenever any payment due under the Loan Documents is due on a day other than a business day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(e) Prepayment. Subject to the prepayment provisions set forth in the applicable Note(s), Borrower may voluntarily prepay the Loan and/or any outstanding Note.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender the following:

(a) Commitment Fee. The Commitment Fee, which has been previously paid by Borrower, and shall be applied by Lender to Lender’s Expenses and other Obligations;

(b) Late Fee. On demand, a late charge on any sums due hereunder that are not paid when due, in an amount equal to 2% of the past due amount, payable on demand.

(c) Lender’s Expenses. On demand, accompanied by an invoice in sufficient detail setting forth the amounts then due, all Lender’s Expenses. Lender’s Expenses not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate. Lender will apply the Commitment Fee towards Lender’s Expenses; if Lender’s Expenses are less than the Commitment Fee, any such remaining amounts shall be applied towards Borrower’s repayments under Section 2.3 after the Commitment Termination Date.

 

3


3. C ONDITIONS OF A DVANCES ; P ROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING A DVANCES

3.1 Conditions Precedent to any and all Advances. The obligation of Lender to make any Advances is subject to each and every of the following conditions precedent in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole reasonable discretion: (i)  this Agreement, a Note evidencing the Advance, the Warrant, and all other UCC financing statements, and other documents required or as specified herein have been duly authorized, executed and delivered; (ii)  Lender’s receipt of all vendor invoices, bills of sale, receipts, agreements, proof of payment, and other documents as Lender shall reasonably request to evidence the ownership by Borrower of, the payment in full of the purchase price of, and the fair market value of, Collateral; (iii)  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (iv)  delivery of a Notice of Borrowing with respect to the proposed Advance; (v)  Lender’s security interests in the Collateral are valid and first priority, except for Permitted Liens; and (vi)  all such other items as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate have been delivered or satisfied. The extension of an Advance prior to the receipt by Lender of any of the foregoing shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item.

3.2 Procedure for Making Advances. Borrower shall provide Lender an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing at least 15 business days prior to the desired Funding Date for Advances, including therewith all vendor invoices, bills of sale, receipts, agreements, proof of payment, and other documents to evidence the ownership of such equipment by Borrower for which Borrower is requesting an Advance hereunder provided such financed equipment is delivered to Borrower within 120 days of the Funding Date for such equipment. Lender shall only be required to make Advances hereunder based upon written requests which comply with the terms and exhibits of this Loan Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time), and which are submitted and signed by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a Note and such other documents and instruments as Lender may reasonably require for each Advance made. With respect to the initial Advance hereunder, Lender agrees to finance equipment delivered to Borrower since January 1, 2010, provided the Notice of Borrowing for such Advance is delivered to Lender within 30 days from the date of this Agreement.

4. C REATION OF S ECURITY I NTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants to Lender a valid, first priority, continuing security interest in all present and future Collateral in order to secure prompt, full, faithful and timely payment and performance of all Obligations.

4.2 Inspections. Lender shall have the right upon reasonable prior notice to inspect Borrower’s Books, including computer files, and to make copies, and to test, inspect and appraise the Collateral, in order to verify any matter relating to Borrower or the Collateral. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such inspection rights shall be limited to 2 times in any 12 month period.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender at any time and from time to time to file in any jurisdiction any financing statements and amendments that: (i)  name Collateral as collateral thereunder, regardless of whether any particular Collateral falls within the scope of the UCC; (ii)  contain any other information required by the UCC for sufficiency or filing office acceptance, including organization identification numbers; and (iii)  contain such language as Lender determines helpful in protecting or preserving rights against third parties. Borrower ratifies any such filings made prior to the date hereof.

5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

Borrower represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower is a corporation duly formed, existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified or in which the Collateral is located, except states other than Massachusetts and Delaware where non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or any of the Collateral.

5.2 Authority. Borrower has all corporate power and authority, and has taken all actions, and has obtained all third party consents necessary to execute, deliver, and perform the Loan Documents.

5.3 Disclosure Schedule. All information on the Disclosure Schedule is true, correct and complete.

 

4


5.4 Authorization; Enforceability. The execution and delivery hereof, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurring of the Obligations, the execution and delivery of all Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower. The Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or similar laws relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

5.5 Name and Location. Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule. The chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral is set forth in Section 11 . The Collateral is presently located at the address(es) set forth in Section 11 and on the Disclosure Schedule.

5.6 Litigation. All actions or proceedings pending or threatened in writing by or against Borrower before any court or administrative agency are set forth on the Disclosure Schedule .

5.7 Financial Statements. All financial statements fairly represent in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower. All statements respecting Collateral that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Lender are true, complete and correct in all material respects for the periods indicated.

5.8 Solvency. Borrower is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they come due.

5.9 Taxes. Borrower has filed all required tax returns, and has paid all taxes it owes other than where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on Borrower.

5.10 Rights; Title to Assets. Borrower possesses and owns all necessary assets, rights, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises and licenses which it needs to conduct of its business as now operated or proposed to be operated. Borrower has good title to the Collateral, free and clear of any Liens except for Permitted Liens.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any Loan Document, certificate or statement furnished to Lender contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading.

5.12 Regulated Substances. Borrower complies and will comply with all laws respecting Regulated Substances, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or any of the Collateral.

5.13 Reaffirmation. Each Notice of Borrowing will constitute (i)  a warranty and representation in favor of Lender that there does not exist any Default and (ii)  subject to any amended Disclosure Schedule delivered to Lender or any other written disclosure required to be sent to Lender pursuant to the terms hereof, a reaffirmation as of the date thereof of all of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the Loan Documents, provided, however , and notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such amended Disclosure Schedule or other written disclosure contains any matter which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower or the Collateral, Lender’s obligation to make Advances to Borrower hereunder shall be suspended during the pendency of any such material adverse effect condition.

5.14 Auction Rate Securities . The Borrower (i)  owns no auction rate securities directly or indirectly in any brokerage, securities account or other account created by or for the benefit of the Borrower; and (ii)  has not created any standing or discretionary purchase order or directive with any brokerage account or broker service to purchase auction rate securities on behalf of the Borrower.

6. A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS

Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Compliance. Borrower shall maintain all governmental licenses, rights and agreements necessary for its operations or business and comply in all material respects with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, except, in each case, where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Borrower or any of the Collateral.

 

5


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (i)  as soon as prepared, and no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, an unaudited balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period; (ii)  as soon as prepared, but no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year or such other time period as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an opinion that such financial statements fairly present Borrower’s financial condition by an independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender; (iii)  immediately upon notice thereof, a report of any legal or administrative action pending or threatened in writing against Borrower which is likely to result in liability to Borrower in excess of $100,000; and (iv)  such other financial information as Lender may reasonably request from time to time. Financial statements delivered pursuant to subsections (i)  and (ii)  above shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer (each an “Officer’s Certificate ”) in the form of Exhibit F.

6.3 Notice of Defaults. Upon any Default or Event of Default, deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise thereto, and the Borrower’s proposed action with respect thereto.

6.4 Use; Maintenance. Borrower, at its expense, shall (i)  maintain the Collateral in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and will comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations regarding use and operation of the Collateral and (ii)  repair or replace any lost or damaged Collateral.

6.5 Insurance. Borrower, at its own expense, shall maintain insurance in amounts and coverages standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Each insurance policy shall: (i)  name Lender loss payee or additional insured, as appropriate, (ii)  provide for insurer’s waiver of its right of subrogation against Lender and Borrower, (iii)  provide that such insurance shall not be invalidated by any action of, or breach of warranty by, Borrower and waive set-off, counterclaim or offset against Lender, (iv)  be primary without a right of contribution of Lender’s insurance, if any, or any obligation on the part of Lender to pay premiums of Borrower, and (v)  require the insurer to give Lender reasonable prior written notice of cancellation. Borrower shall (x)  furnish all certificates of insurance required by Lender and (y)  promptly notify Lender of any written notice of cancellation from the insurer.

6.6 Loss Proceeds. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any proceeds of insurance on or condemnation of Collateral shall, at Borrower’s election and so long as Lender’s security interest in such proceeds remains first priority, be used either to repair or replace such Collateral or otherwise applied to the purchase or acquisition of property useful to Borrower’s business.

6.7 Taxes. Borrower shall file all required tax returns, and shall pay all taxes it owes other than where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

6.8 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time, Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as Lender may reasonably request to effect the intent and purposes hereof, to perfect and continue perfected and of first priority Lender’s security interests in the Collateral, and to effect and maintain ACH payment arrangements.

7. N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

Borrower will not do any of the following:

7.1 Location of Collateral. Change its principal place of business or remove, except in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, the Collateral or Borrower’s Books from the premises listed in Section 11 without giving 30 days prior written notice to Lender.

7.2 Extraordinary Transactions. Enter into any transaction not in the ordinary and usual course of Borrower’s business, involving the sale, lease, license or other disposition of its assets (including Collateral), other than (i)  sales of inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; and (ii)  grant and transfer licenses and similar arrangements for use of Borrower’s intellectual property, in arm’s length transactions, entered into in the ordinary course of business for adequate consideration. Notwithstanding anything contain in this Section 7.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement or the Loan Documents, the Borrower may do any of the following: (i)  declare or make any dividend payment payable solely in its equity securities; (ii)  convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefor; (iii)  repurchase stock from former employees, consultants or directors of Borrower in accordance with the terms of transfer restriction, repurchase, vesting or similar agreements between Borrower and such employees, consultants or directors in its ordinary course of business; (iv)  repurchase equity

 

6


securities with the proceeds from the issuance of equity securities; (v)  repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value equity securities in connection with or pursuant to any employees benefits plan or stock option plan of Borrower; or (vi)  issue securities for adequate consideration.

7.3 Restructure. Make any material change in Borrower’s financial structure or business operations (other than through the sale of preferred stock to equity investors); or suspend operation of Borrower’s business.

7.4 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind with respect to any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens.

7.5 Distributions. Pay any cash dividends or distributions, or redeem or purchase, any capital stock, except for repurchases of capital stock from departing employees, consultants or directors, under repurchase agreements approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, or dividends payable solely in capital stock of Borrower

7.6 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into any transaction with any Affiliate which is on terms less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated entity; provided , any such transaction shall not be a breach of this Section 7.6 if approved by a disinterested majority of the Borrower’s Board of Directors.

7.7 Compliance. (i)  Become an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or extend credit to purchase or carry margin stock; (ii)  fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA; (iii)  permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; (iv)  fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act; or (v)  violate any other material law or material regulation.

7.8 UCC Effectiveness. Change its name, jurisdiction of organization, or take any other action that could render Lender’s financing statements misleading under the UCC, without giving Lender 30 days advance written notice.

7.9 Auction Rate Securities . For so long as the Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall purchase or create a purchase order or directive to purchase any auction rate securities regardless of whether such securities are to be held by Borrower or through one or more brokerage accounts.

8. E VENTS OF D EFAULT

Any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower hereunder:

8.1 Payment. Borrower fails to pay when due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents any portion of the Obligations, or cancels an ACH payment or transfer Lender has initiated in conformity with the terms hereof provided, however , that an Event of Default shall not occur on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment the business day following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults. Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Section 6.5 or 6.6 , or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 .

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults. Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement, in any of the other Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Lender and has failed to cure such failure within 20 days after its occurrence.

8.4 Attachment. Any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a government levy, lien, writ or distress warrant, or comes into the possession of any trustee or receiver and the same is not returned, removed, waived, stayed, discharged or rescinded within 20 days.

8.5 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower is a party resulting in a right by a third party, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness, in an amount greater than $100,000.

8.6 Judgments. One or more judgments for an aggregate of at least $100,000 is rendered against Borrower and remains unsatisfied and unstayed for more than 30 days.

 

7


8.7 Injunction. Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets.

8.8 Misrepresentation. Any representation, statement, or report made to Lender by Borrower was false or misleading when made in any material respect.

8.9 Enforceability. Lender’s ability to enforce its rights against Borrower or any Collateral is impaired in any material respect, or Borrower asserts that any Loan Document is not a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.10 Involuntary Bankruptcy. An involuntary bankruptcy case remains undismissed or unstayed for 60 days or, if earlier, an order granting the relief sought is entered.

8.11 Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency. Borrower commences a voluntary case under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents or is subject to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or other similar official of Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally or admits in writing to its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

8.12 Merger, Sale or Change of Control. The occurrence of (i)  a merger of Borrower with another entity (whether or not the Borrower is the “surviving entity”) whereby the shareholders of Borrower immediately prior to such merger own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of Borrower immediately after such merger; (ii)  the sale (in one or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets; or (iii)  any transaction (or series of related transactions) other than a transaction that is a bona fide equity financing with the primary purpose of raising capital for Borrower, whereby the shareholders of Borrower immediately prior to such transaction(s) own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of Borrower immediately after such transaction(s), and such acquirer or resulting entity (including, Borrower, if Borrower is the resulting or surviving entity) fails to either: (a)  pay off the Obligations in cash at the closing of the acquisition, merger or sale or (b)  provide an unconditional, unlimited guaranty or reaffirmation of the Obligations in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and is of a credit quality acceptable to Lender

9. L ENDER S R IGHTS AND R EMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may, at its election, without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower: (i)  accelerate and declare the Loan and all Obligations immediately due and payable; (ii)  make such payments and do such acts as Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral, with such amounts becoming Obligations bearing interest at the Default Rate; (iii)  exercise any and all other rights and remedies available under the UCC or otherwise; (iv)  require Borrower to assemble the Collateral at such places as Lender may designate; (v)  enter premises where any Collateral is located, take, maintain possession of, or render unusable the Collateral or any part of it; (vi)  without notice to Borrower, set off and recoup against any portion of the Obligations; (vii)  ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral, in connection with which Borrower hereby grants Lender a license to use without charge Borrower’s premises, labels, name, trademarks, and other property necessary to complete, advertise, and sell any Collateral; and (viii)  sell the Collateral at one or more public or private sales.

9.2 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender (which appointment is coupled with an interest) its true and lawful attorney in fact with full power of substitution, for it and in its name to, upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i)  ask, demand, collect, receive, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all Collateral with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim, (ii)  receive payment of and endorse the name of Borrower on any items of Collateral, (iii)  make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral, (iv)  file any claim or take any other action, in Lender’s or Borrower’s name, which Lender may reasonably deem appropriate to protect its rights in the Collateral, or (v)  otherwise act with respect to the Collateral as though Lender were its outright owner.

9.3 Charges. If Borrower fails to timely pay any amounts required hereunder to be paid by Borrower to any third party, Lender may at its option pay any part thereof and any amounts so paid including Lender’s Expenses incurred shall become Obligations, immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Any such payments by Lender shall not constitute an agreement to make similar payments or a waiver of any Event of Default.

 

8


9.4 Remedies Cumulative. Lender’s rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and all other agreements with Borrower shall be cumulative. Lender shall have all other rights and remedies as provided under the UCC, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Lender of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Lender of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Lender shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.5 Application of Collateral Proceeds. Lender will apply proceeds of sale, to the extent actually received in cash, in the manner and order it determines in its sole discretion, and as prescribed by applicable law.

10. W AIVERS ; I NDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Waivers. Without limiting the generality of the other waivers made by Borrower herein, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all of the following: (i)  any right to assert against Lender as a defense, counterclaim, set-off or crossclaim, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, crossclaim and/or other claim (a) which Borrower may now or at any time hereafter have against any party liable to Lender in any way or manner, or (b) arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity and/or enforceability of any Loan Document, or any security interest; (ii)  presentment, demand and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Lender may do in this regard; (iii)  the benefit of all marshalling, valuation, appraisal and exemption laws; (iv)  the right, if any, to require Lender to (a) proceed against any person liable for any of the Obligations as a condition to or before proceeding hereunder; or (b) foreclose upon, sell or otherwise realize upon or collect or apply any other property, real or personal, securing any of the Obligations, as a condition to, or before proceeding hereunder; (v)  any demand for possession before the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession of Collateral; and (vi)  any requirement that Lender retain possession and not dispose of Collateral until after trial or final judgment.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral. Provided Lender complies with its duties and responsibilities under the UCC, Lender shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i)  the safekeeping of any Collateral; (ii)  any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause; (iii)  any diminution in the value thereof; or (iv)  any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other person or entity whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower. Lender will have no responsibility for taking any steps to preserve rights against any parties respecting any Collateral. Lender’s powers hereunder are conferred solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and do not impose any duty to exercise any such powers. None of Lender or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel will be liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken hereunder or in connection herewith (excepting gross negligence or willful misconduct), nor under any circumstances have any liability to Borrower for lost profits or other special, indirect, punitive, or consequential damages. Lender retains any documents delivered by Borrower only for its purposes and for such period as Lender, at its sole discretion, may determine necessary, after which time Lender may destroy such records without notice to or consent from Borrower.

10.3 Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify, and hold Lender and each of its officers, directors, employees, counsel, partners, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses or disbursements (including Lender’s Expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees and the allocated cost of in-house counsel) of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, with respect to noncompliance with laws or regulations respecting Regulated Substances, government secrecy or technology export, or any Lien not created by Lender or right of another against any Collateral, even if the Collateral is foreclosed upon or sold pursuant hereto, and with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding before any agency, court or other governmental authority relating to this Agreement or the Advances or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided, that Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive the Term. At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within 30 days after written demand.

 

9


11. N OTICES

All notices shall be in writing and personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by confirmed facsimile, at the respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    If to Lender:
Foundation Medicine, Inc.    Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer    Attention: Contract Administrator
One Kendall Square, Suite B6501    3555 Alameda de las Pulgas, Suite 200
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139    Menlo Park, California 94025
FAX: (617) 418-2201    FAX: (650) 233-0114

12. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties' respective successors and permitted assigns. Borrower may not assign any rights hereunder without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion. Lender shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of any Loan Document, except to any entity reasonably deemed to be a competitor of Borrower.

12.2 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations.

12.3 Severability of Provisions. Each provision hereof shall be severable from every other provision in determining its legal enforceability.

12.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents dated as of the date hereof, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement between Borrower and Lender with respect to their subject matter and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by the Borrower and Lender as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower or Lender. This Agreement may only be modified with the written consent of Lender and Borrower. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any one case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

12.5 Reliance by Lender. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall, notwithstanding any investigation by Lender, be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower. All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same original instrument.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding.

12.9 No Original Issue Discount. Borrower and Lender acknowledge and agree that the Warrant is part of an investment unit within the meaning of Section 1273(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which includes the Loan. Borrower and Lender further agree as between them, that they will cooperate with each other in determining the fair market value of the Warrant and that, pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.1273-2(h), a portion of the issue price of the investment unit will be allocable to the Warrant and the balance shall be allocable to the Loans. Borrower and Lender agree to prepare their federal income tax returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing and to cooperate with each other in determining such valuation and allocation approach and methodology, pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.1273, the original issue discount on the Loan shall be considered to be zero.

12.10 Relationship of Parties. The relationship between Borrower and Lender is, and at all times shall remain, solely that of a borrower and lender. Lender is not a partner or joint venturer of Borrower; nor shall Lender under any circumstances be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or have a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty to

 

10


Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Lender does not undertake or assume any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform any of them of any matter in connection with its or their property, the Loans, any Collateral or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Lender in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Lender and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

12.11 Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver. T HIS A GREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH , THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE S TATE OF C ALIFORNIA , WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW . E ACH OF B ORROWER AND L ENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THE S TATE AND F EDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE C ITY AND C OUNTY OF S AN F RANCISCO , S TATE OF C ALIFORNIA . B ORROWER AND L ENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE L OAN D OCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN , INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS , TORT CLAIMS , BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS , AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS . E ACH PARTY FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO CONSOLIDATE ANY ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED .

12.12 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential or non-public information concerning Borrower, Lender will maintain the confidentiality of such information, but disclosure of information may be made (i)  to Lender’s subsidiaries, partners or affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower, provided they are bound by this confidentiality provisions, (ii)  to prospective transferees or purchasers of any security interest in the loans, provided they are bound by this confidentiality provisions, (iii)  as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (iv)  as required in connection with Lender’s examination or audit, provided that any person receiving confidential or non-public information is bound by this confidentiality provision or similar regulations, and (v)  as Lender considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement, provided that any person receiving confidential or non-public information is bound by this confidentiality provision or similar regulations. Confidential information does not include information that either: (x)  is in the public domain or in Lender’s possession when disclosed to Lender, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Lender, or (y)  is disclosed to Lender by a third party, if Lender does not have actual knowledge that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .     L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P.
      By:   L IGHTHOUSE M ANAGEMENT P ARTNERS VI, L.L.C. , its general partner
By:   /s/ Alexis Borisy     By:   /s/ Cristy Barnes
Name:   Alexis Borisy     Name:   Cristy Barnes
Title:   CEO     Title:   Managing Director

 

Exhibit A    Collateral Description
Exhibit B    Form of Note
Exhibit C    Form of Preferred Stock Warrant
Exhibit D    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit E    Form of Incumbency Certificate
Exhibit F    Form of Officers Certificate
Exhibit G    ACH Authorization
Schedule 1    Disclosure Schedule

 

11


E XHIBIT A

 

DEBTOR/BORROWER:    F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
SECURED PARTY/LENDER:    L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P.

COLLATERAL

The Collateral shall consist of all right, title and interest of Debtor in and to all the following:

All right, title, interest, claims and demands of Debtor in and to each and every item of equipment, fixtures or personal property that is financed pursuant to one or more Loan and Security Agreements by and between Debtor and Secured Party, including without limitation, such equipment, fixtures or personal property whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located, together with all substitutions, renewals or replacements of and additions, improvements, accessions and accumulations to any and all of such equipment, fixtures or personal property together with all the rents, issues, income, profits and avails therefrom and all of the products and proceeds thereof, including without limitation, insurance, proceeds of insurance, proceeds of proceeds, condemnation, requisition or similar payments, and all proceeds from sales, renewals, releases or other dispositions thereof.

 

1


E XHIBIT B

[              ]

S ECURED P ROMISSORY N OTE

This S ECURED P ROMISSORY N OTE (this “Note ”) is made                      , 200      , by F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . ( “Borrower ”) in favor of L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. (collectively with its assigns, “Lender ”). Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881 between Borrower and Lender dated November 1, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement ”).

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , Borrower promises to pay in lawful money of the United States, to the order of Lender, at 3555 Alameda de las Pulgas, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025, or such other place as Lender may from time to time designate ( “Lender’s Office ”), the principal sum of $              (the “Advance”), including interest on the unpaid balance and all other amounts due or to become due hereunder according to the terms hereof and of the Loan Agreement.

Basic Rate ” means a per annum rate of interest equal to 8.25%.

Final Payment ” means 4.5% of the Advance.

Loan Commencement Date ” means              . [the first business day of the calendar month following 6 month anniversary of the Funding Date.]

Maturity Date ” means the last day of the Repayment Period, or if earlier, the date of prepayment under the Note.

Payment Date ” means the first day of each calendar month.

Prepayment Fee ” means (i)  3% of the outstanding principal amount being prepaid for any prepayment made in 2010 or 2011; (ii)  2% of the outstanding principal amount being prepaid for any prepayment made in 2012; and (iii)  1% of the outstanding principal amount being prepaid for any prepayment made thereafter and prior to the Maturity Date.

Repayment Period ” means the period beginning on the Loan Commencement Date and continuing for 36 calendar months.

1. Repayment. Except for the interest-only period set forth in the following sentence, Borrower shall pay principal and interest due hereunder from the Funding Date, until this Note is paid in full, on each Payment Date pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement and this Note. Prior to the Loan Commencement Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender, monthly in advance on each Payment Date, interest (but not principal) calculated using the Basic Rate. Beginning on the Loan Commencement Date and on each Payment Date thereafter during the Repayment Period, Borrower shall make equal installments of principal and interest in advance, calculated at the Basic Rate. On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay, in addition to all unpaid principal and interest outstanding hereunder, the Final Payment.

2. Interest. Interest not paid when due will, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, become part of principal, at Lender’s option, and thereafter bear like interest as principal. All interest computation shall be based on a 360-day year and actual days elapsed prior to the Loan Commencement Date and on a 360-day year and 30 day month on and after the Loan Commencement Date. All Obligations not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate unless waived in writing by Lender. All amounts paid hereunder will be applied to the Obligations in Lender’s discretion and as provided in the Loan Agreement.

3. Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower may prepay the Note at its sole discretion prior to the Maturity Date if and only if Borrower pays to Lender (i)  the outstanding principal amount of this Note and any unpaid accrued interest, (ii)  the Final Payment, (iii)  the Prepayment Fee, and (iv)  all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Note.

4. Collateral. This Note is secured by the Collateral.

 

1


5. Waivers. Borrower, and all guarantors and endorsers of this Note, regardless of the time, order or place of signing, hereby waive notice, demand, presentment, protest, and notices of every kind, presentment for the purpose of accelerating maturity, diligence in collection, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any action on this Note.

6. Choice of Law; Venue. T HIS N OTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY , AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE S TATE OF C ALIFORNIA , WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW . E ACH OF B ORROWER AND L ENDER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THE S TATE AND F EDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE C ITY AND C OUNTY OF S AN F RANCISCO , S TATE OF C ALIFORNIA . B ORROWER AND L ENDER EACH HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS N OTE . E ACH PARTY FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO CONSOLIDATE ANY ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED .

7. Miscellaneous. T HIS N OTE MAY BE MODIFIED ONLY BY A WRITING SIGNED BY B ORROWER AND L ENDER . Each provision hereof is severable from every other provision hereof and of the Loan Agreement when determining its legal enforceability. Sections and subsections are titled for convenience, and not for construction. “Hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and similar words refer to this Note in its entirety. “Or” is not necessarily exclusive. “Including” is not limiting. The terms and conditions hereof inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the parties' respective permitted successors and assigns. This Note is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Borrower has caused this Note to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

2


E XHIBIT C

W ARRANT

 


THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ 1933 ACT ”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS OR SOME OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE LAWS IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT THERETO.

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant No.                                     Number of Shares: a maximum of 200,000
  

Series A Preferred Stock

Subject to determination as set for the below

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .

Effective as of November 1, 2010

Void after November 1, 2018, or earlier in accordance with

Section 7 of this Warrant

1. Issuance . This Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. by F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter with its successors called the “ Company ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881 dated November 1, 2010 between the Company and Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P. (the “ Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

2. Purchase Price; Number of Shares .

(a) The registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”), is entitled upon surrender of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company, to purchase from the Company, at a price per share of $1.00 (the “ Purchase Price ”), up to a maximum of 200,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Commencing on the date hereof, 100,000 (the “ Exercise Quantity ”) of shares of Preferred Stock are immediately available for purchase hereunder.

(b) On the Commitment Termination Date or such earlier termination of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof, the Exercise Quantity shall automatically be increased by such additional number of shares as is equal to (A) 2% of the amount of Aggregate Advances funded under the Loan Agreement, if any, divided by (B) the Purchase Price.

In addition to other terms which may be defined herein, the following terms, as used in this Warrant, shall have the following meanings:

 

  (i) “Aggregate Advances” means the aggregate original dollar amount of Advances made under the Loan Agreement, whether such Advances are outstanding or prepaid, at the time of any scheduled adjustment to the Exercise Quantity.

Until such time as this Warrant is exercised in full or expires, the Purchase Price and the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. The person or persons in whose name or names any certificate representing shares of Preferred Stock is issued hereunder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares represented thereby as at the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised with respect to such shares, whether or not the transfer books of the Company shall be closed.

 

1.


3. Payment of Purchase Price . The Purchase Price may be paid (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by the surrender by the Holder to the Company of any promissory notes or other obligations issued by the Company to the Holder, with all such notes and obligations so surrendered being credited against the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of surrender, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

4. Net Issue Election . The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Preferred Stock equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue election notice annexed hereto duly executed, at the principal office of the Company. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock as is computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

  A

 

        where:    X =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 4 .
   Y =    the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant in respect of which the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   A =    the Fair Market Value (defined below) of one share of Preferred Stock, as determined at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .
   B =    the Purchase Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made pursuant to this Section 4 .

Fair Market Value ” of a share of Preferred Stock (or fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) if the Preferred Stock has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of the date that the net issue election is made (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

(i) If the net issue election is made in connection with and contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (a “ Public Offering ”), and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(ii) If the net issue election is not made in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(a) If traded on a securities exchange or NASDAQ market or system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing or last reported sale prices of the Common Stock on such exchange or market over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible;

(b) If otherwise traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing ask prices of the Common Stock over the five day period ending five trading days prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible; and

(c) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.


5. Partial Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised in part at any time, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a new warrant, which shall be dated as of the date of this Warrant, covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been exercised.

6. Fractional Shares . In no event shall any fractional share of Preferred Stock be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. If, upon exercise of this Warrant in its entirety, the Holder would, except as provided in this Section 6 , be entitled to receive a fractional share of Preferred Stock, then the Company shall pay the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction of a share of Preferred Stock at such time.

7. Expiration Date; Automatic Exercise. This Warrant shall expire at the earliest to occur of (the “ Expiration Date ”) (i) at the close of business on November 1, 2018; (ii) the second anniversary date of the effectiveness of the Company’s initial Public Offering; on the NASDAQ or other stock exchange in the United States; or (iii) the effective date of a Merger (as defined below), and shall be void thereafter.

Notwithstanding the term of this Warrant fixed pursuant to this Section 7, and provided Holder has received advance written notice of at least twenty (20) days and has not earlier exercised this Warrant, and provided this Warrant has not been assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof), upon the consummation of a Merger (as defined below), this Warrant shall automatically be exercised pursuant to Section 4 hereof, without any action by Holder. “ Merger ” means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an Unaffiliated Entity (as defined below), or (ii) the merger, consolidation or acquisition of the Company with, into or by an Unaffiliated Entity (other than a merger or consolidation for the principle purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or a bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing), that results in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. “ Unaffiliated Entity ” means any entity that is owned or controlled by parties who own less than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any outstanding warrants to purchase equity securities of the Company are assumed by the successor entity of a Merger (or parent thereof), this Warrant shall also be similarly assumed. The Company agrees to promptly give the Holder written notice of any proposed Merger and written notice of termination of any proposed Merger. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant, the Holder may rescind any exercise of its purchase rights after a notice of termination of the proposed Merger if the exercise of this Warrant occurred after the Company notified the Holder that the Merger was proposed or if the exercise was otherwise precipitated by such proposed Merger, provided, however that such rescission right must be exercised within thirty (30) days of receipt of such written notice of termination of the proposed Merger. In the event of such rescission, this Warrant will continue to be exercisable on the same terms and conditions.

8. Reserved Shares; Valid Issuance . The Company covenants that it will at all times from and after the date hereof reserve and keep available such number of its authorized shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock free from all preemptive or similar rights therein, as will be sufficient to permit, respectively, the exercise of this Warrant in full and the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all shares of Preferred Stock receivable upon such exercise. The Company further covenants that such shares as may be issued pursuant to such exercise and/or conversion will, upon issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

9. Stock Splits and Dividends . If after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide the Preferred Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine the Preferred Stock, or issue additional shares of Preferred Stock in payment of a stock dividend on the Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination, and the Purchase Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

10. Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Preferred Stock of the Company are set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Articles ”), a true and complete copy in its current form which is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Until full exercise or expiration of this Warrant, such rights shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Stock without such Holder’s prior written consent, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to restrict the restatement, amendment or modification of the Articles, in accordance with the provisions of the Articles, in a manner that affects equally all holders of Preferred Stock. The Company shall promptly provide the Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment or modification to the Articles promptly after the same has been made.

 

3.


11. Mergers and Reclassifications . Subject to the expiration provisions of Section 7 , if after the date hereof the Company shall enter into any Reorganization (as hereinafter defined), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, lawful provisions shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase, at a total price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Reorganization by a holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock which might have been purchased by the Holder immediately prior to such Reorganization, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and the number of shares issuable hereunder and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable in relation to any shares of stock or other securities and property thereafter deliverable upon exercise hereof. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “ Reorganization ” shall include without limitation any reclassification, capital reorganization or change of the Preferred Stock (other than a Merger as defined in Section 7 or as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 9 hereof).

12. Certificate of Adjustment . Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder a certificate of the Company’s chief financial officer setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

13. Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event of:

(a) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or dispose of any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right;

(b) any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, consolidation or merger involving the Company, or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets; or

(c) any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then in each such event the Company will provide or cause to be provided to the Holder a written notice thereof. Such notice shall be provided at least twenty (20) business days prior to the date specified in such notice on which any such action is to be taken.

14. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . This Warrant is issued and delivered by the Company and accepted by each Holder on the basis of the following representations, warranties and covenants made by the Company:

(a) The Company has all necessary authority to issue, execute and deliver this Warrant and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized issued, executed and delivered by the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) The shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The issuance, execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not, (i) violate or contravene the Company’s Articles or by-laws, or any law, statute, regulation, rule, judgment or order applicable to the Company, (ii) violate, contravene or result in a breach or default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are bound or (iii) require the consent or approval of or the filing of any notice or registration with any person or entity.

 

4.


(d) As long as this Warrant is, or any shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock are, issued and outstanding, the Company will provide to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 190 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, plus, where applicable, comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Board of Directors; and (ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, plus, where applicable, quarterly comparisons to the annual budget and operating plan approved by the Board of Directors; such unaudited financial statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and that fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment.

(e) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 40,200,000 shares of Common Stock, of which (x) 17, 350,000 shares are issued and outstanding, (y) 323,500 shares have been approved and authorized for sale and issuance by the Company (and which, upon issuance, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of applicable restricted stock agreements, and (z) and 200,000 shares are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant with respect to Common Stock and the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock if this Warrant is exercised with respect to Preferred Stock, and (ii) 25,200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of which 7,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a capitalization table summarizing the capitalization of the Company as of November 1, 2010. Once per calendar quarter and upon request from Holder, the Company will provide Holder with a current capitalization table indicating changes, if any, to the number of outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock.

15. Registration Rights . The Company grants to the Holder all the rights of a “Holder” under Section 2.2 of the Company’s Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 30, 2010 and shall treat the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant as “ Registrable Securities ,” as described therein.

16. Amendment . The terms of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company.

17. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Holder . This Warrant has been entered into by the Company in reliance upon the following representations and covenants of the Holder, which by its execution hereof the Holder hereby confirms:

(a) Investment Purpose . The right to acquire Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Holder has no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same except pursuant to a registration or exemption.

(b) Accredited Investor . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

(c) Private Issue . The Holder understands (i) that the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Holder’s rights contained herein is not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 17 .

(d) Financial Risk . The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment and has the ability to bear the economic risks of its investment.

 

5.


(e) Information. The Holder acknowledges that it has been afforded the opportunity to meet with the management of the Company and to ask question of, and receive answers from, such management about the business and affairs of the Company and concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant, and to obtain any additional information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information otherwise obtained by or furnished to the Holder in connection with the offering of this Warrant. The Holder agrees that the Company has furnished to the Holder all information which the Holder considered necessary t form a decision concerning the purchase of this Warrant, and no request to the Company by the Holder for information of any kind about the Company has been refused or denied by the Company or remains unfulfilled as of the date hereof.

(f) Legends. The Holder acknowledges that certificates for securities purchased under this Warrant shall bear the following legend or a legend substantially similar thereto:

THE SHARES OF [SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK/COMMON STOCK]

REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT

BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS

OF THE SAID ACT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH OR UNLESS THE

COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND

SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY TO THE

EFFECT THAT COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH PROVISIONS IS NOT REQUIRED.

18. Notices, Transfers, Etc.

(a) Any notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be given by certified mail or delivered to the Holder at the address most recently provided by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant may be transferred by the Holder with respect to any or all of the shares purchasable hereunder. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment notice annexed hereto duly executed, for transfer of this Warrant as an entirety by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new warrant of the same denomination to the assignee. Upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the assignment hereof properly endorsed, by the Holder for transfer with respect to a portion of the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder, the Company shall issue a new warrant to the assignee, in such denomination as shall be requested by the Holder hereof, and shall issue to such Holder a new warrant covering the number of shares in respect of which this Warrant shall not have been transferred.

(c) In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new warrant of like tenor and denomination and deliver the same (i) in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of any mutilated Warrant, or (ii) in lieu of any Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of the Holder or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of such Warrant

19. No Impairment . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holder, by amendment of its Articles or through any reclassification, capital reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance of assets, dissolution, liquidation, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance of performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder.

20. Governing Law . The provisions and terms of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of laws.

21. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder’s successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

22. Business Days . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action required or the expiration of any rights granted herein shall be a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday in Massachusetts, then such action may be taken or right may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or such a legal holiday.

 

6.


23. Qualifying Public Offering . If the Company shall effect a firm commitment underwritten Public Offering of shares of Common Stock which results in the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to such offering, then, effective upon such conversion, this Warrant shall change from the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock to the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and the Holder shall thereupon have the right to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in full, the number of shares of Common Stock which would have been receivable by the Holder upon the exercise of this Warrant for shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, and in such event appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the provisions for the adjustment of the Purchase Price and of the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the provisions relating to the net issue election) shall thereafter be applicable to any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise hereof. In connection with any such Public Offering, the Holder shall also agree to execute a lock-up agreement if reasonably requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of such offering.

24. Status of Holder. Except as may be set forth herein or to the extent the Holder may be entitled to certain rights pursuant to other agreements with the Company or the Company’s stockholders, this Warrant neither entitles the Holder to any rights, voting or otherwise, nor subjects the Holder to any responsibilities or liabilities, as a stockholder of the Company.

25. Value. The Company and the Holder agree that the value of this Warrant on the date of grant is $100.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

7.


Subscription

To:                                                      

Date:                                                  

The undersigned hereby subscribes for              shares of Preferred Stock covered by this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
   
Mailing Address

 

1.


Net Issue Election Notice

 

To:                                                                          Date:                                      

The undersigned hereby elects under Section 4 to surrender the right to purchase shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Warrant. The certificate(s) for such shares issuable upon such net issue election shall be issued in the name of the undersigned or as otherwise indicated below:

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
   
Mailing Address

 

1.


Assignment

For value received                                                                                                                hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

 

 

[Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee]

 

 

the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          its attorney to transfer the within Warrant on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution on the premises.

Dated:                                         

 

   
Signature
   
Name for Registration
 
In the Presence of:
   

 

1.


E XHIBIT D

N OTICE OF B ORROWING

                     ,         

Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.

3555 Alameda de las Pulgas, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881 dated as of November 1, 2010 (as it has been and may be amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement ,” initially capitalized terms used herein as defined therein), between L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. and F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . (the “Company ”)

The undersigned is the President and CEO of the Company, and hereby irrevocably requests an Advance under the Loan Agreement, and in that connection certifies as follows:

1. The amount of the proposed Advance is $              . The business day of the proposed Advance is              .

2. The Loan Commencement Date for this Advance shall be              .

3. As of this date, no Event of Default, or event which with notice or the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing, or will result from the making of the proposed Advance, and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects.

4. No event that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Company to fulfill its obligations under the Loan Agreement has occurred since the date of the most recent financial statements, submitted to you by the Company.

5. Company’s statement of the Borrowing Base is true, complete and correct.

The Company agrees to notify you promptly before the funding of the Advance if any of the matters to which I have certified above shall not be true and correct in all material respects as of the Funding Date.

 

Very truly yours,
F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

1


E XHIBIT E

I NCUMBENCY C ERTIFICATE

The undersigned, Gary A. Cohen, hereby certifies that:

1. He/She is the duly elected and acting Secretary of F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”).

2. That on the date hereof, each person listed below holds the office in the Company indicated opposite his or her name and that the signature appearing thereon is the genuine signature of each such person:

 

NAME

  

OFFICE

  

SIGNATURE

Alexis Borisy, M.S.    President and Chief Executive Officer     
Gary A. Cohen    Vice President, Bioethics, Law and Public Policy and Secretary     

3. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, as in effect as of the date hereof.

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of the Company, as amended, as in effect as of the date hereof.

5. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing and approving the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of a loan facility with Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Incumbency Certificate on November 1, 2010.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:   Gary A. Cohen
Title:   Secretary

I, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, do hereby certify that Gary A. Cohen is the duly qualified, elected and acting Secretary of the Company and that the above signature is his or her genuine signature.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Incumbency Certificate on November 1, 2010.

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:   Alexis Borisy, M.S.
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1


E XHIBIT F

O FFICER S C ERTIFICATE

The undersigned, to induce L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. ( “Lender ”), to extend or continue financial accommodations to F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated November 1, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement ”), hereby certifies that on the date hereof:

 

  1. I am the duly elected and acting                      of Borrower.

 

  2. I am a Responsible Officer as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement.

 

  3. The information submitted herewith is in fact what it purports to be.

 

  4. The information delivered herewith is true, correct and complete

 

  5. Borrower is currently able to meet its obligations as they come due.

 

  6. I understand that Lender is relying upon the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness hereof in connection with the Loan Agreement.

 

  7. I will advise you if it comes to my attention that, as of the date hereof, the information submitted herewith was not in fact true, correct and complete.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate on              .

 

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

1


E XHIBIT G

A UTHORIZATION FOR A UTOMATIC P AYMENT

The undersigned F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . ( “Borrower ”) authorizes L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P. and any and all affiliated funds (collectively, “Lender ”) and the bank / financial institution ( “Bank ”) named below to initiate variable debit and/or credit entries to Borrower’s deposit, checking or savings accounts as designated below and to cause funds transfers to an account of Lender as payment of any and all amounts due under the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender dated November 1, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement ”).

1. Lender is hereby authorized to initiate variable debit and/or credit transactions and resulting funds transfers in Borrower’s designated accounts with respect to amounts calculated by Lender to be due and owing to Lender by Borrower periodically under the Loan Agreement. Borrower consents to all such debit and/or credit transactions and resulting funds transfers and hereby authorizes Lender to take all such actions as may be required by Bank with respect to such transactions. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that such credit and/or debit entries may be made in amounts due under the Loan Agreement in order to cause timely payments as required by the terms of the Loan Agreement.

2. Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to release to Bank all information concerning Borrower that may be necessary or desirable for Bank to investigate or recover any erroneous funds transfers that may occur.

3. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that all such debit and/or credit transactions and funds transfers are intended to be made through an Automated Clearing House system and in compliance with the NACHA Rules and in compliance with Bank’s security procedures.

4. Borrower represents and warrants that the account information set forth below is accurate and complete and that each of the account(s) set forth below is a business account maintained in Borrower’s name and for Borrower’s account.

This Consent shall be effective as of November 1, 2010 and shall remain in effect until the Loan Agreement has been terminated. Any cancellation by Borrower of this consent shall (i) be made in writing and (ii) delivered to Bank and Lender in such time as to afford Bank and Lender a reasonable opportunity to act on said cancellation.

                Silicon Valley Bank                                                                                                                                       

(Name of Borrower’s Bank)

                3003 Tasman Drive             Santa Clara             CA                      95054                                                     

(Address of Bank)                                (City)                       (State)                (Zip Code)

Bank Routing Number                                                                                                                                                          

                                         ( between these symbols “ /: “:/ ” on bottom left of check)

Account Number:                                                          (checking )

Copy of a voided check is attached to this form

 

Borrower Name:    F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .
Borrower Address:    One Kendall Square, Suite B6501
   Cambridge, MA 02139
Authorized by:    _____________________________________
   Its:                                                                      

 

1


S CHEDULE 1

D ISCLOSURE S CHEDULE

S UBSIDIARIES

None

P RIOR N AMES

Foundation Genomics

L ITIGATION AND A DMINISTRATIVE P ROCEEDINGS C OVERED BY A RTICLE 5 OF THE L OAN AND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

None

B USINESS P REMISES

 

   

Each Location Address where Lighthouse Capital Partners has
financed assets:

  

Landlord/Property Management Information:

Current

  Headquarters

    (Location 1)

 

Contact Name:         Ken Mullen

Address:                   One Kendall Square, Suite B6501

City, State, Zip:        Cambridge, MA 02139

Phone:                       (617) 418-2200

Fax:                           (617) 418-2201

  

Contact Name:

Company Name:             RB Kendall Fee, LLC

c/o Beal and Company, Inc.

Address:                         177 Milk Street

City, State, Zip:             Boston, MA 02109

Phone:                           (617) 451-2100

Fax:                               (617) 451-1801

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 01

Dated April 22, 2011

TO

that certain Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881

dated as of November 1, 2010 ( “Agreement ”), by and between

L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P . ( “Lender ”) and

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . ( “Borrower ”).

(All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.)

Without limiting or amending any other provisions of the Agreement, Lender and Borrower agree to the following:

Section 1.1 of the Agreement, the following definition shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Commitment ” means an aggregate of $5,000,000, available in 3 tranches. Tranche 1, in the amount of $3,000,000 ( “Tranche 1 ”) shall be available immediately upon the closing of this Agreement; Tranche 2, in the amount of $1,000,000 ( “Tranche 2 ”) shall be available upon the close of at least $5,000,000 of the New Equity Financing; and the remaining $1,000,000 ( “Tranche 3 ”) shall be available upon the close of the final $5,000,000 of the New Equity Financing.

Section 3 of the Agreement, Section 3.2 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.2 Procedure for Making Advances. Borrower shall provide Lender an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing at least 15 business days prior to the desired Funding Date for Advances, including therewith all vendor invoices, bills of sale, receipts, agreements, proof of payment, and other documents to evidence the ownership of such equipment by Borrower for which Borrower is requesting an Advance hereunder provided such financed equipment is delivered to Borrower within 180 days of the Funding Date for such equipment. Lender shall only be required to make Advances hereunder based upon written requests which comply with the terms and exhibits of this Loan Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time), and which are submitted and signed by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a Note and such other documents and instruments as Lender may reasonably require for each Advance made. With respect to the initial Advance hereunder, Lender agrees to finance equipment delivered to Borrower since January 1, 2010, provided the Notice of Borrowing for such Advance is delivered to Lender within 30 days from the date of this Agreement.

Execution and delivery of this Amendment constitutes a reaffirmation as of the date thereof of all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the Loan Documents, as such representations and warranties may be amended hereby.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement remains unmodified and unchanged.

 

BORROWER:     LENDER:
F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .     L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P.
By:   /s/ Neil Exter     By:   L IGHTHOUSE M ANAGEMENT
Name:   Neil Exter       P ARTNERS VI, L.L.C., its general partner
Title:   CBO    

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Ryan Turner

      Name:   Ryan Turner
      Title:   Managing Director


AMENDMENT NO. 02

Dated June 21, 2011

TO

that certain Loan and Security Agreement No. 1881

dated as of November 1, 2010, as amended ( “Agreement ”), by and between

L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P . ( “Lender ”) and

F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC . ( “Borrower ”).

(All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.)

Without limiting or amending any other provisions of the Agreement, Lender and Borrower agree to the following:

Section 1.1 of the Agreement, the following definition shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Commitment ” means an aggregate of $5,000,000.

Execution and delivery of this Amendment constitutes a reaffirmation as of the date thereof of all of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the Loan Documents, as such representations and warranties may be amended hereby.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement remains unmodified and unchanged.

 

BORROWER:     LENDER:
F OUNDATION M EDICINE , I NC .     L IGHTHOUSE C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P.
By:   /s/ Gary A. Cohen     By:   L IGHTHOUSE M ANAGEMENT
Name:   Gary A. Cohen       P ARTNERS VI, L.L.C., its general partner
Title:   Vice President    

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Cristy Barnes

      Name:   Cristy Barnes
      Title:   Managing Director

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

None

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 24, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Foundation Medicine, Inc. dated July 29, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 29, 2013